TRACE32 Online Help TRACE32 Index TRACE32 Directory 1 · PDF fileTRACE32 Directory 1...

TRACE32 Directory

TRACE32 Online Help

TRACE32 Index

TRACE32 Directory .......................................................................................................................... 1

TRACE32 Directory 1 ©1989-2017 Lauterbach GmbH

TRACE32 Directory

Version 06-Nov-2017

Directory and Index


About the TRACE32 Online Help

About the TRACE32 Online Help .................................................................................. (main.pdf) 1


TRACE32 Glossary

TRACE32 Glossary ................................................................................................... (glossary.pdf) 1

Terms, Abbreviations, and Definitions ........................................................................................ 2

Terms with Explanations and Examples ..................................................................................... 4

Access Classes 4

Build Path 10

Chip Timestamp 11

Cycle-accurate Tracing 11

Logical Address 11

Multicore Debugging 11

Multiprocessor Debugging 11

OS-aware Debugging 12

OS-aware Tracing 13

Run-time Memory Access 22

Sample-based Profiling 30

StopAndGo Mode 30

Symmetrical Multi-Processing (SMP) 31

TRACE32 Virtual Memory 31

Trace Errors 35

Trace Sources 38

Tool Timestamp 39


TRACE32 Debugger Getting Started

ICD Quick Installation

ICD Quick Installation .................................................................... (icd_quick_installation.pdf) 1

Warning ....................................................................................................................................... 3

Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 4

How This Manual is Organized 4

Contacting Support 4

Brief Overview of Documents for New Users .......................................................................... 6

System Concept ......................................................................................................................... 7

On-chip Debug Interface 7

On-chip Debug Interface plus Trace Port 11

NEXUS 16

µTrace for Cortex-M 19

CombiProbe 20

Power Integrator and Power Trace / Ethernet ......................................................................... 23

Software Installation .................................................................................................................. 24

MS Windows 24

PC_LINUX 27

POWERDEBUG/TRACE ETHERNET on SunOS, Solaris (SUN) 35

POWERDEBUG/TRACE ETHERNET on HP-UX 10.X (HP-9000) 39

Mac OS 42

Troubleshooting ......................................................................................................................... 45

FAQ .............................................................................................................................................. 49

T32Start

T32Start ........................................................................................................... (app_t32start.pdf) 1

Abstract ....................................................................................................................................... 3

Quick Start .................................................................................................................................. 6

First Steps 6

Debug Environment for a Single Core 7

Debug Environment for a Single Core with Power Debug II / Power Trace II 14

Debug Environment for Multicore Debugging (Single Device Solution) 22

Debug Environment for Multiprocessor Debugging 34

Software-only Debugging (Host MCI) ....................................................................................... 36


Debug Environment for Setup 1 (Single Instance) 37

Debug Environment for Setup 2 (Integrated Server) 39

Debug Environment for Setup 3 (Dedicated Server) 41

Modification of Configuration Tree Items ................................................................................ 43

Configuration Tree Item Types ................................................................................................. 46

Complex Tree Items 46

Advanced Actions on Tree Items and Subtrees ...................................................................... 61

Mouse Actions 61

Copy and Paste with the Clipboard 62

Load and Store based on Files 62

References to Environment Variables and Tree Items 63

Command Line Interpretation ................................................................................................... 64

Error Messages .......................................................................................................................... 65

Establish Your Debug Session

Establish Your Debug Session ....................................................................... (tutor_setup.pdf) 1

Establish your Debug Session .................................................................................................. 4

Key TRACE32 Setup Commands 4

Debug Scenarios 10

Establish the Debug Communication ....................................................................................... 12

Debug Scenario 1 ....................................................................................................................... 18

Onchip/NOR Flash Programming 19

Configure the TRACE32 OS-Awareness 36

Debug Scenario 2 ....................................................................................................................... 37

Typical Boot Sequence 37

Flash Programming (NAND/Serial/eMMC) 42

Establish the Communication 56

Load the Debug Symbols 56

Debug Scenario 3 ....................................................................................................................... 57

Run the Boot Loader 58

Load Application (and/or OS) Code and Debug Symbols 59

Load Debug Symbols only 59


Complete Setup Example 59

Debug Scenario 4 ....................................................................................................................... 60

Write a Script to Configure the Target 61

Load Application (and/or OS) Code and Debug Symbols 61



Generate a Start-Up Script ........................................................................................................ 62

Write a Start-Up Script 62

Run a Start-up Script 63

Automated Start-up Scripts 64

ICD Tutorial

ICD Tutorial ....................................................................................................... (icd_tutorial.pdf) 1

About the Tutorial ...................................................................................................................... 2

Working with the Debugger ....................................................................................................... 3

Set up the Program Environment 3

Start TRACE32-ICD 4

Main Window of TRACE32 ......................................................................................................... 5

About TRACE32 6

Getting Online Help 7

Set up the Debug Environment 9

PRACTICE Scripts 14

The User Interface 16

Display and Modify Memory 18

Debug the Program 20

How to Set Breakpoints 26

Display and Modify HLL Variables 36

Format HLL-Variables 39

Exit TRACE32 41


TRACE32 Documents

IDE User Interface

IDE User's Guide

IDE User's Guide ................................................................................................ (ide_user.pdf) 1

Structure and Contents of the Documentation .................................................................... 5

Online Documentation 5

In-Circuit Debugger TRACE32-ICD 7

In-Circuit Emulator TRACE32-ICE 8

Fully Integrated RISC Emulator TRACE32-FIRE 10

Program Start .......................................................................................................................... 12

In-Circuit Debugger TRACE32-ICD 12

In-Circuit Emulator TRACE32-ICE 12

Fully Integrated RISC Emulator TRACE32-FIRE 13

Program End ............................................................................................................................ 14

Screen Display ......................................................................................................................... 15

Concept 15

Graphical User Interface 15

Main Menu Bar 18

Accelerators 18

Main Toolbar 19

Work Area 19

Message Line 20

Softkeys 21

State Line 22

Window Pages 26

Colors 27

How the TRACE32 PowerView GUI Assists You in Scripting 28

Commands ............................................................................................................................... 30

Command Structure 30

Long Form and Short Form of Commands and Functions 31

Entering Commands 32

Command History 34

Command and Function Parameters 35

General Command Parameter Parser - Behavior in the Different Radix Modes .............. 46

Parser Changes in Version V2.00 and Higher 46

Operands 51


Operators 54

Window System ....................................................................................................................... 58

Windows 58

Window Operations 62

Text-based Functions 71

Selection Service 71

Message Windows .................................................................................................................. 72

Window Tracking ..................................................................................................................... 73

File and Folder Operations ..................................................................................................... 75

File Contents ............................................................................................................................ 76

Encrypt/Execute Encrypted Files .......................................................................................... 77

Host Commands ...................................................................................................................... 78

Printer Operations ................................................................................................................... 79

System Setup and Configuration ........................................................................................... 81

Command Logging .................................................................................................................. 82

Dialog Programming ............................................................................................................... 83

Dialog Syntax and File Types 83

Comments in Dialogs 85

Dialog Commands 86

Dialog Elements 87

Return Values and Labels 89

PRACTICE Macros inside Dialog Definitions 90

HELP System ........................................................................................................................... 91

Ways to Get Help 91

Context-Sensitive Help 92

Structure of the Help System 93

Configure the Help System 94

Recommendations for Choosing a PDF Viewer 95

Bookmarks for Help Topics 96

Troubleshooting the Help System 98

Change the Installation Path of the PDF Files 99

Winhelp Compatibility 99

Previous Releases - HELP System ........................................................................................ 100

Previous Releases - HELP Installation and Setup 100

Previous Releases - Configuring an Alternate PDF Viewer 100

Previous Releases - HELP Installation Problems 104

INTERCOM ............................................................................................................................... 106

Version Management and Licensing ..................................................................................... 107


Editing ...................................................................................................................................... 108

Icons ......................................................................................................................................... 109

Built-in Icons and Icon Library 110

Inserting a Placeholder for User-Defined Icons 111

Drawing Icons 112

Interface ................................................................................................................................... 114

Shortcuts .................................................................................................................................. 115

IDE Reference Guide

IDE Reference Guide ............................................................................................. (ide_ref.pdf) 1

ABORT ...................................................................................................................................... 12

ABORT Abort driver program 12

AREA ........................................................................................................................................ 13

AREA Message windows 13

AREA.CLEAR Clear area 14

AREA.CLOSE Close output file 15

AREA.Create Create or modify message area 16

AREA.Delete Delete message area 16

AREA.List Display a detailed list off all message areas 17

AREA.OPEN Open output file 19

AREA.RESet Reset areas 20

AREA.SAVE Save AREA window contents to file 20

AREA.Select Select area 21

AREA.view Display message area in AREA window 22

AutoSTOre ............................................................................................................................... 23

AutoSTOre Store settings (history, GUI, etc.) automatically 23

BITMAPEDIT ............................................................................................................................ 25

BITMAPEDIT Bitmap editor for user-defined icons 25

ChDir ......................................................................................................................................... 26

ChDir Change directory 26

ClipSTOre ................................................................................................................................. 27

ClipSTOre Store settings to clipboard 27

CmdPOS ................................................................................................................................... 28

CmdPOS Controls the position of TRACE32 in MWI window mode 28

ComPare ................................................................................................................................... 30

ComPare Compare files 30

COPY ........................................................................................................................................ 31

COPY Copy files 31


DATE ......................................................................................................................................... 32

DATE Display date and time 32

DEL ........................................................................................................................................... 33

DEL Delete file 33

DIALOG .................................................................................................................................... 34

DIALOG Custom dialogs 34

Dialog Definition Programming Commands 34

DIALOG.AREA Adds an output area to a custom dialog 73

DIALOG.DIR Display a folder picker dialog 74

DIALOG.Disable Disable dialog elements 75

DIALOG.Enable Enable dialog elements 76

DIALOG.END Close the dialog window 76

DIALOG.EXecute Execute a dialog button 76

DIALOG.File Pass file name from OS file dialog to PRACTICE script 77

DIALOG.File.open Display an OS file-open dialog 78

DIALOG.File.SAVE Display an OS file-save dialog 79

DIALOG.File.SELECT Display an OS file-select dialog 80

DIALOG.MESSAGE Create dialog box with an information icon 81

DIALOG.OK Create dialog box with an exclamation mark 82

DIALOG.Program Interactive programming 83

DIALOG.ReProgram Dialog programming 84

DIALOG.SELect Programmatically focus on this dialog 84

DIALOG.Set Modify the value of a dialog element 85

DIALOG.SetDIR Browse for folder 87

DIALOG.SetFile Pass file name from OS file dialog to custom dialog 88

DIALOG.SetFile.open OS file-open dialog > file name > EDIT element 88

DIALOG.SetFile.SAVE OS file-save dialog > file name > EDIT element 90

DIALOG.SetFile.SELECT OS file-select dialog > file name > EDIT element 90

DIALOG.view Show dialog window 91

DIALOG.YESNO Create dialog box with YES and NO buttons 92

DIR ............................................................................................................................................ 93

DIR List subdirectories and files 93

DUMP ........................................................................................................................................ 95

DUMP Binary file dump 95

EDIT .......................................................................................................................................... 97

EDIT TRACE32 editor 97

EDIT.CLOSE Close a text file 97

EDIT.EXTern Use specified external ASCII editor to edit file 98

EDIT.file Edit file 99

EDIT.List List editor files 100

EDIT.LOAD Load text files 100

EDIT.OPEN Use internal TRACE32 editor to edit file 101


EDIT.QUIT Discard modifications 102

EDIT.SAVE Store a text file 103

ERROR ..................................................................................................................................... 104

ERROR.RESet Reset PRACTICE error 104

EVAL ......................................................................................................................................... 105

Eval Evaluates expression 105

FIND .......................................................................................................................................... 107

FIND Search in file 107

Frame ........................................................................................................................................ 108

FramePOS Controls the position of TRACE32 in MDI window mode 108

HELP ......................................................................................................................................... 111

HELP Online help 111

HELP.Bookmark Show help bookmark list 112

HELP.Bookmark.ADD Files on bookmark list 113

HELP.Bookmark.ADD.file Add file to bookmark list 113

HELP.Bookmark.ADD.Find Add file to bookmark list 114

HELP.Bookmark.ADD.Index Add file to bookmark list 115

HELP.Bookmark.DELete Delete from bookmark list 115

HELP.Bookmark.show Show help bookmark list 116

HELP.checkUPDATE Automatic update check for new help-files 116

HELP.command Command related support 116

HELP.FILTER Filters for online help 117

HELP.FILTER.Add Add a filter to the filter list 117

HELP.FILTER.Delete Delete filter from filter list 118

HELP.FILTER.RESet Remove all help filters 118

HELP.FILTER.set Enable filters for online help 119

HELP.Find Perform a full-text search 120

HELP.Index Search in indexed terms, commands, and functions 122

HELP.PDF Open PDF file 124

HELP.PICK Context-sensitive help 124

HELP.PRinT Print help files 125

HELP.PRinT.PRinTSel Print selected files 125

HELP.PRinT.SELect Select files to print 125

HELP.PRinT.show Show print help files 126

HELP.PRinT.UNSELect Unselect all print files 126

HELP.Topics Help content list - document tree 127

HELP.TREE Display command tree 129

HELP.WINHELP Open a winhelp file 130

HISTory ..................................................................................................................................... 131

HISTory Command history 131

HISTory.eXecute Execute command history 131


HISTory.SAVE Store command history log 132

HISTory.Set History settings 133

HISTory.SIZE Command history and file history 134

HISTory.SIZE.cmd Define log size of command history 134

HISTory.SIZE.FILE Define number of recently used files in “File” menu 135

HISTory.type Display command history log 135

IFCONFIG ................................................................................................................................. 136

IFCONFIG Ethernet or USB communication 136

IFCONFIG.PROfile Display operation profiles 136

IFCONFIG.TEST Test interface function and speed 138

IFCONFIG.state Interface configuration 139

INTERCOM ............................................................................................................................... 141

INTERCOM Data exchange between different TRACE32 systems 141

INTERCOM.Evaluate Evaluate function via INTERCOM 142

INTERCOM.execute Execute command via INTERCOM 143

INTERCOM.executeNoWait Execute command via INTERCOM 143

INTERCOM.PING Test INTERCOM system 144

INTERCOM.PipeCLOSE Close named pipe 144

INTERCOM.PipeOPEN Open named pipe 145

INTERCOM.PipeREAD Read from named pipe 145

INTERCOM.PipeWRITE Write to named pipe 145

INTERCOM.WAIT Wait for remote INTERCOM system 146

LICENSE ................................................................................................................................... 147

LICENSE Manage TRACE32 licenses 147

LICENSE.List Display all license information 147

LICENSE.REQuest Request a license 148

LICENSE.state Display the currently used maintenance contract 150

LICENSE.UPDATE Update the maintenance contract 151

LOG ........................................................................................................................................... 152

LOG Log TRACE32 commands 152

LOG.CLOSE Close command log 152

LOG.OFF Switch off command log 153

LOG.ON Switch on command log 153

LOG.OPEN Open command log file 154

LOG.toAREA Log commands by writing them to an AREA window 155

LOG.type Display command log 159

LS .............................................................................................................................................. 159

LS Display directory 159

MENU ........................................................................................................................................ 160

MENU Customize the user interface TRACE32 PowerView 160

MENU.AddMenu Add one standard menu item 160


MENU.AddTool Add a button to the main toolbar 161

MENU.Delete Delete nested menu 162

MENU.Program Interactive programming 162

MENU.ReProgram Menu programming 163

MENU.RESet Default configuration 165

Programming Commands 166

MKDIR ....................................................................................................................................... 179

MKDIR Create new directory 179

MV ............................................................................................................................................. 180

MV Rename file 180

OS ............................................................................................................................................. 181

OS Execute host commands 181

OS.Area Re-route host command output to AREA window 182

OS.Command Execute a host command 183

OS.Hidden Execute a host command in silent mode 185

OS.screen Call up the shell or execute host command 186

OS.Window Re-route host command output to the OS.Window 188

PACK ........................................................................................................................................ 189

PACK Compress files 189

PATCH ...................................................................................................................................... 190

PATCH Binary file patching 190

PATH ......................................................................................................................................... 191

PATH Define searchpath 191

PRinTer ..................................................................................................................................... 192

PRinTer Print and export window contents 192

PRinTer.Area Re-route printer output to AREA window in specified format 193

PRinTer.ClipBoard Re-route printer output to clipboard in specified format 194

PRinTer.CLOSE Close file after multiple printer outputs 194

PRinTer.EXPORT Export formatted printer output to file 195

PRinTer.FILE Re-route printer output to a file in specified file format 199

PRinTer.FileType Select file format 202

PRinTer.HardCopy Make a hardcopy of the screen 203

PRinTer.OFFSET Specify print-out borders 204

PRinTer.OPEN Re-route multiple printer outputs to the same file 205

PRinTer.PRINT Print to opened printer file 207

PRinTer.select Select printer 208

PRinTer.SIZE Specify print-out size 209

PWD .......................................................................................................................................... 210

PWD Change directory 210

QUIT .......................................................................................................................................... 211


QUIT Return to operating system 211

REN ........................................................................................................................................... 212

REN Rename file 212

RM, RMDIR ............................................................................................................................... 213

RM Delete file 213

RMDIR Remove directory 213

SCreenShot .............................................................................................................................. 214

SCreenShot Save a screenshot of a window to a file 214

SETUP ...................................................................................................................................... 216

SETUP Setup commands (part 1 of 2) 216

SETUP.ASCIITEXT Configure ASCII text display 217

SETUP.BAKfile Set backup file mode 218

SETUP.CClear Erase caches 218

SETUP.COLOR Change colors 219

SETUP.DEVNAME Set logical device name 220

SETUP.DRV Send command to driver 221

SETUP.EDITEXT Define an external editor 222

SETUP.EXTension Set default file name extensions 224

SETUP.HOLDDIR Configure working directory 225

SETUP.ICONS Display icons in popup menus 226

SETUP.INTERCOMACKTIMEOUT Sets the intercom acknowledge timeout 226

SETUP.MEMory Display free and used SCU memory 227

SETUP.PDFViewer Context-sensitive help via your favorite PDF viewer 228

SETUP.PDFViewer.EXEcutable Path and executable of your PDF viewer 229

SETUP.PDFViewer.OPEN Open a PDF of the help system 229

SETUP.PDFViewer.PRinT Print PDF via HELP window 229

SETUP.PDFViewer.RESet Reset the settings in SETUP.PDFViewer dialog 230

SETUP.PDFViewer.TEMPorary Help configuration for demo purposes 231

SETUP.PDFViewer.TEMPorary.EXEcutable PDF viewer for demo purposes 231

SETUP.PDFViewer.TEMPorary.OPEN Open a PDF of the help system 231

SETUP.PDFViewer.TEMPorary.PRinT Print PDF via HELP window 231

SETUP.PDFViewer.TEMPorary.RESet Reset demo-help configuration 232

SETUP.QUITDO Define quit PRACTICE script file 233

SETUP.RADIX Radix mode 234

SETUP.RANDOM Set seed for RANDOM() function 235

SETUP.ReDraw Update whole screen 235

SETUP.RESTARTDO Define restart PRACTICE script file 235

SETUP.SOUND Set sound generator mode 236

SETUP.STATistic Cache and memory usage 236

SETUP.STOre Configure output of the STOre commands 237

SETUP.TabSize Configure tab width 238

SETUP.TIMEFORM Select scientific time format 239


SETUP.UpdateRATE Update rate for windows 240

SETUP.WARNSTOP Configure PRACTICE stops 241

SETUP.XSLTSTYLESHEET Reference to XSLT stylesheet for XML files 242

SILENT ...................................................................................................................................... 243

SILENT Suppress informational messages in AREA window 243

SOFTKEYS ............................................................................................................................... 244

SOFTKEYS Toggle the buttons on the softkey bar 244

STATUSBAR ............................................................................................................................ 245

STATUSBAR Toggle state line 245

STOre ........................................................................................................................................ 246

STOre Store a setting 246

SUBTITLE ................................................................................................................................. 247

SUBTITLE Define a window subtitle for AMP debugging 247

TIMEOUT .................................................................................................................................. 249

TIMEOUT Specify time-out for TRACE32 command 249

TITLE ........................................................................................................................................ 250

TITLE Define a screen title for TRACE32 PowerView GUI 250

TOOLBAR ................................................................................................................................. 251

TOOLBAR Toggle toolbar 251

TYPE ......................................................................................................................................... 252

TYPE Display text file 252

UNARchive ............................................................................................................................... 253

UNARchive.extract Extract files from Linux library and Microsoft library 253

UNARchive.Show Extract files from library 253

UNARchive.Table Display table of contents of library 253

UNPACK ................................................................................................................................... 254

UNPACK Expand files 254

UNZIP ........................................................................................................................................ 255

UNZIP Expand files 255

VERSION .................................................................................................................................. 256

VERSION TRACE32 version information 256

VERSION.ENVironment Display environment settings 256

VERSION.HARDWARE Display hardware versions 257

VERSION.SOFTWARE Display software versions 257

VERSION.view Display window with version info 258

WELCOME ................................................................................................................................ 259

WELCOME Welcome to TRACE32 259

WELCOME.CONFIG Configure search paths for PRACTICE demo scripts 259

WELCOME.CONFIG.ADDDIR Add a new script search path 260


WELCOME.CONFIG.FILTER Set the script search filter 260

WELCOME.CONFIG.ReMoveDIR Remove a script search path 260

WELCOME.CONFIG.RESet Reset the script search configuration 260

WELCOME.CONFIG.state Open the welcome config window 261

WELCOME.SCRIPTS Open the script search window 262

WELCOME.STARTUP Open the welcome window if not disabled 262

WELCOME.view Open the welcome window 263

Window ..................................................................................................................................... 264

Win Window handling (size, position, font size, etc.) 264

WinBack Generate background window 265

WinCLEAR Erase windows 265

WinDEFaultSIZE Apply a user-defined default size to windows 267

WinDuplicate Duplicate window 268

WinExt Generate external window 268

WinFIND Search for text in window 269

WinFreeze Generate frozen window 271

WinLarge Generate window with large font 272

WinMid Generate window with regular font 272

WinOverlay Pile up windows on top of each other 273

WinPAGE Window pages 274

WinPAGE.Create Create and select page 275

WinPAGE.Delete Delete page 275

WinPAGE.List Display an overview of all pages and their windows 276

WinPAGE.REName Rename page 277

WinPAGE.RESet Reset window system 277

WinPAGE.select Select page 277

WinPAN Specify a window cut-out 278

WinPOS Define window dimensions 279

WinPrint Print window 282

WinPRT Hardcopy of window 282

WinResist Generate a resistant window 283

WinRESIZE New size for window 284

WinSmall Generate window with small font 285

WinTABS Specify size of re-sizable columns 285

WinTOP Bring window to top 286

WinTrans Generate transparent window 287

ZERO ........................................................................................................................................ 288

ZERO.offset Set time reference 288

ZERO.RESet Reset to original value 288

ZIP ............................................................................................................................................. 289

ZIP Compress files 289

Appendix A - Help Filters ........................................................................................................ 290


PRACTICE Script Language

PRACTICE Script Language User's Guide

PRACTICE Script Language User's Guide .............................................. (practice_user.pdf) 1

History ...................................................................................................................................... 2

Why Use PRACTICE Scripts ................................................................................................... 3

Related Documents ................................................................................................................. 3

PRACTICE Script Structure .................................................................................................... 4

Function 4

Difference between Variables and PRACTICE Macros 4

PRACTICE Script Elements 5

Script Flow 6

Conditional Script Flow 7

Script Nesting 7

Block Structures 8

PRACTICE Macros (Variables) 9

Parameter Passing 11

Input and Output 12

File Operations ........................................................................................................................ 13

Automatic Start-up Scripts ..................................................................................................... 14

Debugging PRACTICE Scripts ............................................................................................... 15

External Editors and Syntax Highlighting ............................................................................. 17

Configuring an External Editor 17

Working with TRACE32 and the External Editor 18

Appendix A .............................................................................................................................. 19

How to Run Demo Scripts Copied from the PDF Manuals 19

Demo Scripts in the TRACE32 Demo Folder 22

PRACTICE Script Language Reference Guide

PRACTICE Script Language Reference Guide .......................................... (practice_ref.pdf) 1

History ...................................................................................................................................... 4


A ... D ........................................................................................................................................ 6

APPEND Append to file 6

BEEP Acoustic signal 6

CLOSE Close file 7

CONTinue Continue PRACTICE script 7


DECRYPT Decrypts a text or binary file 8

DO Start PRACTICE script 9

DODECRYPT Execute encrypted PRACTICE script (*.cmm) 10

E ... F ......................................................................................................................................... 11

ECHO Write text and data to an AREA window (with format decoration) 11

ELSE Conditional script execution 13

ENCRYPT Encrypt a text or binary file 14

ENCRYPTDO Encrypt a PRACTICE script (*.cmm) 15

ENCRYPTPER Encrypt a PER file (*.per) 16

END Terminate PRACTICE scripts, etc. 17

ENDDO Return from a PRACTICE script 18

ENTER Window-based input 19

ENTRY Parameter passing 21

G ... H ........................................................................................................................................ 22

GLOBAL Create global PRACTICE macro 22

GLOBALON Global event-controlled PRACTICE script execution 23

GOSUB Subroutine call 28

GOTO Local script jump 29

I ... L .......................................................................................................................................... 30

IF Conditional script execution 30

INKEY Character input 31

JUMPTO Global script jump 31

LOCAL Create local PRACTICE macro 32

M ... O ........................................................................................................................................ 34

ON Event-controlled PRACTICE script execution 34

OPEN Open data file 38

P ... ............................................................................................................................................ 39

PARAMETERS Parameter fetching 39

PBREAK Breakpoints in PRACTICE script files (*.cmm) 40

PBREAK.at Deprecated 40

PBREAK.Delete Delete breakpoint 41

PBREAK.DISable Disable breakpoint 41

PBREAK.ENable Enable breakpoint 42

PBREAK.List Display breakpoint list 43

PBREAK.OFF TRACE32 disables breakpoint handling 44

PBREAK.ON TRACE32 re-enables breakpoint handling 45

PBREAK.RESet Clear all breakpoints 45

PBREAK.Set Add breakpoint 46

PEDIT Edit PRACTICE script 49

PLIST List PRACTICE script 50

PMACRO PRACTICE macros 51

PMACRO.EXPLICIT Enforce explicit PRACTICE macro declaration 51


PMACRO.IMPLICIT Implicit PRACTICE macro declaration 53

PMACRO.list Display PRACTICE macros 54

PMACRO.LOCK Lock PRACTICE macros 54

PMACRO.RESet Clear current PRACTICE macros 55

PMACRO.UNLOCK Unlock PRACTICE macros 55

PRINT Write text and data to an AREA window (without format decoration) 56

PRINTF Write formatted data to an AREA window 60

PRIVATE Create private PRACTICE macro 68

PSKIP Skip command or block in PRACTICE script 70

PSTEP Execute single line 71

PSTEPOUT Back to caller 72

PSTEPOVER Step over callee and stop at the next script line 73

Q ... R ........................................................................................................................................ 74

READ Read from data file 74

RePeaT Loop with check at end of loop 75

RETURN Return from subroutine 77

RETURNVALUES Take return values 78

RUN Start PRACTICE script 79

S ... T ......................................................................................................................................... 80

SCREEN Screen updating 80

SCREEN.ALways Refresh always 80

SCREEN.display Refresh screen 81

SCREEN.OFF No refresh 81

SCREEN.ON Refresh when printing 81

SCREEN.WAIT Update screen while waiting 82

SPRINTF Write formatted data to a PRACTICE macro 84

STOP Interrupt PRACTICE script 85

W ... Z ........................................................................................................................................ 86

WAIT Wait until a condition is true or a period has elapsed 86

WHILE Loop with check at start of loop 88

WRITE Write to data file 89

WRITEB Write binary data to file 90

TRACE32 Functions

IDE Functions

IDE Functions .................................................................................................. (ide_func.pdf) 1

In This Document ................................................................................................................. 9

AREA Functions ................................................................................................................... 10

In This Section 10

AREA.COUNT() Number of existing message areas 10


AREA.EXIST() Check if message area exists 10

AREA.LINE() Extract line from message area 11

AREA.MAXCOUNT() Maximal number of message areas 11

AREA.NAME() Names of existing message areas 12

AREA.SELECTed() Name of active message area 12

AREA.SIZE.COLUMNS() Columns of a message area 13

AREA.SIZE.LINES() Lines of a message area 13

CLOCK Functions ................................................................................................................ 13

CONFIG Function ................................................................................................................. 13

CONFIG.SCREEN() Check if screen output is switched on 13

CONVert Functions .............................................................................................................. 14

In This Section 14

CONVert.ADDRESSTODUALPORT() Dualport access class 14

CONVert.ADDRESSTONONSECURE() Non-secure access class 15

CONVert.ADDRESSTOSECURE() Secure accesss class 15

CONvert.BOOLTOINT() Boolean to integer 16

CONVert.CHAR() Integer to ASCII character 16

CONVert.FLOATTOINT() Float to integer 17

CONVert.HEXTOINT() Hex to integer 17

CONVert.INTTOBOOL() Integer to boolean 17

CONVert.INTTOFLOAT() Integer to floating point value 18

CONVert.INTTOHEX() Integer to hex 19

CONVert.INTTOMASK() Compose bit-mask from integer value and mask 19

CONVert.MASKMTOINT() Bits set to don't-care in given bit-mask 20

CONVert.MASKTOINT() Bits set to 1 in given bit-mask 20

CONVert.OCTaltoint() Octal to decimal 21

CONVert.SignedByte() 1 byte to 8 bytes 21

CONVert.SignedLong() 4 bytes to 8 bytes 22

CONVert.SignedWord() 2 bytes to 8 bytes 22

CONVert.TIMEMSTOINT() Time to milliseconds 23

CONVert.TIMENSTOINT() Time to nanoseconds 23

CONVert.TIMESTOINT() Time to seconds 24

CONVert.TIMEUSTOINT() Time to microseconds 24

CONVert.TOLOWER() String to lower case 25

CONVert.TOUPPER() String to upper case 25

DATE Functions ................................................................................................................... 26

In This Section 26

DATE.DATE() Current date 26

DATE.DAY() Today’s date 26

DATE.MakeUnixTime() Date to Unix timestamp 27

DATE.MONTH() Number of current month 27

DATE.SECONDS() Seconds since midnight 28


DATE.TIME() Current time 28

DATE.TimeZone() Timezone identifier and hh:mm:ss 28

DATE.UnixTime() Seconds since Jan 1970 29

DATE.utcOffset() Offset of current local time to UTC 29

DATE.YEAR() Current year 29

DIALOG Functions ............................................................................................................... 30

In This Section 30

DIALOG.BOOLEAN() Current boolean value of checkbox 30

DIALOG.EXIST() Existence of dialog element 31

DIALOG.STRing() Current string value of dialog element, e.g. EDIT box 32

DIALOG.STRing2() Comma-separated list of values, e.g. from LISTBOX 33

ERROR Functions ................................................................................................................ 34

In This Section 34

ERROR.ID() ID of last error message 34

ERROR.OCCURRED() Error status 35

EVAL Functions .................................................................................................................... 36

In This Section 36

EVAL() Value of expression evaluated with EVAL command 36

EVAL.STRing() String composed by expression evaluated with EVAL cmd. 36

EVAL.TYPE() Type of expression evaluated with EVAL command 36

FALSE Function ................................................................................................................... 37

FALSE() Boolean expression 37

FILE Functions ..................................................................................................................... 38

In This Section 38

__FILE__() Directory of current PRACTICE script 38

__LINE__() Number of script line to be executed next 38

FILE.EOF() Check if end of read-in file has been reached 38

FILE.EOFLASTREAD() Check if last read from file reached the end of the file 39

FILE.EXIST() Check if file exists 39

FILE.OPEN() Check if file is open 40

FILE.TYPE() File type of loaded file 40

FORMAT Functions .............................................................................................................. 41

In This Section 41

FORMAT.BINary() Numeric to binary value (leading spaces) 41

FORMAT.CHAR() Numeric to ASCII character (fixed length) 41

FORMAT.Decimal() Numeric to string (leading spaces) 42

FORMAT.DecimalU() Numeric to unsigned decimal as string (leading spaces) 43

FORMAT.DecimalUZ() Numeric to unsigned decimal as string (leading zeros) 45

FORMAT.FLOAT() Floating point value to string 46

FORMAT.HEX() Numeric to hex (leading zeros) 46

FORMAT.STRing() Output string with fixed length 47


FORMAT.TIME() Time to string (leading spaces) 48

FORMAT.UDECIMAL() Refer to FORMAT.DecimalU() 48

FORMAT.UDECIMALZ() Refer to FORMAT.DecimalUZ() 49

FORMAT.UnixTime() Format Unix timestamps 49

FOUND Functions ................................................................................................................ 53

In This Section 53

FOUND() TRUE() if search item was found 53

FOUND.COUNT() Number of occurrences found 54

GDB Function (TRACE32 as GDB Back-End) .................................................................... 55

GDB.PORT() Port number for communication via GDB interface 55

HELP Function ...................................................................................................................... 56

HELP.MESSAGE() tbd. 56

HOST Functions ................................................................................................................... 57

HOSTID() Host ID 57

HOSTIP() Host IP address 57

IFCONFIG and IFTEST Functions ....................................................................................... 58

In This Section 58

IFCONFIG.COLLISIONS() Collisions since start-up 58

IFCONFIG.CONFIGURATION() Connection type 59

IFCONFIG.DEVICENAME() Name of TRACE32 device 59

IFCONFIG.ERRORS() Errors since start-up 59

IFCONFIG.ETHernetADDRESS() MAC address of TRACE32 device 59

IFCONFIG.IPADDRESS() IP address of TRACE32 device 60

IFCONFIG.RESYNCS() Resyncs since start-up 60

IFCONFIG.RETRIES() Retries since start-up 60

IFTEST.DOWNLOAD() Download in KByte/sec 60

IFTEST.LATENCY() Latency in microseconds 61

IFTEST.UPLOAD() Upload in KByte/sec 61

INTERCOM Functions .......................................................................................................... 62

In This Section 62

INTERCOM.PING() Check if ping is successful 62

INTERCOM.PODPORT() Port of a TRACE32 PowerView instance 62

INTERCOM.PODPORTNUMBER() Number of PowerView instances 63

INTERCOM.PORT() Port number for communication via intercom interface 63

LICENSE Functions .............................................................................................................. 64

In This Section 64

LICENSE.DATE() Expiration date of maintenance contract 64

LICENSE.FAMILY() Name of the CPU family license 64

LICENSE.FEATURES() List of features licensed 65

LICENSE.getINDEX() Index of maintenance contract 65

LICENSE.GRANTED() License state 65


LICENSE.HAVEFEATURE() Checks if license is stored in debugger hardware 66

LICENSE.MSERIAL() Serial number of the maintenance contract 67

LICENSE.MULTICORE() Check if multicore debugging is licensed 67

LICENSE.SERIAL() Serial number of debug cable 67

Mathematical Functions ...................................................................................................... 68

In This Section 68

math.ABS() Absolute value of decimal value 68

math.FABS() Absolute value of floating point number 68

math.FCOS() Cosine of an angle given in radian 69

math.FEXP() Exponentiation with base e (Euler's number) 69

math.FEXP10() Exponentiation with base 10 69

math.FINF() Positive infinity 69

math.FLOG() Natural logarithm of given value 70

math.FLOG10() Logarithm to base 10 of given value 70

math.FMAX() Return the larger one of two floating point values 70

math.FMIN() Return the smaller one of two floating point values 71

math.FNAN() Not a number value 71

math.FPOW() Y-th power of base x 71

math.FSIN() Sine of an angle given in radian 72

math.FSQRT() Square-root of given value 72

math.MAX() Return the larger one of two decimal values 72

math.MIN() Return the smaller one of two decimal values 73

math.SIGN() Return -1 or +1 depending on argument 73

math.SIGNUM() Return -1 or 0 or +1 depending on argument 73

math.TimeMAX() Return the larger one of two time values 74

math.TimeMIN() Return the smaller one of two time values 74

NODENAME Function .......................................................................................................... 75

NODENAME() Node name of connected TRACE32 device 75

OS Functions ........................................................................................................................ 76

In This Section 76

OS.DIR() Check if directory exists 76

OS.DIR.ACCESS() Access rights to directory 77

OS.ENV() Value of OS environment variable 77

OS.FILE() Check if file exists 78

OS.FILE.ABSPATH() Absolute path to file or directory 79

OS.FILE.ACCESS() Access rights to file 79

OS.FILE.DATE() Modification date and timestamp of file 80

OS.FILE.DATE2() Modification date of file 80

OS.FILE.EXTENSION() File name extension 80

OS.FILE.LINK() Real file name of file link 80

OS.FILE.NAME() Extract file name from path 81

OS.FILE.PATH() Return path of file 82


OS.FILE.REALPATH() Canonical absolute path to file or directory 82

OS.FILE.SIZE() File size in bytes 83

OS.FILE.TIME() Modification timestamp of file 83

OS.FILE.UnixTime() Unix timestamp of file 83

OS.FIRSTFILE() First file name matching a pattern 84

OS.ID() User ID of TRACE32 instance 85

OS.NAME() Basic name of operating system 85

OS.NEXTFILE() Next file name matching a pattern 86

OS.PCF() Name of used TRACE32 configuration file 86

OS.PDD() Demo directory for the current architecture 86

OS.PED() Directory of current TRACE32 executable 86

OS.PEF() Path and file name of current TRACE32 executable 87

OS.PHD() Path of the home directory 87

OS.PHELPD() Path of the TRACE32 online help directory 87

OS.PLF() Current TRACE32 license file 87

OS.PORTAVAILABLE.TCP() Check if TCP port is used 88

OS.PORTAVAILABLE.UDP() Check if UDP port is used 88

OS.PPD() Directory of current PRACTICE script 89

OS.PPF() Path and file name of current PRACTICE script file 89

OS.PSD() TRACE32 system directory 89

OS.PTD() TRACE32 temporary directory 89

OS.PWD() Current working directory 90

OS.RETURN() Return code of the last executed operating system command 90

OS.TIMER() OS timer in milliseconds 90

OS.TMPFILE() Name for a temporary file 91

OS.VERSION() Type of the host operating system 92

PID Function ......................................................................................................................... 95

PID() Process identifier of a TRACE32 PowerView instance 95

PRACTICE Functions ........................................................................................................... 96

In This Section 96

PRACTICE.ARG() Return value of GOSUB, DO, RETURN, and ENDDO 96

PRACTICE.ARG.SIZE() Number of passed or returned arguments 97

PRACTICE.CALLER.FILE() File name of the script/subscript caller 98

PRACTICE.CALLER.LINE() Line number in caller script 98

PRACTICE.CoMmanD.AVAILable() Check if command is available 99

PRACTICE.FUNCtion.AVAILable() Check if function is available 99

PRINTER Function ............................................................................................................... 101

PRINTER.FILENAME() Path and file name of next print operation 101

RADIX Function .................................................................................................................... 102

RADIX() Current radix setting 102

RANDOM Functions ............................................................................................................. 103

RANDOM() Pseudo random number 103


RANDOM.RANGE() Pseudo random number from specified range 103

RCL Function ........................................................................................................................ 104

RCL.PORT() Port number of remote API interface 104

SOFTWARE Functions ......................................................................................................... 105

In This Section 105

SOFTWARE.64BIT() Check if TRACE32 executable is 64-bit 105

SOFTWARE.BUILD() Upper build number 105

SOFTWARE.BUILD.BASE() Lower build number 105

SOFTWARE.SCUBASED() Controller-based TRACE32 software 106

SOFTWARE.VERSION() Release build or nightly build, etc. 107

STRing Functions ................................................................................................................. 108

In This Section 108

STRing.CHAR() Extract a character 108

STRing.ComPare() Check if string matches pattern 109

STRing.COUNT() Substring occurrences 109

STRing.CUT() Cut string from left or right 110

STRing.FIND() Check if search characters are found within string 110

STRing.LENgth() Length of string 111

STRing.LoWeR() String to lowercase 111

STRing.MID() Extract part of string 111

STRing.Replace() Modified string after search operation 112

STRing.SCAN() Offset of the found string 113

STRing.SCANAndExtract() Extract remaining string after search string 114

STRing.SPLIT() Return element from string list 115

STRing.TRIM() String without leading and trailing whitespaces 115

STRing.UPpeR() String to uppercase 116

TCF Functions (TRACE32 as TCF Agent) .......................................................................... 117

TCF.PORT() Port number of TCF interface 117

TCF.DISCOVERY() Check if TCF discovery is enabled 117

TEST Function ...................................................................................................................... 118

TEST.TIMEISVALID() Check if time value is valid 118

TIMEOUT Function ............................................................................................................... 119

TIMEOUT() Check if command was fully executed 119

TITLE Function ..................................................................................................................... 120

TITLE() Caption of the TRACE32 main window 120

TRUE Function ..................................................................................................................... 120

TRUE() Boolean expression 120

WARNINGS Function ........................................................................................................... 121

WARNINGS() Check if warning occurred during command execution 121

WINDOW Functions ............................................................................................................. 122


In This Section 122

WINdow.COMMAND() Command string displayed in window 122

WINdow.EXIST() Check if window name exists 123

WINdow.POSition() Information on window position and dimension 123

WINPAGE.EXIST() Check if window page exists 124

General Functions

General Functions ................................................................................... (general_func.pdf) 1

In This Document ................................................................................................................. 22

How This Document is Organized 22

Difference between Functions and Commands in TRACE32 23

Purpose of Functions 24

How to Use Functions 25

Which Return Values of Functions can be Printed? 27

Related Documents 28

ADDRESS Functions ............................................................................................................ 29

In This Section 29

ADDRESS.ACCESS() 29

ADDRESS.EXPANDACCESS() Fully qualified access class 29

ADDRESS.isDATA() Check if memory class refers to data 30

ADDRESS.INSTR.LEN() 30

ADDRESS.isINTERMEDIATE() Check if intermediate physical address 30

ADDRESS.isNONSECURE() TRUE if NonSecure (Trustzone) access 31

ADDRESS.isNONSECUREEX() 31

ADDRESS.MAU() Minimal addressable unit size (MAU) 32

ADDRESS.OFFSET() Address without class 33

ADDRESS.isONCHIP() TRUE if on-chip address area 33

ADDRESS.isPHYSICAL() TRUE if physical address 33

ADDRESS.isPROGRAM() TRUE if program address 34

ADDRESS.isSECURE() TRUE if secure (Trustzone) access 35

ADDRESS.isSECUREEX() 35

ADDRESS.RANGE.BEGIN() Lowest address value of address range 36

ADDRESS.RANGE.END() Highest address value of address range 36

ADDRESS.RANGE.SIZE() Size of address range 37

ADDRESS.SEGMENT() 37

ADDRESS.STRACCESS() Access class of an address 38

Analyzer Functions .............................................................................................................. 39

In This Section 40

Analyzer() Check if Analyzer command group is available 40

Analyzer.CONFIG.<ice_analyzer>() Check if ICE Analyzer is included 40

Analyzer.CONFIG.<powertrace>() Check if specified PowerTrace connected 41


Analyzer.CONFIG.FEC() Check if FIRE contains Analyzer 42

Analyzer.CONFIG.RISCTRACE() Check if RISC trace module connected 42

Analyzer.COUNTER.EVENT() Get value of trigger program event counter 43

Analyzer.COUNTER.EXTERN() Get value of trigger program ext. counter 43

Analyzer.COUNTER.TIME() Get value of trigger program time counter 44

Analyzer.DSEL() Internal usage 44

Analyzer.FIRST() Get record number of first trace record 44

Analyzer.FLAG() Check state of trigger program FLAG 45

Analyzer.FLOW.ERRORS() Get number of flow errors / hard errors 45

Analyzer.FLOW.FIFOFULL() Get number of FIFO overflows 45

Analyzer.FOCUS.EYE() Check quality of data eye 46

Analyzer.ISCHANNELUP() Check if serial link is established 47

Analyzer.MAXSIZE() Get max. size of trace buffer in records 48

Analyzer.MODE() Get Analyzer recording mode 48

Analyzer.MODE.FLOW() Check if Analyzer operates as flowtrace 48

Analyzer.PC() Get current PC with FIRE/ICE 48

Analyzer.PROBEREVISION() Get revision of StarCore NEXUS probe 49

Analyzer.RECORDS() Get number of used trace records 49

Analyzer.RECORD.ADDRESS() Get address recorded in trace record 49

Analyzer.RECORD.DATA() Get data recorded in trace record 50

Analyzer.RECORD.OFFSET() Get address in trace record as number 51

Analyzer.RECORD.TIME() Get time stamp of trace record 51

Analyzer.REF() Get record number of reference record 52

Analyzer.SIZE() Get current trace buffer size in records 52

Analyzer.STATE() Get state of Analyzer 53

Analyzer.THRESHOLD() Get threshold voltage of parallel preprocessor 53

Analyzer.TraceCONNECT() Name of trace sink of the SoC 53

Analyzer.TRACK.RECORD() Get record number matching search 54

Analyzer.TRIGGER.A() Get inputs from ICE TRIGGER A connector 54

Analyzer.TRIGGER.B() Get inputs from ICE TRIGGER B connector 54

Analyzer.TRIGGER.TIME() Time of trigger point in trace 55

ARM Function ....................................................................................................................... 56

ARMARCHVERSION() ARM architecture version of CPU 56

Advanced Register Trace (ART) Functions ....................................................................... 57

In This Section 57

ART.FIRST() Get record number of first trace record 57

ART.MAXSIZE() Get max. size of trace buffer in records 58

ART.MODE() Get ART recording mode 58

ART.RECORD.ADDRESS() Get address recorded in trace record 58

ART.RECORD.OFFSET() Get address in trace record as number 58

ART.RECORD.TIME() Get time stamp of trace record 59

ART.RECORDS() Get number of used trace records 59

ART.REF() Get record number of reference record 59


ART.SIZE() Get current trace buffer size in records 59

ART.STATE() Get state of ART trace 60

ART.TRACK.RECORD() Get record number matching search 60

AUTOFOCUS Functions ...................................................................................................... 61

In This Section 61

AUTOFOCUS() TRUE if AutoFocus preprocessor attached 61

AUTOFOCUS.OK() TRUE if command execution successful 61

AUTOFOCUS.FREQUENCY() Frequency of trace-port clock 61

AVX Function ........................................................................................................................ 62

AVX() Content of AVX register 62

Break Functions ................................................................................................................... 63

In This Section 63

Break.Alpha.EXIST() TRUE if Alpha breakpoint exists 63

Break.Beta.EXIST() TRUE if Beta breakpoint exist 63

Break.Charly.EXIST() TRUE if Charly breakpoint exists 64

Break.Program.EXIST() TRUE if enabled program breakpoint exists 64

Break.ReadWrite.EXIST() TRUE if enabled data address breakpoint exists 64

BMC Functions (Benchmark Counter) ............................................................................... 65

In This Section 65

BMC.CLOCK() Frequency of core clock 65

BMC.COUNTER() Value of a benchmark counter 65

BMC.COUNTER.BYNAME() Value of a benchmark counter 66

BMC.COUNTER.CORE() Value of a benchmark counter 66

BMC.COUNTER.BYNAME.CORE() Value of a benchmark counter 67

BMC.OVERFLOW() TRUE if benchmark counter overflow 67

BMC.OVERFLOW.BYNAME() TRUE if benchmark counter overflow 67

BMC.OVERFLOW.CORE() TRUE if benchmark counter overflow 68

BMC.OVERFLOW.BYNAME.CORE() TRUE if benchmark counter overflow 68

Boundary Scan Description Language (BSDL) Functions ............................................... 69

In This Section 69

BSDL.CHECK.BYPASS() Chain bypass test 69

BSDL.CHECK.FLASHCONF() Flash configuration test 69

BSDL.CHECK.IDCODE() Chain IDCODE test 69

BSDL.GetDRBit() Data register bit 70

BSDL.GetPortLevel() Port level value 70

CABLE Functions ................................................................................................................. 71

In This Section 71

CABLE.GalvanicISOlation() Cable has galvanic isolation 71

CABLE.GalvanicISOlation.SERIAL() Serial number of adapter 71

CABLE.NAME() Name of debug cable 71

CABLE.SERIAL() Serial number of debug cable 72


CABLE.TWOWIRE() TRUE if two-wire debugging supported 72

CACHE Functions ................................................................................................................ 73

In This Section 73

CACHE.DC.DIRTY() 73

CACHE.DC.DIRTYMASK() 73

CACHE.DC.LRU() 74

CACHE.DC.TAG() 74

CACHE.DC.VALID() 74

CACHE.DC.VALIDMASK() 75

CACHE.IC.DIRTY() 75

CACHE.IC.DIRTYMASK() 75

CACHE.IC.LRU() 76

CACHE.IC.TAG() 76

CACHE.IC.VALID() 76

CACHE.IC.VALIDMASK() 77

CACHE.L2.DIRTY() 77

CACHE.L2.DIRTYMASK() 77

CACHE.L2.LRU() 78

CACHE.L2.SHARED() 78

CACHE.L2.SHAREDMASK() 78

CACHE.L2.TAG() 79

CACHE.L2.VALID() 79

CACHE.L2.VALIDMASK() 79

CACHE.L3.DIRTY() 80

CACHE.L3.DIRTYMASK() 80

CACHE.L3.LRU() 80

CACHE.L3.TAG() 81

CACHE.L3.VALID() 81

CACHE.L3.VALIDMASK() 81

CAnalyzer Functions (CombiProbe, µTrace) ..................................................................... 82

In This Section 82

CAnalyzer() Check if CAnalyzer command group is available 83

CAnalyzer.BOTHCables() TRUE if both debug cables are plugged 83

CAnalyzer.CableTYPE() Type of adapter 83

CAnalyzer.DebugCable() CombiProbe whisker cable is A or B 84

CAnalyzer.FIRST() Get record number of first trace record 84

CAnalyzer.MAXSIZE() Get max. size of trace buffer in records 84

CAnalyzer.PIN() Status of trace pins 85

CAnalyzer.RECORD.ADDRESS() Get address recorded in trace record 85

CAnalyzer.RECORD.DATA() Get data recorded in trace record 85

CAnalyzer.RECORD.OFFSET() Get address in trace record as number 86

CAnalyzer.RECORD.TIME() Get time stamp of trace record 86

CAnalyzer.RECORDS() Get number of used trace records 86


CAnalyzer.REF() Get record number of reference record 86

CAnalyzer.SIZE() Get current trace buffer size in records 87

CAnalyzer.STATE() Get state of Compact Analyzer 87

CAnalyzer.TraceCONNECT() Name of trace sink of the SoC 88

CAnalyzer.TracePort() 88

CAnalyzer.TRACK.RECORD() Get record number matching search 88

CERBEURS Functions ......................................................................................................... 89

CERBERUS.IOINFO() IOINFO of Cerberus module 89

CERBERUS.IOINFO.IFLCK() TRUE if IF_LCK bit in Cerberus INONFO set 89

CHIP Functions ..................................................................................................................... 90

CHIP.EmulationDevice() TRUE if emulation device 90

CHIP.STEPping() Major silicon step of an TriCore AURIX device 90

CIProbe Functions (Analog Probe for CombiProbe or µTrace) ....................................... 91

In This Section 91

CIProbe() 91

CIProbe.ADC.ENABLE() 91

CIProbe.ADC.SHUNT() 91

CIProbe.MAXSIZE() Get max. size of trace buffer in records 92

CIProbe.RECORDS() Get number of used trace records 92

CIProbe.SIZE() Get current trace buffer size in records 92

CIProbe.STATE() Get state of Compact Analyzer for CIProbe 92

CIProbe.TRACK.RECORD() Get record number matching search 93

COMPonent Functions ......................................................................................................... 94

COMPonent.AVAILABLE() TRUE if peripheral component available on CPU 94

COMPonent.BASE() Base address of peripheral component 94

CORE Functions ................................................................................................................... 96

In This Section 96

CONFIGNUMBER() Number of cores configured in TRACE32 97

CORE() This is the selected core 97

CORE.ISACTIVE() TRUE if this core is active 98

CORE.ISASSIGNED() TRUE if physical core is assigned to debug session 99

CORE.LOGICALTOPHYSICAL() This is the physical core number 100

CORE.NAMES() Physical core names assigned to TRACE32 101

CORENAME() Name of core within selected chip 102

CORE.NUMBER() Number of logical cores 102

CORE.PHYSICALTOLOGICAL() Logical core number of physical core 104

Count Functions ................................................................................................................... 105

In This Section 105

Count.Frequency() 105

Count.LEVEL() 105

Count.Time() 106


Count.VALUE() 106

COVerage Functions ............................................................................................................ 107

In This Section 107

COVerage.BDONE() Byte count of all executed instructions 108

COVerage.SCOPE() Degree of code coverage 109

COVerage.TreeWalk() Walk symbol tree 110

CPU Functions ...................................................................................................................... 111

In This Section 111

CPU.FEATURE() 111

CPU.PINCOUNT() 112

CPUBONDOUT() Name of boundout processor 113

CPUCOREVERSION() Core or architecture version of CPU 113

CPUDERIVATE() 113

CPUFAMILY() 113

CPUHELP() 113

CPUIS() 114

CPUIS64BIT() 114

DAP Functions ...................................................................................................................... 115

DAP.Available() 115

DAP.USER<x>() Status of the DAP user pin 115

Data Functions ..................................................................................................................... 116

In This Section 116

Data.<value_width>() Memory contents in default endianness 116

Data.<value_width>.<endianness>() Mem. contents in specified byte order 119

Data.<value_width>.<access_width>() Mem. contents in specified width 121

Data.AL.ERRORS() 123

Data.Float() 123

Data.STRing() 124

Data.STRingN() 125

Data.SUM() 125

Data.WSTRING() 125

Data.WSTRING.BigEndian() 126

Data.WSTRING.LittleEndian() 126

DEBUGMODE Function ....................................................................................................... 127

DEBUGMODE() Current debug mode 127

DISASSEMBLE Function ..................................................................................................... 128

DISASSEMBLE.ADDRESS() Disassembled instruction at address 128

DONGLEID Function ............................................................................................................ 128

DONGLEID(0) Serial number of USB WibuKey 128

ELA Function (ARM Coresight Embedded Logic Analyzer) ............................................. 129

ELABASE() ELA base address 129


DPP Function (C166/ST10 only) .......................................................................................... 129

DPP() Content of DPP register 129

EPOC Functions ................................................................................................................... 130

In This Section 130

EPOC.DATAADDRESS() Start address of data area (EPOC debugger) 130

EPOC.ENTRYPOINT() 130

EPOC.TEXTADDRESS() 130

EPROM Simulator Function ................................................................................................ 131

hardware.ESI() 131

ERROR Function (target-dependent) ................................................................................. 131

ERROR.ADDRESS() 131

ETM Functions ...................................................................................................................... 132

In This Section 132

ETM() 132

ETM.ADDRCOMP() 132

ETM.ADDRCOMPTOTAL() 133

ETM.COUNTERS() 133

ETM.DATACOMP() 133

ETM.EXTIN() 133

ETM.EXTOUT() 134

ETM.FIFOFULL() 134

ETM.MAP() 134

ETM.PROTOCOL() 134

ETM.SEQUENCER() 134

EXTENDED Function (Z80 only) .......................................................................................... 135

EXTENDED() 135

FDX Function ........................................................................................................................ 135

FDX.INSTRING() 135

FIRE Function ....................................................................................................................... 135

hardware.FIRE() 135

FLAG Functions ................................................................................................................... 136

In This Section 136

FLAG() 136

FLAG.READ() 136

FLAG.WRITE() 136

FLASH Functions ................................................................................................................. 137

In This Section 137

FLASH.CFI.SIZE() 138

FLASH.CLocK.Frequency() 138

FLASH.List.STATE.PENDING() 138


FLASH.SECTOR.BEGIN() 139

FLASH.SECTOR.END() 139

FLASH.SECTOR.EXIST() TRUE if sector exists 139

FLASH.SECTOR.EXTRAvalue() Extra value of FLASH.Create 140

FLASH.SECTOR.NEXT() Address of next sector 141

FLASH.SECTOR.OTP() TRUE if OTP sector 141

FLASH.SECTOR.RANGE() Address range of a FLASH sector 141

FLASH.SECTOR.SIZE() Size in bytes 141

FLASH.SECTOR.STATE() FLASH programming state 142

FLASH.SECTOR.TYPE() FLASH family code of sector 142

FLASH.SECTOR.WIDTH() Width of FLASH sector 143

FLASH.TARGET.BUILD() Build number of FLASH algorithm file 143

FLASH.TARGET.FILE() Name of FLASH algorithm file 143

FLASH.TARGET2.FILE() Name of FLASH algorithm file 144

FLASH.UNIT() Unit number of FLASH sector 144

FLASH.UNIT.BEGIN() Unit start address 144

FLASH.UNIT.END() Unit end address 144

FLASH.UNIT.EXIST() TRUE if unit exists 145

FLASH.UNIT.NEXT() Number of next unit 145

FLASHFILE Function ........................................................................................................... 146

FLASHFILE.SPAREADDRESS() Address of spare area 146

FPU Functions (Floating Point Unit) ................................................................................... 147

FPU() FPU register contents 147

FPUCR() FPU control register contents 147

FPU.RAW() FPU register raw contents 147

FXU Function ........................................................................................................................ 148

FXU() Content of FXU register 148

GROUP Function .................................................................................................................. 148

GROUP.EXIST() TRUE if group exists 148

Hardware Functions ............................................................................................................. 149

In This Section 149

hardware.COMBIPROBE() TRUE if CombiProbe is connected 149

hardware.ICD() TRUE if universal base module is connected 149

hardware.QUADPROBE() TRUE if QuadProbe is connected 150

hardware.SCU() TRUE if ICE or PodBus Ethernet Controller is used 150

hardware.UTRACE() TRUE if debugger is a µTrace 150

HVX Function ........................................................................................................................ 151

HVX() Content of HVX register 151

I2C Functions ........................................................................................................................ 152

In This Section 152

I2C.DATA() Data read by I2C.TRANSFER 152


I2C.PIN() Pin status 152

ICE Functions ....................................................................................................................... 153

hardware.ICE() 153

ICEFAMILY() 153

ID Functions .......................................................................................................................... 154

In This Section 154

ID.CABLE() Hardware ID of debug cable 154

ID.PREPROcessor() Hardware ID of preprocessor 154

ID.WHISKER() ID of whisker cable 155

IDCODE() ID code of TAP in JTAG chain 158

IDCODENUMBER() Number of detected TAPs 158

Integrator Functions ............................................................................................................ 159

In This Section 159

Integrator() 159

Integrator.FIRST() Get record number of first trace record 159

Integrator.ADC.ENABLE() 159

Integrator.ADC.SHUNT() 160

Integrator.ANALOG() 160

Integrator.COUNTER.EVENT() Get value of trigger program event counter 160

Integrator.COUNTER.EXTERN() Value of trigger program external counter 160

Integrator.COUNTER.TIME() Get value of trigger program time counter 161

Integrator.DIALOGDSEL() 161

Integrator.DIALOGDSELGET() 161

Integrator.DSEL() 161

Integrator.FIND.PI_CHANNEL() 162

Integrator.FIND.PI_WORD() 162

Integrator.FLAG() Check state of trigger program FLAG 162

Integrator.GET() 162

Integrator.MAXSIZE() Get max. size of trace buffer in records 163

Integrator.PROBE() 163

Integrator.PROGRAMFILENAME() 163

Integrator.RECORD.DATA() Get data recorded in trace record 163

Integrator.RECORD.TIME() Get time stamp of trace record 164

Integrator.RECORDS() Get number of used trace records 164

Integrator.REF() 164

Integrator.SIZE() Get current trace buffer size in records 164

Integrator.STATE() Get state of the Integrator 165

Integrator.TRACK.RECORD() Get record number matching search 165

Integrator.USB() 165

INTERFACE Functions ......................................................................................................... 166

In This Section 166

INTERFACE.CADI() TRUE if connection to target is via CADI interface 166


INTERFACE.GDB() TRUE if connection to target is via GDB interface 166

INTERFACE.GDI() TRUE if connection to target via GDI interface 167

INTERFACE.HOST() TRUE if connection to application via HOST interface 167

interface.HOSTMCI() 167

INTERFACE.MCD() TRUE if connection to target via MCD interface 167

INTERFACE.NAME() Name of debugger 168

INTERFACE.QNX() 168

INTERFACE.SIM() 168

INTERFACE.VAST() TRUE if connection to target via VAST interface 168

INTERFACE.VDI() TRUE if connection to target via Virtio interface 169

IOBASE Functions ............................................................................................................... 170

In This Section 170

IOBASE() 170

IOBASE.ADDRESS() 170

IOBASE2() 170

IProbe Functions .................................................................................................................. 171

In This Section 172

IProbe() 172

IProbe.ADC.ENABLE() 172

IProbe.ADC.SHUNT() 173

IProbe.ANALOG() 173

IProbe.FIRST() Get record number of first trace record 174

IProbe.GET() 174

IProbe.MAXSIZE() Get max. size of trace buffer in records 174

IProbe.PROBE() 175

IProbe.RECORD.DATA() Get data recorded in trace record 175

IProbe.RECORD.TIME() Get time stamp of trace record 176

IProbe.RECORDS() Get number of used trace records 176

IProbe.REF() Get record number of reference record 176

IProbe.SIZE() Get current trace buffer size in records 177

IProbe.STATE() Get state of IProbe 177

IProbe.TRACK.RECORD() Get record number matching search 178

JTAG Functions .................................................................................................................... 179

In This Section 179

JTAG.PIN() Level of JTAG signal 179

JTAG.SHIFT() TDO output of JTAG shift 179

JTAG.X7EFUSE.RESULT() Result of JTAG.X7EFUSE command 179

JTAG.X7EFUSE.CNTL() CNTL flags read by JTAG.X7EFUSE command 180

JTAG.X7EFUSE.DNA() DNA value read by JTAG.X7EFUSE command 181

JTAG.X7EFUSE.KEY() AES key read by JTAG.X7EFUSE command 181

JTAG.X7EFUSE.USER() User code read by JTAG.X7EFUSE command 181

LOGGER Functions .............................................................................................................. 182


In This Section 182

LOGGER.FIRST() Get record number of first trace record 182

LOGGER.RECORD.ADDRESS() Get address recorded in trace record 183

LOGGER.RECORD.DATA() Get data recorded in trace record 183

LOGGER.RECORD.OFFSET() Get address in trace record as number 183

LOGGER.RECORD.TIME() Get time stamp of trace record 183

LOGGER.RECORDS() Get number of used trace records 184

LOGGER.REF() Get record number of reference record 184

LOGGER.SIZE() Get current trace buffer size in records 184

LOGGER.STATE() Get state of Logger trace 184

MachO Format Function (Apple) ......................................................................................... 186

MACHO.LASTUUID() Universally unique identifier of MachO file 186

MAP Functions ..................................................................................................................... 187

In This Section 187

MAP.CONFIG.FDPRAM() TRUE if full dualported RAM module 187

MAP.RAMSIZE() Emulation memory size of TRACE-ICE or TRACE-FIRE 187

MAP.ROMSIZE() Size of the defined ROM 187

MCDS Functions ................................................................................................................... 188

In This Section 188

MCDS.MODULE.NAME() Name of MCDS module 188

MCDS.MODULE.NUMBER() Number-part of MCDS module ID 189

MCDS.MODULE.REVision() Revision-part of MCDS module ID 189

MCDS.MODULE.TYPE() Type-part of MCDS module ID 190

MCDS.STATE() MCDS module is switched on/off 190

MCDS.TraceBuffer.LowerGAP() Trace buffer lower gap 190

MCDS.TraceBuffer.SIZE() Trace buffer size 191

MCDS.TraceBuffer.UpperGAP() Trace buffer upper gap 191

MMU Functions (Memory Management Unit) .................................................................... 192

In This Section 192

MMU() Value of MMU register 192

MMU.DEFAULTPT() Base address of default page table 192

MMU.FORMAT() Currently selected MMU format 192

MMX Function (MultiMedia eXtension) ............................................................................... 194

MMX() Value of MMX register 194

MONITOR Function .............................................................................................................. 194

MONITOR() TRUE if debugger is running as monitor 194

NEXUS Functions ................................................................................................................. 195

In This Section 195

NEXUS() TRUE if Nexus trace is supported 195

NEXUS.PortMode() Current PortMode setting 195

NEXUS.PortSize() Current PortSize setting 196


Onchip Functions ................................................................................................................. 197

In This Section 197

Onchip() TRUE if the onchip trace is available 197

Onchip.FIRST() Get record number of first trace record 197

Onchip.FLOW.ERRORS() Get number of flow errors / hard errors 197

Onchip.FLOW.FIFOFULL() Get number of FIFO overflows 198

Onchip.MAXSIZE() Get max. size of trace buffer in records 198

Onchip.RECORD.ADDRESS() Get address recorded in trace record 199

Onchip.RECORD.DATA() Get data recorded in trace record 199

Onchip.RECORD.OFFSET() Get address in trace record as number 199

Onchip.RECORD.TIME() Get time stamp of trace record 199

Onchip.RECORDS() Get number of used trace records 200

Onchip.REF() Get record number of reference record 200

Onchip.SIZE() Get current trace buffer size in records 200

Onchip.STATE() Get state of Onchip trace 200

Onchip.TraceCONNECT() Name of trace sink of the SoC 201

Onchip.TRACK.RECORD() Get record number matching search 202

PCI Functions ....................................................................................................................... 203

In This Section 203

PCI.Read.B() Byte from PCI register 203

PCI.Read.L() Long from PCI register 203

PCI.Read.W() Word from PCI register 203

PER Functions ...................................................................................................................... 204

In This Section 204

PER.<width>() Memory contents in default endianness 204

PER.<width>.<endianness>() Memory contents in specified endianness 205

PER.ARG() 206

PER.Buffer.<width>() 207

PER.EVAL() 208

PERF Functions (Performance) .......................................................................................... 209

In This Section 209

PERF.MEMORY.HITS() 209

PERF.MEMORY.SnoopAddress() 210

PERF.MEMORY.SnoopSize() 210

PERF.METHOD() 210

PERF.MODE() Get Performance Analyzer recording mode 211

PERF.PC.HITS() 211

PERF.RATE() 211

PERF.RunTime() 212

PERF.SNOOPFAILS() 212

PERF.STATE() Get state of Performance Analyzer 212

PERF.TASK.HITS() 213


PERF.WATCHTIME() 213

Port Analyzer Functions for TRACE32-ICE or TRACE32-FIRE ........................................ 214

In This Section 214

PORT.GET() 214

PORT.MAXSIZE() Get max. size of trace buffer in records 214

PORT.RECORDS() Get number of used trace records 214

PORT.REF() Get record number of reference record 214

PORT.SIZE() Get current trace buffer size in records 215

PORT.STATE() Get state of Port Analyzer 215

PORT.TRACK.RECORD() Get record number matching search 215

PORTANALYZER() 216

PORTSHARING Function ..................................................................................................... 216

PORTSHARING() Current setting of PortSHaRing 216

POWER Functions ................................................................................................................ 217

In This Section 217

hardware.POWERDEBUG() 217

hardware.POWERINTEGRATOR() 217

hardware.POWERINTEGRATOR2() 217

hardware.POWERNEXUS() 218

hardware.POWERTRACE() 218

hardware.POWERTRACE2() 218

hardware.POWERTRACEPX() 218

hardware.POWERTRACESERIAL() 219

PowerProbe Functions ........................................................................................................ 220

In This Section 220

hardware.POWERPROBE() 220

PROBE.COUNTER.EVENT() Get value of trigger program event counter 220

PROBE.COUNTER.EXTERN() Get value of trigger program external counter 220

PROBE.COUNTER.TIME() Get value of trigger program time counter 221

Probe.FIRST() Get record number of first trace record 221

PROBE.FLAG() Check state of trigger program FLAG 221

PROBE.GET() 221

PROBE.MAXSIZE() Get max. size of trace buffer in records 222

PROBE.RECORD.DATA() Get data recorded in trace record 222

PROBE.RECORD.TIME() Get time stamp of trace record 222

PROBE.RECORDS() Get number of used trace records 222

PROBE.REF() Get record number of reference record 223

PROBE.SIZE() Get current trace buffer size in records 223

PROBE.STATE() Get state of PowerProbe 223

PROBE.TRACK.RECORD() Get record number matching search 224

Program Pointer Function ................................................................................................... 225

PP() 225


Register Functions ............................................................................................................... 226

Register() 226

Register.LIST() 227

RTS Functions ...................................................................................................................... 228

RTS.ERROR() 228

RTS.RECORDS() 228

RunTime Functions .............................................................................................................. 229

In This Section 229

RunTime.ACCURACY() 229

RunTime.ACTUAL() 229

RunTime.LAST() 229

RunTime.LASTRUN() 230

RunTime.REFA() 230

RunTime.REFB() 230

SMMU Functions .................................................................................................................. 231

SMMU.BaseADDRESS() 231

SMMU.StreamID2SMRG() 231

SNOOPer Functions ............................................................................................................. 233

In This Section 233

SNOOPer.FIRST() Get record number of first trace record 233

SNOOPer.MAXSIZE() Get max. size of trace buffer in records 234

SNOOPer.RECORD.ADDRESS() Get address recorded in trace record 234

SNOOPer.RECORD.DATA() Get data recorded in trace record 234

SNOOPer.RECORD.OFFSET() Get address in trace record as number 234

SNOOPer.RECORD.TIME() Get time stamp of trace record 235

SNOOPer.RECORDS() Get number of used trace records 235

SNOOPer.REF() Get record number of reference record 235

SNOOPer.SIZE() Get current trace buffer size in records 235

SNOOPer.STATE() Get state of SNOOPer trace 236

Target STATE Functions ..................................................................................................... 237

In This Section 237

STATE.HALT() 237

STATE.OSLK() 237

STATE.POWER() 237

STATE.PROCESSOR() 239

STATE.RESET() 240

STATE.RUN() 240

STATE.TARGET() 240

SPE Function ........................................................................................................................ 240

SPE() 240

SSE Function ........................................................................................................................ 241


SSE() 241

Stimuli Generator Function ................................................................................................. 241

hardware.STG() 241

sYmbol Functions ................................................................................................................ 242

In This Section 242

sYmbol.AutoLOAD.CHECK() 242

sYmbol.AutoLOAD.CHECKCMD() 242

sYmbol.AutoLOAD.CONFIG() 243

sYmbol.BEGIN() 243

SYStem.CADIconfig.RemoteServer() 244

SYStem.CADIconfig.Traceconfig() 244

sYmbol.COUNT() 245

sYmbol.END() 245

sYmbol.EPILOG() 246

sYmbol.EXIST() 247

sYmbol.EXIT() 247

sYmbol.FUNCTION() 248

sYmbol.IMPORT() 248

sYmbol.List.MAP.<x>() Information about address ranges on the target 249

sYmbol.LIST.PROGRAM() 250

sYmbol.LIST.SOURCE() 251

sYmbol.MATCHES() 251

sYmbol.NAME() 252

sYmbol.NAME.AT() 252

sYmbol.NEXT.BEGIN() 253

sYmbol.PRANGE() 253

sYmbol.RANGE() 253

sYmbol.SEARCHFILE() 254

sYmbol.SECADDRESS() 254

sYmbol.SECEND() 254

sYmbol.SECPRANGE() 255

sYmbol.SECRANGE() 255

sYmbol.SIZEOF() 255

sYmbol.SOURCEFILE() 256

sYmbol.SOURCELINE() 256

sYmbol.SOURCEPATH() 257

sYmbol.STATE() 258

sYmbol.TYPE() 258

sYmbol.VARNAME() 259

SYStem Functions ................................................................................................................ 260

In This Section 260

SYStem.ACCESS.DENIED() 261


SYStem.AMBA() 261

SYStem.BigEndian() 261

SYStem.CONFIG.<tap_position>() 261

SYStem.CONFIG.DEBUGPORT() 262

SYStem.CONFIG.DEBUGPORTTYPE() 262

SYStem.CONFIG.ListCORE() 263

SYStem.CONFIG.ListSIM() 264

SYStem.CONFIG.Slave() 264

SYStem.CONFIG.TAPState() 265

SYStem.CPU() 265

SYStem.GTL.LIBname() 266

SYStem.GTL.PLUGINVERSION() 266

SYStem.GTL.VENDORID() 266

SYStem.GTL.VERSION() 266

SYStem.HOOK() 266

SYStem.IMASKASM() 267

SYStem.IMASKHLL() 267

SYStem.JtagClock() 267

SYStem.LittleEndian() 267

SYStem.MCDconfig.LIBrary() 268

SYStem.Mode() 268

SYStem.NOTRAP() 1 if the option NOTRAP is active 269

SYStem.RESetBehavior() Current setting of RESetBehavior 269

SYStem.TRACEEXT() TRUE if an external trace is activated 269

SYStem.TRACEINT() TRUE if an internal trace is activated 269

SYStem.Up() tbd. 270

SYStem.USECORE() 270

SYStem.USEMASK() 270

TASK Functions ................................................................................................................... 272

In This Section 272

TASK() Name of current task 272

TASK.BACK() Background task number 273

TASK.CONFIG(magic) Address of magic number 273

TASK.CONFIG(magicsize) Size of magic number 273

TASK.CONFIGFILE() Path of loaded OS awareness 274

TASK.F<1..4> (internal use only) 274

TASK.FORE() Foreground task number 274

TASK.ID() ID of task 274

TASK.MAGIC() Magic number of task 275

TASK.NAME() Name of task 275

TASK.SPACEID() Space ID of task 275

TASK.ACCESS() Access class 276

TASK.ACCESS.ZONE() Access class zone 276


TERM Function (Terminal Window) .................................................................................... 277

TERM.LINE() Get line from active terminal window 277

Timing Analyzer Function ................................................................................................... 277

hardware.TA32() TRUE if TA32 is available 277

TPIU Functions ..................................................................................................................... 278

In This Section 278

TPIU.PortMode() PortMode setting 278

TPIU.PortSize() PortSize setting 278

TPIU.SWVPrescaler() SWVPrescaler value 279

TPUBASE Function .............................................................................................................. 279

TPUBASE.ADDRESS() Address of TPU 279

Trace Functions .................................................................................................................... 280

In This Section 280

Trace.FIRST() Get record number of first trace record 280

Trace.FLOW() 281

Trace.FLOW.ERRORS() Get number of flow errors / hard errors 281

Trace.FLOW.FIFOFULL() Get number of FIFO overflows 281

Trace.MAXSIZE() Get max. size of trace buffer in records 282

Trace.METHOD() Currently configured trace method 282

Trace.METHOD.Analyzer() TRUE if the trace method is Analyzer 282

Trace.METHOD.ART() TRUE if the trace method is ART 283

Trace.METHOD.CAnalyzer() TRUE if the trace method is CAnalyzer 283

Trace.METHOD.FDX() TRUE if the trace method is FDX 283

Trace.METHOD.HAnalyzer() TRUE if the trace method is HAnalyzer 283

Trace.METHOD.Integrator() TRUE if the trace method uses the Integrator 284

Trace.METHOD.IProbe() TRUE if the trace method uses the IProbe 284

Trace.METHOD.LA() TRUE if the trace method is LA 284

Trace.METHOD.LOGGER() TRUE if the trace method is LOGGER 285

Trace.METHOD.ONCHIP() TRUE if the trace method is ONCHIP 285

Trace.METHOD.Probe() TRUE if trace method uses the PowerProbe 285

Trace.METHOD.SNOOPer() TRUE if the trace method is SNOOPer 285

Trace.RECORD.ADDRESS() Get address recorded in trace record 286

Trace.RECORD.DATA() Get data recorded in trace record 286

Trace.RECORD.OFFSET() Get address in trace record as number 286

Trace.RECORD.TIME() Get time stamp of trace record 287

Trace.RECORDS() Get number of used trace records 287

Trace.SIZE() Get current trace buffer size in records 287

Trace.STATE() Get state of PowerTrace hardware 287

Trace.TraceCONNECT() Name of trace sink of the SoC 288

TRACK Functions ................................................................................................................. 289

In This Section 289

TRACK.ADDRESS() Get tracking address 289


TRACK.ADDRESS.DATA() 289

TRACK.ADDRESS.PROG() 289

TRACK.COLUMN() Number of column where the found item starts 290

TRACK.LINE() Number of line containing the found item 290

TRACK.RECORD() Number of record containing the found item 290

TRACK.STRing() Current selection in a TRACE32 window 291

TRACK.TIME() Timestamp of current tracking record 292

TRANS Functions (Debugger Address Translation) ......................................................... 293

In This Section 293

TRANS.ENABLE() TRUE if address translation is enabled 293

TRANS.INTERMEDIATE() Convert a guest logical address 293

TRANS.INTERMEDIATE.VALID() TRUE if address translation is valid 294

TRANS.LINEAR() Convert logical to linear address 294

TRANS.LINEAR.VALID() TRUE if address translation is valid 294

TRANS.LOGICAL() Convert physical to logical address 295

TRANS.LOGICAL.VALID() TRUE if address translation is valid 295

TRANS.PHYSICAL() Convert logical to physical address 295

TRANS.PHYSICAL.VALID() TRUE if address translation is valid 296

TRANS.TABLEWALK() TRUE if address translation table walk is ON 296

TRIGGER Functions (ICE only) ........................................................................................... 297

In This Section 297

TRIGGER.ACCESS() Access class of last trigger event 297

TRIGGER.ADDRESS() Address of last trigger event 297

TRIGGER.BYTES() tbd. 297

TRIGGER.COUNT.ALPHA() Values of trigger counter ALPHA 298

TRIGGER.COUNT.BETA() Values of trigger counter BETA 298

TRIGGER.COUNT.CHARLY() Values of trigger counter CHARLY 298

TRIGGER.CYCLE() Cycle type of trigger cycle 298

TRIGGER.DELAY.CYCLE() Value of trigger counter CYCLE 299

TRIGGER.DELAY.TIME() Value of trigger counter TIME 299

TRIGGER.DELAY.TRACE() Values of trigger counter TRACE 299

TRIGGER.OFFSET() Address of last trigger event 299

TRIGGER.SOURCE() Source of last trigger event 300

TRIGGER.STATE() Get state of trigger 300

TRIN Function (ICE only) ..................................................................................................... 301

TRIN.VALUE() Current value of trigger input probe 301

TSS Function ........................................................................................................................ 301

TSS() TSS base address 301

Var Functions ....................................................................................................................... 302

In This Section 302

Var.ADDRESS() Address of HLL expression 302

Var.BITPOS() Bit position inside a C bit field 302


Var.BITSIZE() Size of bit field element 303

Var.END() Last address of HLL expression 303

Var.FVALUE() Contents of HLL expression 303

Var.ISBIT() TRUE if HLL expression is a bit field element 304

Var.RANGE() Address range of HLL expression 304

Var.SIZEOF() Size of HLL expression 305

Var.STRing() Zero-terminated string or variable contents 305

Var.TYPEOF() Type of HLL expression 306

Var.VALUE() Value of HLL expression 306

VCO Function ....................................................................................................................... 307

VCO() Frequency of VCO generator 307

VCU Function ........................................................................................................................ 307

VCU() Value of VCU register 307

VERSION Functions ............................................................................................................. 308

In This Section 308

VERSION.BUILD() Upper build number 308

VERSION.BUILD.BASE() Lower build number 309

VERSION.CABLE() Hardware version of debug cable 309

VERSION.DATE() Version date YYYY/MM 310

VERSION.ENVironment() TRACE32 environment setting 310

VERSION.FirmWare.DEBUG() Version number of firmware 311

VERSION.LICENSE() Deprecated 311

VERSION.SERIAL() Serial number 311

VERSION.SERIAL.CABLE() First serial number of debug cable 311

VERSION.SERIAL.DEBUG() Serial number of debug module 312

VERSION.SERIAL.PREPROcessor() Serial number of preprocessor 312

VERSION.SERIAL.TRACE() Serial number of trace module 312

VERSION.SOFTWARE() Release build or nightly build, etc. 313

VPU Functions ...................................................................................................................... 314

In This Section 314

VPU() Value of VPU register 314

VPUCR() Value of VRSAVE or VSCR register 314

Stimuli Generator Functions

Stimuli Generator Functions ..........................................................................(stg_func.pdf) 1

Functions .............................................................................................................................. 2


Application Notes for PRACTICE

Converter from GEL to PRACTICE

Converter from GEL to PRACTICE ....................................................... (converter_gel.pdf) 1

Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 2

Brief Overview of Documents for New Users .................................................................... 2

Launching Converter ........................................................................................................... 3

Using @prog, @data and @io ............................................................................................. 4

Using Menuitem, Hotmenu, Dialog and Slider ................................................................... 5

Recognizing Types of Identifiers in GEL ........................................................................... 5

Functions Parameters .......................................................................................................... 6

Preprocessor ........................................................................................................................ 6

Callback GEL Functions ...................................................................................................... 6

Built-in GEL Functions ........................................................................................................ 6

Using PRACTICE Commands from GEL Script ................................................................. 8

Converter-specific Reserved Words .................................................................................. 8

Target CPU Register Names ................................................................................................ 9

Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................... 9

General Commands

General Commands Reference Guide A

General Commands Reference Guide A ................................................. (general_ref_a.pdf) 1

AET ........................................................................................................................................... 5

Analyzer ................................................................................................................................... 5

Trace Methods 6

Method Analyzer 7

Analyzer Remap Commands .................................................................................................. 8

Functional Description - Pin Remapping 8

Pinouts 10

Analyzer.REMAP Remap traceport channels 12

Analyzer.REMAP.RESet Reset pinout configuration 12

Analyzer.REMAP.state Display remap configuration window 12

Analyzer Trace Commands .................................................................................................... 13


APU ........................................................................................................................................... 14

APU Auxiliary processing unit 14

APU.Break APU breakpoints 14

APU.Break.Delete Delete APU breakpoint 14

APU.Break.direct Stop the APU 15

APU.Break.Init Initialize APU breakpoint system 15

APU.Break.List List APU breakpoints 15

APU.Break.RESet Reset APU breakpoint system 16

APU.Break.Set Set permanent APU breakpoint 16

APU.command Execute APU specific command 17

APU.Data APU data command group 17

APU.Data.dump Data memory display 17

APU.Data.List Symbolic display 18

APU.Data.LOAD Load file 18

APU.Data.Set Data memory modification 18

APU.Go Start the APU 19

APU.GREP Search for string 19

APU.List View program 20

APU.LOAD Load APU library 20

APU.Register Show APU register window 20

APU.Register.Set Register modification 21

APU.Register.view Register display 21

APU.RESet Reset APU core 21

APU.Step Single-stepping 22

APU.View Display APU peripherals 22

ART ........................................................................................................................................... 23

Trace Methods 23

Trace Method ART 24

ART Trace Commands ............................................................................................................ 25

ART.Arm Arm the trace 25

ART.AutoArm Arm automatically 25

ART.AutoFocus Calibrate AUTOFOCUS preprocessor 25

ART.AutoInit Automatic initialization 25

ART.AutoTEST Continuous measurement 25

ART.BookMark Set a bookmark in trace listing 25

ART.Chart Display trace contents graphically 26

ART.Chart.DistriB Distribution display 26

ART.Chart.Func Function activity chart 26

ART.Chart.GROUP Group activity chart 26

ART.Chart.Line Graphical HLL lines analysis 26

ART.Chart.sYmbol Symbol analysis 26

ART.Chart.TASK Task activity chart 26

ART.Chart.TASKFunc Task related function run-time analysis (legacy) 27


ART.Chart.TASKSRV Service routine run-time analysis 27

ART.Chart.TASKState Task state analysis 27

ART.Chart.VarState Variable activity chart 27

ART.ComPare Compare trace contents 27

ART.DISable Disable the trace 27

ART.DRAW Visualization of trace data 27

ART.EXPORT Export trace data for processing in other applications 28

ART.FILE Load a file into the file trace buffer 28

ART.Find Find specified entry in trace 28

ART.FindAll Find all specified entries in trace 28

ART.FindChange Search for changes in trace flow 28

ART.GOTO Move cursor to specified trace record 28

ART.Init Initialize trace 28

ART.List List trace contents 28

ART.ListNesting Analyze function nesting 29

ART.LOAD Load trace file for off-line processing 29

ART.Mode Set the trace operation mode 29

ART.OFF Switch off 29

ART.PROfileChart Profile charts 29

ART.PROfileChart.DIStance Time interval for a single event 29

ART.PROfileChart.DURation Time between two events 29

ART.PROfileChart.GROUP Group profile chart 30

ART.PROfileChart.Rate Event frequency 30

ART.PROTOcol.Chart Graphic display for user-defined protocol 30

ART.PROTOcol.Draw Graphic display for user-defined protocol 30

ART.PROTOcol.EXPORT Export trace buffer for user-defined protocol 30

ART.PROTOcol.Find Find in trace buffer for user-defined protocol 30

ART.PROTOcol.List Display trace buffer for user-defined protocol 30

ART.PROTOcol.STATistic Display statistics for user-defined protocol 31

ART.REF Set reference point for time measurement 31

ART.RESet Reset command 31

ART.SAVE Save trace for postprocessing in TRACE32 31

ART.SelfArm Automatic restart of trace recording 31

ART.SIZE Define buffer size 31

ART.SnapShot Restart trace capturing once 31

ART.state Display trace configuration window 31

ART.STATistic Statistic analysis 32

ART.STATistic.DIStance Time interval for a single event 32

ART.STATistic.DistriB Distribution analysis 32

ART.STATistic.DURation Time between two events 32

ART.STATistic.Func Nesting function runtime analysis 32

ART.STATistic.GROUP Group run-time analysis 32

ART.STATistic.Ignore Ignore false records in statistic 32


ART.STATistic.InterruptIsFunction Statistics interrupt processing 33

ART.STATistic.Line HLL-line analysis 33

ART.STATistic.LINKage Per caller statistic of function 33

ART.STATistic.Measure Analyze the performance of a single signal 33

ART.STATistic.PreFetch Prefetch detection 33

ART.STATistic.Sort Specify sorting criterion for statistic commands 33

ART.STATistic.sYmbol Flat run-time analysis 33

ART.STATistic.TASK Task activity statistic 34

ART.STATistic.TASKFunc Task specific function run-time analysis 34

ART.STATistic.TASKKernel Task analysis with kernel markers (flat) 34

ART.STATistic.TASKSRV Analysis of time in OS service routines 34

ART.STATistic.TASKState Performance analysis 34

ART.STATistic.TASKTREE Tree display of task specific functions 34

ART.STATistic.TREE Tree display of nesting function run-time analysis 34

ART.STATistic.Use Use records 35

ART.Timing Waveform of trace buffer 35

ART.TRACK Set tracking record 35

ART.View Display single record 35

ART.ZERO Align timestamps of trace and timing analyzers 35

AutoSTOre ............................................................................................................................... 36

AutoSTOre Autosave of settings 36

AVX ........................................................................................................................................... 38

AVX AVX registers (Advanced Vector Extension) 38

AVX.Init Initialize AVX registers 38

AVX.OFF Inhibit AVX accesses by the debugger 38

AVX.ON Permit AVX accesses by the debugger 39

AVX.Set Modify AVX registers 39

AVX.view Display AVX registers 39

AVX512 ..................................................................................................................................... 40

AVX512 AVX512 registers (Advanced Vector Extension) 40

AVX512.Init Initialize AVX512 registers 40

AVX512.OFF Inhibit AVX512 accesses by the debugger 40

AVX512.ON Permit AVX512 accesses by the debugger 41

AVX512.Set Modify AVX512 registers 41

AVX512.view Display AVX512 registers 41

General Commands Reference Guide B

General Commands Reference Guide B ................................................. (general_ref_b.pdf) 1

BMC .......................................................................................................................................... 5

BMC Benchmark counters 5

BMC.<counter> Benchmark counters 6


BMC.<counter>.EVENT Assign event to counter 6

BMC.<counter>.FORMAT Counter value format 6

BMC.<counter>.RATIO Set two counters in relation 7

BMC.<counter>.SIZE Specify counter size 7

BMC.AutoInit Automatic initialization 7

BMC.CLOCK Provide core clock for cycle counter 8

BMC.Init Initialize counters 8

BMC.PROfile Display counter changes per second 9

BMC.RESet Reset benchmark counter configuration 9

BMC.SELect Select counter for statistic analysis 10

BMC.state Display BMC configuration window 11

BMC.STATistic.sYmbol Flat run-time analysis with benchmark counter 14

BookMark ................................................................................................................................. 15

BookMark Address and trace bookmarks 15

BookMark.CHange Edit the settings of a bookmark 16

BookMark.Create Create a new address bookmark 17

BookMark.Delete Delete an existing bookmark 18

BookMark.EditRemark Add/edit remark of a bookmark 19

BookMark.EXPORT Export bookmarks to an XML file 20

BookMark.List List all existing bookmarks 22

BookMark.RESet Resets all bookmarks 23

BookMark.Toggle Toggles a single address bookmark 24

Break ........................................................................................................................................ 25

Break Breakpoints 25

Breakpoints within the TRACE32 Debugger 25

Break System of the TRACE32-ICE 27

Break System of the TRACE32-FIRE 28

Break.Asm Stop program/set temporary breakpoint and switch to Asm mode 30

Break.BackGround Break background task 30

Break.Delete Delete breakpoints 31

Break.DeleteFAST Delete fast breakpoints 32

Break.DeleteHll Delete HLL breakpoints 32

Break.direct Stop program execution or set temporary breakpoints 34

Break.DISable Disable breakpoints 35

Break.ENable Enable breakpoints 37

Break.HALT Program break in hold 37

Break.Hll Stop program/set temporary breakpoint and switch to HLL mode 39

Break.IMPLementation Breakpoint implementation 40

Break.Init Initialize breakpoints 43

Break.List Display list of breakpoints 43

Break.ListFAST Delete fast breakpoints 43

Break.Mix Stop program/set temporary breakpoint and switch to MIX mode 45

Break.MONitor Switch back to stop mode debugging 45


Break.Pass Define pass condition for breakpoint 47

Break.RESet Delete all breakpoints and reset the TRACE32 break system 47

Break.Set Set breakpoints 48

Break.SetFAST Set fast breakpoints 82

Break.SetFunc Mark HLL functions 83

Break.SetHll Set HLL breakpoints 84

Break.SetLine Mark HLL lines 85

Break.SetMONitor Switch to run mode debugging at the next “Go” 86

Break.SetSec Protect program sections 86

Break.SetTask Stop the program execution when task is scheduled 87

BSDL ......................................................................................................................................... 88

BSDL Boundary scan description language 88

BSDL.BYPASSall Check bypass mode 89

BSDL.CHECK Enable test result checking 89

BSDL.FILE Load a BSDL file 89

BSDL.FLASH Flash programming 90

BSDL.FLASH.IFCheck Check flash interface definition 90

BSDL.FLASH.IFDefine Define flash interface 92

BSDL.FLASH.IFMap Map flash interface 93

BSDL.FLASH.INIT Initialize flash interface 94

BSDL.HARDRESET TAP reset via TRST 94

BSDL.IDCODEall Check ID codes 95

BSDL.LoadDR Load data register from file 95

BSDL.MOVEDOWN Move selected chip downwards 96

BSDL.MOVEUP Move selected chip upwards 96

BSDL.ParkState Select JTAG parking state 97

BSDL.RESet Reset boundary scan configuration 97

BSDL.RUN Run JTAG sequence 98

BSDL.SAMPLEall Sample all signals 98

BSDL.SELect Select a chip 99

BSDL.SET Set chip parameters 99

BSDL.SetAndRun Immediate data register takeover 106

BSDL.SOFTRESET TAP reset via TMS 106

BSDL.state Display BSDL chain configuration window 107

BSDL.SToreDR Store data register to file 108

BSDL.TwoStepDR Single/double data register shift 109

BSDL.UNLOAD Unload a chip from chain 109

General Commands Reference Guide C

General Commands Reference Guide C ................................................. (general_ref_c.pdf) 1

CACHE ...................................................................................................................................... 7

CACHE View and modify CPU cache contents 7


CACHE.CLEAN Clean CACHE 7

CACHE.ComPare Compare CACHE with memory 8

CACHE.DUMP Dump CACHE 9

CACHE.FLUSH Clean and invalidate CACHE 10

CACHE.GET Get CACHE contents 11

CACHE.INFO View all information related to an address 11

CACHE.INVALIDATE Invalidate CACHE 11

CACHE.List List CACHE contents 12

CACHE.ListFunc List cached functions 13

CACHE.ListLine tbd. 14

CACHE.ListVar List cached variables 15

CACHE.RELOAD Reload CACHE 16

CACHE.view Display CACHE control register 16

CAnalyzer ................................................................................................................................. 17

CombiProbe-specific Trace Commands 17

CAnalyzer.DecodeMode Define how to decode the received trace data 17

CAnalyzer.PipeWRITE Define a named pipe as trace sink 18

CAnalyzer.TraceCLOCK Configure the trace port frequency 18

CAnalyzer.WRITE Define a file as trace sink 19

Generic Trace Commands 20

CAnalyzer.ACCESS Define access path to source code for trace decoding 20

CAnalyzer.Arm Arm the trace 20

CAnalyzer.AutoArm Arm automatically 20

CAnalyzer.AutoFocus Calibrate AUTOFOCUS preprocessor 20

CAnalyzer.AutoInit Automatic initialization 20

CAnalyzer.BookMark Set a bookmark in trace listing 20

CAnalyzer.Chart Display trace contents graphically 21

CAnalyzer.CLOCK Clock to calculate time out of cycle count information 21

CAnalyzer.ComPare Compare trace contents 21

CAnalyzer.DISable Disable the trace 21

CAnalyzer.DRAW Visualization of trace data 21

CAnalyzer.EXPORT Export trace data for processing in other applications 21

CAnalyzer.FILE Load a file into the file trace buffer 21

CAnalyzer.Find Find specified entry in trace 21

CAnalyzer.FindAll Find all specified entries in trace 22

CAnalyzer.FindChange Search for changes in trace flow 22

CAnalyzer.Get Display input level 22

CAnalyzer.GOTO Move cursor to specified trace record 22

CAnalyzer.Init Initialize trace 22

CAnalyzer.List List trace contents 22

CAnalyzer.ListNesting Analyze function nesting 22

CAnalyzer.ListVar List variable recorded to trace 22

CAnalyzer.LOAD Load trace file for off-line processing 23


CAnalyzer.Mode Set the trace operation mode 23

CAnalyzer.OFF Switch off 23

CAnalyzer.PipePROTO Define a user supplied DLL as trace sink 23

CAnalyzer.PortFilter Specify utilization of trace memory 23

CAnalyzer.PortType Specify trace interface 23

CAnalyzer.PROfileChart Profile charts 23

CAnalyzer.PROfileSTATistic Statistical analysis in a table versus time 24

CAnalyzer.PROTOcol Protocol analysis 24

CAnalyzer.REF Set reference point for time measurement 24

CAnalyzer.RESet Reset command 24

CAnalyzer.SAVE Save trace for postprocessing in TRACE32 24

CAnalyzer.SelfArm Automatic restart of trace recording 24

CAnalyzer.SIZE Define buffer size 24

CAnalyzer.SnapShot Restart trace capturing once 25

CAnalyzer.SPY Enable analysis of streaming file while recording 25

CAnalyzer.state Display trace configuration window 25

CAnalyzer.STATistic Statistic analysis 25

CAnalyzer.STREAMCompression Select compression mode for streaming 25

CAnalyzer.STREAMFILE Specify temporary streaming file path 25

CAnalyzer.STREAMFileLimit Set size limit for streaming file 25

CAnalyzer.STREAMLOAD Load streaming file from disk 26

CAnalyzer.STREAMSAVE Save streaming file to disk 26

CAnalyzer.TDelay Trigger delay 26

CAnalyzer.THreshold Optimize threshold for trace lines 26

CAnalyzer.TOut Route trigger to PODBUS (CombiProbe) 26

CAnalyzer.TRACK Set tracking record 26

CAnalyzer.TSELect Select trigger source 26

CAnalyzer.View Display single record 27

CAnalyzer.ZERO Align timestamps of trace and timing analyzers 27

CIProbe ..................................................................................................................................... 28

ClipStore .................................................................................................................................. 29

ClipSTOre Store a setting to clipboard 29

CLOCK ...................................................................................................................................... 30

CLOCK Display date and time 30

CLOCK.BACKUP Set backup clock frequency 30

CLOCK.DATE Alias for DATE command 31

CLOCK.OFF Disable clock frequency computation 31

CLOCK.ON Enable clock frequency computation 31

CLOCK.OSCillator Set board oscillator frequency 32

CLOCK.Register Display PLL related registers 32

CLOCK.RESet Reset CLOCK command group settings 32

CLOCK.state Display clock frequencies 33


CLOCK.VCOBase Set 'VCOBase' clock frequency 33

CLOCK.VCOBaseERAY Set 'FlexRay VCOBase' clock frequency 34

CMI ............................................................................................................................................ 35

CMI Clock management interface 35

CORE ........................................................................................................................................ 36

CORE Cores in an SMP system 36

Overview CORE 36

CORE.ADD Add core/thread to the SMP system 38

CORE.ASSIGN Assign a set of physical cores/threads to the SMP system 38

CORE.List List information about cores 44

CORE.NUMber Assign a number of cores/threads to the SMP system 45

CORE.ReMove Remove core from the SMP system 46

CORE.select Change currently selected core 46

CORE.SHOWACTIVE Show active/inactive cores in an SMP system 47

Count ........................................................................................................................................ 49

Count Universal counter 49

Counter of TRACE32-ICD 49

Counter of TRACE32-ICE 50

Counter of TRACE32-FIRE 53

Counter Functions 54

Count.AutoInit Automatic counter reset 55

Count.Enable Counter control 55

Count.Gate Gate time 56

Count.GLitch Glitch detector 56

Count.GO Start measurement 58

Count.Init Reset counter 58

Count.Mode Mode selection 59

Count.OUT Forward counter input signal to trigger system/output 61

Count.PROfile Graphic counter display 61

Count.RESet Reset command 63

Count.Select Select input source 64

Count.state State display 67

COVerage ................................................................................................................................. 68

COVerage Trace-based code coverage 68

COVerage.ACCESS Set the memory access mode 70

COVerage.ADD Add trace contents to database 71

COVerage.Delete Modify coverage 71

COVerage.EXPORT Export code coverage information to an XML file 72

COVerage.EXPORT.CBA Export HLL lines in CBA format 72

COVerage.EXPORT.ListFunc Export the HLL functions 73

COVerage.EXPORT.ListGroup Export the groups 76

COVerage.EXPORT.ListLine Export the HLL lines 76


COVerage.EXPORT.ListModule Export the modules 77

COVerage.EXPORT.ListVar Export the HLL variables 77

COVerage.Init Clear coverage database 78

COVerage.List Coverage display 78

COVerage.ListFunc Display code coverage for HLL functions 79

COVerage.ListGroup Display coverage for groups 81

COVerage.ListLine Display coverage for HLL lines 82

COVerage.ListModule Display coverage for modules 83

COVerage.ListVar Display coverage for variable 84

COVerage.LOAD Load coverage database from file 85

COVerage.MAP Map the coverage to a different range 86

COVerage.METHOD Select different configuration options 87

COVerage.Mode Activate code coverage for virtual targets 89

COVerage.OFF Deactivate coverage 90

COVerage.ON Activate coverage 90

COVerage.Option Set coverage options 91

COVerage.Option.EXLiteralPools Ignore literal pools for coverage 91

COVerage.Option.NoStaticInfo Skip the generation of static flow information 91

COVerage.Option.SourceMetric Set coverage criterion for HLL lines 92

COVerage.Option.StaticInfo Perform code coverage precalculations 97

COVerage.RESet Clear coverage database 98

COVerage.SAVE Save coverage database to file 98

COVerage.Set Coverage modification 98

COVerage.state Configure coverage 99

COVerage.StaticInfo Generate static program flow information 100

COVerage.TreeWalkSETUP Prepare a tree with code coverage symbols 101

CTS ........................................................................................................................................... 102

CTS Context tracking system (CTS) 102

Trace-based Debugging 103

Full HLL Trace Display 104

Reconstruction of Trace Gaps (TRACE32-ICD) 104

CTS.CACHE CTS cache analysis 104

CTS.CACHE.Allocation Define the cache allocation technique 106

CTS.CACHE.Chart Graphical display of cache analysis 107

CTS.CACHE.CYcles Define counting method for cache analysis 112

CTS.CACHE.DefineBus Define bus interface 113

CTS.CACHE.L1Architecture Define architecture for L1 cache 114

CTS.CACHE.ListAddress Address based cache analysis 115

CTS.CACHE.ListFunc Function based cache analysis 116

CTS.CACHE.ListLine HLL line based cache analysis 117

CTS.CACHE.ListModules Module based cache analysis 117

CTS.CACHE.ListRequests Display request for a single cache line 118

CTS.CACHE.ListSet Cache set based cache analysis 119


CTS.CACHE.ListVar Variable based cache analysis 119

CTS.CACHE.MMUArchitecture Define MMU architecture for cache control 120

CTS.CACHE.Mode Define memory coherency strategy 121

CTS.CACHE.Replacement Define the replacement strategy 122

CTS.CACHE.RESet Reset settings of CTS cache window 123

CTS.CACHE.SETS Define the number of cache sets 123

CTS.CACHE.Sort Define sorting for all list commands 123

CTS.CACHE.state Display settings of CTS cache analysis 124

CTS.CACHE.Tags Define address mode for cache lines 125

CTS.CACHE.TLBArchitecture Define architecture for the TLB 126

CTS.CACHE.View Display the results for the cache analysis 127

CTS.CACHE.ViewBPU Display statistic for branch prediction unit 131

CTS.CACHE.ViewBus Display statistics for the bus utilization 132

CTS.CACHE.ViewStalls Display statistics for idles/stalls 133

CTS.CACHE.WAYS Define number of cache ways 134

CTS.CACHE.Width Define width of cache line 135

CTS.CAPTURE Copy real memory to the virtual memory for CTS 135

CTS.GOTO Select the specified record for CTS (absolute) 136

CTS.INCremental CTS displays intermediate results while processing 136

CTS.Init Restart CTS processing 137

CTS.List List trace contents 137

CTS.Mode Operation mode 139

CTS.OFF Switch off trace-based debugging 139

CTS.ON Switch on trace-based debugging 140

CTS.PROCESS Process cache analysis 140

CTS.RESet Reset the CTS settings 140

CTS.SELectiveTrace Trace contains selective trace information 141

CTS.SKIP Select the specified record for CTS (relative) 141

CTS.state Display CTS settings 142

CTS.TAKEOVER Take memory/registers reconstructed by CTS over to target 143

CTS.UseCACHE Cache analysis for CTS 144

CTS.UseConst Use constants for the CTS processing 145

CTS.UseMemory Use memory contents for CTS 146

CTS.UseReadCycle Use read cycles for CTS 147

CTS.UseRegister Use the CPU registers for CTS 147

CTS.UseSIM Use instruction set simulator for CTS 148

CTS.UseVM Use the virtual memory contents as initial values for CTS 149

CTS.UseWriteCycle Use write cycles for CTS 150

General Commands Reference Guide D

General Commands Reference Guide D ................................................. (general_ref_d.pdf) 1

History ...................................................................................................................................... 6


Data ........................................................................................................................................... 7

Data Memory access 7

Memory Access by the TRACE32 Debugger 7

Memory Access by TRACE32-ICE, TRACE32-FIRE 9

Keywords for <width> 11

Functions 12

Data.AllocList Static memory allocation analysis 13

Data.Assemble Built-in assembler 18

Data.BDTAB Display buffer descriptor table 19

Data.BENCHMARK Determine cache/memory bandwidth 20

Data.CHAIN Display linked list 24

Data.CHAINFind Search in linked list 27

Data.CLEARVM Clear the TRACE32 virtual memory (VM:) 28

Data.ComPare Compare memory 29

Data.COPY Copy memory 31

Data.CSA Display linked list of CSA entries 34

Data.DRAW Graphical memory display of arrays 35

Data.DRAWFFT Graphical display of fast fourier transformation 39

Data.DRAWXY Graphical display of xy-graphs 42

Data.dump Memory dump 45

Data.EPILOG Automatic data modification on program execution halt 57

Data.EPILOG.CONDition Define condition for data epilog 58

Data.EPILOG.CORE Select core for data epilog 59

Data.EPILOG.OFF Switch data epilog off 59

Data.EPILOG.ON Switch data epilog on 60

Data.EPILOG.RESet Reset all data epilogs 60

Data.EPILOG.SELect Increment the index number to the next data epilog 61

Data.EPILOG.SEQuence Define epilog sequence 62

Data.EPILOG.state Display data epilogs 63

Data.EPILOG.TARGET Define epilog target call 64

Data.Find Search in memory 65

Data.FindCODE Execute command on specified code type 67

Data.GOTO Track to address 68

Data.GREP Search for string 69

Data.IMAGE Display image data 70

Data.In Read port 73

Data.List 73

Data.LOAD Load file 74

Format Specific Data.LOAD Commands and Options 88

Data.LOAD.AIF Load ARM image file 88

Data.LOAD.AOUT Load a.out file 89

Data.LOAD.ASAP2 Load ASAP2 file 89

Data.LOAD.AsciiHex Load hex file 90


Data.LOAD.AsciiOct Load octal file 90

Data.LOAD.AVocet Load AVOCET file 91

Data.LOAD.BDX Load BDX file 91

Data.LOAD.Binary Load binary file 92

Data.LOAD.BounD Load BOUND file 95

Data.LOAD.CDB Load SDCC CDB file format 95

Data.LOAD.COFF Load COFF file 97

Data.LOAD.COMFOR Load COMFOR (TEKTRONIX) file 98

Data.LOAD.CORE Load Linux core dump file 99

Data.LOAD.COSMIC Load COSMIC file 100

Data.LOAD.CrashDump Load MS Windows crash dump file 101

Data.LOAD.DBX Load a.out file 102

Data.LOAD.Elf Load ELF file 103

Data.LOAD.ESTFB Load EST flat binary 112

Data.LOAD.eXe Load EXE file 112

Data.LOAD.HiCross Load HICROSS file 113

Data.LOAD.HiTech Load HITECH file 114

Data.LOAD.HP Load HP-64000 file 115

Data.LOAD.ICoff Load ICOFF file 116

Data.LOAD.Ieee Load IEEE-695 file 117

Data.LOAD.IntelHex Load INTEL-HEX file 119

Data.LOAD.Jedec Load JEDEC file 119

Data.LOAD.MachO Load “Mach-O” file 120

Data.LOAD.MAP Load MAP file 122

Data.LOAD.MCDS Load MCDS file 122

Data.LOAD.MCoff Load MCOFF file 123

Data.LOAD.OAT Load OAT file 123

Data.LOAD.Omf Load OMF file 124

Data.LOAD.Omf2 Load OMF-251 files 128

Data.LOAD.OriginHex Load special hex files 128

Data.LOAD.REAL Load R.E.A.L. file 129

Data.LOAD.ROF Load OS-9 file 130

Data.LOAD.SDS Load SDSI file 131

Data.LOAD.Srecord Load S-Record file 132

Data.LOAD.sYm Load symbol file 133

Data.LOAD.SysRof Load RENESAS SYSROF file 134

Data.LOAD.TEK Load TEKTRONIX file 134

Data.LOAD.TekHex Load TEKTRONIX HEX file 135

Data.LOAD.Ubrof Load UBROF file 136

Data.LOAD.VersaDos Load VERSADOS file 137

Data.LOAD.XCoff Load XCOFF file 137

Data.MSYS M-SYSTEMS FLASHDISK support 138

Data.Out Write port 139


Data.PATTERN Fill memory with pattern 140

Data.Print Display multiple areas 142

Data.PROfile Graphical display of data value 145

Data.PROGRAM Assembler window 147

Data.PROLOG Automatic data modification on program execution start 148

Data.PROLOG.CONDition Define PROLOG condition 149

Data.PROLOG.CORE Select core for data prolog 150

Data.PROLOG.OFF Switch data prolog off 150

Data.PROLOG.ON Switch data prolog on 151

Data.PROLOG.RESet Reset all data prologs 151

Data.PROLOG.SELect Increment the index number to the next data prolog 152

Data.PROLOG.SEQuence Define prolog sequence 153

Data.PROLOG.state Display data prologs 154

Data.PROLOG.TARGET Define PROLOG target call 155

Data.REF Display current values 156

Data.ReProgram Assembler 156

Data.ReRoute Reroute function call 157

Data.SAVE.<format> Save data in file with specified format 158

Data.SAVE.AsciiHex Save hex file 160

Data.SAVE.AsciiOct Save octal file 161

Data.SAVE.BDX Save BDX file 162

Data.SAVE.Binary Save binary file 162

Data.SAVE.CCSDAT Save CCSDAT file 163

Data.SAVE.DAB Save DAB file 163

Data.SAVE.ESTFB Save EST flat binary file 164

Data.SAVE.IntelHex Save INTEL-HEX file 164

Data.SAVE.Omf Save OMF file 165

Data.SAVE.PureHex Save pure HEX file 165

Data.SAVE.Srecord Save S-record file 166

Data.Set Modify memory 168

Data.SOFTEPILOG Automated sequence after setting software breakp. 171

Data.SOFTPROLOG Automated sequence before setting software breakp. 171

Data.STANDBY Standby data sequence 171

Data.STARTUP Startup data sequence 172

Data.STARTUP.CONDition Define startup condition 172

Data.STARTUP.OFF Switch startup sequence off 172

Data.STARTUP.ON Switch startup data sequence on 173

Data.STARTUP.RESet Reset startup data sequence 173

Data.STARTUP.SEQuence Define startup data sequence 174

Data.STARTUP.state Startup data state display 175

Data.STRING ASCII display 176

Data.SUM Memory checksum 176

Data.TABle Display arrays 179


Data.TAG Tag code for analysis 181

Data.TAGFunc Tag code for analysis 181

Data.Test Memory integrity test 184

Data.TestList Test for memory type 187

Data.TIMER Periodically data sequence 188

Data.TIMER.CONDition Define timer condition 188

Data.TIMER.OFF Switch timer off 189

Data.TIMER.ON Switch timer on 189

Data.TIMER.RESet Reset timer 189

Data.TIMER.SEQuence Define timer sequence 190

Data.TIMER.state Timer state display 191

Data.TIMER.TARGET Define timer target call 191

Data.TIMER.Time Define period for timer 192

Data.UNTAGFunc Remove code tags 193

Data.UPDATE Target memory cache update 193

Data.USRACCESS Prepare USR access 193

Data.View Display memory 195

Data.WRITESTRING Write string to PRACTICE file 197

DCI ............................................................................................................................................ 198

DCI Direct Connect Interface (DCI) 198

DQMTrace ................................................................................................................................ 199

DTM ........................................................................................................................................... 200

DTM DTM trace sources (Data Trace Module) 200

DTU ........................................................................................................................................... 200

DTU Debug Trace Unit (DTU) 200

General Commands Reference Guide E

General Commands Reference Guide E ................................................. (general_ref_e.pdf) 1

ELA ........................................................................................................................................... 7

ELA Embedded logic analyzer (ELA) 7

ELA.CLEAR Clear ELA.Set settings 9

ELA.CLOCK ELA sample rate 10

ELA.OFF Switch ELA off 10

ELA.ON Switch ELA on 10

ELA.Register Display the ELA registers 11

ELA.RESet Reset ELA settings 11

ELA.SELect Select signal group 11

ELA.Set Set ELA registers 12

ELA.state Display ELA configuration window 19

ELA.TimeStampCLOCK External clock frequency 19

ELA.TimeStamps Emit global timestamp packets 20


ELA.TimeStampThreshold Set granularity for occurrence of timestamps 20

ELA.Trace Control generation of trace information 21

ETA ........................................................................................................................................... 22

ETA Energy test analysis for energy profiling 22

Getting Started 23

Tips ‘n’ Tricks 25

ETA.DRAW Line chart 26

ETA.List Lists the ETA trace data 28

ETA.ListNesting Displays the function call nesting 29

ETA.PROfileChart Power consumption by function as function of time 30

ETA.PROfileChart.AddressGROUP Memory access as a chart 31

ETA.PROfileChart.DatasYmbol Symbolic statistics for data as a chart 32

ETA.PROfileChart.DistriB Graphical distribution analysis 33

ETA.PROfileChart.GROUP Energy per GROUP graphically 34

ETA.PROfileChart.Line Energy per high-level language line graphically 35

ETA.PROfileChart.POWER Power consumption per channel graphically 36

ETA.PROfileChart.sYmbol Energy for all program symbols graphically 39

ETA.PROfileChart.TASK Energy consumption per task graphically 41

ETA.PROfileChart.TASKINTR Energy of interrupt service routines as a chart 41

ETA.PROfileChart.TASKSRV Energy consumption per service routine 42

ETA.PROfileSTATistic.DatasYmbol Statistics about data symbols 43

ETA.PROfileSTATistic.GROUP Energy per GROUP as a table 44

ETA.PROfileSTATistic.sYmbol Energy for all program symbols as a table 45

ETA.PROfileSTATistic.TASK Energy consumption per TASK as a table 46

ETA.PROfileSTATistic.TASKINTR Energy statistics about ISR2 as a table 46

ETA.PROfileSTATistic.TASKKernel Energy consumption as a table 47

ETA.PROfileSTATistic.TASKSRV Energy analysis of service routines 47

ETA.RESet Reset command 48

ETA.SELect Select the power channels to be analyzed 49

ETA.state Opens the ETA configuration window 52

ETA.STATistic Statistical energy analysis 53

ETA.STATistic.ChildTREE All children of a function as a tree 54

ETA.STATistic.DistriB Distribution analysis 55

ETA.STATistic.Func Function energy analysis 56

ETA.STATistic.GROUP Group analysis 57

ETA.STATistic.LINKage Linkage analysis 59

ETA.STATistic.ParentTREE Parents of a function 60

ETA.STATistic.sYmbol Statistical analysis of energy consumption 61

ETA.STATistic.TASK Task energy analysis 62

ETA.STATistic.TASKINTR Energy of interrupt service routines 63

ETA.STATistic.TASKKernel Energy consumption of tasks and kernel 64

ETA.STATistic.TASKSRV Energy analysis of service routines 65

ETM ........................................................................................................................................... 66


ETM.AbsoluteTimestamp Absolute cyclecount pakets 66

ETM.ATBTrigger Use ATB to transfer trace trigger to trace sink 66

ETM.AUXCTLR Set ETMv4 implementation-specific auxiliary control register 66

ETM.BBC Branch address broadcast 66

ETM.BBCExclude Exclude address ranges from branch-broadcasting 66

ETM.BBCInclude Enable branch-broadcasting for dedicated address ranges 66

ETM.CLEAR Clear sequencer settings 66

ETM.CLOCK Set core clock frequency for timing measurements 67

ETM.COND Conditional non-branch instructions 67

ETM.ContextID Select the width of the 'ContextID' register 67

ETM.CORE Select core for ETM 67

ETM.CPRT Monitor coprocessor register transfers 67

ETM.CycleAccurate Cycle accurate tracing 67

ETM.CycleCountThreshold Set granularity for cycle accurate timing info 67

ETM.DataSuppress Suppress data flow to prevent FIFO overflow 67

ETM.DataTrace Configure data-trace 68

ETM.DataTracePrestore Show program trace cycle for data trace cycle 68

ETM.DataViewExclude Suppress data trace for specified address range 68

ETM.DataViewInclude Restrict broadcast of data accesses to range 68

ETM.DBGRQ Debug request control 68

ETM.FifoFullExclude No activation of FIFOFULL in range 68

ETM.FifoFullInclude FIFOFULL only in range 68

ETM.FifoLevel Define FIFO level for FIFOFULL 68

ETM.FunnelHoldTime Define minimum funnel hold time 69

ETM.HalfRate Halfrate mode 69

ETM.INSTP0 Load and store instructions 69

ETM.LPOVERRIDE Prohibit lower power mode 69

ETM.MapDecode Memory map decode control 69

ETM.NoOverflow Enable ETMv4 feature to prevent target FiFo overflows 69

ETM.OFF Switch ETM off 69

ETM.ON Switch ETM on 69

ETM.PortClock Baud rate of serial trace 70

ETM.PortDisable Force trace-port enable signal to zero 70

ETM.PortDisableOnchip Disable ETM trace port when ETB is used 70

ETM.PortFilter Specify utilization of trace memory 70

ETM.PortMode Select ETM mode 70

ETM.PortRoute Set up trace hardware 70

ETM.PortSize Define trace port width 70

ETM.PowerUpRequest Power-up request for the ETM by the debugger 70

ETM.ProcID Define 'ProcID' size 71

ETM.PseudoDataTrace Enable pseudo data trace detection 71

ETM.QE Enable Q elements 71

ETM.QTraceExclude Prohibit Q trace elements in given address range 71


ETM.QTraceInclude Allow Q trace elements in given address range 71

ETM.RefClock Enable STP reference clock 71

ETM.Register Display the ETM registers 71

ETM.ReserveContextID Reserve special values used with context ID 71

ETM.RESet Reset ETM settings 72

ETM.ReturnStack Enable return stack tracing mode 72

ETM.Set Precise control of ETM trigger events 72

ETM.SmartTrace Configure smart trace 72

ETM.STALL Stall processor to prevent FIFO overflow 72

ETM.state Display ETM settings 72

ETM.StoppingBreakPoints Use ETM comparators for breakpoints 72

ETM.SyncPeriod Set synchronization frequency 72

ETM.TDelay Define trigger delay 73

ETM.TImeMode Improve ETM/PTM timestamp information 73

ETM.TimeStampCLOCK Specify frequency of the global timestamp 73

ETM.TimeStamps Control for global timestamp packets 73

ETM.TimeStampsTrace Specify data trace correlation method (ETMv4) 73

ETM.Trace Control generation of trace information 73

ETM.TraceERRor Force ETM to emit all system error exceptions 73

ETM.TraceExclude Suppress program trace for specified address range 73


ETM.TraceID Change the default ID for an ETM trace source 74

ETM.TraceInclude Restrict program trace to specified address range 74

ETM.TraceNoPCREL No data trace for accesses relative to program counter 74

ETM.TraceNoSPREL No data trace for accesses relative to stack pointer 74

ETM.TracePriority Define priority of ETM 74

ETM.TraceRESet Forces the ETM to emit all core resets 74

ETM.TRCIDR Define TRCIDR register values for simulator 74

ETM.VMID Virtual machine ID tracing 75

eXception ................................................................................................................................. 76

Exception-System of the TRACE32-ICE/TRACE32-FIRE 76

Exception-Command for the ROM-Monitor 76

eXception.Activate Activate lines 76

eXception.Delay Delayed activation 77

eXception.Enable Enable lines 77

eXception.NMIBREAK Enable NMI-Break 78

eXception.NMIPOL NMI polarity 78

eXception.OFF Switch off 79

eXception.ON Switch on 79

eXception.PERiod Cycle duration 79

eXception.POLarity Polarity 80

eXception.Pulse Stimuli generator 80

eXception.RESet Reset command 81


eXception.RESetPOL Reset polarity 82

eXception.Single Trigger single impulse 82

eXception.state Display setup 83

eXception.Trigger Select trigger events 83

eXception.Vector Select vector number 84

eXception.Width Pulse width 85

EXTension ................................................................................................................................ 86

EXTension Extend the TRACE32 debugger with custom features 86

EXTension.ACCESS Control memory access 86

EXTension.CONFIG Configure extension 87

EXTension.DEBUG Debug outputs of extension 87

EXTension.DELETE Delete loaded extension 87

EXTension.LOAD Load extension 88

EXTension.MaxVSize Set max vertical size of extension windows 88

EXTension.RESet Reset extension definition 89

EXTension.SETDIR Set the extension directory 89

EXTension.TimeOut Set timeout of extension 89

General Commands Reference Guide F

General Commands Reference Guide F ................................................... (general_ref_f.pdf) 1

History ...................................................................................................................................... 7

FDX ........................................................................................................................................... 8

Trace Methods 8

FDX.METHOD Select communication channel 10

FDX.Arm Arm the trace 11

FDX.AutoArm Arm automatically 11

FDX.AutoFocus Calibrate AUTOFOCUS preprocessor 11

FDX.AutoInit Automatic initialization 11

FDX.AutoTEST Continuous measurement 11

FDX.BookMark Set a bookmark in trace listing 11

FDX.Chart Display trace contents graphically 11

FDX.Chart.DistriB Distribution display 12

FDX.Chart.Func Function activity chart 12

FDX.Chart.GROUP Group activity chart 12

FDX.Chart.Line Graphical HLL lines analysis 12

FDX.Chart.sYmbol Symbol analysis 12

FDX.Chart.TASK Task activity chart 12

FDX.Chart.TASKFunc Task related function run-time analysis (legacy) 12

FDX.Chart.TASKSRV Service routine run-time analysis 13

FDX.Chart.TASKState Task state analysis 13

FDX.Chart.VarState Variable activity chart 13

FDX.CLEAR Clear FDX communication buffers 13


FDX.CLOSE Close FDX files 13

FDX.ComPare Compare trace contents 13

FDX.DISable Disable the trace 13

FDX.DISableChannel Disable FDX communication 14

FDX.DRAW Visualization of trace data 14

FDX.ENableChannel Enable FDX communication 14

FDX.EXPORT Export trace data for processing in other applications 14

FDX.FILE Load a file into the file trace buffer 14

FDX.Find Find specified entry in trace 14

FDX.FindAll Find all specified entries in trace 14

FDX.FindChange Search for changes in trace flow 15

FDX.GOTO Move cursor to specified trace record 15

FDX.InChannel Inchannel state display 15

FDX.Init Initialize trace 15

FDX.List List trace contents 15

FDX.ListNesting Analyze function nesting 15

FDX.ListVar List variable recorded to trace 15

FDX.LOAD Load trace file for off-line processing 15

FDX.Mode Set the trace operation mode 16

FDX.OFF Switch off 16

FDX.Out tbd. 16

FDX.PROfileChart Profile charts 16

FDX.PROfileChart.DIStance Time interval for a single event 16

FDX.PROfileChart.DURation Time between two events 16

FDX.PROfileChart.GROUP Group profile chart 16

FDX.PROfileChart.Rate Event frequency 17

FDX.PROTOcol.Chart Graphic display for user-defined protocol 17

FDX.PROTOcol.Draw Graphic display for user-defined protocol 17

FDX.PROTOcol.EXPORT Export trace buffer for user-defined protocol 17

FDX.PROTOcol.Find Find in trace buffer for user-defined protocol 17

FDX.PROTOcol.List Display trace buffer for user-defined protocol 17

FDX.PROTOcol.STATistic Display statistics for user-defined protocol 17

FDX.Rate Select sampling rate 18

FDX.REF Set reference point for time measurement 18

FDX.RESet Reset command 18

FDX.SAVE Save trace for postprocessing in TRACE32 18

FDX.SelfArm Automatic restart of trace recording 18

FDX.SIZE Define buffer size 18

FDX.SnapShot Restart trace capturing once 18

FDX.state Display trace configuration window 18

FDX.STATistic Statistic analysis 19

FDX.STATistic.DIStance Time interval for a single event 19

FDX.STATistic.DistriB Distribution analysis 19


FDX.STATistic.DURation Time between two events 19

FDX.STATistic.Func Nesting function runtime analysis 19

FDX.STATistic.GROUP Group run-time analysis 19

FDX.STATistic.Ignore Ignore false records in statistic 19

FDX.STATistic.InterruptIsFunction Statistics interrupt processing 20

FDX.STATistic.Line HLL-line analysis 20

FDX.STATistic.LINKage Per caller statistic of function 20

FDX.STATistic.Measure Analyze the performance of a single signal 20

FDX.STATistic.PreFetch Prefetch detection 20

FDX.STATistic.Sort Specify sorting criterion for statistic commands 20

FDX.STATistic.sYmbol Flat run-time analysis 20

FDX.STATistic.TASK Task activity statistic 21

FDX.STATistic.TASKFunc Task specific function run-time analysis 21

FDX.STATistic.TASKKernel Task analysis with kernel markers (flat) 21

FDX.STATistic.TASKSRV Analysis of time in OS service routines 21

FDX.STATistic.TASKState Performance analysis 21

FDX.STATistic.TASKTREE Tree display of task specific functions 21

FDX.STATistic.TREE Tree display of nesting function run-time analysis 21

FDX.STATistic.Use Use records 22

FDX.TimeStamp Configure timestamp usage of LOGGER trace 22

FDX.Timing Waveform of trace buffer 22

FDX.TraceChannel tbd. 22

FDX.TRACK Set tracking record 22

FDX.View Display single record 22

FDX.ZERO Align timestamps of trace and timing analyzers 22

FIFO .......................................................................................................................................... 23

FIFO Display on-chip trace FIFO 23

FLAG ......................................................................................................................................... 24

Flag System of TRACE32-ICE 24

Flag System of TRACE32-FIRE 26

FLAG.Delete Delete flags 26

FLAG.Init Initialization 27

FLAG.List Display flags 27

FLAG.ListFunc Code-coverage functions 28

FLAG.ListModul Code-coverage modules 31

FLAG.ListVar Code-coverage variables 33

FLAG.OFF Switch-off flag system 35

FLAG.ON Switch-on flag system 36

FLAG.RESet Reset 36

FLAG.Set Set 36

FLAG.SetSec Mark sections 37

FLAG.state State 37


FLASH ...................................................................................................................................... 39

FLASH External FLASH memories and on-chip FLASH memories 39

Overview FLASH 39

FLASH.AUTO Auto programming of FLASH 40

FLASH.BSDLaccess Enables FLASH access via boundary scan 41

FLASH.CFI Generate FLASH declaration by CFI 42

FLASH.CHANGEtype Changes the FLASH type 46

FLASH.CLocK Setup input clock for processor internal flash 47

FLASH.Create Declare FLASH 48

FLASH.CreateALIAS Create address alias 53

FLASH.Delete Delete entry in FLASH declaration table 54

FLASH.Erase Erase FLASH 55

FLASH.List Display FLASH definition table 56

FLASH.LOCK Lock FLASH 57

FLASH.MultiProgram Simultaneous programming of flash sectors 58

FLASH.OFFSET Change FLASH control address 58

FLASH.Program Program FLASH 59

FLASH.ReProgram Re-program FLASH 60

FLASH.RESet Reset FLASH declaration table 61

FLASH.state FLASH programming dialog 62

FLASH.TARGET Define target controlled algorithm 63

FLASH.TARGET2 Define second target controlled algorithm 70

FLASH.UNLOCK Unlock FLASH 71

FLASH.UNSECUREerase Unsecure a device 73

FLASHFILE ............................................................................................................................... 74

FLASHFILE NAND flash and serial flash devices 74

FLASHFILE.BSDLaccess Enables FLASH access via boundary scan 74

FLASHFILE.BSDLFLASHTYPE Define FLASH type 75

FLASHFILE.CONFIG Configure FLASH 75

FLASHFILE.COPY Copy to FLASH 76

FLASHFILE.COPYSPARE Copy to spare area of NAND FLASH 77

FLASHFILE.Create Declaration of flash memories: create a block/sector 78

FLASHFILE.DUMP Dump FLASH 79

FLASHFILE.Erase Erase FLASH 80

FLASHFILE.GETBADBLOCK Get the bad block addresses 81

FLASHFILE.GETEXTCSD Get the extended CSD register 81

FLASHFILE.GETID Get ID 82

FLASHFILE.GETONFI Display ONFI 82

FLASHFILE.List List blocks or sectors of FLASH memory 83

FLASHFILE.LOAD Load files to FLASH 84

FLASHFILE.LOAD.binary Write FLASH 84

FLASHFILE.LOAD.Elf Load ELF file 87

FLASHFILE.LOAD.IntelHex Load Intel hex file 87


FLASHFILE.LOAD.Srecord Load an 'Srecord' file 88

FLASHFILE.LOADALL Load to main area and spare area 88

FLASHFILE.LOADECC Load ECC file to spare area 89

FLASHFILE.LOADSPARE Write NAND FLASH spare area 91

FLASHFILE.LOCK Lock the FLASH device 91

FLASHFILE.MSYSDLL Access an M-Systems DiskOnChip flash device 92

FLASHFILE.RESet Reset FLASH configuration 92

FLASHFILE.SAVE Save FLASH 93

FLASHFILE.SAVEALL Save the main area and the spare area 93

FLASHFILE.SAVEECC Save error correction code (ECC) to file 94

FLASHFILE.SAVEECC.BCH Save ECC with BCH algorithm 94

FLASHFILE.SAVEECC.hamming Save ECC with Hamming algorithm 97

FLASHFILE.SAVEECC.ReedSolomon Save ECC with Reed-S. algorithm 100

FLASHFILE.SAVESPARE Read NAND FLASH spare area 102

FLASHFILE.Set Modify FLASH data 102

FLASHFILE.SETEXTCSD Modify the extended CSD register 103

FLASHFILE.state tbd. 103

FLASHFILE.TARGET Define target controlled algorithm 104

FLASHFILE.UNLOCK Unlock FLASH device 105

FPU ........................................................................................................................................... 106

FPU Access to the FPU registers 106

FPU.OFF FPU access off 106

FPU.ON FPU access on 107

FPU.RESet Reset command 107

FPU.Set Modify FPU registers 107

FPU.TARGET Define FPU access agent 108

FPU.view Display FPU registers 108

Frame ........................................................................................................................................ 109

Frame Call tree and context 109

Frame.CONFIG Fine-tune stack unwinding 109

Frame.CONFIG.Asm Frame back-trace mode 109

Frame.CONFIG.EABI Use chained frame pointers 110

Frame.CONFIG.EPILOG Use epilog code for frame display 110

Frame.CONFIG.PROLOG Use prolog code for frame display 111

Frame.CONFIG.RELOAD Generate frame information again 111

Frame.CONFIG.sYmbol Use symbol code for frame display 112

Frame.COPY Copy to TRACE32 registers 112

Frame.Down Go down in stack nesting 113

Frame.GOTO Change source code view temporarily 113

Frame.Init Initialize the processor registers 114

Frame.REDO Recover from UNDO registers 117

Frame.SkipFunc Change view to previous/subsequent function 117

Frame.SkipLine Change view to previous/subsequent HLL line 118


Frame.SWAP Swap TRACE32 registers 118

Frame.TASK Change view to specified task 118

Frame.UNDO Recover previous registers 120

Frame.Up Go up in stack nesting 120

Frame.view Display stack frame 122

FXU ........................................................................................................................................... 124

FXU FXU registers (Extended floating point unit) 124

FXU.Init Initialize FXU registers 124

FXU.Set Modify FXU registers 124

FXU.view Open FXU register window 125

General Commands Reference Guide G

General Commands Reference Guide G ................................................. (general_ref_g.pdf) 1

History ...................................................................................................................................... 3

GLOBALON .............................................................................................................................. 4

GLOBALON Global event-controlled PRACTICE script execution 4

Go ............................................................................................................................................. 9

Go Debug control, program execution, and real-time emulation 9

Debug Control for Debuggers 9

Debug Control for TRACE32-ICE 10

Go.Asm Start the program execution and switch to Asm mode 11

Go.Back Go back in program (CTS) 13

Go.BackEntry Go back in program to function entry (CTS) 14

Go.BackGround Start background program 14

Go.BackTillWarning Go back in program until warning (CTS) 15

Go.Change Run program till content changes 15

Go.direct Start the program execution 16

Go.Hll Start the program execution and switch to HLL mode 18

Go.Java Run program until JAVA code starts 19

Go.Mix Start the program execution and switch to 'Mix' mode 20

Go.MONitor Switch to run mode debugging 21

Go.Next Start program and stop at next line 21

Go.NoBreak Emulation breakpoints disabled 21

Go.Return Complete HLL function 22

Go.Till Run program till expression becomes true 25

Go.TillWarning Re-run program until warning (CTS) 25

Go.Up Go up in function nesting 27

GROUP ..................................................................................................................................... 28

GROUP Group functions, modules, or tasks 28

Features 28

GROUP.COLOR Define color for group indicator 32


GROUP.Create Create a new group 33

GROUP.CreateFunctions Pool functions to group 34

GROUP.CreateLabels Use labels to pool address ranges to group 35

GROUP.CreateModules Pool modules to group 37

GROUP.CreatePrograms Pool programs group 38

GROUP.CreateSources Pool source files to group 39

GROUP.CreateTASK Pool tasks to group 40

GROUP.Delete Delete the specified group 42

GROUP.DeleteTASK Delete specified task from group 42

GROUP.DISable Disable a group 43

GROUP.ENable Enable a group 43

GROUP.HIDE Hide group from debugging 44

GROUP.List List all specified groups 44

GROUP.Merge Merge group members in statistic 45

GROUP.RESet Clear all group specifications 45

GROUP.SEParate Separate group members in statistic 46

GROUP.SHOW Show group for debugging 46

General Commands Reference Guide H

General Commands Reference Guide H ................................................. (general_ref_h.pdf) 1

HAnalyzer ................................................................................................................................. 4

HAnalyzer tbd. 4

HAnalyzer-specific Trace Commands 4

HAnalyzer.state tbd. 4

HAnalyzer.UsbDEVice tbd. 4

Generic Trace Commands 5

HA.ACCESS Define access path to source code for trace decoding 5

HA.Arm Arm the trace 5

HA.BookMark Set a bookmark in trace listing 5

HA.BookMarkToggle Toggles a single trace bookmark 5

HA.Chart Display trace contents graphically 5

HA.CLOCK Clock to calculate time out of cycle count information 5

HA.ComPare Compare trace contents 6

HA.DISable Disable the trace 6

HA.DRAW Visualization of trace data 6

HA.EXPORT Export trace data for processing in other applications 6

HA.FILE Load a file into the file trace buffer 6

HA.Find Find specified entry in trace 6

HA.FindAll Find all specified entries in trace 6

HA.FindChange Search for changes in trace flow 6

HA.FLOWPROCESS Process flowtrace 7

HA.FLOWSTART Restart flowtrace processing 7


HA.Get Display input level 7

HA.GOTO Move cursor to specified trace record 7

HA.Init Initialize trace 7

HA.List List trace contents 7

HA.ListNesting Analyze function nesting 7

HA.LOAD Load trace file for off-line processing 7

HA.OFF Switch off 8

HA.PROfileChart Profile charts 8

HA.PROfileSTATistic Statistical analysis in a table versus time 8

HA.REF Set reference point for time measurement 8

HA.RESet Reset command 8

HA.SAVE Save trace for postprocessing in TRACE32 8

HA.STATistic Statistic analysis 8

HA.Timing Waveform of trace buffer 8

HA.TRACK Set tracking record 9

HA.View Display single record 9

HA.ZERO Align timestamps of trace and timing analyzers 9

HTM ........................................................................................................................................... 10

HTM CoreSight HTM (AHB Trace Macrocell) 10

HTM.AsicControl Set HTMASICCONTROL register 10

HTM.AuxTrace Auxiliary packet control 11

HTM.BusSelect Set HTMBUSSELECT register 11

HTM.BusTrigger Bus trigger definition 11

HTM.CLEAR Clear HTM.Set settings 12

HTM.CLOCK Core clock frequency 12

HTM.CycleAccurate Cycle accurate tracing 13

HTM.DataTrace Define broadcast of data accesses 14

HTM.ExtDisable Set EXTDISABLE bit 15

HTM.FifoLevel Define FIFO level 15

HTM.OFF Switch HTM off 15

HTM.ON Switch HTM on 16

HTM.Register Display HTM control registers 16

HTM.RESet Reset HTM settings 17

HTM.Set Program HTM manually 17

HTM.state Display HTM configuration window 18

HTM.SyncPeriod Set period of sync packet injection 19

HTM.Trace Trace packet control 19

HTM.TraceExclude No broadcast of data accesses within range 20

HTM.TraceID Set trace ID manually 20

HTM.TraceInclude Restrict broadcast of data accesses to range 21

HTM.TraceOFF HTM stops to emit trace information on event 21

HTM.TraceON HTM starts to emit trace information on event 22

HTM.TracePriority Set priority for the HTM manually 23


HTM.TraceTrigger Trace trigger definition 23

HTMAnalyzer ............................................................................................................................ 24

HTMOnchip .............................................................................................................................. 24

HTMRTS ................................................................................................................................... 24

HVX ........................................................................................................................................... 25

HVX HVX registers (Hexagon Vector Extensions) 25

HVX.Init Initialize HVX registers 25

HVX.OFF Inhibit HVX accesses by the debugger 25

HVX.ON Permit HVX accesses by the debugger 26

HVX.Set Modify HVX registers 26

HVX.view Open HVX register window 26

General Commands Reference Guide I

General Commands Reference Guide I .................................................... (general_ref_i.pdf) 1

I2C ............................................................................................................................................. 7

I2C I2C control 7

I2C.PIN Set I2C pin to specified level 7

I2C.THreshold Specify threshold for logical low 8

I2C.TRANSFER Transfer bytes on I2C bus 8

Integrator .................................................................................................................................. 10

Trace Methods 10

Trace Method Integrator 10

Integrator.ABCDEF Sampling configuration for probes ABCDEF 11

Integrator.ACCESS Define access path to source code for trace decoding 11

Integrator.Arm Arm the trace 11

Integrator.AutoArm Arm automatically 11

Integrator.AutoFocus Calibrate AUTOFOCUS preprocessor 11

Integrator.AutoInit Automatic initialization 11

Integrator.AutoTEST Continuous measurement 11

Integrator.BookMark Set a bookmark in trace listing 12

Integrator.Break Stop trace 12

Integrator.Chart Display trace contents graphically 12

Integrator.Chart.DistriB Distribution display 12

Integrator.Chart.Func Function activity chart 12

Integrator.Chart.GROUP Group activity chart 12

Integrator.Chart.Line Graphical HLL lines analysis 12

Integrator.Chart.sYmbol Symbol analysis 13

Integrator.Chart.TASK Task activity chart 13

Integrator.Chart.TASKFunc Task related function run-time analysis (legacy) 13

Integrator.Chart.TASKSRV Service routine run-time analysis 13

Integrator.Chart.TASKState Task state analysis 13


Integrator.Chart.VarState Variable activity chart 13

Integrator.ComPare Compare trace contents 13

Integrator.CSELect Select signal for counter 14

Integrator.DISable Disable the trace 14

Integrator.DisConfig Trace disassembler configuration 14

Integrator.DisConfig.CYcle Trace disassemble setting 14

Integrator.DisConfig.FlowMode Enable FlowTrace analysis 14

Integrator.DisConfig.RESet Reset trace disassemble setting 14

Integrator.DisConfig.view Trace disassemble setting 14

Integrator.DRAW Visualization of trace data 15

Integrator.EXPORT Export trace data for processing in other applications 15

Integrator.FILE Load a file into the file trace buffer 15

Integrator.Find Find specified entry in trace 15

Integrator.FindAll Find all specified entries in trace 15

Integrator.FindChange Search for changes in trace flow 15

Integrator.FLOWPROCESS Process flowtrace 15

Integrator.FLOWSTART Restart flowtrace processing 16

Integrator.Get Display input level 16

Integrator.GOTO Move cursor to specified trace record 16

Integrator.Init Initialize trace 16

Integrator.JKLMNO Sampling configuration for probes JKLMNO 16

Integrator.List List trace contents 16

Integrator.ListNesting Analyze function nesting 16

Integrator.ListVar List variable recorded to trace 16

Integrator.LOAD Load trace file for off-line processing 17

Integrator.Mode Set the trace operation mode 17

Integrator.OFF Switch off 17

Integrator.PROfileChart.DIStance Time interval for a single event 17

Integrator.PROfileChart.DURation Time between two events 17

Integrator.PROfileChart.GROUP Group profile chart 17

Integrator.PROfileChart.Rate Event frequency 17

Integrator.Program Program trigger unit 18

Integrator.PROTOcol Protocol analysis 18

Integrator.PROTOcol.Chart Graphic display for user-defined protocol 18

Integrator.PROTOcol.Draw Graphic display for user-defined protocol 18

Integrator.PROTOcol.EXPORT Export trace buffer for user-defined protocol 18

Integrator.PROTOcol.Find Find in trace buffer for user-defined protocol 18

Integrator.PROTOcol.List Display trace buffer for user-defined protocol 18

Integrator.PROTOcol.STATistic Display statistics for user-defined protocol 19

Integrator.REF Set reference point for time measurement 19

Integrator.ReProgram Program trigger unit 19

Integrator.RESet Reset command 19

Integrator.SAVE Save trace for postprocessing in TRACE32 19


Integrator.SelfArm Automatic restart of trace recording 19

Integrator.SIZE Define buffer size 19

Integrator.SnapShot Restart trace capturing once 20

Integrator.state Display trace configuration window 20

Integrator.STATistic Statistic analysis 20

Integrator.STATistic.BondOut Bondout mode 20

Integrator.STATistic.DIStance Time interval for a single event 20

Integrator.STATistic.DistriB Distribution analysis 20

Integrator.STATistic.DURation Time between two events 20

Integrator.STATistic.Func Nesting function runtime analysis 21

Integrator.STATistic.GROUP Group run-time analysis 21

Integrator.STATistic.Ignore Ignore false records in statistic 21

Integrator.STATistic.InterruptIsFunction Statistics interrupt processing 21

Integrator.STATistic.Line HLL-line analysis 21

Integrator.STATistic.LINKage Per caller statistic of function 21

Integrator.STATistic.Measure Analyze the performance of a single signal 21

Integrator.STATistic.PreFetch Prefetch detection 22

Integrator.STATistic.Sort Specify sorting criterion for statistic commands 22

Integrator.STATistic.sYmbol Flat run-time analysis 22

Integrator.STATistic.TASK Task activity statistic 22

Integrator.STATistic.TASKFunc Task specific function run-time analysis 22

Integrator.STATistic.TASKKernel Task analysis with kernel markers (flat) 22

Integrator.STATistic.TASKSRV Analysis of time in OS service routines 22

Integrator.STATistic.TASKState Performance analysis 23

Integrator.STATistic.TASKTREE Tree display of task specific functions 23

Integrator.STATistic.TREE Tree display of nesting function run-time analysis 23

Integrator.STATistic.Use Use records 23

Integrator.TCount Set trigger counter 23

Integrator.TDelay Trigger delay 23

Integrator.Timing Waveform of trace buffer 23

Integrator.TOut Enable trigger output line (PowerIntegrator) 24

Integrator.TPreDelay Pre-trigger delay 24

Integrator.TRACK Set tracking record 24

Integrator.TRIGGER Trigger the trace 24

Integrator.TSELect Select trigger source 24

Integrator.TSYNC Select trigger line and mode 24

Integrator.TView Display trigger settings 24

Integrator.TWidth Set trigger filter 24

Integrator.View Display single record 25

Integrator.ZERO Align timestamps of trace and timing analyzers 25

IProbe ....................................................................................................................................... 26

IProbe IProbe logic analyzer 26

IProbe.Arm Enables IProbe recording 27


IProbe.AutoArm IProbe self-contained recording 27

IProbe.AutoInit IProbe self-contained initialization 28

IProbe.BookMark Set a bookmark in trace listing 28

IProbe.Break Manual IProbe break 28

IProbe.BusA Podbus trigger signal 29

IProbe.Chart Display trace contents graphically 29

IProbe.ComPare Compare two traces or the trace buffer against a file 29

IProbe.CSELect Source select for system counter 30

IProbe.DISable Disable the IProbe 30

IProbe.DRAW Display analog trace graphically 30

IProbe.EXPORT Export trace data 31

IProbe.FILE Load a file into the file trace buffer 31

IProbe.Find Search for pattern 31

IProbe.FindAll Search for pattern 32

IProbe.FindChange Search for changes in trace flow 32

IProbe.Get Input signal level and activity 32

IProbe.GOTO Move cursor to specified trace record 32

IProbe.Init IProbe initialization 33

IProbe.List Displays trace in table format 33

IProbe.LOAD Reload saved IProbe trace contents 33

IProbe.Mode Set trace operation mode 34

IProbe.OFF Switch off IProbe recording 34

IProbe.PROfileChart Graphic display of time interval 34

IProbe.PROTOcol Protocol analysis 35

IProbe.PROTOcol.Chart Graphic display for user define protocol 35

IProbe.PROTOcol.Draw Graphic display for user define protocol 35

IProbe.PROTOcol.EXPORT Export trace buffer for user-defined protocol 35

IProbe.PROTOcol.Find Find in trace buffer for user-defined protocol 36

IProbe.PROTOcol.List Display trace buffer for user-defined protocol 36

IProbe.PROTOcol.STATistic Display statistic for user-defined protocol 36

IProbe.REF Set reference record for timing measurements 37

IProbe.RESet Reset command 37

IProbe.SAVE Save IProbe trace memory into file 37

IProbe.SelfArm Immediate IProbe analyzer turn on 38

IProbe.SELFTEST Iprobe self-test 38

IProbe.SIZE Define the trace buffer size 38

IProbe.SnapShot Restart trace capturing once 39

IProbe.state Display the IProbe configuration window 40

IProbe.STATistic Statistic analysis 41

IProbe.TCount Define a trigger counter 41

IProbe.TDelay Define a trigger delay counter 41

IProbe.Timing Displays channels as waveform graphics 41

IProbe.TOut Activates/deactivates the trigger output signal (BUSA) 42


IProbe.TPreDelay Define the trigger pre-delay counter 42

IProbe.TRIGGER Ineffective command 42

IProbe.TSELect Select trigger input line 42

IProbe.TSYNC Select trigger line and mode 43

IProbe.TSYNC.SELect Select trigger input pin and edge or state 43

IProbe.TSYNC.SIMPLE Select simple trigger 43

IProbe.TWidth Define trigger pulse width 43

IProbe.View Displays just a single trace record 44

IProbe.XTrack Use “SYnch.XTrack” instead 44

ISTATistic ................................................................................................................................. 45

ISTATistic Instruction statistics 45

INCremental ISTATistic 45

SPYing ISTATistic 47

ISTATistic.ADD Add trace contents to ISTAT database 49

ISTATistic.Delete Delete selected code coverage information 52

ISTATistic.EXPORT Export instruction statistics to an XML file 53

ISTATistic.EXPORT.ListFunc Export the HLL functions 53

ISTATistic.EXPORT.ListLine Export the HLL lines 54

ISTATistic.EXPORT.ListModule Export the modules 55

ISTATistic.Init Initialize ISTAT database 55

ISTATistic.List Runtime analysis overview 55

ISTATistic.ListFunc List run-time analysis of functions 56

ISTATistic.ListLine List run-time analysis of HLL lines 57

ISTATistic.ListModule List module tree of ISTAT database 57

ISTATistic.LOAD Load ISTAT database from file 58

ISTATistic.METHOD Recording method for instruction statistics 58

ISTATistic.OFF Deactivate the selected instruction statistics method 59

ISTATistic.ON Activate the selected instruction statistics method 59

ISTATistic.RESet Delete ISTAT database 59

ISTATistic.SAVE Save ISTAT database to file 60

ISTATistic.Set Mark specified addresses as executed 60

ISTATistic.state Display ISTAT configuration window 61

ITM ............................................................................................................................................ 62

ITM CoreSight ITM (Instrumentation Trace Macrocell) 62

ITM.CLEAR Reset ITM control register 63

ITM.CLOCK Core clock frequency 63

ITM.CycleAccurate Cycle accurate tracing 64

ITM.CycleMode Timestamp source 64

ITM.CyclePrescaler Set timestamp clock prescaler 65

ITM.DataTrace Define broadcast of data accesses 66

ITM.DWTADDRESS Supply comparator values 68

ITM.InterruptTrace Emit interrupt event information 69

ITM.OFF Switch ITM off 70


ITM.ON Switch ITM on 70

ITM.PCSampler Emit PC in a regular interval 70

ITM.PortClock ITM traceport configuration 71

ITM.PortFilter Filter by channel 71

ITM.PortMode Trace export information 72

ITM.PortRoute Selects the trace port 73

ITM.PortSize Trace export size 73

ITM.ProfilingTrace Provide DWT counter information 73

ITM.Register Display ITM control registers 74

ITM.RESet Reset ITM settings 74

ITM.state Display ITM configuration window 75

ITM.SyncPeriod Set period of sync packet injection 76

ITM.TImeMode Type of timestamp 77

ITM.TimeStamp Emit global timestamp packets 78

ITM.TimeStampCLOCK External clock frequency 78

ITM.TimeStampMode Clock source for local timestamp 79

ITM.TraceID Set trace ID manually 79

ITM.TracePriority Set priority for the ITM manually 79

ITMAnalyzer Analyze ITM information recorded by TRACE32 PowerTrace 80

ITMCAnalyzer Analyze ITM information recorded by TRACE32 CombiProbe 80

General Commands Reference Guide J

General Commands Reference Guide J ................................................... (general_ref_j.pdf) 1

Java .......................................................................................................................................... 4

Java Java debugging subsystem 4

Java.CONFIG Configure VM type for debugging 5

Java.LOAD Load all Java symbols 6

Java.LOADCLASS Load Java class information 6

Java.MAP Java VM specific mappings 7

Java.MAP.ByteCode Define bytecode area 7

Java.MAP.IP Configure Java VM instruction pointer 8

Java.MAP.List List Java VM specific mappings 9

Java.MAP.LOADATTR Load attribute information from Java class files 9

Java.MAP.NoByteCode Remove bytecode mapping 9

Java.MAP.NoVM Remove VM interpreter flag 10

Java.MAP.NoVMStop Remove breakpoint in VM interpreter 10

Java.MAP.RESet Reset Java VM mappings 10

Java.MAP.VM Configure Java VM interpreter routine area 11

Java.MAP.VMStop Configure breakpoint in VM interpreter 11

Java.OFF Disable Java VM debugging subsystem 12

Java.ON Activate Java debugging subsystem 12

Java.state Display Java VM subsystem state 12


JTAG ......................................................................................................................................... 13

JTAG Low-level JTAG control 13

JTAG.LOADBIT Configure a Xilinx FPGA with a BIT file 14

JTAG.LOCK Grab the JTAG port for manual control 15

JTAG.PARKSTATE Define the hand over TAP state 16

JTAG.PIN Set JTAG signals manually 17

JTAG.PROGRAM Run programming file 19

JTAG.PROGRAM.Altera Program Altera FPGAs 20

JTAG.PROGRAM.auto Detect and run programming file 21

JTAG.PROGRAM.JAM Run programming file in JAM/STAPL format 21

JTAG.PROGRAM.JBC Run programming file in binary JAM/STAPL format 22

JTAG.PROGRAM.SVF Run programming file in SVF format 23

JTAG.PROGRAM.Xilinx Program Xilinx FPGAs 25

JTAG.RESet tbd. 26

JTAG.SHIFTREG Send a TDI pattern on the JTAG port 26

JTAG.SHIFTTDI Send a TDI pattern on the JTAG port 27

JTAG.SHIFTTMS Send a TMS pattern on the JTAG port 28

JTAG.UNLOCK Hand the JTAG port control back to the debugger 28

JTAG.USECLOCK Observe shift commands 29

JTAG.X7EFUSE Program Xilinx 7-Series eFuses 30

General Commands Reference Guide K

General Commands Reference Guide K ................................................. (general_ref_k.pdf) 1

General Commands Reference Guide L

General Commands Reference Guide L ................................................... (general_ref_l.pdf) 1

Logic Analyzer ......................................................................................................................... 8

Trace Methods 8

Trace Method LA 8

LA .............................................................................................................................................. 9

LA.ACCESS Define access path to source code for trace decoding 9

LA.Arm Arm the trace 9

LA.AutoArm Arm automatically 9

LA.AutoFocus Calibrate AUTOFOCUS preprocessor 9

LA.AutoInit Automatic initialization 9

LA.AutoTEST Continuous measurement 9

LA.BookMark Set a bookmark in trace listing 10

LA.Chart Display trace contents graphically 10

LA.Chart.Func Function activity chart 10

LA.Chart.GROUP Group activity chart 10

LA.Chart.Line Graphical HLL lines analysis 10


LA.Chart.sYmbol Symbol analysis 10

LA.Chart.TASK Task activity chart 10

LA.Chart.TASKFunc Task related function run-time analysis (legacy) 11

LA.Chart.TASKSRV Service routine run-time analysis 11

LA.Chart.TASKState Task state analysis 11

LA.Chart.VarState Variable activity chart 11

LA.ComPare Compare trace contents 11

LA.DISable Disable the trace 11

LA.DRAW Visualization of trace data 11

LA.EXPORT Export trace data for processing in other applications 12

LA.FILE Load a file into the file trace buffer 12

LA.Find Find specified entry in trace 12

LA.FindAll Find all specified entries in trace 12

LA.FindChange Search for changes in trace flow 12

LA.FLOWPROCESS Process flowtrace 12

LA.FLOWSTART Restart flowtrace processing 12

LA.GOTO Move cursor to specified trace record 13

LA.IMPORT Import trace information 13

LA.IMPORT.CoreByteStream Import pure single core trace data 13

LA.IMPORT.ETB Import on-chip trace data 13

LA.IMPORT.flow Import bus trace data 13

LA.IMPORT.GUESSWRAP Guess wrap pointer 13

LA.IMPORT.STP Import STP recording from file (nibble) 13

LA.IMPORT.STPByteStream Import STP recording from file (byte) 14

LA.IMPORT.TraceFile Import trace data where processing has failed 14

LA.IMPORT.TracePort Import off-chip trace data 14

LA.IMPORT.VCD Import recorded signals in VCD file format 14

LA.IMPORT.WRAP Define wrap pointer 14

LA.Init Initialize trace 14

LA.List List trace contents 14

LA.ListNesting Analyze function nesting 15

LA.ListVar List variable recorded to trace 15

LA.LOAD Load trace file for off-line processing 15

LA.Mode Set the trace operation mode 15

LA.OFF Switch off 15

LA.PROfileChart Profile charts 15

LA.PROfileChart.DIStance Time interval for a single event 15

LA.PROfileChart.GROUP Group profile chart 16

LA.PROfileChart.Rate Event frequency 16

LA.PROTOcol Protocol analysis 16

LA.PROTOcol.Chart Graphic display for user-defined protocol 16

LA.PROTOcol.Draw Graphic display for user-defined protocol 16

LA.PROTOcol.EXPORT Export trace buffer for user-defined protocol 16


LA.PROTOcol.Find Find in trace buffer for user-defined protocol 16

LA.PROTOcol.List Display trace buffer for user-defined protocol 17

LA.PROTOcol.STATistic Display statistics for user-defined protocol 17

LA.REF Set reference point for time measurement 17

LA.RESet Reset command 17

LA.SAVE Save trace for postprocessing in TRACE32 17

LA.SelfArm Automatic restart of trace recording 17

LA.SIZE Define buffer size 17

LA.SnapShot Restart trace capturing once 18

LA.state Display trace configuration window 18

LA.STATistic Statistic analysis 18

LA.STATistic.BondOut Bondout mode 18

LA.STATistic.DIStance Time interval for a single event 18

LA.STATistic.DistriB Distribution analysis 18

LA.STATistic.DURation Time between two events 18

LA.STATistic.Func Nesting function runtime analysis 19

LA.STATistic.GROUP Group run-time analysis 19

LA.STATistic.Ignore Ignore false records in statistic 19

LA.STATistic.InterruptIsFunction Statistics interrupt processing 19

LA.STATistic.Line HLL-line analysis 19

LA.STATistic.LINKage Per caller statistic of function 19

LA.STATistic.Measure Analyze the performance of a single signal 19

LA.STATistic.PreFetch Prefetch detection 20

LA.STATistic.Sort Specify sorting criterion for statistic commands 20

LA.STATistic.sYmbol Flat run-time analysis 20

LA.STATistic.TASK Task activity statistic 20

LA.STATistic.TASKFunc Task specific function run-time analysis 20

LA.STATistic.TASKKernel Task analysis with kernel markers (flat) 20

LA.STATistic.TASKSRV Analysis of time in OS service routines 20

LA.STATistic.TASKState Performance analysis 21

LA.STATistic.TASKTREE Tree display of task specific functions 21

LA.STATistic.TREE Tree display of nesting function run-time analysis 21

LA.STATistic.Use Use records 21

LA.Timing Waveform of trace buffer 21

LA.TRACK Set tracking record 21

LA.View Display single record 21

LA.ZERO Align timestamps of trace and timing analyzers 22

List ............................................................................................................................................ 23

List Display modes for programs 23

List.auto Display source listing 24

List.Asm Display disassembler 32

List.EXPORT Export a listing to an XML file 33

List.EXPORT.Asm Export disassembler listing 33


List.EXPORT.auto Export source and disassembler listing 34

List.EXPORT.Mix Export source and disassembler listing 34

List.Hll Display source 36

List.Java Display Java byte code 37

List.Mix Disassembler and source 38

LOGGER ................................................................................................................................... 39

Trace Methods 39

Method Logger 40

LOGGER Trace Commands .................................................................................................... 41

LOGGER.ADDRESS Software trace address 41

LOGGER.Arm Arm the trace 41

LOGGER.AutoArm Arm automatically 41

LOGGER.AutoFocus Calibrate AUTOFOCUS preprocessor 41

LOGGER.AutoInit Automatic initialization 41

LOGGER.BookMark Set a bookmark in trace listing 41

LOGGER.Chart Display trace contents graphically 42

LOGGER.Chart.DistriB Distribution display 42

LOGGER.Chart.Func Function activity chart 42

LOGGER.Chart.GROUP Group activity chart 42

LOGGER.Chart.Line Graphical HLL lines analysis 42

LOGGER.Chart.sYmbol Symbol analysis 42

LOGGER.Chart.TASK Task activity chart 42

LOGGER.Chart.TASKFunc Task related function run-time analysis (legacy) 43

LOGGER.Chart.TASKSRV Service routine run-time analysis 43

LOGGER.Chart.TASKState Task state analysis 43

LOGGER.Chart.VarState Variable activity chart 43

LOGGER.ComPare Compare trace contents 43

LOGGER.DISable Disable the trace 43

LOGGER.DRAW Visualization of trace data 43

LOGGER.EXPORT Export trace data for processing in other applications 44

LOGGER.FILE Load a file into the file trace buffer 44

LOGGER.Find Find specified entry in trace 44

LOGGER.FindAll Find all specified entries in trace 44

LOGGER.FindChange Search for changes in trace flow 44

LOGGER.FLOWPROCESS Process flowtrace 44

LOGGER.FLOWSTART Restart flowtrace processing 44

LOGGER.GOTO Move cursor to specified trace record 45

LOGGER.Init Initialize trace 45

LOGGER.List List trace contents 45

LOGGER.ListNesting Analyze function nesting 45

LOGGER.ListVar List variable recorded to trace 45

LOGGER.LOAD Load trace file for off-line processing 45

LOGGER.Mode Set the trace operation mode 45


LOGGER.OFF Switch off 45

LOGGER.PROfileChart Profile charts 46

LOGGER.PROfileChart.DIStance Time interval for a single event 46

LOGGER.PROfileChart.DURation Time between two events 46

LOGGER.PROfileChart.GROUP Group profile chart 46

LOGGER.PROfileChart.Rate Event frequency 46

LOGGER.PROTOcol Protocol analysis 46

LOGGER.PROTOcol.Chart Graphic display for user-defined protocol 46

LOGGER.PROTOcol.Draw Graphic display for user-defined protocol 47

LOGGER.PROTOcol.EXPORT Export trace buffer for user-defined protocol 47

LOGGER.PROTOcol.Find Find in trace buffer for user-defined protocol 47

LOGGER.PROTOcol.List Display trace buffer for user-defined protocol 47

LOGGER.PROTOcol.STATistic Display statistics for user-defined protocol 47

LOGGER.REF Set reference point for time measurement 47

LOGGER.RESet Reset command 47

LOGGER.SAVE Save trace for postprocessing in TRACE32 48

LOGGER.SelfArm Automatic restart of trace recording 48

LOGGER.SIZE Define buffer size 48

LOGGER.SnapShot Restart trace capturing once 48

LOGGER.state Display trace configuration window 48

LOGGER.STATistic Statistic analysis 48

LOGGER.STATistic.BondOut Bondout mode 48

LOGGER.STATistic.DIStance Time interval for a single event 49

LOGGER.STATistic.DistriB Distribution analysis 49

LOGGER.STATistic.DURation Time between two events 49

LOGGER.STATistic.Func Nesting function runtime analysis 49

LOGGER.STATistic.GROUP Group run-time analysis 49

LOGGER.STATistic.Ignore Ignore false records in statistic 49

LOGGER.STATistic.InterruptIsFunction Statistics interrupt processing 49

LOGGER.STATistic.Line HLL-line analysis 50

LOGGER.STATistic.LINKage Per caller statistic of function 50

LOGGER.STATistic.Measure Analyze the performance of a single signal 50

LOGGER.STATistic.PreFetch Prefetch detection 50

LOGGER.STATistic.Sort Specify sorting criterion for statistic commands 50

LOGGER.STATistic.sYmbol Flat run-time analysis 50

LOGGER.STATistic.TASK Task activity statistic 50

LOGGER.STATistic.TASKFunc Task specific function run-time analysis 51

LOGGER.STATistic.TASKKernel Task analysis with kernel markers (flat) 51

LOGGER.STATistic.TASKSRV Analysis of time in OS service routines 51

LOGGER.STATistic.TASKState Performance analysis 51

LOGGER.STATistic.TASKTREE Tree display of task specific functions 51

LOGGER.STATistic.TREE Tree display of nesting function run-time analysis 51

LOGGER.STATistic.Use Use records 51


LOGGER.TimeStamp Configure timestamp usage of LOGGER trace 52

LOGGER.Timing Waveform of trace buffer 52

LOGGER.TRACK Set tracking record 52

LOGGER.View Display single record 52

LOGGER.ZERO Align timestamps of trace and timing analyzers 52

LUA ........................................................................................................................................... 53

LUA Support for the Lua script language 53

LUA.List List the current Lua scripts 53

LUA.LOAD Load a Lua script to debugger 54

LUA.RESet Reset the Lua context 55

LUA.RUN Execute a Lua script 55

LUA.SET Modify the Lua input buffer 56

LUA.ShowInput Show current content of the input buffer 56

LUA.ShowOutput Show current content of the output buffer 57

LUA.UNLOAD Remove a Lua script from the debugger 57

General Commands Reference Guide M

General Commands Reference Guide M ................................................ (general_ref_m.pdf) 1

History ...................................................................................................................................... 7

MACHINE .................................................................................................................................. 8

MACHINE.select Display context of specified virtual machine 8

MAP .......................................................................................................................................... 9

MAP Mapping memory attributes for debugger, ICE, and FIRE 9

Mapping-System of TRACE32-ICE 9

Mapping the EPROM Simulator for BDM/ROM 12

MAP.Ack Generate acknowledge signals 12

MAP.ADelay tbd. 14

MAP.AFlag tbd. 14

MAP.BANK Set bank range 14

MAP.BE Define big endian area 15

MAP.BOnchip Use on-chip breakpoints 15

MAP.Break Map break memory 16

MAP.BURST Burst area mapping 17

The Usage of the MAP.BUSx Commands 18

MAP.BUS8 Bus width mapping 20




MAP.BUSEXT External bus mapping 22

MAP.BYTE Set EPROM width 22

MAP.Cache Cache area mapping 23


MAP.CFlag tbd. 23

MAP.COMSTART tbd. 24

MAP.CONST Mapped address range contains constants 24

MAP.CS tbd. 25

MAP.Data Map data memory 25

MAP.DEFault Standard memory mapping 25

MAP.DenyAccess Deny memory access by TRACE32 26

MAP.DenyBurst Deny burst access to memory by TRACE32 27

MAP.DMA DMA area mapping 28

MAP.DMUX tbd. 28

MAP.Extern External memory 28

MAP.Flag Map flag memory 28

MAP.FRAG Form fragment 29

MAP.GAP Define gap 29

MAP.Intern Internal memory 30

MAP.LE Define little endian area 30

MAP.List List allocation 31

MAP.MFlag tbd. 33

MAP.MIrror Mirroring 33

MAP.Mode Mode 34

MAP.MONITOR tbd. 35

MAP.NEW Initialization 35

MAP.NoAck Disable acknowledge signals 35

MAP.NoAFlag tbd. 36

MAP.NOBANK Release bank area 36

MAP.NoBE Switch off big endian 36

MAP.NoBOnchip Use on-chip breakpoints 37

MAP.NoBreak Release break memory 37

MAP.NoBURST Burst area mapping 38

MAP.NOBUS16 Bus width mapping 38



MAP.NoCache Cache area mapping 39

MAP.NoCONST Undo the MAP.CONST settings 39

MAP.NOCS tbd. 40

MAP.NoData Release data memory 40

MAP.NoDenyAccess Switch off deny access for TRACE32 40

MAP.NoDenyBurst Undo settings of MAP.DENYBURST command 40

MAP.NODMA DMA area mapping 41

MAP.NoDMUX tbd. 41

MAP.NoFlag Release flag memory 41

MAP.NOFRAG Switch off fragmentation 42

MAP.NOGAP Switch off gap 42


MAP.NoLE Switch off little endian 42

MAP.NoMFlag tbd. 43

MAP.NoOPFetch Switch off opfetch area mapping 43

MAP.NOPAGE Define pages 43

MAP.NoPOOL Undo setting of MAP.POOL command 44

MAP.NoProtect Erase write protection 44

MAP.NoRam Release RAM 44

MAP.NoReadFlag Undo setting of MAP.READFLAG command 45

MAP.NOROM Unmap ESI 45

MAP.NoShadow Undo setting of MAP.SHADOW command 45

MAP.NoSOnchip Undo setting of MAP.SONCHIP command 46

MAP.NOSWAP Keep byte order 46

MAP.NoUpdateOnce Undo setting of MAP.UPDATEONCE command 46

MAP.NoVMREAD Undo the setting of the MAP.VMREAD command 47

MAP.NoVOLATILE Undo the setting of the MAP.VOLATILE command 47

MAP.NOWB Premapper settings 47

MAP.NoXBus Maps XBUS to XPER device 48

MAP.OPFetch Opfetch area mapping 48

MAP.PAGE Define pages 48

MAP.POOL tbd. 49

MAP.PRE Premapper 49

MAP.Protect Write protection 50

MAP.Ram Map RAM 50

MAP.ReadFlag tbd. 51

MAP.RELOCate Relocate ROM area 51

MAP.RESet Reset 52

MAP.ROM Map ESI 52

MAP.Shadow tbd. 53

MAP.SOnchip tbd. 53

MAP.SPlit Splitting 53

MAP.state State 54

MAP.SWAP Change byte order 54

MAP.UpdateOnce Read memory only once each time CPU stops 55

MAP.VERIFY Internal usage only 56

MAP.VMREAD Redirect memory reads/writes to TRACE32 virtual memory 56

MAP.VOLATILE Mapped address range is volatile 56

MAP.Wait Wait cycles 56

MAP.WORD Set EPROM width 57

MAP.WriteFlag tbd. 58

MAP.XBus Maps the XBUS to emulation memory 58

MCDS ........................................................................................................................................ 59

MCDS Multicore debug solution 59

Overview 59


MCDS.CLEAR Clear programming and initialize MCDS registers 60

MCDS.CLOCK Configure MCDS clock system 60

MCDS.CLOCK DEPRECATED Enable deprecated MCDS clock programming 61

MCDS.CLOCK EXTern Set the external clock frequency 62

MCDS.CLOCK Frequency Specify MCDS-related frequencies by commands 63

MCDS.CLOCK Frequency.McdsClock Specify the MCDS clock 63

MCDS.CLOCK Frequency.ReferenceClock Specify the reference clock 63

MCDS.CLOCK MCDSDIV Set divider for generating the MCDS clock 64

MCDS.CLOCK REFDIV Set divider for generating the reference clock 64

MCDS.CLOCK REFerence Select the reference clock source 65

MCDS.CLOCK SYStem Set the system clock frequency 65

MCDS.CLOCK TIMER Setup timer for periodic trigger event 66

MCDS.CLOCK TimeStamp Force decoding of timestamp messages 67

MCDS.DIAG Enable diagnostic output 68

MCDS.INFO Information on MCDS and usage 68

MCDS.Init Initialize MCDS registers 69

MCDS.OFF Disable MCDS programming 69

MCDS.ON Enable MCDS programming 69

MCDS.Option Control MCDS feature behavior 70

MCDS.Option AddressBreak Use MCDS for address breakpoints 70

MCDS.Option CoreBreak Break when BREANK_OUT becomes active 71

MCDS.Option DataAssign Data assignment in trace listing 71

MCDS.Option DataBreak Use MCDS for data breakpoints 71

MCDS.Option eXception Exception identification in trace decoder 72

MCDS.Option ProgramBreak Use MCDS for program breakpoints 72

MCDS.Option QuickOFF Disable trace recording by hardware 73

MCDS.Option TTRESet Enable generation of reset information in trace 74

MCDS.PortSIZE Set number of used Aurora lanes 75

MCDS.PortSPEED Set Aurora lane speed 75

MCDS.Program Program MCDS triggers 76

MCDS.Register Open window with MCDS registers 77

MCDS.ReProgram Load and execute an OCTL trigger program 77

MCDS.RESet Reset the MCDS unit in the debug tool 78

MCDS.RM MCDS resource management commands 79

MCDS.RM ReSTore Restore MCDS registers 79

MCDS.RM WriteTarget Flush MCDS register cache 79

MCDS.SessionKEY Provide MCDS session key 80

MCDS.Set Program MCDS on hardware level 81

MCDS.SOURCE Set MCDS trace sources 83

MCDS.SOURCE.ALL Enable all MCDS trace sources 83

MCDS.SOURCE.DEFault Set default MCDS trace sources. 83

MCDS.SOURCE.NONE Disable all MCDS trace sources. 84

MCDS.SOURCE.Set Set individual MCDS trace sources 85


MCDS.state Display MCDS configuration window 91

MCDS.TimeStamp Enable MCDS trace sources 92

MCDS.TraceBuffer Configure MCDS trace buffer 93

MCDS.TraceBuffer ARRAY Select MCDS trace buffer array 93

MCDS.TraceBuffer DETECT Auto-detect MCDS trace buffer configuration 94

MCDS.TraceBuffer LowerGAP Set MCDS trace buffer lower gap 94

MCDS.TraceBuffer NoStealing Prevent conflicts with third-party tools 95

MCDS.TraceBuffer SIZE Set MCDS trace buffer size 96

MCDS.TraceBuffer UpperGAP Set MCDS trace buffer upper gap 96

MCDSBase<trace> Non-optimized trace MCDS trace processing 97

MCDSDCA<trace> MCDS trace processing with data cycle assignment 97

MCDSDDTU<trace> MCDS trace processing with DDTU reordering 98

MergedAnalyzer ....................................................................................................................... 99

Merge Program-Flow-only ETM and HTM Data Access Trace 100

Merge Program-Flow-only ETM and ITM DataPC Trace 101

MIPS .......................................................................................................................................... 102

MIPS Number of instructions per second 102

Basics 102

Tips 104

MIPS.PROfileChart Profile charts for MIPS 106

MIPS.PROfileChart.GROUP MIPS profile chart for groups 106

MIPS.PROfileChart.Line MIPS per high-level language line graphically 107

MIPS.PROfileChart.RWINST MIPS per cycle type graphically 107

MIPS.PROfileChart.sYmbol MIPS for all program symbols graphically 108

MIPS.PROfileChart.TASK MIPS per task graphically 109

MIPS.PROfileSTATistic Profile statistics for MIPS 110

MIPS.PROfileSTATistic.GROUP MIPS per GROUP as profile chart 110

MIPS.PROfileSTATistic.Line MIPS per high-level language line as table 110

MIPS.PROfileSTATistic.RWINST MIPS per cycle type as table 110

MIPS.PROfileSTATistic.sYmbol MIPS for all program symbols as table 111

MIPS.PROfileSTATistic.TASK MIPS per task as table 111

MIPS.STATistic Statistical analysis for MIPS 112

MIPS.STATistic.GROUP MIPS statistic for groups 112

MIPS.STATistic.RWINST MIPS per cycle type numerically 112

MIPS.STATistic.sYmbol MIPS for all program symbols numerically 113

MIPS.STATistic.TASK MIPS per task numerically 113

MMU .......................................................................................................................................... 114

MMU Memory management unit 114

MMU.DUMP Dump MMU tables 114

MMU.FORMAT Define MMU table structure 118

MMU.INFO View all translation information related to an address 121

MMU.ITLB tbd. 121


MMU.ITLBSCAN tbd. 122

MMU.PageTable Handles MMU table for the current process 122

MMU.PTE Display MMU PTE entries 122

MMU.PTESCAN Load MMU PTE table from probe 123

MMU.SCAN Scan MMU tables (static snapshot) 123

MMU.Set Set MMU registers or tables 125

MMU.TaskPageTable Handles MMU table for a specific process 126

MMU.TDUMP Dump task page table 126

MMU.TLB Display MMU TLB entries 127

MMU.TLBINIT tbd. 127

MMU.TLBRESET tbd. 127

MMU.TLBSCAN Load MMU TLB table from probe 128

MMU.TLBSET Set MMU TLB entry 128

MMU.TSCAN Scan task page table 128

MMU.UTLB tbd. 129

MMU.UTLBSCAN tbd. 129

MMU.view View MMU registers 129

MMX .......................................................................................................................................... 130

MMX MMX registers (MultiMedia eXtension) 130

MMX.Init Initialize MMX registers 130

MMX.OFF Inhibit MMX accesses by the debugger 130

MMX.ON Permit MMX accesses by the debugger 131

MMX.Set Modify MMX registers 131

MMX.view Open MMX register window 131

Mode ......................................................................................................................................... 132

Mode Set up the debug mode 132

Appendix - <format> Options of MMU.FORMAT .................................................................. 133

General Commands Reference Guide N

General Commands Reference Guide N ................................................. (general_ref_n.pdf) 1

NAME ........................................................................................................................................ 2

NAME Logical names for physical connections 2

NAME.Combi Create virtual signal for trace events 2

NAME.Delete Delete names 4

NAME.Group Groups signals 5

NAME.list Display name definitions 6

NAME.RESet Clear names 6

NAME.SELect Define names 7

NAME.Set Define names 8

NAME.Word Group signals as word 10


General Commands Reference Guide O

General Commands Reference Guide O ................................................. (general_ref_o.pdf) 1

OCP ........................................................................................................................................... 4

OCP OpenCoreProtocol WatchPoint 4

ON ............................................................................................................................................. 5

ON Event-controlled PRACTICE script execution 5

Onchip ...................................................................................................................................... 10

Trace Method Onchip 11

Onchip Trace Commands ....................................................................................................... 12

Onchip.ACCESS Define access path to source code for trace decoding 12

Onchip.Arm Arm the trace 12

Onchip.AutoArm Arm automatically 12

Onchip.AutoFocus Calibrate AUTOFOCUS preprocessor 12

Onchip.AutoInit Automatic initialization 12

Onchip.AutoTEST Continuous measurement 12

Onchip.BookMark Set a bookmark in trace listing 13

Onchip.Chart Display trace contents graphically 13

Onchip.Chart.DistriB Distribution display 13

Onchip.Chart.Func Function activity chart 13

Onchip.Chart.GROUP Group activity chart 13

Onchip.Chart.Line Graphical HLL lines analysis 13

Onchip.Chart.sYmbol Symbol analysis 13

Onchip.Chart.TASK Task activity chart 14

Onchip.Chart.TASKFunc Task related function run-time analysis (legacy) 14

Onchip.Chart.TASKSRV Service routine run-time analysis 14

Onchip.Chart.TASKState Task state analysis 14

Onchip.Chart.VarState Variable activity chart 14

Onchip.CLOCK Clock to calculate time out of cycle count information 14

Onchip.ComPare Compare trace contents 14

Onchip.DISable Disable the trace 15

Onchip.DRAW Visualization of trace data 15

Onchip.EXPORT Export trace data for processing in other applications 15

Onchip.FILE Load a file into the file trace buffer 15

Onchip.Find Find specified entry in trace 15

Onchip.FindAll Find all specified entries in trace 15

Onchip.FindChange Search for changes in trace flow 15

Onchip.FLOWPROCESS Process flowtrace 15

Onchip.FLOWSTART Restart flowtrace processing 16

Onchip.GOTO Move cursor to specified trace record 16

Onchip.Init Initialize trace 16

Onchip.JOINFILE Concatenate several trace recordings 16


Onchip.List List trace contents 16

Onchip.ListNesting Analyze function nesting 16

Onchip.ListVar List variable recorded to trace 16

Onchip.LOAD Load trace file for off-line processing 16

Onchip.MERGEFILE Combine two trace files into one 17

Onchip.Mode Set the trace operation mode 17

Onchip.OFF Switch off 17

Onchip.PROfileChart Profile charts 17

Onchip.PROfileChart.DIStance Time interval for a single event 17

Onchip.PROfileChart.DURation Time between two events 17

Onchip.PROfileChart.GROUP Group profile chart 17

Onchip.PROfileChart.Rate Event frequency 18

Onchip.PROfileSTATistic Statistical analysis in a table versus time 18

Onchip.PROTOcol Protocol analysis 18

Onchip.PROTOcol.Chart Graphic display for user-defined protocol 18

Onchip.PROTOcol.Draw Graphic display for user-defined protocol 18

Onchip.PROTOcol.EXPORT Export trace buffer for user-defined protocol 18

Onchip.PROTOcol.Find Find in trace buffer for user-defined protocol 18

Onchip.PROTOcol.List Display trace buffer for user-defined protocol 19

Onchip.PROTOcol.STATistic Display statistics for user-defined protocol 19

Onchip.REF Set reference point for time measurement 19

Onchip.RESet Reset command 19

Onchip.SAVE Save trace for postprocessing in TRACE32 19

Onchip.SelfArm Automatic restart of trace recording 19

Onchip.SIZE Define buffer size 19

Onchip.SnapShot Restart trace capturing once 20

Onchip.state Display trace configuration window 20

Onchip.STATistic Statistic analysis 20

Onchip.STATistic.BondOut Bondout mode 20

Onchip.STATistic.DIStance Time interval for a single event 20

Onchip.STATistic.DistriB Distribution analysis 20

Onchip.STATistic.DURation Time between two events 20

Onchip.STATistic.Func Nesting function runtime analysis 21

Onchip.STATistic.GROUP Group run-time analysis 21

Onchip.STATistic.Ignore Ignore false records in statistic 21

Onchip.STATistic.InterruptIsFunction Statistics interrupt processing 21

Onchip.STATistic.Line HLL-line analysis 21

Onchip.STATistic.LINKage Per caller statistic of function 21

Onchip.STATistic.Measure Analyze the performance of a single signal 21

Onchip.STATistic.PreFetch Prefetch detection 22

Onchip.STATistic.Sort Specify sorting criterion for statistic commands 22

Onchip.STATistic.sYmbol Flat run-time analysis 22

Onchip.STATistic.TASK Task activity statistic 22


Onchip.STATistic.TASKFunc Task specific function run-time analysis 22

Onchip.STATistic.TASKKernel Task analysis with kernel markers (flat) 22

Onchip.STATistic.TASKSRV Analysis of time in OS service routines 22

Onchip.STATistic.TASKState Performance analysis 23

Onchip.STATistic.TASKTREE Tree display of task specific functions 23

Onchip.STATistic.TREE Tree display of nesting function run-time analysis 23

Onchip.STATistic.Use Use records 23

Onchip.TDelay Trigger delay 23

Onchip.Timing Waveform of trace buffer 23

Onchip.TraceCONNECT Select on-chip peripheral sink 23

Onchip.TRACK Set tracking record 24

Onchip.View Display single record 24

Onchip.ZERO Align timestamps of trace and timing analyzers 24

General Commands Reference Guide P

General Commands Reference Guide P ................................................. (general_ref_p.pdf) 1

PCI ............................................................................................................................................ 8

PCI Legacy PCI configuration 8

PCI.Dump Display PCI device data 8

PCI.Read Read a PCI register 9

PCI.Scan List PCI devices 10

PCI.Write Write a PCI register 11

PCP ........................................................................................................................................... 12

PCPOnchip ............................................................................................................................... 12

PER ........................................................................................................................................... 13

PER Peripheral files 13

Overview PER 13

PER.Program Interactive programming 14

PER.ReProgram Load default program 14

PER.Set Modify memory 15

PER.Set.Field Modify a bit field in memory 15

PER.Set.Index Modify indirect (indexed) register 17

PER.Set.Out Write data stream to memory 18

PER.Set.SaveIndex Modify indirect (indexed) register 18

PER.Set.SHADOW Modify data based on shadow RAM 19

PER.Set.simple Modify registers/peripherals 20

PER.STOre Generate PRACTICE script from PER settings 20

PER.view Display peripherals 23

PER.viewDECRYPT View decrypted PER files in a PER window 25

Programming Commands 26

PERF ......................................................................................................................................... 27


PERF Sample-based profiling 27

Profiling Results 28

Profiling for SMP Systems 30

PERF.ADDRESS Restrict evaluation to specified address area 33

PERF.ANYACCESS Access selectivity 33

PERF.Arm Activate the performance analyzer manually 34

PERF.AutoArm Couple performance analyzer to program execution 35

PERF.AutoInit Automatic initialization 35

PERF.ContextID Enable sampling the context ID register 35

PERF.DISable Disable the performance analyzer 36

PERF.Display Select the display format 36

PERF.Entry Function runtime analysis 36

PERF.EntrySize Function header size 37

PERF.Filter Suppress display of items with specified characteristic 38

PERF.Gate Gate time of the measurements 38

PERF.Init Reset current measurement 39

PERF.List Default profiling 40

PERF.ListDistriB Memory contents profiling 45

PERF.ListFunc Function profiling 46

PERF.ListFuncMod HLL function profiling (restricted) 48

PERF.ListLABEL Label-based profiling 50

PERF.ListLine Profiling by HLL lines 52

PERF.ListModule Profiling by modules 53

PERF.ListProgram Profiling based on performance analyzer program 54

PERF.ListRange Profiling by ranges 54

PERF.ListS10 Profiling in n-byte segments 55

PERF.ListTASK Profiling by tasks/threads 56

PERF.ListTREE Profiling by module/function tree 58

PERF.ListVarState Variable state profiling 59

PERF.LOAD Load previously stored PERF results 60

PERF.METHOD Specify acquisition method 60

PERF.MMUSPACES Include address space identifier in the sampling 71

PERF.Mode Specify sampling object 72

PERF.OFF Stop the performance analyzer manually 74

PERF.PreFetch Prefetch handling 74

PERF.PROfile Graphic profiling display 75

PERF.Program Write a performance analyzer program 79

PERF.ReProgram Load an existing performance analyzer program 80

PERF.RESet Reset analyzer 80

PERF.RunTime Retain time for program run 81

PERF.SAVE Save the PERF results for postprocessing 81

PERF.SCAN Scanning mode 81

PERF.SnoopAddress Address for memory sample 82


PERF.SnoopSize Size for memory sample 82

PERF.Sort Specify sorting of evaluation results 83

PERF.state Display state 84

PERF.ToProgram Automatic generation of performance analyzer program 85

PERF.View Detailed view 87

PMI ............................................................................................................................................ 89

PMI Power management interface 89

POD ........................................................................................................................................... 90

POD.ADC Probe configuration 90

POD.Level Input state 93

POD.RESet Input level reset 93

POD.state Input state 94

PORT ........................................................................................................................................ 95

Port.AutoFocus Calibrate AUTOFOCUS preprocessor 95

Port.AutoTEST Continuous measurement 95

Port.BookMark Set a bookmark in trace listing 95

Port.Chart.Func Function activity chart 95

Port.Chart.GROUP Group activity chart 95

Port.Chart.Line Graphical HLL lines analysis 96

Port.Chart.sYmbol Symbol analysis 96

Port.Chart.TASK Task activity chart 96

Port.Chart.TASKFunc Task related function run-time analysis (legacy) 96

Port.Chart.TASKSRV Service routine run-time analysis 96

Port.Chart.TASKState Task state analysis 96

Port.Chart.VarState Variable activity chart 96

Port.DisConfig.view Trace disassemble setting 97

Port.DRAW Visualization of trace data 97

Port.Enable Operation mode 97

Port.Enable Operation mode 97

Port.FindAll Find all specified entries in trace 97

Port.ListNesting Analyze function nesting 97

Port.ListVar List variable recorded to trace 97

Port.MUX Select channels 97

Port.PROTOcol Protocol analysis 98

Port.PROTOcol.Chart Graphic display for user-defined protocol 98

Port.PROTOcol.Draw Graphic display for user-defined protocol 98

Port.PROTOcol.EXPORT Export trace buffer for user-defined protocol 98

Port.PROTOcol.Find Find in trace buffer for user-defined protocol 98

Port.PROTOcol.List Display trace buffer for user-defined protocol 98

Port.PROTOcol.STATistic Display statistics for user-defined protocol 98

Port.Select Select trigger/counter line 99

Port.SET Select line for recording 99


Port.SLAVE Select slave mode 99

Port.STATistic Statistic analysis 99

Port.STATistic.BondOut Bondout mode 99

Port.STATistic.DIStance Time interval for a single event 99

Port.STATistic.DistriB Distribution analysis 99

Port.STATistic.DURation Time between two events 100

Port.STATistic.Func Nesting function runtime analysis 100

Port.STATistic.GROUP Group run-time analysis 100

Port.STATistic.Ignore Ignore false records in statistic 100

Port.STATistic.InterruptIsFunction Statistics interrupt processing 100

Port.STATistic.Line HLL-line analysis 100

Port.STATistic.LINKage Per caller statistic of function 100

Port.STATistic.PreFetch Prefetch detection 101

Port.STATistic.Sort Specify sorting criterion for statistic commands 101

Port.STATistic.sYmbol Flat run-time analysis 101

Port.STATistic.TASK Task activity statistic 101

Port.STATistic.TASKFunc Task specific function run-time analysis 101

Port.STATistic.TASKKernel Task analysis with kernel markers (flat) 101

Port.STATistic.TASKSRV Analysis of time in OS service routines 101

Port.STATistic.TASKState Performance analysis 102

Port.STATistic.TASKTREE Tree display of task specific functions 102

Port.STATistic.TREE Tree display of nesting function run-time analysis 102

Port.STATistic.Use Use records 102

Port.TMode Select trigger mode 102

Port.TRACK Set tracking record 102

Port.ZERO Align timestamps of trace and timing analyzers 102

Probe ........................................................................................................................................ 103

Trace Methods 103

Trace Method Probe 104

Probe.Arm Arm the trace 104

Probe.AutoFocus Calibrate AUTOFOCUS preprocessor 105

Probe.Chart Display trace contents graphically 105

Probe.Chart.DistriB Distribution display 105

Probe.Chart.Func Function activity chart 105

Probe.Chart.GROUP Group activity chart 105

Probe.Chart.Line Graphical HLL lines analysis 105

Probe.Chart.sYmbol Symbol analysis 105

Probe.Chart.TASK Task activity chart 106

Probe.Chart.TASKFunc Task related function run-time analysis (legacy) 106

Probe.Chart.TASKSRV Service routine run-time analysis 106

Probe.Chart.TASKState Task state analysis 106

Probe.Chart.VarState Variable activity chart 106

Probe.ComPare Compare trace contents 106


Probe.DISable Disable the trace 106

Probe.DRAW.channel Graphical data display 107

Probe.EXPORT Export trace data for processing in other applications 107

Probe.FindAll Find all specified entries in trace 107

Probe.FindChange Search for changes in trace flow 107

Probe.FLOWPROCESS Process flowtrace 107

Probe.FLOWSTART Restart flowtrace processing 107

Probe.Get Display input level 107

Probe.GOTO Move cursor to specified trace record 108

Probe.Init Initialize trace 108

Probe.LOAD Load trace file for off-line processing 108

Probe.PROfileChart.DIStance Time interval for a single event 108

Probe.PROfileChart.DURation Time between two events 108

Probe.PROfileChart.GROUP Group profile chart 108

Probe.PROfileChart.Rate Event frequency 108

Probe.PROTOcol.Chart Graphic display for user-defined protocol 109

Probe.PROTOcol.Draw Graphic display for user-defined protocol 109

Probe.PROTOcol.EXPORT Export trace buffer for user-defined protocol 109

Probe.PROTOcol.Find Find in trace buffer for user-defined protocol 109

Probe.PROTOcol.List Display trace buffer for user-defined protocol 109

Probe.PROTOcol.STATistic Display statistics for user-defined protocol 109

Probe.SAVE Save trace for postprocessing in TRACE32 109

Probe.state Display trace configuration window 110

Probe.STATistic Statistic analysis 110

Probe.STATistic.DIStance Time interval for a single event 110

Probe.STATistic.DistriB Distribution analysis 110

Probe.STATistic.DURation Time between two events 110

Probe.STATistic.Func Nesting function runtime analysis 110

Probe.STATistic.GROUP Group run-time analysis 110

Probe.STATistic.Ignore Ignore false records in statistic 111

Probe.STATistic.InterruptIsFunction Statistics interrupt processing 111

Probe.STATistic.Line HLL-line analysis 111

Probe.STATistic.LINKage Per caller statistic of function 111

Probe.STATistic.Measure Analyze the performance of a single signal 111

Probe.STATistic.PreFetch Prefetch detection 111

Probe.STATistic.Sort Specify sorting criterion for statistic commands 111

Probe.STATistic.sYmbol Flat run-time analysis 112

Probe.STATistic.TASK Task activity statistic 112

Probe.STATistic.TASKFunc Task specific function run-time analysis 112

Probe.STATistic.TASKKernel Task analysis with kernel markers (flat) 112

Probe.STATistic.TASKSRV Analysis of time in OS service routines 112

Probe.STATistic.TASKState Performance analysis 112

Probe.STATistic.TASKTREE Tree display of task specific functions 112


Probe.STATistic.TREE Tree display of nesting function run-time analysis 113

Probe.STATistic.Use Use records 113

Probe.TRIGGER Trigger the trace 113

Probe.XTrack Cross system tracking 113

PULSE ...................................................................................................................................... 113

Function 114

PULSE.PERiod Cycle duration 116

PULSE.Pulse Programming 117

PULSE.RESet Reset command 118

PULSE.Single Release single pulse 118

PULSE.state State display 119

PULSE.Width Pulse width 119

PULSE2 .................................................................................................................................... 119

Function 121

PULSE2.Pulse Programming 121

PULSE2.RESet Reset command 123

PULSE2.Single Release single pulse 123

PULSE2.state Status display 123

PULSE2.Width Pulse width 124

General Commands Reference Guide Q

General Commands Reference Guide Q ................................................. (general_ref_q.pdf) 1

General Commands Reference Guide R

General Commands Reference Guide R .................................................. (general_ref_r.pdf) 1

REFresh .................................................................................................................................... 4

Function 4

REFresh.Address Refresh address range 5

REFresh.CYcle Access mode 5

REFresh.Inc Address distance 5

REFresh.OFF Switch off 6

REFresh.RESet Reset command 6

REFresh.StandBy Standby mode 7

REFresh.state Status display 7

REFresh.Time Refresh rate 8

Register .................................................................................................................................... 9

Register Processor registers 9

Register.Init Initialize the processor registers 9

Register.LOG Log registers 13

Register.REFRESH Refresh register window 14

Register.RELOAD Reload the compiler register settings 14


Register.Set Modify register contents 15

Register.StackTop Define stack top address 16

Register.view Display registers 17

RESet ........................................................................................................................................ 20

RESet Reset all commands 20

RTP ........................................................................................................................................... 21

RTP.CLEAR Clear tracebuffer 21

RTP.DirectDataMode tbd. 21

RTP.DirectDataMode.Mode Direct data mode read/write 21

RTP.HaltOnOverflow Halt system on RTP FIFO overflow 21

RTP.Mode Selects the trace mode 21

RTP.OFF Disables the RTP module 21

RTP.ON Activates the RTP module 21

RTP.PortClock Configure RTPCLK 22

RTP.PortSize Size of RTP data port 22

RTP.Register Display the RTP register 22

RTP.RESet Resets RTP settings 22

RTP.state Display RTP setup 22

RTP.TraceMode Trace mode 22

RTP.TraceMode.RAM<x>.SECTion<y> Configures a trace region 22

RTP.TraceMode.TraceExclude Invert all trace regions 22

RTS ........................................................................................................................................... 23

RTS Real-time profiling (RTS) 23

RTS.COVerage Code coverage (out of operation) 24

RTS.FILE Set the name for the RTS file (out of operation) 24

RTS.FileCompression Set compression level for the RTS (out of operation) 24

RTS.FileLimit Set size limit for the RTS file (out of operation) 24

RTS.FileMode Select the data to write to the RTS file (out of operation) 25

RTS.Init Initialize RTS 25

RTS.ISTATistic Statistics regarding instruction execution (out of operation) 25

RTS.List List recorded trace data (out of operation) 25

RTS.ListNesting Display function call nesting (out of operation) 26

RTS.LOAD Mount a file as trace source (out of operation) 26

RTS.NestingMode Set type of program flow analysis (out of operation) 26

RTS.OFF Deactivate real-time profiling 27

RTS.ON Activate real-time profiling 27

RTS.PROfile Display performance characteristics charts 28

RTS.RESet Restore default settings and initialize RTS 29

RTS.state Open status and control window 30

RTS.STATistic Statistics regarding function invocations 32

RTS.StopOnError Configure behavior regarding minor errors 32

RTS.StopOnFifofull Configure behavior regarding FIFO overflows 33


RTS.TASKMode Configure task analysis 34

RTS.TImeMode Configure analysis of program execution timing 35

RunTime ................................................................................................................................... 36

RunTime Runtime measurement 36

Overview RunTime 36

RunTime.Init Clear timers 39

RunTime.refA Set reference 39

RunTime.refB Set reference 39

RunTime.RESet Reset values to zero 40

RunTime.state Display results 40

General Commands Reference Guide S

General Commands Reference Guide S ................................................. (general_ref_s.pdf) 1

History ...................................................................................................................................... 13

SELFTEST ................................................................................................................................ 14

SELFTEST Execute selftest operation 14

SETUP ...................................................................................................................................... 14

SETUP Setup commands (part 2 of 2) 14

SETUP.ALIST Default analyzer display 15

SETUP.BREAKDEF Default breakpoint types 15

SETUP.BreakTransfer Breakpoint synchronization 16

SETUP.COLORCORE Enable coloring for core-specific info in SMP systems 16

SETUP.DIS Disassembler configuration 17

SETUP.DUMP Defaults for hex-dumps 18

SETUP.EMUPATH Emulation softkeys configuration 19

SETUP.FLIST Default flag list display 19

SETUP.IMASKASM Mask interrupts during assembler step 20

SETUP.IMASKHLL Mask interrupts during HLL step 20

SETUP.LISTCLICK Double-click source line symbol to run this action 21

SETUP.PreFetch Define prefetch 21

SETUP.REFERR DRAM refresh monitoring 22

SETUP.SIMULINK Deprecated command 22

SETUP.StepAllCores Force single stepping on all cores 23

SETUP.StepAutoAsm HLL steps stops at assembler code 23

SETUP.StepBeforeGo Single step before go 24

SETUP.StepBreak Single step to skip breakpoint 24

SETUP.StepByStep Single step HLL lines 24

SETUP.StepNoBreak Stepping HLL lines with disabled breakpoints 25

SETUP.StepTrace Show stepping trail in list window 25

SETUP.StepWithinTask Task selective stepping 25

SETUP.sYmbol Length of symbols 26


SETUP.TIMEOUT Define emulation monitor time-out 26

SETUP.Var Defaults for the Var commands 27

SETUP.VarCall Define call dummy routine 30

SETUP.VarPtr Limit pointer access 31

SETUP.VerifyBreakSet Additional verification for software breakpoints 31

SHADOW .................................................................................................................................. 31

SHADOW ICE-166 with a shadow memory 256K 32

SHADOW.Area Select the SHADOW area 32

SHADOW.AutoDelete Initialize the SHADOW RAM on every program start 32

SHADOW.Define Define a SHADOW area 32

SHADOW.Init Initialize all SHADOW areas 34

SHADOW.Mode Define the initialization value for the SHADOW areas 34

SHADOW.OFF Switch SHADOW RAM off 34

SHADOW.ON Switch SHADOW RAM on 34

SHADOW.RESet Reset settings for the SHADOW RAM 35

SHADOW.state Display SHADOW RAM settings 35

SIM ............................................................................................................................................ 37

SIM TRACE32 instruction set simulators 37

SIM.AREA Selects area for simulation output 37

SIM.CACHE Cache/MMU simulation and more 38

SIM.CACHE.Allocation Define the cache allocation technique 39

SIM.CACHE.BaseAddress Specify base address for tightly-coupled memory 39

SIM.CACHE.Mode Define memory coherency strategy 40

SIM.CACHE.MPURegions Specify MPU regions 41

SIM.CACHE.OFF Disable cache and MMU simulation 41

SIM.CACHE.ON Enable cache and MMU simulation 41

SIM.CACHE.Replacement Define the replacement strategy 42

SIM.CACHE.SETS Define the number of cache/TLB sets 43

SIM.CACHE.SIZE Specify size of tightly-coupled memory 43

SIM.CACHE.state Display cache and MMU settings 44

SIM.CACHE.Tags Define address mode for cache lines 45

SIM.CACHE.TRACE Select simulator trace method 46

SIM.CACHE.View Analysis of memory accesses for cache simulation 46

SIM.CACHE.ViewTLB Analysis of TLB accesses for MMU simulation 47

SIM.CACHE.WAYS Define number of cache ways 47

SIM.CACHE.Width Define width of cache line 48

SIM.command Issue command to simulation model 49

SIM.INTerrupt Trigger interrupt 49

SIM.List List loaded simulator models 50

SIM.LOAD Load simulator module 50

SIM.RESet Reset instruction set simulator 50

SIM.UNLOAD Unload simulator module 51


SNOOPer .................................................................................................................................. 52

Overview SNOOPer 52

SNOOPer Trace Commands ................................................................................................... 54

SNOOPer.Arm Arm the trace 54

SNOOPer.AutoArm Arm automatically 54

SNOOPer.AutoInit Automatic initialization 54

SNOOPer.BookMark Set a bookmark in trace listing 54

SNOOPer.Chart Display trace contents graphically 54

SNOOPer.Chart.DistriB Distribution display 54

SNOOPer.Chart.Func Function activity chart 55

SNOOPer.Chart.GROUP Group activity chart 55

SNOOPer.Chart.Line Graphical HLL lines analysis 55

SNOOPer.Chart.sYmbol Symbol analysis 55

SNOOPer.Chart.TASK Task activity chart 55

SNOOPer.Chart.TASKFunc Task related function run-time analysis (legacy) 55

SNOOPer.Chart.TASKSRV Service routine run-time analysis 55

SNOOPer.Chart.TASKState Task state analysis 56

SNOOPer.Chart.VarState Variable activity chart 56

SNOOPer.ComPare Compare trace contents 56

SNOOPer.DISable Disable the trace 56

SNOOPer.DRAW Visualization of trace data 56

SNOOPer.EXPORT Export trace data for processing in other applications 56

SNOOPer.FILE Load a file into the file trace buffer 56

SNOOPer.Find Find specified entry in trace 57

SNOOPer.FindAll Find all specified entries in trace 57

SNOOPer.FindChange Search for changes in trace flow 57

SNOOPer.Get Display input level 57

SNOOPer.GOTO Move cursor to specified trace record 57

SNOOPer.Init Initialize trace 57

SNOOPer.List List trace contents 57

SNOOPer.LOAD Load trace file for off-line processing 57

SNOOPer.Mode Set the trace operation mode 58

SNOOPer.OFF Switch off 58

SNOOPer.PROfileChart Profile charts 58

SNOOPer.PROfileChart.DIStance Time interval for a single event 58

SNOOPer.PROfileChart.DURation Time between two events 58

SNOOPer.PROfileChart.GROUP Group profile chart 58

SNOOPer.PROfileChart.Rate Event frequency 58

SNOOPer.PROfileSTATistic Statistical analysis in a table versus time 59

SNOOPer.PROTOcol Protocol analysis 59

SNOOPer.PROTOcol.Chart Graphic display for user-defined protocol 59

SNOOPer.PROTOcol.Draw Graphic display for user-defined protocol 59

SNOOPer.PROTOcol.EXPORT Export trace buffer for user-defined protocol 59


SNOOPer.PROTOcol.Find Find in trace buffer for user-defined protocol 59

SNOOPer.PROTOcol.List Display trace buffer for user-defined protocol 59

SNOOPer.PROTOcol.STATistic Display statistics for user-defined protocol 60

SNOOPer.Rate Select sampling rate 60

SNOOPer.REF Set reference point for time measurement 60

SNOOPer.RESet Reset command 60

SNOOPer.SAVE Save trace for postprocessing in TRACE32 60

SNOOPer.SELect Define addresses for monitoring 60

SNOOPer.SelfArm Automatic restart of trace recording 60

SNOOPer.SIZE Define buffer size 60

SNOOPer.SnapShot Restart trace capturing once 61

SNOOPer.state Display trace configuration window 61

SNOOPer.STATistic Statistic analysis 61

SNOOPer.STATistic.DIStance Time interval for a single event 61

SNOOPer.STATistic.DistriB Distribution analysis 61

SNOOPer.STATistic.DURation Time between two events 61

SNOOPer.STATistic.Func Nesting function runtime analysis 61

SNOOPer.STATistic.GROUP Group run-time analysis 62

SNOOPer.STATistic.Ignore Ignore false records in statistic 62

SNOOPer.STATistic.InterruptIsFunction Statistics interrupt processing 62

SNOOPer.STATistic.Line HLL-line analysis 62

SNOOPer.STATistic.LINKage Per caller statistic of function 62

SNOOPer.STATistic.Measure Analyze the performance of a single signal 62

SNOOPer.STATistic.PreFetch Prefetch detection 62

SNOOPer.STATistic.Sort Specify sorting criterion for statistic commands 63

SNOOPer.STATistic.sYmbol Flat run-time analysis 63

SNOOPer.STATistic.TASK Task activity statistic 63

SNOOPer.STATistic.TASKFunc Task specific function run-time analysis 63

SNOOPer.STATistic.TASKKernel Task analysis with kernel markers (flat) 63

SNOOPer.STATistic.TASKSRV Analysis of time in OS service routines 63

SNOOPer.STATistic.TASKState Performance analysis 63

SNOOPer.STATistic.TASKTREE Tree display of task specific functions 64

SNOOPer.STATistic.TREE Tree display of nesting function run-time analysis 64

SNOOPer.STATistic.Use Use records 64

SNOOPer.TDelay Trigger delay 64

SNOOPer.Timing Waveform of trace buffer 64

SNOOPer.TOut Define trigger destination (SNOOPer) 64

SNOOPer.TRACK Set tracking record 64

SNOOPer.TValue Define data value for trigger 64

SNOOPer.View Display single record 65

SNOOPer.ZERO Align timestamps of trace and timing analyzers 65

SPE ........................................................................................................................................... 66

SPE Signal Processing eXtension (SPE) 66


SPE.Init Initialize SPE registers 66

SPE.Set Modify SPE registers 66

SPE.view Display SPE register window 67

SPot .......................................................................................................................................... 68

Function 68

SPot.Analyzer Analyzer spot points 69

SPot.Data Write/read accesses 69

SPot.OFF Switch off 69

SPot.ON Switch on 70

SPot.Program Program spot points 70

SPot.RESet Reset command 70

SPot.state State display 71

SPot.Test Set spot point 72

SSE ........................................................................................................................................... 73

SSE SSE registers (Streaming SIMD Extension) 73

SSE.Init Initialize SSE registers 73

SSE.OFF Inhibit SSE accesses by the debugger 73

SSE.ON Permit SSE accesses by the debugger 74

SSE.Set Modify SSE registers 74

SSE.view Display SSE registers 74

StatCol ...................................................................................................................................... 75

StatCol Statistics collector 75

Step ........................................................................................................................................... 76

Step Steps through the program 76

Step.Asm Assembler single-stepping 76

Step.Back Step back 76

Step.BackChange Step back till expression changes 77

Step.BackOver Step back 77

Step.BackTill Step back till expression true 78

Step.Change Step till expression changes 78

Step.CycleReq Single cycle 79

Step.CycleWait Single cycle 79

Step.Diverge Step till next unreached line 80

Step.Hll HLL single-stepping 82

Step.Mix Mixed single-stepping 82

Step.Over Step over call 83

Step.single Single-stepping 83

Step.Till Step till expression true 84

STM ........................................................................................................................................... 85

STM SYStem trace configuration 85

STOre ........................................................................................................................................ 86


STOre Create script for TRACE32 settings 86

sYmbol ..................................................................................................................................... 89

sYmbol Debug symbols 89

Overview sYmbol 89

PRACTICE Functions 90

sYmbol.AddInfo Provide additional symbolic information 92

sYmbol.AddInfo.Address Add symbol information to fixed address 94

sYmbol.AddInfo.Delete Delete information 95

sYmbol.AddInfo.LINK Define information for 'sYmbol.AddInfo' commands 96

sYmbol.AddInfo.List List additional information 97

sYmbol.AddInfo.LOADASAP2 Load scaling information from ASAP2 file 97

sYmbol.AddInfo.Member Add information to member of struct 98

sYmbol.AddInfo.RESet Remove all additional information 100

sYmbol.AddInfo.Type Add information for a data type 101

sYmbol.AddInfo.Var Add information for a variable 102

sYmbol.AutoLOAD Automated loading of symbols 103

sYmbol.AutoLOAD.CHECK Update autoloader table 104

sYmbol.AutoLOAD.CHECKCoMmanD Configure dynamic autoloader 104

sYmbol.AutoLOAD.CHECKDLL Configure automatic DLL file loader 105

sYmbol.AutoLOAD.CHECKEPOC Dynamic autoloader for Symbian 105

sYmbol.AutoLOAD.CHECKLINUX Configure autoloader for Linux debugging 106

sYmbol.AutoLOAD.CHECKUEFI Configure autoloader for UEFI debugging 106

sYmbol.AutoLOAD.CLEAR Remove symbol information 107

sYmbol.AutoLOAD.config Configure symbol autoloader 108

sYmbol.AutoLOAD.Create Create entry for autoloader table 108

sYmbol.AutoLOAD.List List autoloader table 109

sYmbol.AutoLOAD.LOADEPOC Definition for static autoloader for Symbian 110

sYmbol.AutoLOAD.RESet Reset autoloader 111

sYmbol.AutoLOAD.SET Mark symbol information manually as loaded 111

sYmbol.AutoLOAD.TOUCH Initiate automatic loading by command 112

sYmbol.Browse Browse symbols 113

sYmbol.Browse.Class Browse classes 113

sYmbol.Browse.Enum Browse enumeration types 113

sYmbol.Browse.Function Browse functions 114

sYmbol.Browse.Module Browse modules 115

sYmbol.Browse.SFunction Browse functions 116

sYmbol.Browse.SModule Browse modules 117

sYmbol.Browse.SOURCE Browse source 118

sYmbol.Browse.Struct Browse containers for different variable types 118

sYmbol.Browse.sYmbol Browse symbols 119

sYmbol.Browse.Type Browse HLL types 120

sYmbol.Browse.Var Browse variables 121

sYmbol.CASE Set symbol search mode 122


sYmbol.CHECK Check database 122

sYmbol.Class View class hierarchy 123

sYmbol.CLEANUP Remove redundant symbol information 124

sYmbol.CLEANUP.DOUBLES Make ambiguous symbols unique 124

sYmbol.ColorCode Enable color coding 124

sYmbol.ColorDef Specify color display for keywords 125

sYmbol.CREATE Create and modify user-defined symbols 126

sYmbol.CREATE.Done Finish symbol creation 126

sYmbol.CREATE.Function Create user-defined function 126

sYmbol.CREATE.Label Create user-defined symbol 127

sYmbol.CREATE.MACRO Create user-defined macro 128

sYmbol.CREATE.Module Create user-defined module 128

sYmbol.CREATE.RESet Erase all user-defined symbols 129

sYmbol.CREATE.Var Create user-defined variable 129

sYmbol.CUTLINE Limit size of text blocks 130

sYmbol.Delete Delete symbols of one program 130

sYmbol.DEMangle C++ demangler 131

sYmbol.ForEach Symbol wildcard command 132

sYmbol.INFO Display detailed information about debug symbol 133

sYmbol.LANGUAGE Select language 136

sYmbol.List Display list of all symbols 137

sYmbol.List.ATTRibute Display memory attributes 137

sYmbol.List.BUILTIN List built-in data types 137

sYmbol.List.ColorDef List the keyword color definitions 138

sYmbol.List.Function Display functions 139

sYmbol.List.IMPORT List imported symbols 139

sYmbol.List.LINE Display source lines 140

sYmbol.List.Local Display local symbols 141

sYmbol.List.MACRO List all C macros 141

sYmbol.List.MAP Display memory load map 142

sYmbol.List.Module Display modules 142

sYmbol.List.Program Display programs 143

sYmbol.List.SECtion Display physical sections 143

sYmbol.List.SOURCE Display source file names 144

sYmbol.List.STACK Display virtual stack 146

sYmbol.List.Static Display static symbols 146

sYmbol.List.TREE Display symbols in tree form 147

sYmbol.List.Type Display data types 147

sYmbol.LSTLOAD Load assembler source file 148

sYmbol.LSTLOAD.GHILLS Load GHILLS assembler source file 148

sYmbol.LSTLOAD.HPASM Load HP assembler source file 148

sYmbol.LSTLOAD.IAR Load IAR assembler source file 150

sYmbol.LSTLOAD.INT68K Load Intermetrics assembler source file 151


sYmbol.LSTLOAD.INTEL Load INTEL assembler source file 151

sYmbol.LSTLOAD.KEIL Load Keil assembler source file 152

sYmbol.LSTLOAD.MicroWare Load MICROWARE assembler source file 152

sYmbol.LSTLOAD.MRI68K Load MICROTEC assembler source file 152

sYmbol.LSTLOAD.OAK Load OAK assembler source file 153

sYmbol.MARKER Fine-tune the nested function run-time analysis 154

sYmbol.MARKER.Create Marker for nesting function run-time analysis 155

sYmbol.MARKER.Delete Delete a marker 160

sYmbol.MARKER.List Displays the marker list 160

sYmbol.MARKER.RESet Erase all markers 160

sYmbol.MATCH Symbol search mode 161

sYmbol.MEMory Display memory usage 161

sYmbol.Modify Modify symbols 162

sYmbol.Modify.Access Modify access of symbols 162

sYmbol.Modify.ADDRess Modify address of symbols 163

sYmbol.Modify.CutFunction Reduce function address information 163

sYmbol.Modify.NAME Rename symbols 164

sYmbol.Modify.SOURCE Define source file 164

sYmbol.name Display symbols 165

sYmbol.NAMESPACES Search symbol in C++ namespace 167

sYmbol.NEW Create new symbol 168

sYmbol.NEW.ATTRibute Create user-defined memory attribute 169

sYmbol.NEW.Function Create user-defined function 171

sYmbol.NEW.Label Create user-defined symbol 171

sYmbol.NEW.MACRO Create user-defined macro 172

sYmbol.NEW.Module Create user-defined module 172

sYmbol.NEW.Var Create user-defined variable 173

sYmbol.OVERLAY Code overlay 174

sYmbol.OVERLAY.AutoID Automatically determine overlay IDs 174

sYmbol.OVERLAY.Create Declare code overlay section 175

sYmbol.OVERLAY.DETECT Detect the current overlay status 178

sYmbol.OVERLAY.FRIEND Declare a friend overlay segment 178

sYmbol.OVERLAY.List Show declared code overlay sections 180

sYmbol.OVERLAY.RESet Reset overlay declarations 180

sYmbol.POINTER Define special register 181

sYmbol.POSTFIX Set symbol postfix 181

sYmbol.PREFIX Set symbol prefix 182

sYmbol.RELOCate Relocate symbols 183

sYmbol.RELOCate.Auto Control automatic relocation 183

sYmbol.RELOCate.Base Define base address 183

sYmbol.RELOCate.List List relocation info 184

sYmbol.RELOCate.Magic Define program magic 184

sYmbol.RELOCate.Passive Define passive base address 185


sYmbol.RELOCate.shift Relocate symbols 185

sYmbol.RESet Clear symbol table 186

sYmbol.SourceCONVert Conversion for Japanese font 186

sYmbol.SourceLOAD Initiate the loading of an HLL source file 187

sYmbol.SourcePATH Source search path 188

sYmbol.SourcePATH.Delete Delete path from search list 188

sYmbol.SourcePATH.DOWN Make directory last in search order 189

sYmbol.SourcePATH.List List source search paths 189

sYmbol.SourcePATH.RESet Reset search path configuration 191

sYmbol.SourcePATH.Set Define search path 192

sYmbol.SourcePATH.SetBaseDir Define directory as base for relative paths 193

sYmbol.SourcePATH.SetCache Internal use only 194

sYmbol.SourcePATH.SetCachedDir Cache direct search path directory 194

sYmbol.SourcePATH.SetCachedDirCache Internal use only 195

sYmbol.SourcePATH.SetDir Define directory as direct search path 195

sYmbol.SourcePATH.SetDynamicDir Adjust search order at hit 197

sYmbol.SourcePATH.SetMasterDir Store cached files only relative 198

sYmbol.SourcePATH.SetRecurseDir Define recursive direct search path 199

sYmbol.SourcePATH.SetRecurseDirCache Internal use only 199

sYmbol.SourcePATH.Translate Replace part of the source path 200

sYmbol.SourcePATH.TranslateSUBpath Replace sub-path 201

sYmbol.SourcePATH.UP Move path up in the search order 201

sYmbol.SourcePATH.Verbose Display search details in message AREA 202

sYmbol.SourceRELOAD Reload source files 203

sYmbol.STATE Display statistic 203

sYmbol.STRIP Set max. symbol length 204

sYmbol.TYPEINFO Display information about a specific data type 204

sYmbol.View Show symbol info 205

SYnch ....................................................................................................................................... 206

SYnch Synchronization mechanisms between different TRACE32 systems 206

SYnch.Connect Connect to other TRACE32 instances 207

SYnch.MasterBreak Invite other TRACE32 to stop synchronously 207

SYnch.MasterGo Invite other TRACE32 to start synchronously 208

SYnch.MasterStep Invite other TRACE32 to Asm step synchronously 209

SYnch.MasterSystemMode Invite other TRACE32 to follow mode change 209

SYnch.OFF Disable connection mechanism 210

SYnch.ON Enable connection mechanism 210

SYnch.RESet Reset SYnch mechanism 210

SYnch.SlaveBreak Synchronize with stop in connected TRACE32 211

SYnch.SlaveGo Synchronize with start in connected TRACE32 212

SYnch.SlaveStep Synchronize with asm step in connected TRACE32 212

SYnch.SlaveSystemMode Synch. with mode changes in other TRACE32 213

SYnch.state Display current SYnch settings 213


SYnch.XTrack Establish time synchronization to another TRACE32 instance 214

SYStem ..................................................................................................................................... 215

SYStem System configuration 215

SYStem.Access Dual-port access mode 216

SYStem.BankFile Define the bank switch program 217

SYStem.BankMode Define the bank switch mode 217

SYStem.BdmClock Select BDM clock 218

SYStem.CADIconfig CADI-specific setups 219

SYStem.CADIconfig.RemoteServer Define connection to CADI server 219

SYStem.CADIconfig.Traceconfig Define network settings to CADI trace 221

SYStem.Clock Select clock 222

SYStem.CONFIG 223

SYStem.CONFIG Configure debugger according to target topology 223

SYStem.CONFIG.CORE Assign core to TRACE32 instance 231

SYStem.CONFIG.CoreNumber Set up number of hardware threads 238

SYStem.CONFIG.DEBUGTIMESCALE Extend debug driver timeouts 238

SYStem.CONFIG.ListCORE Display the cores of a virtual target 239

SYStem.CONFIG.ListSIMulation Display the simulations of a virtual target 240

SYStem.CONFIG.state Display target configuration 241

SYStem.CONFIG.TRANSACTORPIPENAME Set up pipe name 243

SYStem.CONFIG USB USB configuration 243

SYStem.CONFIG XCP XCP specific settings 244

SYStem.CPU Select CPU 245

SYStem.CpuAccess Run-time memory access (intrusive) 248

SYStem.DCI DCI configuration 250

SYStem.DETECT Detect target system resources 251

SYStem.DLLCommand Custom DLL connection to target 255

SYStem.Down Standby mode 256

SYStem.GTL Configure GTL debug port 257

SYStem.GTL.CONNECT Connect to emulation or simulation 257

SYStem.GTL.DISCONNECT Disconnect from emulation or simulation 258

SYStem.GTL.DMANAME Name of DMA transactor 258

SYStem.GTL.GPIONAME Name of GPIO transactor 259

SYStem.GTL.JTAGPROBENAME Name of JTAG probe transactor 259

SYStem.GTL.LIBname Name of 3rd-party plug-in library 259

SYStem.GTL.MODELCOMMAND Execute command in plug-in 260

SYStem.GTL.MODELCONFIG Configure emulation options 260

SYStem.GTL.MODELNAME Select emulation 260

SYStem.GTL.SERVERCONFIG Configure server options 261

SYStem.GTL.SHAREDMODEL Connect debug port to existing connection 261

SYStem.GTL.TRACENAME Name of trace transactor 262

SYStem.GTL.TransactorConfig Preconfigure a certain transactor 263

SYStem.InfineonDAS Configure the InfineonDAS debug port 264


SYStem.JtagClock Define JTAG frequency 265

SYStem.Line CPU signal control 266

SYStem.LOCK Tristate the JTAG port 266

SYStem.LOG Log read and write accesses to the target 268

SYStem.LOG.CLEAR Clear the ‘SYStem.LOG.List’ window 269

SYStem.LOG.CLOSE Close the system log file 269

SYStem.LOG.Init Clear the ‘SYStem.LOG.List’ window 270

SYStem.LOG.List Log the accesses made by TRACE32 271

SYStem.LOG.Mode Set logging mode 272

SYStem.LOG.OFF Pause logging 273

SYStem.LOG.ON Resume logging 273

SYStem.LOG.OPEN Open a system log file 274

SYStem.LOG.RESet Reset configuration of system log to defaults 274

SYStem.LOG.Set Select the TRACE32 accesses to be logged 275

SYStem.LOG.SIZE Define number of lines in the ‘SYStem.LOG.List’ window 276

SYStem.LOG.state Open configuration window of system log 277

SYStem.LOG.StopOnError Stop logging on error 278

SYStem.MemAccess Run-time memory access (non-intrusive) 279

SYStem.Mode Select mode 281

SYStem.MonFile Monitor extension 285

SYStem.MONITOR tbd. 285

SYStem.Option Special setup 286

SYStem.Option AMBA Select AMBA bus mode 287

SYStem.Option BigEndian Define byte order (endianness) 287

SYStem.Option HOOK Compare PC to hook address 288

SYStem.Option IMASKASM Disable interrupts while single stepping 289

SYStem.Option IMASKHLL Disable interrupts while HLL single stepping 291

SYStem.Option LittleEnd Selection of little endian mode 292

SYStem.Option MACHINESPACES Address extension for guest OSes 293

SYStem.Option MMUSPACES Enable space IDs 294

SYStem.Option ZoneSPACES Enable symbol management for zones 296

SYStem.Option TURBO Speed up memory access 297

SYStem.PAUSE Pause the execution of operations 298

SYStem.POLLING Polling mode of CPU 299

SYStem.PORT Configure external communication interface 300

SYStem.RESet Reset configuration 301

SYStem.RESetOut Reset peripherals 301

SYStem.RESetTarget Release target reset 302

SYStem.state Display SYStem.state window 303

SYStem.TARGET Set target IP name or address 304

SYStem.TimeOut Time-out for target access 304

SYStem.TimeoutDebug tbd. 305

SYStem.TimeReq Time-out dualport access 305


SYStem.Up Active mode 306

SYStem.VirtualTiming Modify timing constraints 307

SYStem.VirtualTiming.HardwareTimeout Disable/enable hardware timeout 308

SYStem.VirtualTiming.HardwareTimeoutScale Multiply hardware timeout 308

SYStem.VirtualTiming.InternalClock Base for artificial time calculation 309

SYStem.VirtualTiming.MaxPause Limit pause 309

SYStem.VirtualTiming.MaxTimeout Override time-outs 310

SYStem.VirtualTiming.OperationPause Insert a pause after each operation 310

SYStem.VirtualTiming.PauseinTargetTime Set up pause time-base 311

SYStem.VirtualTiming.PauseScale Multiply pause with a factor 311

SYStem.VirtualTiming.PollingPause Advance emulation time when polling 312

SYStem.VirtualTiming.TimeinTargetTime Set up general time-base 312

SYStem.VirtualTiming.TimeScale Multiply time-base with a factor 313

SystemTrace ............................................................................................................................ 314

SystemTrace.state Display system-trace configuration window 314

General Commands Reference Guide T

General Commands Reference Guide T ................................................... (general_ref_t.pdf) 1

History ...................................................................................................................................... 13

TargetSystem ........................................................................................................................... 14

TargetSystem.state Show overview of multi-core system 14

TASK ......................................................................................................................................... 18

TASK RTOS debugger for TRACE32 18

Overview TASK 18

TASK.ACCESS Control memory access 20

TASK.Break Deprecated 21

TASK.CACHEFLUSH Reread task list 21

TASK.CONFIG Configure RTOS debugger 22

TASK.COPYDOWN Copy file from host into target 23

TASK.COPYUP Copy file from target into host 23

TASK.Debug Deprecated 23

TASK.KILL End task 23

TASK.List Information about tasks 25

TASK.List.MACHINES List machines 25

TASK.List.SPACES List MMU spaces 26

TASK.List.tasks List all running tasks 27

TASK.List.TREE Display tasks in a tree structure 28

TASK.MTXTRC Internal 29

TASK.NAME Task magic to name translation 30

TASK.NAME.DELete Delete a task name table entry 30

TASK.NAME.RESet Reset task name table 30


TASK.NAME.Set Set a task name table entry 31

TASK.NAME.view Show task name translation table 31

TASK.NoBreak Deprecated 31

TASK.NoDebug Deprecated 32

TASK.NoStop Deprecated 32

TASK.OFF Deprecated 32

TASK.ON Deprecated 33

TASK.ORTI AUTOSAR/OSEK support 34

TASK.ORTI.CPU Set OSEK SMP CPU number 34

TASK.ORTI.load Configure debugger for OSEK/ORTI 34

TASK.RESet Reset RTOS debugger 35

TASK.RUN Load task 35

TASK.select Display context of specified task 35

TASK.SETDIR Set the awareness directory 37

TASK.STacK Stack usage coverage 38

TASK.STacK.ADD Add stack space coverage 39

TASK.STacK.DIRection Define stack growth direction 39

TASK.STacK.Init Initialize unused stack space 40

TASK.STacK.PATtern Define stack check pattern 41

TASK.STacK.PATternGAP Define check pattern gap 41

TASK.STacK.ReMove Remove stack space coverage 42

TASK.STacK.RESet Reset stack coverage 42

TASK.STacK.view Open stack space coverage 43

TASK.Stop Deprecated 43

TCB ........................................................................................................................................... 45

TCB Trace control block 45

TCB.AllBranches Broadcast all branches 46

TCB.CPU Broadcast information for specified CPU only 46

TCB.CycleAccurate Cycle accurate tracing 47

TCB.DataTrace Broadcast specified address and data information 48

TCB.EX Broadcast exception level information 49

TCB.FCR Broadcast function call-return information 49

TCB.IM Broadcast instruction cache miss information 49

TCB.InstructionCompletionSizeBits Specify size of completion message 50

TCB.KE Broadcast kernel mode information 50

TCB.LSM Broadcast load store data cache information 51

TCB.OFF Switch TCB off 51

TCB.ON Switch TCB on 51

TCB.PCTrace Broadcast program counter trace 52

TCB.PortFilter Disable port filter 52

TCB.PortMode Specify trace clock ratio 53

TCB.PortWidth Specify trace port width 53

TCB.Register Display TCB control register 54


TCB.RESet Reset TCB setup to default 55

TCB.SourceSizeBits Specify number of bit for core information in trace 55

TCB.STALL Stall CPU for complete trace 55

TCB.state Display TCB setup 56

TCB.SV Broadcast supervisor mode information 57

TCB.SyncPeriod Specify TCB sync period 57

TCB.TC Broadcast information for specified HW thread 58

TCB.ThreadSizeBits Specify number of bit for thread information in trace 58

TCB.Type Specify TCB type 59

TCB.UM Broadcast user mode information 59

TCB.Version Specify trace cell version 60

TERM ........................................................................................................................................ 61

TERM Terminal emulation 61

Interface Routines 62

Functions 64

Fast Data Write 64

TERM.CLEAR Clear terminal window 66

TERM.CLOSE Close files 66

TERM.CMDLINE Specify a command line 66

TERM.FastWRITE Fast data write 66

TERM.GATE Terminal with virtual hosting 68

TERM.HARDCOPY Print terminal window contents 68

TERM.HEAPINFO Define memory heap parameters 69

TERM.LocalEcho Enables/disables local echo for new terminal windows 69

TERM.METHOD Select terminal protocol 70

TERM.Mode Define terminal type 72

TERM.Out Send data to virtual terminal 73

TERM.PIPE Connect terminal to named pipe 73

TERM.PipeREAD Connect terminal input to named pipe 73

TERM.PipeWRITE Connect terminal output to named pipe 74

TERM.Protocol Select terminal protocol 74

TERM.PULSE Enable pulse generator for transfers 74

TERM.Rate Define polling rate 74

TERM.READ Get terminal input from file 75

TERM.RESet Reset terminal parameters 75

TERM.SCROLL Define terminal size 76

TERM.SIZE Define terminal size 76

TERM.TCP Route terminal input/output to TCP port 76

TERM.TELNET Open TELNET terminal window 77

TERM.Vector Define interrupt vectors 77

TERM.view Terminal display 78

TERM.WRITE Write terminal output to file 78

TPIU .......................................................................................................................................... 79


TPIU Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) 79

Overview TPIU 79

TPIU.CLEAR Re-write the TPIU registers 80

TPIU.IGNOREZEROS Workaround for a special chip 80

TPIU.NOFLUSH Workaround for a chip bug affecting TPIU flush 80

TPIU.PortClock Inform about HSSTP trace frequency 81

TPIU.PortMode Select the operation mode of the TPIU 82

TPIU.PortSize Select interface type and port size of the TPIU 83

TPIU.RefClock Setup reference clock for HSSTP 84

TPIU.Register Display TPIU registers 84

TPIU.RESet Reset TPIU settings 85

TPIU.state Display TPIU configuration window 85

TPIU.SWVPrescaler Set up SWV prescaler 86

TPIU.SWVZEROS Workaround for a chip bug 86

TPIU.SyncPeriod Set period of sync packet injection 87

TPU ........................................................................................................................................... 88

TPU.BASE Base address 88

TPU.Break Break TPU 88

TPU.Dump Memory display 88

TPU.Go Start TPU 88

TPU.Register.ALL Register operation mode 88

TPU.Register.NEWSTEP New debugging mode 88

TPU.Register.Set Register modification 88

TPU.Register.view Register display 89

TPU.RESet Disable TPU debugger 89

TPU.SCAN Scanning TPU 89

TPU.SELect Select TPU for debugging 89

TPU.Step Single step TPU 89

TPU.view View TPU channels 89

Trace ......................................................................................................................................... 90

Trace Trace configuration and display 90

<trace>.ABCDEF Sampling configuration for probes ABCDEF 100

<trace>.ACCESS Define access path to source code for trace decoding 101

<trace>.ADDRESS Software trace address 103

<trace>.Arm Arm the trace 104

<trace>.AutoArm Arm automatically 105

<trace>.AutoFocus Calibrate AUTOFOCUS preprocessor 105

<trace>.AutoInit Automatic initialization 109

<trace>.AutoStart Automatic start 110

<trace>.AutoTEST Continuous measurement 110

<trace>.BookMark Set a bookmark in trace listing 113

<trace>.BookMarkToggle Toggles a single trace bookmark 115

<trace>.Break Stop trace 116


<trace>.Chart Display trace contents graphically 117

<trace>.Chart.Address Time between program events as a chart 125

<trace>.Chart.DatasYmbol Analyze pointer contents graphically 126

<trace>.Chart.DistriB Distribution display 128

<trace>.Chart.Func Function activity chart 131

<trace>.Chart.GROUP Group activity chart 132

<trace>.Chart.Line Graphical HLL lines analysis 133

<trace>.Chart.Nesting Show function nesting at cursor position 134

<trace>.Chart.sYmbol Symbol analysis 135

<trace>.Chart.TASK Task activity chart 139

<trace>.Chart.TASKFunc Task related function run-time analysis (legacy) 140

<trace>.Chart.TASKINTR Display ISR2 time chart (ORTI) 140

<trace>.Chart.TASKKernel Task run-time chart with kernel markers (flat) 141

<trace>.Chart.TASKSRV Service routine run-time analysis 142

<trace>.Chart.TASKState Task state analysis 143

<trace>.Chart.TASKVSINTR Time chart 144

<trace>.Chart.VarState Variable activity chart 145

<trace>.CLEAR Clear FDX communication buffers 148

<trace>.CLOCK Clock to calculate time out of cycle count information 148

<trace>.CLOSE Close FDX files 149

<trace>.ComPare Compare trace contents 149

<trace>.CSELect Select signal for counter 151

<trace>.DISable Disable the trace 151

<trace>.DISableChannel Disable FDX communication 151

<trace>.DisConfig Trace disassembler configuration 152

<trace>.DisConfig.CYcle Trace disassemble setting 152

<trace>.DisConfig.FlowMode Enable FlowTrace analysis 153

<trace>.DisConfig.RESet Reset trace disassemble setting 154

<trace>.DisConfig.view Trace disassemble setting 154

<trace>.DRAW Visualization of trace data 155

<trace>.DRAW.channel Graphical data display 156

<trace>.DRAW.Data Draw any memory access 171

<trace>.DRAW.Var Graphical display of HLL variables 172

<trace>.Enable Operation mode 174

<trace>.ENableChannel Enable FDX communication 174

<trace>.EXPORT Export trace data for processing in other applications 175

<trace>.EXPORT.Ascii Export trace data as ASCII 176

<trace>.EXPORT.Bin Export trace data as binary file 177

<trace>.EXPORT.BRANCHFLOW Export branch events from trace data 178

<trace>.EXPORT.CSVFunc Export the function nesting to a CSV file 179

<trace>.EXPORT.flow Export trace data 180

<trace>.EXPORT.Func Export function nesting 183

<trace>.EXPORT.TASKEVENTS Export task event to CSV 184


<trace>.EXPORT.TracePort Export trace packets as recorded at trace port 185

<trace>.EXPORT.VCD Export trace data in VCD format 186

<trace>.EXPORT.VERILOG Export trace data in VERILOG format 187

<trace>.EXPORT.VHDL Export trace data in VHDL format 187

<trace>.FILE Load a file into the file trace buffer 188

<trace>.Find Find specified entry in trace 190

<trace>.FindAll Find all specified entries in trace 194

<trace>.FindChange Search for changes in trace flow 195

<trace>.FLOWPROCESS Process flowtrace 196

<trace>.FLOWSTART Restart flowtrace processing 196

<trace>.Get Display input level 197

<trace>.GOTO Move cursor to specified trace record 199

<trace>.IMPORT Import trace information 201

<trace>.IMPORT.CoreByteStream Import pure single core trace data 203

<trace>.IMPORT.ETB Import on-chip trace data 204

<trace>.IMPORT.flow Import bus trace data 204

<trace>.IMPORT.GUESSWRAP Guess wrap pointer 205

<trace>.IMPORT.STP Import STP recording from file (nibble) 205

<trace>.IMPORT.STPByteStream Import STP recording from file (byte) 206

<trace>.IMPORT.TraceFile Import trace data where processing has failed 206

<trace>.IMPORT.TracePort Import off-chip trace data 207

<trace>.IMPORT.VCD Import recorded signals in VCD file format 207

<trace>.IMPORT.WRAP Define wrap pointer 208

<trace>.InChannel Inchannel state display 209

<trace>.Init Initialize trace 209

<trace>.JKLMNO Sampling configuration for probes JKLMNO 210

<trace>.JOINFILE Concatenate several trace recordings 210

<trace>.LEVEL Select trigger level manually 210

<trace>.List List trace contents 213

<trace>.ListNesting Analyze function nesting 224

<trace>.ListVar List variable recorded to trace 227

<trace>.LOAD Load trace file for off-line processing 228

<trace>.MERGEFILE Combine two trace files into one 230

<trace>.METHOD Select trace method 231

<trace>.Mode Set the trace operation mode 233

<trace>.MUX Select channels 237

<trace>.OFF Switch off 237

<trace>.Out tbd. 237

<trace>.PC Display PC in real-time 238

<trace>.PipePROTO Define a user supplied DLL as trace sink 238

<trace>.PipeWRITE Connect to a named pipe to stream trace data 238

<trace>.PortFilter Specify utilization of trace memory 239

<trace>.PortSize Set external port size 240


<trace>.PortType Specify trace interface 240

<trace>.PROfile Display counter profile 242

<trace>.PROfileChart Profile charts 243

<trace>.PROfileChart.COUNTER Display a profile chart 243

<trace>.PROfileChart.DIStance Time interval for a single event 244

<trace>.PROfileChart.DURation Time between two events 245

<trace>.PROfileChart.GROUP Group profile chart 250

<trace>.PROfileChart.Rate Event frequency 251

<trace>.PROfileChart.sYmbol Dynamic program behavior graphically (flat) 253

<trace>.PROfileChart.TASK Dynamic task behavior graphically (flat) 257

<trace>.PROfileSTATistic Statistical analysis in a table versus time 259

<trace>.Program Program trigger unit 259

<trace>.PROTOcol Protocol analysis 261

<trace>.PROTOcol.Chart Graphic display for user-defined protocol 262

<trace>.PROTOcol.Draw Graphic display for user-defined protocol 264

<trace>.PROTOcol.EXPORT Export trace buffer for user-defined protocol 265

<trace>.PROTOcol.Find Find in trace buffer for user-defined protocol 266

<trace>.PROTOcol.List Display trace buffer for user-defined protocol 267

<trace>.PROTOcol.STATistic Display statistics for user-defined protocol 270

Protocol specific Options 272

Definition of User-Specific Protocols 274

<trace>.Rate Select sampling rate 275

<trace>.REF Set reference point for time measurement 276

<trace>.ReProgram Program trigger unit 277

<trace>.RESet Reset command 277

<trace>.SAMPLE Set AutoFocus sample time offset 277

<trace>.SAVE Save trace for postprocessing in TRACE32 279

<trace>.Select Select trigger/counter line 283

<trace>.SELect Define addresses for monitoring 283

<trace>.SelfArm Automatic restart of trace recording 283

<trace>.SET Select line for recording 285

<trace>.ShowFocus Display data eye for AUTOFOCUS preprocessor 285

<trace>.ShowFocusClockEye Display clock eye 289

<trace>.ShowFocusEye Display data eye for AUTOFOCUS preprocessor 291

<trace>.SIZE Define buffer size 293

<trace>.SLAVE Select slave mode 294

<trace>.SnapShot Restart trace capturing once 295

<trace>.SPY Enable analysis of streaming file while recording 296

<trace>.state Display trace configuration window 298

<trace>.STATistic Statistic analysis 301

<trace>.STATistic.Address Time between up to 8 program events 302

<trace>.STATistic.AddressDIStance Time interval for single program event 303

<trace>.STATistic.AddressDURation Time between two program events 304


<trace>.STATistic.BondOut Bondout mode 306

<trace>.STATistic.ChildTREE Show callee context of a function 306

<trace>.STATistic.COLOR Assign colors to function for colored graphics 307

<trace>.STATistic.CYcle Analyze cycle types 307

<trace>.STATistic.DatasYmbol Analyze pointer contents numerically 310

<trace>.STATistic.DIStance Time interval for a single event 312

<trace>.STATistic.DistriB Distribution analysis 315

<trace>.STATistic.DURation Time between two events 318

<trace>.STATistic.FIRST Start point for statistic analysis 321

<trace>.STATistic.Func Nesting function runtime analysis 323

<trace>.STATistic.FuncDURation Statistic analysis of function 348

<trace>.STATistic.FuncDURationInternal Stat analysis of function internal 349

<trace>.STATistic.GROUP Group run-time analysis 350

<trace>.STATistic.Ignore Ignore false records in statistic 351

<trace>.STATistic.INTERRUPT Interrupt statistic 352

<trace>.STATistic.InterruptIsFunction Statistics interrupt processing 353

<trace>.STATistic.LAST End point for statistic analysis 355

<trace>.STATistic.Line HLL-line analysis 357

<trace>.STATistic.LINKage Per caller statistic of function 360

<trace>.STATistic.LISTCONFIG tbd. 361

<trace>.STATistic.Measure Analyze the performance of a single signal 362

<trace>.STATistic.MODULE Code execution broken down by module 364

<trace>.STATistic.PAddress Which instructions accessed data address 364

<trace>.STATistic.ParentTREE Show the call context of a function 365

<trace>.STATistic.PIPELINE tbd. 366

<trace>.STATistic.PreFetch Prefetch detection 367

<trace>.STATistic.PROGRAM Code execution broken down by program 368

<trace>.STATistic.PsYmbol Shows which functions accessed data address 368

<trace>.STATistic.Sort Specify sorting criterion for statistic commands 370

<trace>.STATistic.sYmbol Flat run-time analysis 378

<trace>.STATistic.TASK Task activity statistic 383

<trace>.STATistic.TASKFunc Task specific function run-time analysis 390

<trace>.STATistic.TASKKernel Task analysis with kernel markers (flat) 398

<trace>.STATistic.TASKORINTERRUPT Statistic of interrupts and tasks 401

<trace>.STATistic.TASKSRV Analysis of time in OS service routines 401

<trace>.STATistic.TASKState Performance analysis 402

<trace>.STATistic.TASKTREE Tree display of task specific functions 406

<trace>.STATistic.TASKVSINTERRUPT Statistic of interrupts, task-related 407

<trace>.STATistic.TREE Tree display of nesting function run-time analysis 408

<trace>.STATistic.Use Use records 409

<trace>.STREAMCompression Select compression mode for streaming 410

<trace>.STREAMFILE Specify temporary streaming file path 410

<trace>.STREAMFileLimit Set size limit for streaming file 411


<trace>.STREAMLOAD Load streaming file from disk 412

<trace>.STREAMSAVE Save streaming file to disk 413

<trace>.TCount Set trigger counter 414

<trace>.TDelay Trigger delay 414

<trace>.TERMination Use trace line termination of preprocessor 415

<trace>.TestFocus Test trace port recording 416

<trace>.TestFocusClockEye Scan clock eye 419

<trace>.TestFocusEye Check signal integrity 419

<trace>.THreshold Optimize threshold for trace lines 421

<trace>.TimeStamp Configure timestamp usage of LOGGER trace 422

<trace>.Timing Waveform of trace buffer 423

<trace>.TMode Select trigger mode 425

<trace>.TOut Route trigger to PODBUS (CombiProbe) 425

<trace>.TOut Enable trigger output line (PowerIntegrator) 425

<trace>.TOut Define trigger destination (SNOOPer) 426

<trace>.TPreDelay Pre-trigger delay 427

<trace>.TraceChannel tbd. 427

<trace>.TraceCLOCK Export trace data 428

<trace>.TraceCONNECT Select on-chip peripheral sink 428

<trace>.TRACK Set tracking record 429

<trace>.TRIGGER Trigger the trace 429

<trace>.TSELect Select trigger source 430

<trace>.TSYNC Select trigger line and mode 431

<trace>.TValue Define data value for trigger 432

<trace>.TView Display trigger settings 432

<trace>.TWidth Set trigger filter 433

<trace>.View Display single record 434

<trace>.XTrack Cross system tracking 435

<trace>.ZERO Align timestamps of trace and timing analyzers 436

TrAddress ................................................................................................................................ 437

TrAddress Select output signal 437

TRANSlation ............................................................................................................................ 440

TRANSlation Debugger address translation 440

Overview TRANSlation 440

TRANSlation.AutoEnable Auto-enable debugger MMU translation 442

TRANSlation.AutoSCAN Autoscan feature for debugger MMU 442

TRANSlation.CacheFlush Flush TRACE32 address translation cache 443

TRANSlation.CLEANUP Clean up MMU table 443

TRANSlation.COMMON Common address ranges for kernel and tasks 444

TRANSlation.COMMON.ADD Add another common address range 446

TRANSlation.COMMON.CLEAR Clear all common logical address ranges 446

TRANSlation.Create Create translation 447

TRANSlation.CreateID Add entry to MMU space ID table 448


TRANSlation.CreateTab Create multiple translations 448

TRANSlation.Delete Delete translation 449

TRANSlation.DeleteID Remove entry from MMU space ID table 449

TRANSlation.List List MMU translation table 450

TRANSlation.ListID List MMU space ID table 451

TRANSlation.NoProtect Unprotect memory 451

TRANSlation.OFF Deactivate debugger address translation 452

TRANSlation.ON Activate debugger address translation 453

TRANSlation.PAGER Allow paged breakpoints for Linux 454

TRANSlation.Protect Protect memory 454

TRANSlation.RESet Reset MMU configuration 455

TRANSlation.SCANall Scan MMU tables 455

TRANSlation.ScanID Scan MMU address space tables from kernel 455

TRANSlation.SHADOW Enable shadow access to target memory 456

TRANSlation.TableWalk Automatic MMU page table walk 457

TRANSlation.TlbAutoScan Allow automatic TLB scans during table walk 457

TRANSlation.TRANSparent Transparent banking area 459

TrBus ........................................................................................................................................ 460

TRIGGER Connector 460

Interaction Between Independent PODBUS Devices 463

TrBus.Arm Arm the trigger bus 464

TrBus.Connect Configure TRIGGER as input or output 465

TrBus.Mode Define polarity/edge for the trigger signal 466

TrBus.OFF Switch trigger bus off 466

TrBus.Out Define source for the external trigger pulse 467

TrBus.RESet Reset setting for trigger bus 467

TrBus.Set Define the target for the incoming trigger 467

TrBus.state Display settings for the trigger bus 468

TrBus.Trigger Stimulate a trigger on the trigger bus 468

TrEvent ..................................................................................................................................... 470

Function 470

TrEvent.Delay Define delay 471

TrEvent.Enable Select time windows 471

TrEvent.Init Initialization 472

TrEvent.MinInit Initialization 472

TrEvent.Mode Select operation mode 472

TrEvent.OFF Switch off 476

TrEvent.ON Switch on 477

TrEvent.RESet Reset command 478

TrEvent.Select Select event source 478

TrEvent.view State display 480

TrPOD ....................................................................................................................................... 481


TrPOD Trigger probe 481

TrPOD.Clock Defines data mask 481

TrPOD.ClockPOL Defines data polarity 481

TrPOD.Data Defines data mask 482

TrPOD.DataPOL Defines data polarity 482

TrPOD.Mode Defines data polarity 483

TrPOD.OFF Switch off 484

TrPOD.ON Switch on 484

TrPOD.RESet Reset command 484

TrPOD.state State display 485

TrPOD.Time Defines the time for the pulse width trigger 486

TrIn ............................................................................................................................................ 487

Function 487

TrIn.Clock Define clock 488

TrIn.Data Define data 492

TrIn.Mask Define bits 492

TrIn.Normal Level operation 493

TrIn.RESet Reset command 493

TrIn.state State display 493

TrIn.Transient Transient operation 494

TrMain ....................................................................................................................................... 496

Trigger System of TRACE32-ICE 496

TrMain.ALways Constant triggering 499

TrMain.Arm Release and activate trigger system 499

TrMain.AutoInit Automatic trigger initialization 499

TrMain.AutoStart Automatic trigger initialization 500

TrMain.Break Break 500

TrMain.Count Set trigger counter 501

TrMain.Delay Set trigger delay 501

TrMain.Init Initialize trigger system 502

TrMain.Mode Select mode 502

TrMain.OFF Switch off trigger system 503

TrMain.Out Output trigger pulse 503

TrMain.RESet Reset trigger system 505

TrMain.Set Select trigger sources 505

TrMain.state Trigger state display 510

TrMain.Trigger Trigger 510

TrOnchip .................................................................................................................................. 511

TrOnchip Onchip triggers 511

TrOnchip.Address tbd. 512

TrOnchip.CONVert Adjust range breakpoint in onchip registers 512

TrOnchip.CYcle tbd. 513


TrOnchip.Data tbd. 514

TrOnchip.RESet Reset settings to defaults 514

TrOnchip.Set Break on event 515

TrOnchip.state Display onchip trigger window 516

TrOnchip.TaskID tbd. 516

TrOnchip.TEnable tbd. 516

General Commands Reference Guide U

General Commands Reference Guide U ................................................. (general_ref_u.pdf) 1

General Commands Reference Guide V

General Commands Reference Guide V ................................................. (general_ref_v.pdf) 1

Var ............................................................................................................................................. 5

Var HLL variables and expressions 5

Overview Var 5

Display Formats 10

Functions 22

Var.AddWatch Add variable to Var.Watch window 22

Var.Assign Assignment to a variable 23

Var.Break Breakpoint on variable 24

Var.Break.Delete Delete breakpoint on variable 24

Var.Break.direct Set temporary breakpoint on HLL expression 26

Var.Break.Pass Define pass condition for breakpoint 27

Var.Break.Set Set breakpoint to HLL expression 28

Var.Call Call a new procedure 29

Var.CHAIN Display linked list 30

Var.DelWatch Delete variable from watch 31

Var.DRAW Graphical variable display 31

Var.DUMP Memory dump 36

Var.EXPORT Export variables in CSV format to file 37

Var.FixedCHAIN Display linked list 37

Var.FixedTABle Display table 38

Var.Go Realtime emulation 40

Var.Go.Back Re-run program backwards until variable access (CTS) 40

Var.Go.Change Realtime emulation till expression changes 41

Var.Go.direct Realtime emulation with breakpoint 42

Var.Go.Till Realtime emulation till expression true 43

Var.IF PRACTICE conditional branching 43

Var.INFO View information about HLL variable or HLL expression 44

Var.Local Local variables 45

Var.LOG Log variables 46

Var.NEW Creates a TRACE32-internal variable 48


Var.NEWGLOBAL Creates a global TRACE32-internal variable 49

Var.NEWLOCAL Creates a local TRACE32-internal variable 50

Var.PRINT Display variables 53

Var.PROfile Graphical display of variable 54

Var.Ref Referenced variables 55

Var.set Modify variable 56

Var.Step Step 59

Var.Step.BackChange Step back till expression changes 59

Var.Step.BackTill Step back till expression true 59

Var.Step.Change Step till expression changes 60

Var.Step.Till Step till expression true 60

Var.TABle Display table 61

Var.TREE Display variables in the form of a tree structure 62

Var.TYPE Display variable types 63

Var.View Display variables 64

Var.Watch Open 'Var.Watch' window 66

Var.WHILE PRACTICE loop construction 67

Var.WRITE Write variables to file 68

VCO ........................................................................................................................................... 68

Function 69

VCO.BusFrequency Control bus clock 69

VCO.Clock Control emulation clock 69

VCO.Down Frequency down 70

VCO.Frequency Control VCO clock 70

VCO.Rate VCO rate 71

VCO.RESet VCO reset 71

VCO.state State display 72

VCO.TimeBaseFrequency Set the time base clock 73

VCO.Up Frequency up 73

VCU ........................................................................................................................................... 75

VCU VCU registers (Vector Computational Unit) 75

VCU.Init Initialize VCU registers 75

VCU.RESet Reset VCU registers 75

VCU.Set Set VCU register 76

VCU.view Display VCU registers 76

VE .............................................................................................................................................. 77

VE Virtual execution mode 77

VE.OFF Turn off virtual execution mode 77

VE.ON Turn on virtual execution mode 77

VE.state tbd. 77

VPU ........................................................................................................................................... 78

VPU Vector Processing Unit (VPU) 78


VPU.Init Initialize ALTIVEC registers 78

VPU.Set Modify ALTIVEC registers 78

VPU.view Display ALTIVEC register window 79

General Commands Reference Guide W

General Commands Reference Guide W ................................................(general_ref_w.pdf) 1

General Commands Reference Guide X

General Commands Reference Guide X ................................................. (general_ref_x.pdf) 1

eXception ................................................................................................................................. 2

General Commands Reference Guide Y

General Commands Reference Guide Y ................................................. (general_ref_y.pdf) 1

sYmbol ..................................................................................................................................... 2

General Commands Reference Guide Z

General Commands Reference Guide Z ...................................................(general_ref_z.pdf) 1

High-Level Language Debugging

Application Note C++ Debugging

Application Note C++ Debugging .................................................(app_cpp_debugging.pdf) 1

Sample Code used by This Application Note ....................................................................... 2

Gathering Information of Objects .......................................................................................... 3

Display Options Dedicated to Objects 3

Most Derived Class 5

Lifetime of the “this” Pointer 5

Class Conversions 6

Gathering Information of Classes .......................................................................................... 7

C++ Overloading and Symbol Mangling ............................................................................... 8

Demangling 8

Ambiguous Symbols 8

Other Command Line Hints 9

ELF Loader Options ................................................................................................................ 10

Debugging in C++ Code .......................................................................................................... 11

Target Order / Source Order 11


Breakpoints 12

FLASH Programming

Onchip/NOR FLASH Programming User's Guide

Onchip/NOR FLASH Programming User's Guide .............................................(norflash.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 4

Standard Approach ................................................................................................................. 5

On-chip FLASH 5

Off-chip FLASH Devices Supporting CFI 10

Programming Commands ...................................................................................................... 20

FLASH.ReProgram Command (Target-controlled) 20

FLASH.ReProgram Command (TRACE32 Tool-based) 26

FLASH.Erase / FLASH.Program Command 27

The FLASH.AUTO Command 30

Unlocking Command 39

DualPort FLASH Programming .............................................................................................. 41

Benefits 41

Preconditions 41

Usage 42

Special Features for Onchip FLASHs .................................................................................... 44

OTP Sector Programming 44

Mirrored FLASH Addresses 46

FLASH.Create Command 48

FLASH.TARGET Command 53

FLASH.CLocK Command 54

FLASH.CHANGETYPE Command 55

FLASH.UNSECUREerase Command 56

FLASH Declaration in Detail ................................................................................................... 57

Further Applications for FLASH Declarations Using CFI 57

Declarations for not CFI-conform FLASH Devices 68

TRACE32 Tool-based vs. Target-controlled FLASH Programming 74

Maintaining the Declared FLASH Devices 86

List of Supported FLASH Devices 86

FLASH Programming via Boundary Scan ............................................................................. 87

Boundary scan chain configuration 87

FLASH interface definition 88

FLASH Programming 89

Full Example 90


FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 93

Further Information ................................................................................................................. 93

NAND FLASH Programming User's Guide

NAND FLASH Programming User's Guide .....................................................(nandflash.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 4


Related Documents 5


List of Abbreviations ............................................................................................................... 7

Background Information ......................................................................................................... 7

What is a NAND Flash Device? 7

About Blocks, Pages, Main Area, and Spare Area 8

About Bad Block Markers 9

About NAND Flash Controllers 10


Identifying and Running Scripts for NAND Flash Programming 11

If There Is No Script 13

Scripts for NAND Flash Programming .................................................................................. 14

Establishing Communication between Debugger and Target CPU 16

Configuring the NAND Flash Controller 17

Resetting Default Values 19

Identifying the Type of NAND Flash Controller 20

Informing TRACE32 about the NAND Flash Register Addresses 22

Informing TRACE32 about the NAND Flash Programming Algorithm 24

Checking the Identification from the NAND Flash Device 33

Erasing the NAND Flash Device 34

Programming the NAND Flash Device 35

Other Useful Commands (NAND) 38

Full Examples: Generic NAND Flash Programming 50

Full Example: CPU-Specific NAND Flash Programming 54

About OneNAND Flash Devices ............................................................................................. 55

Scripts for OneNAND Flash Devices ..................................................................................... 56


Configuring the OneNAND Flash Bus 58


Informing TRACE32 about the OneNAND Flash Address 59

Informing TRACE32 about the OneNAND Flash Programming Algorithm 60

Checking the Identification from the OneNAND Flash Device 64

Erasing the OneNAND Flash Device 65


Programming the OneNAND Flash Device 66

Other Useful Commands (OneNAND) 68

Full Example 78

Appendix A: ECC (Error Correction Code) ........................................................................... 79

How to Generate ECC and to Detect Error 79

Appendix B: Spare Area Schemes ........................................................................................ 83

Linux MTD NAND Driver Default Spare Area Schemes 83

SAMSUNG Standard Spare Area Schemes 85

Serial FLASH Programming User's Guide

Serial FLASH Programming User's Guide .................................................... (serialflash.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 3


Related Documents 3



Background Knowledge ......................................................................................................... 7

What is a Serial Flash Device? 7

About SPI Interface Controllers in Serial Flash Memories 7

About Blocks and Pages 8

File Name Convention for Serial Flash Drivers 9


Identifying and Running Scripts for Serial Flash Programming 10


Scripts for SPI Controllers ..................................................................................................... 13


Configuring the SPI Controller 16


Informing TRACE32 about the Serial Flash Register Addresses (SPI) 17

Informing TRACE32 about the Serial Flash Programming Algorithm 18

FLASHFILE Declaration Examples 24

Checking the Identification from the Serial Flash Device 26

Erasing the Serial Flash Device 27

Programming the Serial Flash Device 28

Other Useful Commands 32

Full Examples 34


Example 1 for the SPI Protocol 37

Example 2 for the I2C Protocol 39


eMMC FLASH Programming User's Guide

eMMC FLASH Programming User's Guide .................................................. (emmcflash.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 3


Related Documents 3



Background Knowledge ......................................................................................................... 7

What is an eMMC Flash Device? 7

About Blocks and Pages 7

About eMMC Interface Controllers in eMMC Flash Memories 8


Identifying and Running Scripts for eMMC Flash Programming 9


Scripts for eMMC Controllers ................................................................................................. 12


Configuring the eMMC Controller 14


Informing TRACE32 about the eMMC Controller Address 15

Informing TRACE32 about the eMMC Flash Programming Algorithm 15

FLASHFILE Declaration Examples 19

Checking the Identification from the eMMC Flash Device 21

Erasing the eMMC Flash Device 22

Programming the eMMC Flash Device 22

Other Useful Commands 26

Full Examples 28


List of Supported FLASH Devices

List of Supported FLASH Devices ..................................................................... (flashlist.pdf) 1

List of NOR FLASH Devices ................................................................................................... 2

List of Supported NAND FLASH Controllers ........................................................................ 138

Application Notes for FLASH

How to Write your own FLASH Algorithm

How to Write your own FLASH Algorithm ...................... (flash_app_own_algorithm.pdf) 1

FLASH Programming ........................................................................................................... 2


Target Controlled Flash Programming 2

Tips to Solve NOR FLASH Programming Problems

Tips to Solve NOR FLASH Programming Problems ........................(flash_diagnosis.pdf) 1

Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 3

General Recommendation ................................................................................................... 5

TRACE32 Error Messages ................................................................................................... 6

TRACE32 Tool-based Programming .................................................................................. 7

Sources of Errors 8

General Course of Action in the Case of Problems (Tool-based) 9

Target-controlled Programming ......................................................................................... 33

Sources of Errors 34

General Course of Action in the Case of Problems (Target-controlled) 35

Errors Caused by Wrong Usage of the TRACE32 Commands ........................................ 46

Unintentional Erasing of the Complete FLASH Device 46

Multiple FLASH Devices on one Target 47

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 48

Appendix A ........................................................................................................................... 49

Conversion of the Tool-based to Target-controlled FLASH Programming 49

Checking the Bus Configuration 50

Main Difference between Intel and AMD/Spansion FLASH Devices 51

Intel FLASH Devices 52

AMD/Spansion FLASH Devices 56

Appendix B ........................................................................................................................... 68

FLASH Width BYTE 68

FLASH Width WORD 69

FLASH Width LONG 70

FLASH Width QUAD 72

How to Write your own FLASHFILE Algorithm

How to Write your own FLASHFILE Algorithm .......... (flashfile_app_own_algorithm.pdf) 1

FLASHFILE Programming ................................................................................................... 2

Target Controlled Flashfile Programming 2


Boundary Scan

Boundary Scan User's Guide

Boundary Scan User's Guide ................................................................ (boundary_scan.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 3

Intended Audience 3


Related Documents 4


What to know about Boundary Scan ..................................................................................... 5

Configuration of the Boundary Scan Chain .......................................................................... 7

Configure Boundary Scan Engine 7

Loading the BSDL Files 9

Initialization of the Boundary Scan Chain 10

Check the Configuration 11

General Operation ................................................................................................................... 12

Basic Mode of Operation 12

Preparation of the Boundary Scan Chain 12

Execution of the Boundary Scan Commands 16

Working with the GUI 17

Interactive Board Test ............................................................................................................. 25

Configure Run Mode 26

Execute Level and Connection Tests 29

Automated Board Test ............................................................................................................ 32

Prepare Boundary Scan Chain 33

Run Tests 34

Full Example 35

Test of Non-Boundary Scan Devices .................................................................................... 37

Special Tests ........................................................................................................................... 41

Boundary Scan Oscilloscope 41

Other Instructions and Data Registers 42

Tips and Tricks ........................................................................................................................ 44


TRACE32 Lua Library

TRACE32 Lua Library

TRACE32 Lua Library .....................................................................................(lua_library.pdf) 1

TRACE32 Lua Library ............................................................................................................. 2

Functions for JTAG Access 3

Input Output Functions 5

Example 6

Intel® DCI [Direct Connect Interface]

Debugging via Intel® DCI User´s Guide

Debugging via Intel® DCI User´s Guide ..................................................(dci_intel_user.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 3

4-wire DCI OOB 3

DCI OOB Hardware 4

DCI DbC 5

Target System Requirements 6

Related Documents 6

Start a TRACE32 Session using Intel® DCI .......................................................................... 7

Prepare Your Target 7

Connecting to an Intel® SoC using DCI OOB 7

Connecting to an Intel® Client or Server System using DCI OOB 8

Connecting to an Intel® SoC using DCI DbC 9

Connecting to an Intel® Client or Server System using DCI DbC 10

Troubleshooting ...................................................................................................................... 11

DCI error: no response to connect pattern 11

Could not stop the target 11

Target Power Fail 11

Intel® DCI Specific Commands .............................................................................................. 12

DCI Commands to configure the Intel® DCI trace handler 12

DCI.DESTination Set trace destination 12

DCI.ON Enable trace handler 12

DCI.OFF Disable trace handler 13

SYStem.DCI Intel® DCI specific SYStem commands 14

SYStem.DCI.Bridge Select DCI bridge 14

SYStem.DCI.BssbClock Configure DCI OOB clock rate 14

SYStem.DCI.DisCONnect Force DCI disconnect 16


SYStem.DCI.DOrouting Polarity of DO signal 16

SYStem.DCI.PortPower Configure VBUS 17

Intel® DCI Specific Functions ................................................................................................ 18

SYStem.DCI.Bridge() Currently selected DCI bridge 18

SYStem.DCI.BssbClock() Currently selected DCI OOB clock 18

Peripheral Files

Peripheral Files Programming Commands

Peripheral Files Programming Commands ..................................................... (per_prog.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3

Peripheral File General Description ...................................................................................... 4

Passing Arguments ................................................................................................................. 8

Memory Classes ...................................................................................................................... 10

GROUP Commands ................................................................................................................. 11

GROUP Define read/write GROUP 11

HGROUP Define read-once/write GROUP 13

RGROUP Define read-only GROUP 13

WSGROUP Define write-only and shadow GROUP 14

WGROUP Define write-only GROUP 15

SGROUP Commands .............................................................................................................. 16

SGROUP Define sequence GROUP 16

SET Write constant value to memory 18

SETX Write SGROUP buffer to memory 19

GETX Read from memory to the SGROUP buffer 20

CONSTX Write constant value to the SGROUP buffer 21

VARX Write expression to SGROUP buffer 22

WRITEBACK Separate write a part from a read part 23

Other Top Level Commands .................................................................................................. 25

ASSERT Abort if condition not met 25

BASE Define a base address for following group definitions 26

BASEOUT Output a value before calculating a base address 26

BASESAVEOUT Output a value before calculating a base address 28

CONFIG Configure display 28

ELSE Conditional GROUP display 29

ELIF Conditional GROUP display 29

ENDIAN Define little or big endian 29

ENDIF Conditional GROUP display 30


ENTRY Assign parameters to macros 30

HELP Reference online manual 30

IF Conditional GROUP display 31

INCLUDE Include another peripheral file 33

SIF Conditional interpretation 34

TREE Define hierarchic display 35

WIDTH Define field width 35

WAIT Wait with PER windows until system is ready 36

Commands within GROUPs ................................................................................................... 37

ASCII Display ASCII character 37

BIT Define bits 37

BITFLD Define bits individually 38

BUTTON Define command button 42

COPY Copy GROUP 43

DECMASK Define bits for decimal display 44

FLOATMASK Define bits for decimal floating point display 45

EVENTFLD Define event flag bits individually 46

HEXFLD Define hexword individually 47

HEXMASK Define bits for a hexadecimal display 48

HIDE Define write-only line 49

IN Define input field 50

INDEX Output a value 50

LINE Define line 52

MUNGING Translate to little endian mode (PowerPC only) 53

RBITFLD Define bits individually (read-only) 53

SAVEINDEX Save original and output a value 54

SETCLRFLD Define set/clear locations 55

SYSCON SYSCON register (C166/ST10 only) 56

TEXTLINE Define text header with a new line 56

TEXTFLD Define text header 56

Functions ................................................................................................................................. 58

History ...................................................................................................................................... 59

Converter SPIRIT XML to PER Commands

Converter SPIRIT XML to PER Commands ................................... (converter_spiritxml.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 2

Main view ................................................................................................................................. 3

Component properties ............................................................................................................ 6

Start processing ...................................................................................................................... 8


Trace Analysis

Trace Application Notes

Application Note for the Trace.Find Command

Application Note for the Trace.Find Command ................................. (app_trace_find.pdf) 1

History ................................................................................................................................... 3

The Trace Find Dialog .......................................................................................................... 4

Push Buttons 6

Cycle Tab (default) 9

Data Field 12

Expert Tab 14

Group Tab 20

Changes Tab 22

Signal Tab 30

Trace Find Commands ......................................................................................................... 32

Overview 32

Combining Search Items 32

Record Numbers and Record Ranges 33

Trace Item with Specified Value 34

Format the Result 42

Related TRACE32 Functions 43

Convert Setting in Trace Find Dialog to a TRACE32 Command ...................................... 44

Use Cases ............................................................................................................................. 45

Find Task Switches 45

AutoFocus User's Guide

AutoFocus User's Guide ........................................................................... (autofocus_user.pdf) 1

Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 4

Intended Audience 4

Prerequisites 4


Installation .................................................................................................................................. 7

Hardware Installation 7

Software Installation 15

Recommendation for the Software Start 15

Recommendation for Power Down 15


Utilization .................................................................................................................................... 16

Preprocessor 16

Trace Port 20

FAQ .............................................................................................................................................. 25

Diagnosis .................................................................................................................................... 26

Displaying Error Messages 26

Searching for Errors 27

Types of Trace Decoder Errors 29

Trace Test Failure Messages 30

Access the Diagnosis Tool 31

Diagnosis Check List 32

Choose the Best Termination PCB Type 52

How to understand A.ShowFocusEye and A.ShowFocusClockEye 53

Recommendations for Target Board Design 56

Pin Remapping ........................................................................................................................... 58

Functional Description - Pin Remapping 58

Pinouts 60

Technical Data ............................................................................................................................ 62

AutoFocus Preprocessor Hardware Versions 62

Electrical Specification for AutoFocus II Preprocessors 65

Dimensions 68

Connector Layout for ARM 77

Products ...................................................................................................................................... 83

Product Information 83

Order Information 85

System Trace

System Trace User's Guide

System Trace User's Guide .............................................................................(trace_stm.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 5

Installation ............................................................................................................................... 7



Utilization of the STM .............................................................................................................. 9

Start-up Script 9

Displaying Trace Results 12

Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 13


SYStem.CONFIG.STM Configure STM trace 13

SYStem.CONFIG.STM.Mode STPv2 timestamp format 14

SYStem.CONFIG.STM.Type Configure STM type in TRACE32 15

STM ........................................................................................................................................... 16

STM System trace configuration 16

STM.FilterMasters Display specified masters only 16

STM.FilterChannels Display specified channels only 17

STM.Init Initialize trace hardware 17

STM.OFF Switch STM off 17

STM.ON Switch STM on 18

STM.PortEndianness Select port endianness 18

STM.PortMode Select STM port modes 19

STM.PortRoute Select output of STP data 20

STM.PortSize Port size in bits 21

STM.PrintfTraceFormat Defines format of printftrace style messages 22

STM.Register Display STM register 22

STM.RESet Reset STM settings 23

STM.SetMaster Set master ID manually 23

STM.state Display STM settings 24

STM.SyncTime Trace decoder resync time 24

STM.SyncPeriod Add synchronization packets 24

STM.TimeStamps Enables timestamps 25

STM.TimeStampCLOCK Configure debugger for STM timestamp clock 25

TI Specific System Tracing ..................................................................................................... 26

STM Commands 26

STM.HWMasters Enable hardware masters for tracing 26

STM.IdleCount Maximum idle packets 26

STM.IgnoreHeader Ignore leading dword in printftrace message 27

STM.SWMasters Enable software masters for tracing 27

STM.OCPAutoIdle Set OCP idle clock behavior 28

STM.PATTERN Enable test pattern generator 28

STM.ChannelRepeat Period of channel packet insertion 29

STM.MasterRepeat Period of master packet insertion 29

CoreSight Specific Commands .............................................................................................. 30

STM.DMArequests DMA requests enable 30

STM.COMPression Data compression enable 30

STM.EventMASK Mask hardware event inputs 31

STM.PortMASK Mask stimulus ports 31

STM.TraceID Sets trace ID 31

STM.TracePriority Set priority for STM manually 32

Software Messages ................................................................................................................. 33

CMI ............................................................................................................................................ 36


CMI Clock management interface 36

CMI.EnableMessage Enables event or activity message generation 36

CMI.Mode Set event or activity mode 37

CMI.OFF Switch CMI off 38

CMI.ON Switch CMI on 38

CMI.Register Display the CMI register 38

CMI.RESet Resets CMI settings to their defaults 39

CMI.SamplingWindow Set sampling window 39

CMI.state Display CMI settings 39


CMI Example 41

CMI Module Configuration 41

OCP_WP ................................................................................................................................... 42

OCP OpenCoreProtocol WatchPoint 42

OCP.AutoIDLE OCP-WP clocking strategy 42

OCP.DebugPort Select target to be traced 43

OCP.OFF Switch OCP off 43

OCP.ON Switch OCP on 43

OCP.Register Display OCP registers 44

OCP.RESet Reset OCP settings to their defaults 44

OCP.state Display OCP settings 45

OCP.TraceFilter Set filter criteria 46

OCP.TraceFilter<x>.NAME Name a filter 46

OCP.TraceFilter<x>.MCmd Filters traffic by transaction type 46

OCP.TraceFilter<x>.Initiator Filters traffic by transaction initiator 47

OCP.TraceFilter<x>.REQinfo Filters traffic by transaction qualifier 47

OCP.TraceEnable Filter OCP traffic by address range 48

OCP.TraceOFF Stop tracing 48

OCP.TraceON Start tracing 49

OCP.TriggerOut<x> Generate trigger event 49


OCP Module Configuration 50

PMI ............................................................................................................................................ 51

PMI Power management interface 51

PMI.EnableMessage Enables event message generation 51

PMI.OFF Switch PMI off 52

PMI.ON Switch PMI on 52

PMI.Register Display the PMI registers 52

PMI.RESet Resets PMI settings to their defaults 53

PMI.SamplingWindow Set sampling window 53

PMI.state Display PMI settings 53


PMI Example 55


PMI Module Configuration 55

StatCol ...................................................................................................................................... 56

StatCol Statistics collector 56

StatCol.RESet Resets all statistics collector settings to their default 56

StatCol.state Display statistics collector settings 56

StatCol.<probe>.OFF Switch probe off 57

StatCol.<probe>.ON Switch probe on 57

StatCol.<probe>.REQuestEVenT Select event detector 57

StatCol.<probe>.ReSPonseEVenT Select event detector 58

StatCol.<probe>.CollectTime Set up collection period 58

StatCol.<probe>.Counter <counter> ADDRMAX Filter max address 59

StatCol.<probe>.Counter <counter> ADDRMIN Filter min address 59

StatCol.<probe>.Counter <counter> ADDREN Enable address filtering 59

StatCol.<probe>.Counter <counter> EventInfo Select ‘EventInfo’ to count 60

StatCol.<probe>.Counter <counter> MAX Set max threshold for events 60

StatCol.<probe>.Counter <counter> MIN Set min threshold for events 60

StatCol.<probe>.Counter <counter> SELect Set counter input 61

StatCol.<probe>.Counter <counter> Filter <filter> MUX Input port 62

StatCol.<probe>.Counter <counter> Filter <filter> OFF Switch filter off 62

StatCol.<probe>.Counter <counter> Filter <filter> ON Switch filter on 62

StatCol.<probe>.Counter <counter> Filter Set filter criteria 63

StatCol Macro Functions 64


StatCol Example 69

StatCol module configuration 69

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 70

Bootloader Debugger

Bootloader Debugger for coreboot

Bootloader Debugger for coreboot ........................................................(boot_coreboot.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2

Brief Overview of Documents for New Users ....................................................................... 3

Supported Versions ................................................................................................................ 3

Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4

x86 32-Bit 4

x64 64-Bit 4

Features ................................................................................................................................... 5

Display of coreboot Resources 5


Coreboot Specific Menu 6

Coreboot Commands .............................................................................................................. 7

EXTension.INFO Display coreboot build information 7

EXTension.BuildCONF Display coreboot build configuration 7

EXTension.LOG Display coreboot log 8

EXTension.CBFS Display coreboot file system 9

EXTension.TimeStamps Display timestamps 10

EXTension.MemoryMAP Display memory mapping 11

EXTension.CBTABLE Display contents of coreboot tables 12

UEFI Debuggers

UEFI BLDK Debugger

UEFI BLDK Debugger ....................................................................................... (uefi_bldk.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5

x86 32-Bit 5

x64 64-Bit 5

Hooks & Internals in Intel BLDK 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7

Display of UEFI Resources 7

Symbol Autoloader 8

Intel BLDK Specific Menu 11

Debugging UEFI Phases of Intel BLDK ................................................................................. 12

Debugging from Reset Vector 12

SEC Phase 12

PEI Phase 12

DXE Phase 13

BDS Phase 14

Intel BLDK Commands ........................................................................................................... 15

EXTension.ConfigTab Display DXE configuration table 15

EXTension.DXEDRiVer Display loaded DXE drivers 15

EXTension.DXEModule Display DXE modules 16

EXTension.FV Display firmware volumes 17

EXTension.HOB Display HOBs 18

EXTension.Option Set awareness options 18


EXTension.PEIModule Display PEI modules 19

EXTension.PEISvc Display PEI services 20

EXTension.POST Display POST code 20

EXTension.PROTocol Display installed protocols 21

EXTension.UCode Display microcodes 21

Intel BLDK PRACTICE Functions .......................................................................................... 22

UEFI H2O Debugger

UEFI H2O Debugger ........................................................................................... (uefi_h2o.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5

x86/Atom 32-Bit 5

x64/Atom 64-Bit 5

Hooks & Internals in InsydeH2O 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7


Symbol Autoloader 8

InsydeH2O Specific Menu 11

Debugging UEFI Phases of InsydeH2O ................................................................................. 13


SEC Phase 13

PEI Phase 14

DXE Phase 15

BDS Phase 15

InsydeH2O Commands ........................................................................................................... 16











EXTension.UCode Display microcodes 22

InsydeH2O PRACTICE Functions .......................................................................................... 23


UEFI TianoCore Debugger

UEFI TianoCore Debugger ...............................................................................(uefi_tiano.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5

ARM 32-Bit 5

ARM 64-Bit 6

Hooks & Internals in TianoCore 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7


Symbol Autoloader 8

TianoCore Specific Menu 11

Debugging UEFI Phases of TianoCore .................................................................................. 12


SEC Phase 12

PEI Phase 12

DXE Phase 12

BDS Phase 13

TianoCore Commands ............................................................................................................ 14











TianoCore PRACTICE Functions 21

RTOS Debuggers

RTOS Debugger for AMX

RTOS Debugger for AMX ..................................................................................(rtos_amx.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3




Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5

Manual Configuration 5

Automatic Configuration 6

Quick Configuration Guide 6

Hooks & Internals of AMX 7

Features ................................................................................................................................... 8

Display of Kernel Resources 8

Task Stack Coverage 8

Task Related Breakpoints 9

Task Context Display 10

Dynamic Task Performance Measurement 11

Task Runtime Statistics 11

Task State Analysis 13

Function Runtime Statistics 14

AMX specific Menu 17

AMX Commands ...................................................................................................................... 18

TASK.DBPool Display buffer pools 18

TASK.DEVent Display event groups 18

TASK.DEXChange Display message exchanges 18

TASK.DMailBoX Display mailboxes 19

TASK.DMPool Display memory pools 20

TASK.DSEMaphore Display semaphores 21

TASK.DSYStem Display system state 21

TASK.DTask Display tasks 22

TASK.DTIMer Display timers 23

TASK.TASKState Mark task state words 23

AMX PRACTICE Functions ..................................................................................................... 24



TASK.CONFIG(kdata) Address of kernel data area 24

Frequently-Asked Questions ................................................................................................. 25

RTOS Debugger for ARTK

RTOS Debugger for ARTK ................................................................................ (rtos_artk.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2




Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4



Quick Configuration 5

Hooks and Internals 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6








AdaWorld ARTK specific Menu 12

ARTK Commands .................................................................................................................... 13

TASK.TaskList List tasks 13

PRACTICE Functions .............................................................................................................. 14


RTOS Debugger for ARTX-166

RTOS Debugger for ARTX-166 ...............................................................(rtos_rtxartx166.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in ARTX-166 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6








ARTX-166 Specific Menu 13

ARTX-166 Commands ............................................................................................................. 14


TASK.Task Display tasks 14

ARTX-166 PRACTICE Functions ............................................................................................ 15


RTOS Debugger for ChibiOS/RT

RTOS Debugger for ChibiOS/RT ................................................................ (rtos_chibios.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in ChibiOS 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7








ChibiOS specific Menu 14

ChibiOS Commands ................................................................................................................ 15

TASK.CONDvar Display condition variables 15

TASK.EVenT Display events 15

TASK.Heap Display heaps 16

TASK.MailBox Display mailboxes 16

TASK.MuTeX Display mutexes 17

TASK.Pool Display memory pools 17

TASK.Queue Display queues 18

TASK.SEMaphore Display semaphores 18

TASK.Thread Display threads 19

TASK.VTimer Display virtual timers 19

ChibiOS PRACTICE Functions ............................................................................................... 20


RTOS Debugger for Chorus Classic

RTOS Debugger for Chorus Classic ............................................. (rtos_chorus_classic.pdf) 1


Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in ChorusOS 7

Features ................................................................................................................................... 8

KDB Terminal Emulation 8






MMU Support 12

ChorusOS specific Menu 14

ChorusOS Commands ............................................................................................................ 15

TASK.LActor List actor table 15

TASK.LPort List port table 16

TASK.LRsrc List resources 16

TASK.LThread List thread table 17

TASK.MMU.SCAN Scan actor MMU space 18

TASK.MmuSet Set emulator MMU to actor 19


ChorusOS PRACTICE Functions ........................................................................................... 20

TASK.ACTOR.SPACE() Space ID of actor 20

TASK.ACTOR.START() Start address of specified region 20

TASK.CONFIG(kernel) Address of the kernel state variable 20




RTOS Debugger for Chorus Micro

RTOS Debugger for Chorus Micro .................................................. (rtos_chorus_micro.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4





Hooks & Internals in Chorus Micro 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6


Thread Runtime Statistics 6




Chorus Micro Specific Menu 7

Chorus Commands ................................................................................................................. 9

TASK.LThread List thread table 9

Chorus PRACTICE Functions ................................................................................................ 10


RTOS Debugger for Cmicro

RTOS Debugger for Cmicro ........................................................................ (rtos_cmicro.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4



Hooks & Internals of SDT-Cmicro 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6


Process Runtime Statistics 6


SDT-Cmicro specific Menu 8

SDT-Cmicro Commands ......................................................................................................... 9

TASK.PList Display process instances 9

TASK.PType Display process types 9

TASK.QList Display signal queue 10

SDT-Cmicro PRACTICE Functions ........................................................................................ 11



RTOS Debugger for CMX

RTOS Debugger for CMX ..................................................................................(rtos_cmx.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in CMX 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6

CMXBug Terminal Emulation 6








CMX specific Menu 12

CMX Commands ...................................................................................................................... 13

TASK.DCyclic Display cyclic timers 13

TASK.DMailbox Display mailboxes 13

TASK.DQueue Display queues 14

TASK.DRes Display resources 14

TASK.DSema Display semaphores 15



CMX PRACTICE Functions ..................................................................................................... 17


RTOS Debugger for CMX-TINY+

RTOS Debugger for CMX-TINY+ ............................................................. (rtos_cmx_tiny.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4





Hooks & Internals in CMX-TINY+ 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6






CMX-TINY+ specific Menu 11

CMX-TINY+ Commands .......................................................................................................... 12

TASK.DCyclic Display cyclic timers 12

TASK.DMailbox Display mailboxes 12

TASK.DResource Display resources 13



CMX-TINY+ PRACTICE Functions ......................................................................................... 15



TASK.ID2MAGIC() Magic number of task ID 15

TASk.STACK() Stack address of task 16


RTOS Debugger for DSP/BIOS

RTOS Debugger for DSP/BIOS .........................................................................(rtos_bios.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in DSP/BIOS 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6





DSP/BIOS specific Menu 8


DSP/BIOS Commands ............................................................................................................. 10

TASK.KerNeL Display kernel information 10

TASK.LOG.DISable Disable system log events 10

TASK.LOG.ENable Enable system log events 10

TASK.LOG.View Display logs 11

TASK.MailBoX Display mailboxes 12

TASK.MEMory Display memory segments 12


TASK.SWI Display SWIs 13

TASK.TaSK Display tasks 14

RTOS BIOS PRACTICE Functions ......................................................................................... 15


RTOS Debugger for eCos

RTOS Debugger for eCos ................................................................................(rtos_ecos.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in eCos 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6





SMP Support 9





eCos specific Menu 15

eCos Commands ..................................................................................................................... 16

TASK.SCHEDuler Display scheduler information 16


TASK.THRead Display threads 17

eCos PRACTICE Functions .................................................................................................... 18



RTOS Debugger for embOS

RTOS Debugger for embOS ........................................................................ (rtos_embos.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in embOS 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7









embOS specific Menu 14

embOS Commands ................................................................................................................. 15

TASK.CSema Display ’CSemaphore’ 15

TASK.MailBox Display mailbox 15

TASK.RSema Display ’RSemaphore’ 16

TASK.TaskList Display tasks 16

TASK.TIMer Display timer 17

embOS PRACTICE Functions ................................................................................................ 18


RTOS Debugger for FAMOS

RTOS Debugger for FAMOS ......................................................................... (rtos_famos.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4





Hooks & Internals in FAMOS 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6









FAMOS Specific Menu 14

FAMOS Commands ................................................................................................................. 15

TASK.Kernel Display kernel state 15

TASK.MailBox Display mailboxes 15

TASK.MailQueues Display mailqueues 16

TASK.Semaphore Display semaphores 16


TASK.TIMer Display timers 18

FAMOS PRACTICE Functions ................................................................................................ 19


RTOS Debugger for FreeRTOS

RTOS Debugger for FreeRTOS ..................................................................(rtos_freertos.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in FreeRTOS 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7










FreeRTOS specific Menu 14

FreeRTOS Commands ............................................................................................................ 15

TASK.Queue Display queue 15

TASK.TaskList Display tasks 16

FreeRTOS PRACTICE Functions ........................................................................................... 17

TASK.AVAIL() Availability of FreeRTOS objects 17



TASK.STRUCT() Structure names 18


RTOS Debugger for HI7000

RTOS Debugger for HI7000 ..........................................................................(rtos_hi7000.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in HI7000 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7








HI7000 specific Menu 13

HI7000 Commands .................................................................................................................. 14

TASK.ALarM Display alarm handlers 14

TASK.CYClic Display cyclic handlers 14

TASK.DaTaQueue Display data queues 15

TASK.FLaG Display event flags 15


TASK.MemPooL Display variable memory pools 16

TASK.MemPoolF Display fixed memory pools 17


TASK.MsgBuFfer Display message buffers 17




HI7000 PRACTICE Functions ................................................................................................. 20


RTOS Debugger for Linux

RTOS Debugger for Linux - Run Mode

RTOS Debugger for Linux - Run Mode ................................................(rtos_linux_run.pdf) 1

Debugging Modes for Embedded Linux ............................................................................ 2

Run Mode Debugging with TRACE32 as GDB Front-end 2

Stop Mode Debugging via JTAG 2

Integrated Run & Stop Mode Debugging via JTAG 3

Supported Debugging Modes sorted by Architectures 4

Basic Concepts .................................................................................................................... 5

t32server (only ARM) 5

gdbserver 5

Ethernet as Communication Interface to the gdbserver 7

DCC as Communication Interface to the t32server 9

The Space ID for Run Mode Debugging 11

Process Debugging 12

Quick Start Example for ARM ............................................................................................. 14

Quick Start Example for MIPS ............................................................................................. 16

Quick Start Example for PowerPC ...................................................................................... 18

SYStem.Option NoDebugStop 19

Switching between Run & Stop Mode Debugging ............................................................ 20

Commands for Run Mode Debugging ................................................................................ 23

Breakpoint Conventions ...................................................................................................... 24

Debugging of Multi-threaded Applications ........................................................................ 25

Frequently-Asked Questions .............................................................................................. 26

RTOS Debugger for Linux - Stop Mode

RTOS Debugger for Linux - Stop Mode ............................................. (rtos_linux_stop.pdf) 1

Debugging Modes for Embedded Linux ............................................................................ 5

Run Mode Debugging with TRACE32 as GDB Front-end 5


Stop Mode Debugging via JTAG 5

Integrated Run & Stop Mode Debugging via JTAG 7

Supported Debugging Modes sorted by Architectures 8

Overview ............................................................................................................................... 9


Supported Versions ............................................................................................................. 10

Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 11




Hooks & Internals in Linux 12

Features ................................................................................................................................ 13




MU Support 16

Symbol Autoloader 23

SMP Support 24



Process / thread switch support for ARM using context ID register: 26



Linux Specific Menu 29

Basics of HW-based Debugging ......................................................................................... 31

Debugging Linux Kernel and User Processes .................................................................. 31

Linux Kernel 32

User Processes 34

Kernel Modules 42

Trapping Segmentation Violation 45

Linux Commands ................................................................................................................. 46

TASK.CHECK Check awareness integrity 46

TASK.DMESG Display the kernel ring buffer 46


TASK.DTB Display the device tree blob 48

TASK.DTS Display the device tree source 48

TASK.FS Display file system internals 48

TASK.MAPS Display process maps 49

TASK.MMU.SCAN Scan process MMU space 49

TASK.MODule Display kernel modules 49

TASK.Option Set awareness options 50


TASK.Process Display processes 51

TASK.PS Display “ps” output 51

TASK.sYmbol Process/Module symbol management 52

TASK.sYmbol.DELete Unload process symbols & MMU 52

TASK.sYmbol.DELeteLib Unload library symbols 53

TASK.sYmbol.DELeteMod Unload module symbols & MMU 53

TASK.sYmbol.LOAD Load process symbols & MMU 54

TASK.sYmbol.LOADLib Load library symbols 55

TASK.sYmbol.LOADMod Load module symbols & MMU 55

TASK.sYmbol.Option Set symbol management options 56


TASK.VMAINFO Display vmalloced areas 59

TASK.Watch Watch processes 60

TASK.Watch.ADD Add process to watch list 60

TASK.Watch.DELete Remove process from watch list 60

TASK.Watch.DISable Disable watch system 61

TASK.Watch.DISableBP Disable process creation breakpoints 61

TASK.Watch.ENable Enable watch system 61

TASK.Watch.ENableBP Enable process creation breakpoints 62

TASK.Watch.Option Set watch system options 62

TASK.Watch.View Show watched processes 63

Linux PRACTICE Functions ................................................................................................ 65

TASK.ARCHITECTURE() Target architecture 65



TASK.CURRENT() Magic or space ID of current task 66

TASK.ERROR.CODE() Awareness error code 66

TASK.ERROR.HELP() Awareness error help ID 66

TASK.LIB.ADDRESS() Library load address 66

TASK.LIB.CODESIZE() Library code size 67

TASK.LIB.PATH() Library target path and name 67

TASK.MOD.CODEADDR() Code start address of module 67

TASK.MOD.DATAADDR() Data start of module 68

TASK.MOD.SIZE() Size of module 68

TASK.MOD.MAGIC() Magic value of module 68

TASK.MOD.MCB() Structure address of module 68

TASK.MOD.NAME() Name of module magic 69

TASK.MOD.SECTION() Address of a specified module’s section 69

TASK.MOD.SECNAME() Name of a module section with a given number 69

TASK.MOD.SECADDR() Address of a module section with a given number 70

TASK.OS.VERSION() Version of the used Linux OS 70

TASK.PROC.CODEADDR() Code start address of process 70

TASK.PROC.CODESIZE() Code size of process 70


TASK.PROC.DATAADDR() Data start address of process 71

TASK.PROC.DATASIZE() Data size of process 71

TASK.PROC.LIST() List of processes 72

TASK.PROC.MAGIC() Magic value of process 72

TASK.PROC.MAGIC2SID() Space ID of process 73

TASK.PROC.NAME() Name of process 73

TASK.PROC.NAME2TRACEID() Trace ID of process 73

TASK.PROC.PATH() Path and file name of executable on target 73

TASK.PROC.PSID() Process ID 74

TASK.PROC.SID2MAGIC() Magic value of process 74

TASK.PROC.SPACEID() Space ID of process 74

TASK.PROC.TCB() Control structure address of task 74

TASK.PROC.TRACEID() Trace ID of process 75

TASK.PROC.VMAEND() End address of a process virtual memory area 75

TASK.PROC.VMASTART() Start address of a process virtual memory area 75

TASK.VERSION.BUILD() Build number of Linux awareness 76

TASK.VERSION.DATE() Build date of Linux awareness 76

Error Messages .................................................................................................................... 77

Appendix ............................................................................................................................... 78

Appendix A: insmod patch for Linux 2.4 78

Appendix B: ARM context ID thread patch for Linux 2.6 and 3.x 82


Training Linux Debugging

Training Linux Debugging ............................................................ (training_rtos_linux.pdf) 1

Prolog .................................................................................................................................... 4

Basic Terms on Embedded Linux ....................................................................................... 5

1.) Linux Components 5

2.) The Linux Awareness 6

3.) Virtual Memory Management in Linux 8

4.) Run-Mode vs. Stop-Mode Debugging 14

5.) Building the Kernel, a Kernel Module and a Simple Demo Application 17

Setting up a script for Linux-aware debugging ................................................................. 19

1.) Capture of commands for a script 19

2.) Linux Setup-Steps and -Commands 20

3.) Example Linux Setup-Scripts 34

Debugging the Linux Components by TRACE32 Linux menu ......................................... 37

1.) Debugging Linux Components 37

2.) Linux specific Windows and Features 51



Linux Trace ........................................................................................................................... 56

Overview 56

Example 1: Context ID trace for ARM 56

Example 2: Using the LOGGER for task switch trace 57

Epilog .................................................................................................................................... 61

RTOS Debugger for LynxOS

RTOS Debugger for LynxOS ............................................................................(rtos_lynx.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in LynxOS 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7


Thread Stack Coverage 7



MMU Support 9






LynxOS specific Menu 15

Debugging LynxOS Kernel and User Processes ................................................................. 16

LynxOS Kernel 16

User Processes 18

LynxOS Commands ................................................................................................................ 21

TASK.Driver Display drivers 21



TASK.sYmbol Process symbol management 23




TASK.TASKState Mark thread state words 26











LynxOS PRACTICE Functions ............................................................................................... 31


RTOS Debugger for MicroC/OS-II

RTOS Debugger for MicroC/OS-II ...................................................................(rtos_ucos.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in µC/OS-II 7

Features ................................................................................................................................... 9









µC/OS-II specific Menu 15

µC/OS-II Commands ................................................................................................................ 16

TASK.Event Display events 16

TASK.Flag Display flags 16

TASK.Memory Display memory partitions 17

TASK.PARtition Display space partitions 17

TASK.PROCess Display MPU processes 18




TASK.TImer Display timers 19

µC/OS-II PRACTICE Functions ............................................................................................... 20


RTOS Debugger for MicroC/OS-III

RTOS Debugger for MicroC/OS-III ................................................................(rtos_ucos3.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in µC/OS-II3 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6









µC/OS-III specific Menu 12

µC/OS-III Commands ............................................................................................................... 13

TASK.eventFLAG Display event flags 13

TASK.MEMory Display memory partitions 13

TASK.MUTEX Display mutexes 14

TASK.Queue Display message queues 14



TASK.TiMeR Display timers 16

µC/OS-III PRACTICE Functions .............................................................................................. 18


RTOS Debugger for MicroC3/Compact

RTOS Debugger for MicroC3/Compact .................................................... (rtos_uc3cmp.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2




Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in MicroC3/Cmp 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6







MicroC3/Cmp specific Menu 11

MicroC3/Cmp Commands ....................................................................................................... 12








MicroC3/Cmp PRACTICE Functions ...................................................................................... 16


RTOS Debugger for MicroC3/Standard

RTOS Debugger for MicroC3/Standard ...................................................... (rtos_uc3std.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in MicroC3/Std 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7







MicroC3/Std specific Menu 12

MicroC3/Std Commands ......................................................................................................... 13





TASK.ISR Display interrupt service routines 15



TASK.MemPoolL Display variable memory pools 16



TASK.PORt Display rendezvous ports 18



MicroC3/Std PRACTICE Functions ........................................................................................ 20


RTOS Debugger for MQX

RTOS Debugger for MQX ..................................................................................(rtos_mqx.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in MQX 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7










MQX specific Menu 13

MQX Commands ...................................................................................................................... 14

TASK.EVent Display events 14

TASK.KLog Display kernel log 14

TASK.LWEvent Display light weight events 15

TASK.LWMEMPool Display light weight memory pools 16

TASK.LWMsgQ Display light weight message queues 16

TASK.LWSem Display light weight semaphores 16

TASK.MEMPool Display memory pools 17

TASK.MeSsaGe.POOL Display message pools 17

TASK.MeSsaGe.QUEUE Display message queues 18

TASK.MuteX Display mutexes 19


TASK.TASK Display tasks 20

TASK.TASKQueue Display task queues 20


MQX PRACTICE Functions ..................................................................................................... 22


RTOS Debugger for MTOS-UX

RTOS Debugger for MTOS-UX ....................................................................... (rtos_mtos.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3


Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4



Hooks & Internals of MTOS-UX 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6

SYSC Terminal Emulation 6






MTOS-UX specific Menu 11

MTOS-UX Commands ............................................................................................................. 12

TASK.DispEvent Display global event flags 12

TASK.DispFixed Display fixed pools 12

TASK.DispmBuff Display message buffers 13

TASK.DispMbx Display mailboxes 13


TASK.DispPool Display common pools 14

TASK.DispSem Display semaphores 15

TASK.DispsVar Display shared variables 15

TASK.DispTask Display tasks 16

TASK.DispTIme Display time & TOD 17

TASK.DispUnit Display peripheral units 17

TASK.MAP Mapping suggestion 17


MTOS-UX PRACTICE Functions ............................................................................................ 19


RTOS Debugger for NetBSD

RTOS Debugger for NetBSD ....................................................................... (rtos_netbsd.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in NetBSD 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7



MMU Support 8




NetBSD specific Menu 11

Debugging NetBSD Kernel and User Processes .................................................................. 12

NetBSD Kernel 12

User Processes 13

NetBSD Commands ................................................................................................................ 15

TASK.LWP Display LWPs 15



NetBSD PRACTICE Functions ............................................................................................... 17



RTOS Debugger for NORTi

RTOS Debugger for NORTi .............................................................................. (rtos_norti.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in NORTi 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7








NORTi specific Menu 13

NORTi Commands ................................................................................................................... 14





TASK.ISR Display interrupt service routines 15






TASK.PORt Display rendezvous ports 18



NORTi PRACTICE Functions .................................................................................................. 21


RTOS Debugger for Nucleus PLUS

RTOS Debugger for Nucleus PLUS .......................................................... (rtos_nucleus.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3




Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals of Nucleus PLUS 7

Features ................................................................................................................................... 8

DBUG+ Terminal Emulation 8


Display of History Component 9




SMP Support 11





Nucleus specific Menu 17

Debugging Nucleus Processes 17

Nucleus Commands ................................................................................................................ 19

TASK.DynMem Display dynamic memory status 19

TASK.EventStat Display event group status 19

TASK.HIsr Display HISRs 20

TASK.HISTory Display Nucleus history 20

TASK.MbxStat Display mailbox status 21

TASK.PartMem Display partition memory status 21

TASK.PipeStat Display pipe status 22

TASK.ProcList Display process list 22

TASK.QueueStat Display queue status 23

TASK.SemaStat Display semaphore status 24

TASK.TaskStat Display task status 24


TASK.TImerstat Display timer status 26

Nucleus PLUS PRACTICE Functions .................................................................................... 27


RTOS Debugger for OKL4

RTOS Debugger for OKL4 ................................................................................(rtos_okl4.pdf) 1


Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in OKL4 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6




MMU Support 8





OKL4 Specific Menu 12

OKL4 Commands .................................................................................................................... 13

TASK.CList Display capability lists 13

TASK.MMU.SCAN Scan MMU address space 13

TASK.Space Display address spaces 14


OKL4 PRACTICE Functions ................................................................................................... 16


RTOS Debugger for OS21

RTOS Debugger for OS21 ................................................................................(rtos_os21.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in OS21 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6










OS21 specific Menu 12

OS21 Commands ..................................................................................................................... 13

TASK.EVenT Display event groups 14

TASK.MeSsaGe Display message queue 15


TASK.PARTition Display partition 17




OS21 PRACTICE Functions .................................................................................................... 20


RTOS Debugger for OS-9

RTOS Debugger for OS-9 ..................................................................................(rtos_os9.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3


Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5

Hooks in OS-9 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7


Symbol Relocation 7


Task Runtime Analysis 8


Task Selective Debugging 9

System Calls 9

OS-9 Commands ..................................................................................................................... 10

sYmbol.RELOCate.Auto Control automatic relocation 10

sYmbol.RELOCate.Base Define base address 10

sYmbol.RELOCate.List List relocation info 11

sYmbol.RELOCate.Magic Define program magic 11

sYmbol.RELOCate.Passive Define passive base address 12

TASK.ALARMS Alarm table 13

TASK.CCTL Cache control 13


TASK.DEVS Device table 14

TASK.EVENTS Event table 14

TASK.EXIT Exit system call 14

TASK.IRQS Interrupt polling table 15

TASK.MDIR Module table 15

TASK.MFREE Free memory 15

TASK.PROCS Process table 16

TASK.PROCSL Extended process table 16

TASK.QUEUES Process queues 17

TASK.SEND Send signal 17

TASK.SysCall Generic system call 17

TASK.SYSGLOB Display time 18

OS9 specific Functions ........................................................................................................... 19


RTOS Debugger for OSE Classic

RTOS Debugger for OSE Classic ........................................................(rtos_ose_classic.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2


Supported Version .................................................................................................................. 3

Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in OSE Classic 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7





System Calls 8

OSE Classic specific Menu 9

OSE Classic Commands ......................................................................................................... 10

TASK.DProc Process table 10

TASK.DPS Process statistics table 11

TASK.DQ Signal queue table 12

TASK.DS Signal names 12

TASK.SysCall Execute OS68 system call 13


OSE Classic PRACTICE Functions ........................................................................................ 14



RTOS Debugger for OSE Delta

RTOS Debugger for OSE Delta .............................................................. (rtos_ose_delta.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in OSE Delta 7

Features ................................................................................................................................... 8

Terminal Emulation for dbgprintf 8





MMU Support 11

SMP Support 13





OSE Delta specific Menu 17

Debugging OSE Load Modules 17

OSE Delta Commands ............................................................................................................ 22

TASK.DBIOS Display bios modules 22

TASK.DBLock Display blocks 22

TASK.DConf Display kernel configuration 23

TASK.DLoadMod Display load modules 23

TASK.DPOOL Display pools 24

TASK.DProc Display processes 25

TASK.DProGram Display loaded programs 26

TASK.MMU.SCAN Scan OSE MMU 27

TASK.RAMLOG Display ramlog 27

TASK.SYMbol Symbol handling of load modules 28


PRACTICE Functions 30



RTOS Debugger for OSE Epsilon

RTOS Debugger for OSE Epsilon ...................................................... (rtos_ose_epsilon.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in OSE Epsilon 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6






OSE Epsilon specific Menu 10

OSE Epsilon Commands ........................................................................................................ 11

TASK.DProc Display processes 11

TASK.DQueue Display signal queue 11


OSE Epsilon PRACTICE Functions ....................................................................................... 13


RTOS Debugger for OSEck

RTOS Debugger for OSEck ...........................................................................(rtos_oseck.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in OSEck 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6









OSEck specific Menu 11

OSEck Commands .................................................................................................................. 12

TASK.PooL Display pools 12


TASK.SysInfo Display system information 14

OSEck PRACTICE Functions ................................................................................................. 15


RTOS Debugger for OSEK/ORTI

RTOS Debugger for OSEK/ORTI

RTOS Debugger for OSEK/ORTI .................................................................... (rtos_orti.pdf) 1

Overview ............................................................................................................................... 2


Supported Versions ............................................................................................................. 3

Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 4


Hooks and Internals in ORTI 5

Features ................................................................................................................................ 7








Service Runtime Statistics 11

ISR2 Runtime Statistics 12


OSEK/ORTI specific Menu 15

ORTI Commands .................................................................................................................. 16

TASK.D<object> Display OSEK objects 16

ORTI PRACTICE Functions ................................................................................................. 17



Application Note for OSEK/ORTI

Trace Export for Third-Party Timing Tools ................................. (app_timing_tools.pdf) 1

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 2

Requirements .................................................................................................................... 4

Processing ......................................................................................................................... 5

Example .............................................................................................................................. 7

Related Documents 7

Environment 7

Step 1: Create an AUTOSAR/OSEK Application 8

Step 2: Set up TRACE32 and Run the Application 9

Step 3: Set up Real-time Trace within TRACE32 11

Step 4: Run the Program Execution to Fill the Trace 14

Step 5: Set up Markers for Trace Export 17

Step 6: Export Task Events 18

Timing Tools ...................................................................................................................... 19

Symtavision TraceAnalyzer 19

INCHRON chronVIEW 20

Timing Architects - Inspector 24

RTOS Debugger for PikeOS

RTOS Debugger for PikeOS .........................................................................(rtos_pikeos.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 4



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 6




Hooks and Internals in PikeOS 7

Features ................................................................................................................................... 9





MMU Support 14


SMP Support 18

POSIX Personality 19


APEX Personality 19

Linux Personality 19




PikeOS specific Menu 23

Debugging PikeOS Components ........................................................................................... 24

PikeOS Kernel 24

System Extensions 25

User Tasks 26

POSIX 28

APEX 29

ELinOS 30

PikeOS Commands ................................................................................................................. 33

EXTension.AXProcess Display APEX processes 33

EXTension.ELModule Display ELinOS modules 33

EXTension.ELProcess Display ELinOS processes 34

EXTension.ELThread Display ELinOS threads 34

EXTension.PXThread Display POSIX threads 35

TASK.INFO Display system information 36


TASK.ResPart Display resource partitions 37

TASK.TaskFile.ADD Map file name to task name 37

TASK.TaskFile.view Display file name to task name mapping 37

TASK.TaskList Display ‘PikeOS’ tasks 38

TASK.ThrliSt Display threads 39

PikeOS PRACTICE Functions ................................................................................................ 40



TASK.TASKID() ID of task 40

TASK.TASKNAME() Name of task 40

TASK.TASKFILE() Symbol file name of task 41

EXT.ELINOS.SPACEID() Space ID of ELinOS personality 41

EXT.ELPROCESS.NAME() Name of ELinOS process 41

EXT.ELLIBRARY.ADDRESS() Load address of ELinOS library 41

EXT.ELLIBRARY.SPACEID() Space ID of ELinOS library 42

EXT.ELLIBRARY.NAME() Name of ELinOS library 42

EXT.ELMODULE.MAGIC() Magic of ELinOS module 42

EXT.ELMODULE.NAME() Name of ELinOS module 42

EXT.ELMODULE.SECADDR() Section address of ELinOS module 43



RTOS Debugger for PrKERNEL

RTOS Debugger for PrKERNEL ................................................................(rtos_prkernel.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in PrKERNEL 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7








PrKERNEL specific Menu 12

PrKERNEL Commands ........................................................................................................... 13










TASK.PORt Display ports 17



PrKERNEL PRACTICE Functions .......................................................................................... 20


RTOS Debugger for pSOS+

RTOS Debugger for pSOS+ .............................................................................(rtos_psos.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3




Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in pSOS 7

Features ................................................................................................................................... 8


TRACE32 Board Support Package with pROBE+ Terminal Emulation 9




System Calls 10


pSOS specific Menu 10

pSOS Commands for i386, M68k and PPC ........................................................................... 11

TASK.QC Configuration 11

TASK.QD Date and time 12

TASK.QO Objects 13

TASK.QP Partitions 13

TASK.QQ Queues 14

TASK.QR Regions 15

TASK.QS Semaphores 16

TASK.QT Tasks 17

TASK.QV Version 18

TASK.SC System calls 19


pSOSx86 Commands .............................................................................................................. 20

TASK.QC Configuration 20

TASK.QP Process table 21

TASK.QX Exchange table 21

TASK.QT Time 22

TASK.QM Memory 22


pSOS PRACTICE Functions ................................................................................................... 24


RTOS Debugger for PXROS

RTOS Debugger for PXROS .......................................................................... (rtos_pxros.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2




Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in PXROS 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7








PXROS Specific Menu 14

PXROS Commands ................................................................................................................. 15

TASK.ListmbX Display mailboxes 15

TASK.ListObject List objects 15

TASK.ListObj.DeLaY Display delay objects 16

TASK.ListObj.MailBoX Display mailboxes 16

TASK.ListObj.MemClass Display memory classes 17

TASK.ListObj.MeSsaGe Display message objects 17

TASK.ListObj.OPool Display object pools 18

TASK.ListTask Display task table 18


RTOS Debugger for QNX - Run Mode

RTOS Debugger for QNX - Run Mode ......................................................(rtos_qnx_run.pdf) 1

Basic Concepts ....................................................................................................................... 2

pdebug ..................................................................................................................................... 2

Switching to Run Mode Debugging ....................................................................................... 2

The Space ID for Run Mode Debugging 3

Process Debugging 4

Quick Start Example for ARM ................................................................................................ 6

Switching between Run & Stop Mode Debugging ............................................................... 8

Commands for Run Mode Debugging ................................................................................... 12

Breakpoint Conventions ......................................................................................................... 13



RTOS Debugger for QNX - Stop Mode

RTOS Debugger for QNX - Stop Mode ................................................... (rtos_qnx_stop.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in QNX 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7





MMU Support 11


SMP Support 16





QNX specific Menu 21

Debugging QNX Components ................................................................................................ 24

Initial Program Loader (IPL) 24

QNX Kernel 24

User Processes 26

Trapping Segmentation Violation 29

QNX Commands ...................................................................................................................... 31



TASK.PIDIN Display “pidin” like information 32


TASK.sYmbol Process symbol management 34









TASK.TLOGger Display tracelogger buffer 40

TASK.TLOGger.VMLOGger Copy tracelogger buffer to LOGGER 41









QNX PRACTICE Functions ..................................................................................................... 47



TASK.CURRENT() Current process or thread 47

TASK.PROC.SPACE() Space ID of process 48

TASK.PROC.MAGIC() Magic number of process 48

TASK.PROC.NAME() Name of process 48

TASK.PROC.THREADS() List of threads 48

TASK.PROC.SID2MAGIC() Process of space ID 49

TASK.LIB.ADDRESS() Address of library 49

Appendix .................................................................................................................................. 50

Appendix A: Kernel debug information 50


RTOS Debugger for REALOS

RTOS Debugger for REALOS ....................................................................... (rtos_realos.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in REALOS 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7









REALOS specific Menu 13

REALOS Commands ............................................................................................................... 14












MicroC3/Std PRACTICE Functions ........................................................................................ 20


RTOS Debugger for RealTimeCraft

RTOS Debugger for RealTimeCraft .................................................. (rtos_realtimecraft.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2


Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4


Hooks in XEC 68 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6





System Call Trace 7

XEC 68 Commands ................................................................................................................. 8

TASK.DeLaY Delay table 8

TASK.MailBoX Mailbox table 8

TASK.SEMaphore Semaphore table 9

TASK.SysCall Execute XEC 68 system call 9

TASK.TASK Task table 10



RTOS Debugger for RTEMS

RTOS Debugger for RTEMS .......................................................................... (rtos_rtems.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in RTEMS 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7








RTEMS specific Menu 13

RTEMS Commands ................................................................................................................. 14

TASK.INFO Display API information 14

TASK.INTernal.Mutex Display internal mutexes 14

TASK.INTernal.Thread Display internal threads 15

TASK.Posix.CondVar Display POSIX condition variables 15

TASK.Posix.Mutex Display POSIX mutexes 15

TASK.Rtems.Extension Display RTEMS extensions 16

TASK.Rtems.MsgQueue Display RTEMS message queues 17

TASK.Rtems.Partition Display RTEMS partitions 17

TASK.Rtems.PEriod Display RTEMS periods 18

TASK.Rtems.POrt Display RTEMS ports 18

TASK.Rtems.Region Display RTEMS regions 18

TASK.Rtems.Semaphore Display RTEMS semaphores 19

TASK.Rtems.Task Display RTEMS tasks 20

TASK.Rtems.TImer Display RTEMS timers 20

TASK.Thread Display all threads 21

RTEMS PRACTICE Functions ................................................................................................ 22



RTOS Debugger for RTOS/7700

RTOS Debugger for RTOS/7700 ................................................................... (rtos_rt7700.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2


Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4



Hooks in RTOS/7700 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6






RTOS/7700 specific Menu 7

RTOS/7700 Commands ........................................................................................................... 8

TASK.MailBox Display mailbox 8

TASK.TaskList Display task list 8



RTOS Debugger for RTX166

RTOS Debugger for RTX166 ......................................................................... (rtos_rtx166.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2


Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4


Hooks in RTX166 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7





System Call Trace 8

RTX166 Commands ................................................................................................................. 9

TASK.DynTaskD Dynamic task descriptors 9

TASK.IniTaskD Initial task descriptors 9

TASK.MailboxD Mailbox descriptors 10


TASK.MemPoolD Memory pool descriptors 11

TASK.SemaD Semaphore descriptors 11

TASK.SysCall Execute RTX166 system call 12


RTOS Debugger for RTX166 tiny

RTOS Debugger for RTX166 tiny ......................................................... (rtos_rtx166_tiny.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3


Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5


Hooks in RTX166tiny 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7





System Call Trace 8

RTX166tiny Commands .......................................................................................................... 9

TASK.StateTab Task state table 9

TASK.SysCall Execute RTX166tiny system call 9

TASK.TaskInfo Task information table 9


RTOS Debugger for RTX51

RTOS Debugger for RTX51 ............................................................................. (rtos_rtx51.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3


Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5


Hooks in RTX51 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7





System Call Trace 8

RTX51 Commands ................................................................................................................... 9


TASK.MailBoX Display mailbox table 9

TASK.SEMaphore Display semaphore table 9

TASK.SysCall Execute RTX51 system call 9

TASK.TASK Display task table 10


RTOS Debugger for RTX51 tiny

RTOS Debugger for RTX51 tiny ............................................................. (rtos_rtx51_tiny.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3


Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5


Hooks in RTX51 tiny 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7





System Call Trace 8

RTX51 tiny Commands ........................................................................................................... 9

TASK.StateTab Task state table 9

TASK.SysCall Execute RTX51 tiny system call 9

TASK.TaskInfo Task information table 10


RTOS Debugger for RTX-ARM

RTOS Debugger for RTX-ARM .....................................................................(rtos_rtxarm.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in RTX-ARM 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6









RTX-ARM Specific Menu 12

RTX-ARM Commands ............................................................................................................. 13


RTX-ARM PRACTICE Functions ............................................................................................ 14




RTOS Debugger for RTXC

RTOS Debugger for RTXC ................................................................................ (rtos_rtxc.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in RTXC 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7







System Calls and Function Calls 9

RTXC specific Menu 9

RTXC Commands .................................................................................................................... 10

TASK.CLock Display clock/timers 10

TASK.taskLIST Display tasks 10

TASK.MBOX Display mailboxes 11

TASK.PART Display partitions 11

TASK.QUEUE Display queues 12

TASK.RSRC Display resources 12

TASK.SEMA Display semaphores 13


TASK.SysCall Execute RTXC system call 13


RTXC PRACTICE Functions ................................................................................................... 15


RTOS Debugger for RTXC Quadros

RTOS Debugger for RTXC Quadros .........................................................(rtos_quadros.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in RTXC Quadros 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7

Terminal Emulation 7









RTXC Quadros specific Menu 14

RTXC Quadros Commands .................................................................................................... 15

TASK.ALaRm Display alarms 15

TASK.CouNTer Display counters 16

TASK.EVenT Display event sources 17

TASK.EXCeption Display exceptions 17

TASK.LeVeL Display levels 18


TASK.MuTeX Display mutex 19

TASK.PaRTition Display partitions 20

TASK.PIPe Display pipes 20

TASK.QUEue Display queues 21





RTXC Quadros PRACTICE Functions ................................................................................... 24


RTOS Debugger for Rubus OS

RTOS Debugger for Rubus OS ..................................................................... (rtos_rubus.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4



Hooks in Rubus OS 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6


Thread Runtime Statistics 7

Thread State Analysis 8



Rubus specific Menu 12

Rubus Commands ................................................................................................................... 13

TASK.MonDev I/O device list 13

TASK.MonFile Open file list 13

TASK.MonLabel Rubus information 14

TASK.MonMsg Message queue information 15

TASK.MonMuteX Blue MUTEX table 15

TASK.MonRSched Red thread table 16

TASK.MonRSList Red schedule table 16

TASK.MonThread Blue thread table 16


Rubus PRACTICE Functions .................................................................................................. 18


RTOS Debugger for Sciopta

RTOS Debugger for Sciopta ....................................................................... (rtos_sciopta.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4





Hooks & Internals in Sciopta 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6







Sciopta Specific Menu 10

Sciopta Commands ................................................................................................................. 11

TASK.ERRmsg Display last error 11

TASK.ModList Display module list 11

TASK.POOL Display pool contents 11

TASK.POolList Display pool list 12

TASK.POolStat Display pool statistics 12

TASK.Process Display process 13

TASK.ProcList Display process list 13

TASK.Queue Display queue contents 14

Sciopta PRACTICE Functions ................................................................................................ 15

RTOS Debugger for SMX

RTOS Debugger for SMX ..................................................................................(rtos_smx.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in SMX 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7









SMX specific Menu 13

SMX Commands ...................................................................................................................... 14

TASK.BLOCK Display blocks 14

TASK.BUCKet Display buckets 14

TASK.ConFigtab Display configuration 15

TASK.EvtQueue Display event queues 15

TASK.EvtTable Display event tables 16

TASK.eXCHanGe Display exchanges 17

TASK.LSR Display LSRs 17

TASK.MeSsaGe Display messages 18

TASK.PIPE Display pipes 18

TASK.POOL Display pools 19

TASK.SEMAphore Display semaphores 20

TASK.TASK Display tasks 21


TASK.TIMer Display timers 22

TASK.TRACE Display event buffer 22

TASK.TRACEVM Copy event buffer to LOGGER 23

SMX PRACTICE Functions ..................................................................................................... 24


RTOS Debugger for Symbian OS EKA1

RTOS Debugger for Symbian OS EKA1 .........................................................(rtos_epoc.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in Symbian OS 7

Features ................................................................................................................................... 8









Autoloader 13

Dynamic Autoloader 14

MMU Support 15

Symbian OS specific Menu 17

Debugging Symbian OS Kernel and User Processes .......................................................... 18

Symbian OS Kernel 18

User Processes 20

Symbian OS Commands ......................................................................................................... 26

TASK.CHUNK Display chunks 26

TASK.LIBrary Display libraries 27

TASK.PROCess Display processes 27



Symbian OS PRACTICE Functions ........................................................................................ 30


RTOS Debugger for Symbian OS EKA2 - Run Mode

RTOS Debugger for Symbian OS EKA2 - Run Mode .........................(rtos_symb2_run.pdf) 1

Basic Concepts ....................................................................................................................... 2

TRK Monitor 2

The Debug Communications Channel (DCC) 2

Switching to Run Mode Debugging 2

Process Debugging 3

Quick Start Example ............................................................................................................... 4

Switching between Run & Stop Mode ................................................................................... 5

Commands for Run Mode Debugging ................................................................................... 8

Breakpoint Conventions ......................................................................................................... 9


RTOS Debugger for Symbian OS EKA2 - Stop Mode

RTOS Debugger for Symbian OS EKA2 - Stop Mode ...................... (rtos_symb2_stop.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5





Hooks & Internals in Symbian OS 7

Features ................................................................................................................................... 8


Display Of Symbian OS Descriptors 8



MMU Support 10

Autoloader 11

SMP Support 13

ODP Support 13





Symbian OS specific Menu 18

Debugging Symbian OS Kernel and User Processes .......................................................... 19

Symbian OS Kernel 19

User Processes 21

Symbian OS Commands ......................................................................................................... 26

TASK.CHUNK Display chunks 26

TASK.CodeSeg Display modules 26

TASK.CONDition Display pre- and postconditions 28

TASK.CurTHRead Display current thread 28

TASK.LIBrary Display libraries 28

TASK.PROCess Display processes 29

TASK.StopMode Set the debug event handler 30










Symbian OS PRACTICE Functions ........................................................................................ 37


RTOS Debugger for SYS/BIOS

RTOS Debugger for SYS/BIOS ...................................................................(rtos_sysbios.pdf) 1


Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in SYS/BIOS 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6








SYS/BIOS Specific Menu 11

SYS/BIOS Commands ............................................................................................................. 13

TASK.CLocK Display clocks 13

TASK.EVenT Display events 13


TASK.MODule Display used modules 14


TASK.SWI Display SWIs 15

TASK.SYSMIN Display SysMin buffer 16


SYS/BIOS PRACTICE Functions ............................................................................................ 17


RTOS Debugger for ThreadX

RTOS Debugger for ThreadX ..................................................................... (rtos_threadx.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in ThreadX 6


Features ................................................................................................................................... 7





SMP Support 9





ThreadX specific Menu 14

ThreadX Commands ............................................................................................................... 15

TASK.BLockmem Display block memory pools 15

TASK.BYtemem Display byte memory pools 15

TASK.EVent Display event flags 16

TASK.ExecLOG Display thread performance log 16

TASK.MUtex Display mutexes 17

TASK.QUeue Display queues 17

TASK.SEmaphore Display semaphores 18


TASK.THread Display threads 19

TASK.TImer Display application timers 20

TASK.TRACE Display event trace buffer 20

TASK.TRACEVM Copy event trace buffer to LOGGER 20

ThreadX PRACTICE Functions .............................................................................................. 22



TASK.TH.MAGIC() Magic number of thread 22

TASK.BY.MAGIC() Magic number of byte pool 22

TASK.BL.MAGIC() Magic number of block pool 23


RTOS Debugger for uClinux

RTOS Debugger for uClinux ....................................................................... (rtos_uclinux.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5





Hooks & Internals in uCLinux 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7

Terminal Emulation 7





Symbol Autoloader 9





uCLinux specific Menu 14

Debugging uCLinux Kernel and User Processes ................................................................. 16

uCLinux Kernel 16

User Processes 17

Kernel Modules 19

uCLinux Commands ............................................................................................................... 20

TASK.DMESG Display the kernel ring buffer 20


TASK.DTB Display the device tree blob 21

TASK.DTS Display the device tree source 21

TASK.FS Display file system internals 22

TASK.FS.MountDevs Display mounted devices 22

TASK.FS.PROC Display /proc file system 22

TASK.FS.Types Display file system types 22


TASK.MAPS Display process maps 23


TASK.PS Display “ps” output 24

TASK.sYmbol Process/Module symbol management 26

TASK.sYmbol.DELete Unload process symbols 26


TASK.sYmbol.DELeteMod Unload module symbols 27

TASK.sYmbol.LOAD Load process symbols 28


TASK.sYmbol.LOADMod Load module symbols 29



TASK.VMAINFO Display vmalloced areas 32











uCLinux PRACTICE Functions .............................................................................................. 38


RTOS Debugger for uiPLUS

RTOS Debugger for uiPLUS ......................................................................... (rtos_uiplus.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals of µiPLUS 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6






µiPLUS specific Menu 7

µiPLUS Commands ................................................................................................................. 8

TASK.UIDTQ Display data queues 8

TASK.UIFLG Display event flags 8

TASK.UIMBX Display mailboxes 9

TASK.UIMPF Display fixed memory pools 9

TASK.UIMPL Display variable memory pools 9

TASK.UISEM Display semaphores 10

TASK.UITSK Display tasks 10

µiPLUS PRACTICE Functions ................................................................................................ 12



RTOS Debugger for VDK

RTOS Debugger for VDK ...................................................................................(rtos_vdk.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in VDK 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6





VDK Specific Menu 8

VDK Commands ...................................................................................................................... 9

TASK.DevFlag Display device flags 9

TASK.MemPool Display memory pools 9



VDK PRACTICE Functions ..................................................................................................... 11


RTOS Debugger for VRTX32/68K

RTOS Debugger for VRTX32/68K ..................................................................... (rtos_vrtx.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2


Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4


Hooks in VRTX32 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6


System Calls 6




System Call Trace 7



VRTX32 Commands ................................................................................................................ 8

TASK.DCONF Display configuration table 8

TASK.DFLAG Display flag groups 8

TASK.DIN Display the input buffer 9

TASK.DMBOX Display pending mailboxes 9

TASK.DOUT Display the output buffer 10

TASK.DPART Display memory partitions 10

TASK.DQUEUE Display queues 11

TASK.DSEM Display semaphores 11

TASK.DSYStem Display system activity 11

TASK.DTASK Display tasks 12

TASK.SysCall Execute VRTX32 system call 12


RTOS Debugger for VRTX80

RTOS Debugger for VRTX80 ...................................................................... (rtos_vrtx_80.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2


Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4


Hooks in VRTX80 4

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6





System Call Trace 7

VRTX80 Commands ................................................................................................................ 8

TASK.DMBOX Display mailboxes 8

TASK.DQUEUE Display queues 8

TASK.DTASK Display tasks 9


RTOS Debugger for VRTXmc/68K

RTOS Debugger for VRTXmc/68K ............................................................ (rtos_vrtx_mc.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4



Hooks in VRTXmc 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6





System Call Trace 7


VRTXmc Commands ............................................................................................................... 8

TASK.DFlag Display event flag groups 8

TASK.DMbox Display mailboxes 8

TASK.DPart Display memory partitions 8




TASK.DVTimer Display timers 10



RTOS Debugger for VRTXsa

RTOS Debugger for VRTXsa ...................................................................... (rtos_vrtx_sa.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5



Hooks in VRTXsa 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7

Display of kernel resources 7

System calls 7




System Call Trace 9


VRTXsa specific Menu 9


VRTXsa Commands ................................................................................................................ 10

TASK.DFlag Display event flag groups 10

TASK.DHeap Display memory heaps 10

TASK.DIBuff Display the input buffer 10

TASK.DMbox Display mailboxes 11

TASK.DMUtex Display mutexes 12

TASK.DOBuff Display the output buffer 12

TASK.DPart Display memory partitions 13


TASK.DSem Display semaphores 13



TASK.DWaitc Display wait character 15

TASK.SysCall Execute VRTXsa system call 15



RTOS Debugger for VxWorks

RTOS Debugger for VxWorks ...................................................................(rtos_vxworks.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5


Hooks & Internals in VxWorks 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7





MMU Support 10


SMP Support 14

Debugging Modules 14

Debugging Real Time Processes 15

Debugging Protection Domains 16






VxWorks specific Menu 24

VxWorks Commands .............................................................................................................. 25

TASK.LKUP Show system symbol table 25

TASK.MemPShow Show memory partition 25

TASK.MMU.SCAN Scan RTP MMU entries 26

TASK.MMU.SCANSPACE Scan PD MMU entries 26

TASK.ModShow Show loaded modules 27

TASK.MsgQShow Show message queues 27


TASK.PDShow Show protection domains 28

TASK.RELOC Relocate system symbols 29

TASK.RTPShow Show loaded RTPs 29

TASK.SemShow Show semaphores 30

TASK.SHLShow Show loaded libraries 30

TASK.TaskInfo Task information 30


TASK.WDShow Show watchdogs 32

VxWorks PRACTICE Functions ............................................................................................. 33

TASK.AVAIL() Availability of object lists 33

TASK.CONFIG() Address for magic number of core 33


TASK.MODLIST() Next module magic 34

TASK.MODNAME() Module name of module 34

TASK.MODULE() Segment address of module 34

TASK.RTP.ID() RTP ID of rtp name 35

TASK.RTP.SEGADDR() Segment address of RTP 35

TASK.RTP.SEGSIZE() Segment size of RTP 35

TASK.RTP.SPACEID() Space ID of RTP ID 36

TASK.RTP.TTB() TTB address of RTP ID 36

TASK.SHL.ID() ID of library name 36

TASK.SHL.SEGADDR() Segment address of library 37

TASK.SHL.SEGSIZE() Segment size of library 37

TASK.TASKLIST() Next magic number in task list 37

TASK.TASKNAME() Task name of task 38


RTOS Debugger for Windows CE4/CE5

RTOS Debugger for Windows CE4/CE5 ............................................(rtos_windows_ce.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 4




Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 6




Hooks & Internals in Windows CE 8

Features ................................................................................................................................... 9




MMU Support 11






Windows CE specific Menu 19

Debugging Windows CE Kernel and User Processes ......................................................... 20

Windows CE Kernel 20

User Processes 24

Trapping Unhandled Exceptions 27

Windows CE Commands ........................................................................................................ 28

TASK.DLL Display libraries 28



TASK.MODule Display libraries 30

TASK.Mutex Display mutexes 30



TASK.ROM.FILE Display built-in files 33

TASK.ROM.MODule Display built-in modules 33


TASK.sYmbol Process/DLL symbol management 34


TASK.sYmbol.DELeteDLL Unload DLL symbols & MMU 34


TASK.sYmbol.LOADDLL Load DLL symbols & MMU 37














TASK.WatchDLL Watch DLLs 46

TASK.WatchDLL.ADD Add DLL to watch list 46

TASK.WatchDLL.DELete Remove DLL from watch list 46

TASK.WatchDLL.DISable Disable DLL watch system 47

TASK.WatchDLL.DISableBP Disable DLL creation breakpoints 47

TASK.WatchDLL.ENableBP Enable DLL creation breakpoints 48

TASK.WatchDLL.ENable Enable DLL watch system 48

TASK.WatchDLL.Option Set DLL watch system options 48

TASK.WatchDLL.View Show watched DLLs 49

Windows CE PRACTICE Functions ....................................................................................... 51



TASK.CURRENT() ‘vmbase’ address of process 51

TASK.DLL.CODEADDR() Address of code segment 51

TASK.DLL.DATAADDR() Address of data segment 52

TASK.LOG2PHYS() Convert virtual address to physical address 52

TASK.PROC.CODEADDR() Address of code segment 52

TASK.PROC.DATAADDR() Address of data segment 53


TASK.ROM.ADDR() Section address of ROM module 53

TASK.Y.O() Symbol option parameters 54


RTOS Debugger for Windows CE6/EC7/EC2013

RTOS Debugger for Windows CE6/EC7/EC2013 ............................(rtos_windows_ce6.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 4



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 6




Hooks & Internals in Windows CE 7

Features ................................................................................................................................... 8






MMU Support 11


SMP Support 16




Windows CE specific Menu .................................................................................................... 20

Debugging Eboot .................................................................................................................... 22

Debugging Windows CE Kernel ............................................................................................. 23

Downloading the Kernel 23

Debugging the Kernel Startup 24

Debugging the Kernel 25

Debugging User Processes and DLLs .................................................................................. 26

Debugging the Process 26

Debugging DLLs 28

Trapping Unhandled Exceptions 29

Windows CE Commands ........................................................................................................ 30

TASK.HaNDle Display global handles 30




TASK.ROM.FILE Display built-in files 33

TASK.ROM.MODule Display built-in modules 33

TASK.sYmbol Process/DLL symbol management 34


TASK.sYmbol.DELeteDLL Unload DLL symbols & MMU 34

TASK.sYmbol.DELeteRM Unload ROM module symbols 35


TASK.sYmbol.LOADDLL Load DLL symbols & MMU 35

TASK.sYmbol.LOADRM Load ROM module symbols 36













TASK.WatchDLL Watch DLLs 43

TASK.WatchDLL.ADD Add DLL to watch list 43

TASK.WatchDLL.DELete Remove DLL from watch list 43

TASK.WatchDLL.DISable Disable DLL watch system 44

TASK.WatchDLL.DISableBP Disable DLL creation breakpoints 44

TASK.WatchDLL.ENable Enable DLL watch system 44

TASK.WatchDLL.ENableBP Enable DLL creation breakpoints 45

TASK.WatchDLL.Option Set DLL watch system options 45

TASK.WatchDLL.View Show watched DLLs 46

Windows CE PRACTICE Functions ....................................................................................... 48



TASK.DLL.CODEADDR() Address of code segment 48

TASK.DLL.CURRENT() ‘magic’ of DLL 48

TASK.DLL.DATAADDR() Address of data segment 49

TASK.DLL.MAGIC() ‘magic’ of DLL 49

TASK.DLL.SECADDR() Address of section 49

TASK.DLL.SECNUM() Number of sections 50

TASK.LOG2PHYS() Convert virtual address to physical address 50

TASK.PROC.CODEADDR() Address of code segment 50

TASK.PROC.DATAADDR() Address of data segment 50

TASK.PROC.M2S() Convert magic to space ID 51

TASK.PROC.MAGIC() ‘magic’ value of process 51

TASK.PROC.S2M() Convert space ID to process magic 51


TASK.ROM.ADDR() Section address of ROM module 52

TASK.ROM.MAGIC() ‘Magic’ of ROM module 52

TASK.ROM.SECADDR() Address of section 52

TASK.ROM.SECNUM() Number of sections 53

TASK.THREAD.LIST() Thread list 53

TASK.THREAD.PROC() Process of thread 53

TASK.Y.O() Symbol option parameters 53


RTOS Debugger for Windows Standard

RTOS Debugger for Windows Standard .................................................(rtos_windows.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 4




Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 6


Hooks & Internals in Windows 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 8




MMU Support 10


SMP Support 14




Windows Specific Menu 18

Debugging Windows Components ........................................................................................ 20

Windows Kernel 20

User Processes 20

Kernel Modules 24

Windows Commands .............................................................................................................. 26

TASK.KDBG.SET Set kernel debugger data block address 26


TASK.NTBASE Set kernel base address 27


TASK.sYmbol Process/module symbol management 29

TASK.sYmbol.DELete Unload process symbols 29

TASK.sYmbol.DELeteDLL Unload library symbols 29

TASK.sYmbol.DELeteKM Unload module symbols 30

TASK.sYmbol.LOAD Load process symbols 30

TASK.sYmbol.LOADDLL Load library symbols 31

TASK.sYmbol.LOADKM Load module symbols 31

TASK.sYmbol.LOADNT Load kernel symbols 31






TASK.KDBG() Kernel debugger data block 34

TASK.LIB.GUID() GUID of library 34

TASK.LIB.MACHINE() 32bit or 64bit setting of library 35

TASK.LIB.MAGIG() Magic number of library 35

TASK.LIB.PDBPATH() Path to PDB file of library 36


TASK.MOD.BASE() Base address of module 36

TASK.MOD.ENTRY() Entry address of module 36

TASK.MOD.GUID() GUID of module 36

TASK.MOD.MACHINE() 32bit or 64bit setting of the module 37

TASK.MOD.MAGIC() Magic number of module name 37

TASK.MOD.PDBPATH() Path to PDB file of module 37

TASK.MOD.YF2M() Magic number of module symbol file 38

TASK.NTBASE() Kernel base address 38

TASK.PHYMEMBLOCK() Kernel physical memory descriptor 38

TASK.PROC.GUID() GUID of the process magic 38

TASK.PROC.MACHINE() 32bit or 64bit setting of process 39

TASK.PROC.MAGIC() Magic value of process 39

TASK.PROC.PDBPATH() Path to PDB file of process 39

TASK.PROC.SID2MAGIC() Magic number of process 40



RTOS Debugger for XOS

RTOS Debugger for XOS ...................................................................................(rtos_xos.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in XOS 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6







XOS specific Menu 11

XOS Commands ...................................................................................................................... 12


TASK.TIMER Display timers 12

XOS PRACTICE Functions ..................................................................................................... 13



RTOS Debugger for ZeOS

RTOS Debugger for ZeOS ............................................................................... (rtos_zeos.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 4




Hooks & Internals in ZeOS 5

Features ................................................................................................................................... 6









ZeOS specific Menu 10

ZeOS Commands .................................................................................................................... 11


TASK.Pipe Display pipes 11



ZeOS PRACTICE Functions ................................................................................................... 13


RTOS Debugger for Zephyr

RTOS Debugger for Zephyr ......................................................................... (rtos_zephyr.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks & Internals in Zephyr 6


Features ................................................................................................................................... 7







Zephyr specific Menu 12

Zephyr Commands for v1.0 .................................................................................................... 13

TASK.Context Display contexts 13

TASK.Event Display microkernel events 13

TASK.Fiber Display fibers 14

TASK.FIFO Display microkernel FIFOs 14

TASK.MailBoX Display microkernel mailboxes 15

TASK.Map Display microkernel maps 15

TASK.MuTeX Display microkernel mutexes 16

TASK.NanoFifo Display nanokernel FIFOs 16

TASK.NanoLifo Display nanokernel LIFOs 17

TASK.NanoSem Display nanokernel semaphores 17

TASK.NanoSTacK Display nanokernel stacks 18

TASK.PIPE Display microkernel pipes 19

TASK.Pool Display microkernel pools 19

TASK.Semaphore Display microkernel semaphores 20


TASK.TIMer Display microkernel timers 21

Zephyr Commands for v1.7 .................................................................................................... 22

TASK.ALERT Display alerts 22

TASK.MailBOX Display mailboxes 22

TASK.MEMSLAB Display memslabs 23

TASK.MSGQ Display msgqs 23

TASK.MUTEX Display mutexes 23


TASK.THREAD Display threads 24

TASK.TIMER Display timers 25

TASK.PIPE Display pipes 25

TASK.QUEUE Display qeues 25

TASK.ZSTACK Display zstacks 26

Zephyr PRACTICE Functions ................................................................................................. 27

TASK.CONFIG() Get task configuration values 27

TASK.PIPE.NAME() Name of pipe 27

TASK.PIPE.ID2MAGIC() Magic of pipe ID 27



Hypervisor Support

Hypervisor Awareness for Wind River Hypervisor

Hypervisor Awareness for Wind River Hypervisor ..................................(hv_windriver.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 5




Hooks and Internals in Wind River Hypervisor 6

Features ................................................................................................................................... 7

Display of Hypervisor Resources 7




MMU Support 10


SMP Support 16




Wind River Hypervisor specific Menu 20

Debugging Wind River Hypervisor Components ................................................................. 21

Hypervisor 21

Virtual Boards 22

Wind River Hypervisor Commands ....................................................................................... 24

TASK.ThrList Display hypervisor threads 24

TASK.VirtBoard Display virtual boards 25

TASK.ConfigVec Display configuration vector files 25

TASK.REGistry Display registry 26

TASK.SysInfo Display system information 26

TASK.CoreState Display core information 26

Wind River Hypervisor PRACTICE Functions ...................................................................... 27



VM Debugging

VM Debugger Dalvik

VM Debugger Dalvik .......................................................................................... (vmdalvik.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 2

Dalvik VM Awareness Extension 2

Preparation 3

Development Note 3

TRACE32 Extension Commands 4

Added TRACE32 JAVA Functionality 4

Dalvik Extension Commands ................................................................................................. 5

EXTension.VMList List virtual machine threads 5

EXTension.VMView View virtual machine thread stack 6

EXTension.VMClass Load class symbols for a task 7

EXTension.VMAInfo View virtual machine awareness information 7

Application Note for Android

TRACE32 JTAG Bridge for Android

TRACE32 JTAG Bridge for Android .......................................... (android_jtag_bridge.pdf) 1

Intended Audience ............................................................................................................... 3

Concept ................................................................................................................................. 3

Prerequisites ......................................................................................................................... 3

Patch and Build adb and adbd ............................................................................................ 4

Configure adbd (Android Target) ........................................................................................ 4

Static adbd Configuration (root file system) 4

Dynamic adbd Configuration (Terminal or ’adb shell’) 5

Running adbd in JTAG Bridge Mode on SMP Targets 6

Configure adb (Development Host) .................................................................................... 7

Linux 7

Windows 7

Configure TRACE32 ............................................................................................................. 8

Configure Eclipse ................................................................................................................. 8

Sample Debugging Sequence (HOST) ............................................................................... 9

Linux 9

Windows 10

Troubleshooting Tips ........................................................................................................... 11


Eclipse Warning 11

Logging adbd messages 11

Logging adb[.exe] messages 11

Pipe Communication Debugging 11

Patch breaks USB Debugging [host] 12

Patch breaks USB Debugging [target] 13

Android Application Install Fails 13

Backlog ................................................................................................................................. 14

Timeline ................................................................................................................................. 14

GDB Support

TRACE32 as GDB Front-End

TRACE32 as GDB Front-End .....................................................................(frontend_gdb.pdf) 1

Operation Theory .................................................................................................................... 3

GDB Server .............................................................................................................................. 3

Starting TRACE32 ................................................................................................................... 3

Quick Start of the TRACE32 GDB Front-end 5


FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 7

Background ............................................................................................................................. 8

Multi Process Debugging 8

GDB Front-end Commands .................................................................................................... 9

SYStem.CPU Select target CPU 9

SYStem.Mode Establish communication to debug agent 9



SYStem.Option DisMode Define disassembler mode 11


SYStem.GDBconfig EXTENDED Enable/disable gdb extended mode 12

SYStem.GDBconfig GDBSERVER Remote target is a gdbserver 12

SYStem.GDBconfig NONSTOP Enable/disable non-stop mode 13

SYStem.PORT Set communication settings 13

SYStem.GDBFILE Set the name of the debugged application 14

SYStem.GDBLibPath Set the path to the target libraries on the host 14

SYStem.GDBSIGnal Define signal handling 14

TASK.List.tasks List the running processes on the target 15

TASK.SELect Select a task for debugging 15


TASK.RUN Start a new process 15

TASK.KILL Kill a running process 15

TASK.Attach Attach to a running process 16

TASK.DETACH Detach from a a running process 16

TASK.COPYUP Copy a file from the target into the host 16

TASK.COPYDOWN Copy a file from the host into the target 16

TASK.Go Start a single task 16

TASK.Break Stop a single task 17

Support ..................................................................................................................................... 18

Compiler 18

Products ................................................................................................................................... 22



TRACE32 as GDB Back-End

TRACE32 as GDB Back-End .....................................................................(backend_gdb.pdf) 1

Basic Concepts ....................................................................................................................... 2

Introduction 2

Operating of the API Requests 3

Communication Setup ............................................................................................................ 4

Preparing TRACE32 Device Driver 4

Starting GDB 4

Supported architectures 4

Supported GDB Packets 5

Converter from GDB to PRACTICE

Converter from GDB to PRACTICE .........................................................(converter_gdb.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 2

Launching Converter .............................................................................................................. 3

Converter Limitations ............................................................................................................. 4

Converter-Specific Reserved Identifiers ............................................................................... 5

Using History Convenience Variables in CMM Script .......................................................... 7

Using PRACTICE Commands from GDB Scripts ................................................................. 8

Supported Commands ............................................................................................................ 9

Getting In and Out of GDB (TRACE32) 9

Running Programs Under GDB (TRACE32) 9

Stopping and Continuing 10

Examining the Stack 13


Examining Source Files 14

Examining Data 15

C Preprocessor Macros 16

Examining the Symbol Table 17

Using GDB (TRACE32) with Different Languages 18

Altering Execution 18

GDB (TRACE32) Files 18

Specifying a Debugger Target 19

Controlling GDB (TRACE32) 19

Command Files 20

Controlled Output 20

User Interface 21

Others 21

Virtual Targets

Virtual Targets User's Guide

Virtual Targets User's Guide ................................................................... (virtual_targets.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 3

Audience of This Manual 4


Related Documents 4



Installing TRACE32 Front-End ............................................................................................... 7

Installing TRACE32 Front-End in MS Windows 7

Installing TRACE32 Front-End in Linux 11

Starting TRACE32 Front-End ................................................................................................. 17

Starting TRACE32 Front-End in Windows 18

Starting TRACE32 Front-End in Linux 19

Connecting to Virtual Targets ................................................................................................ 20

Tracing Virtual Targets ........................................................................................................... 22

GDI, MDI, MCD, and VaST 22

CADI 22

VDI 23

Supported Virtual Targets ...................................................................................................... 24

ARC 24

ARM 24

CEVA-X 25


Hexagon 25

MIPS 25

Power Architecture 25

RH850 26

StarCore 26

TeakLite 27

TriCore 27

V850 27

x86 28

x64 28

Products ................................................................................................................................... 29



Debug Back-Ends

GTL Debug Back-End

GTL Debug Back-End ..................................................................................(backend_gtl.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 2

Related Documents 2


Abbreviations and Definitions ............................................................................................... 4

System Architecture ............................................................................................................... 5

PowerView System Configurations ....................................................................................... 6

Configuring the GTL Plug-in .................................................................................................. 9

Keep the graphical user interface responsive ...................................................................... 13

Timing Adaption ...................................................................................................................... 14

Troubleshooting the GTL Back-End ...................................................................................... 15

JTAG specific 15

Products ................................................................................................................................... 17


Debugging via USB User´s Guide

Debugging via USB User´s Guide ......................................................... (usbdebug_user.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 4

System Requirements 4



Installation of the USB Driver ................................................................................................. 6

Install the USB Driver on Windows 6

Install the USB Driver on Linux 6

Start a TRACE32 Session for USB Debugging ..................................................................... 7

Overview of Configuration Scenarios 7

Start the TRACE32 Session via T32Start 10

Start the TRACE32 Session without T32Start 15


Select a USB Device via the GUI ............................................................................................ 18

Select a USB Device via the TRACE32 Commands ............................................................. 20

USB Specific SYStem.CONFIG Commands .......................................................................... 21

SYStem.CONFIG.state Open configuration window for USB debugging 21

SYStem.CONFIG.USB USB configuration 23

SYStem.CONFIG.USB.RESet Reset configuration of interface type 25

SYStem.CONFIG.USB.SELect Connected USB devices 26

SYStem.CONFIG.USB.SELect.view List connected USB devices 26

SYStem.CONFIG.USB.SELect.SHOWDEVice Filter the USB device tree 28

SYStem.CONFIG.USB.SELect.ExpandAll Expand tree 28

SYStem.CONFIG.USB.SELect.CollapseAll Collapse tree 29

SYStem.CONFIG.USB.SET Configure device by all parameters 30

SYStem.CONFIG.USB.SETBusPort Configure device by bus port 30

SYStem.CONFIG.USB.SETDEVice Configure device by VID/PID 31

XCP Debug Back-End

XCP Debug Back-End ................................................................................ (backend_xcp.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 3

Related Documents 3


Supported Tools ...................................................................................................................... 5

PowerView System Configurations ....................................................................................... 6

Configuring XCP ...................................................................................................................... 9

Reducing XCP Traffic .............................................................................................................. 10

Command Reference .............................................................................................................. 11

SYStem.CONFIG.state Open XCP configuration window 11

SYStem.CONFIG XCP XCP specific settings 12

SYStem.CONFIG XCP.Connect Explicitly try to connect to an XCP slave 12

SYStem.CONFIG XCP.ConnectMode Configure automatic (dis)connect 13

SYStem.CONFIG XCP.DBGWRITE Set DBGWRITE behavior manually 13

SYStem.CONFIG XCP.DisConnect Explicitly disconnect from the XCP slave 14


SYStem.CONFIG XCP.SLAVE Network address 14

SYStem.CONFIG XCP.slaveINFO Slave information 15

SYStem.CONFIG XCP.TEXTserviceFilter Filter text service output 15

XCP Specific Functions .......................................................................................................... 16

In This Section 16

SYStem.CONFIG.XCP.Connected() Current XCP connection state 16

SYStem.CONFIG.XCP.ConnectMode() XCP connection mode 16

SYStem.CONFIG.XCP.INFO() Numeric value of slave property 17

SYStem.CONFIG.XCP.INFO.STR() String value of slave property 17

Products ................................................................................................................................... 18



Target Server

EPOC Target Server

EPOC Target Server .................................................................................. (monitor_epoc.pdf) 1


WARNING ................................................................................................................................. 3

Quick Start of the EPOC Monitor ........................................................................................... 4


FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 6

Basics ....................................................................................................................................... 7

Monitor Features 7

Configuration of TRACE32 EPOC Monitor 7

Configuration of EPOC GDB Stub 7

Loading Application Symbols 8

Specific SYStem Commands ................................................................................................. 9

SYStem.EPOCCOPY Copy file from host to target 9

SYStem.EPOCDLL Define DLL for debugging 9

SYStem.EPOCFILE Define application for debugging 9

SYStem.EPOCTID Define process to attach to 9

SYStem.Mode Establish the communication with the CPU 10

SYStem.CPU CPU type 10

SYStem.PORT Set serial port settings 10

General Settings and Restrictions ......................................................................................... 11

Memory Classes 11


Products ................................................................................................................................... 12



OSE Target Server

OSE Target Server ....................................................................................... (monitor_ose.pdf) 1

Quick Start of the OSE Monitor .............................................................................................. 3


Error Messages 5

FAQ 5

Basics ....................................................................................................................................... 6

Monitor Features 6

Configuration of TRACE32 OSE Monitor 6

Configuration of OSE SDM Debug Server 7

Loading Application Symbols 7

OSE Awareness 7

Specific System Commands .................................................................................................. 8


SYStem.MemAccess Run-time memory access 8


SYStem.PID Define process ID 9

SYStem.PROCESS Define process name 10

SYStem.TARGET Set target IP name or address 10

Memory Classes ...................................................................................................................... 11

Products ................................................................................................................................... 12



TRACE32 pdebug Target Server for ARM

TRACE32 pdebug Target Server for ARM ..................................(monitor_pdebug_arm.pdf) 1


Quick Start of the TRACE32 pdebug Front-end 3


FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 5

Pdebug Front-end Specific Commands ................................................................................ 6


SYStem.Mode Establish communication to debug agent 6


SYStem.PORT Set communication settings 7



TASK.List.tasks Display the list of the running processes 8

TASK.RUN Load a new process 8

TASK.SELect Attach to a running process 8

TASK.DETach Detach from selected process 9

TASK.KILL Kill the selected process 9

CPU specific MMU Commands .............................................................................................. 10


MMU.DUMP Page wise display of MMU translation table 11

MMU.List Compact display of MMU translation table 12

MMU.SCAN Load MMU table from CPU 13

Support ..................................................................................................................................... 14

Compiler 14

Products ................................................................................................................................... 15



Native Process Debugger

Native Process Debugger .................................................................. (windows_debugger.pdf) 1

Operation Theory ....................................................................................................................... 3

Quick Start .................................................................................................................................. 4

Starting a new process 4

Attach to a running process 5

Restrictions ................................................................................................................................. 6


FAQ .............................................................................................................................................. 7

Specific Commands ................................................................................................................... 8

SYStem.Mode Establish the communication with the process 8

SYStem.PROCess Set the process command line 9

SYStem.CurrentDir Set the current directory for the process 9





TASK.Attach Attach to a running process 11

TASK.ListPROC Display the list of running processes 11

TASK.List.tasks Display the list of the running threads 12

TASK.LIB Display the list loaded libraries 12


TASK.RUN Start a new process for debugging 12

TASK.DETACH Detach from process 12

TASK.KILL Kill a running process 12

TASK.SELect Select a process from the list 13

TASK.Go Start process 14

TASK.Break Stop a process 14

TASK.FREEZE Feeze a selected thread 14

TASK.THAW Resume a frozen thread 14

sYmbol.AutoLoad.CHECKWIN Set the autoloader script 14

Support ........................................................................................................................................ 15

Compiler 15

Products ...................................................................................................................................... 16



TRACE32 as TCF Agent

TRACE32 as TCF Agent .............................................................................. (app_tcf_setup.pdf) 1

Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 3

Restrictions 4

Documentation Updates 4

Related Documents and Tutorials 5

Initial Setup and Requirements ................................................................................................. 6

TRACE32 6

Eclipse 7

Wind River Workbench 9

Synopsys MetaWare IDE 11

TRACE32 Setup .......................................................................................................................... 13

Installing the TRACE32 TCF Eclipse Plug-In 13

Option A: Manual Configuration 15

Option B: Select Executable and Configuration File 20

Establish a Debug Session ....................................................................................................... 22

Start TRACE32 22

TCF Discovery 23

Manual Debug Target Setup 25

Open Debug Perspective Automatically 27


TRACE32 28

Eclipse 28

Help Us to Help You 29


TCF Commands .......................................................................................................................... 31

SYStem.TCFconfig TCF-specific setups 31

SYStem.TCFconfig.TASKCONTEXT Enable/disable task contexts 31

3rd Party Tool Integrations

Integration for CodeBlocks

Integration for CodeBlocks ......................................................................(int_codeblock.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2

Supported Code::Blocks versions ........................................................................................ 3

Plug-in Installation .................................................................................................................. 4

Plug-in and TRACE32 Configuration ..................................................................................... 5

Plug-in Configuration 5

TRACE32 Configuration 6

Plug-in Menu and Windows .................................................................................................... 7

Plug-in Menu 7

Memory window 10

Watches window 11

Registers window 11

Breakpoints List 12

Debugging Example Application ........................................................................................... 13

Integration for CodeWright

Integration for CodeWright ..................................................................... (int_codewright.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Installation ............................................................................................................................... 5

Startup Sequence .................................................................................................................... 6

Menu Commands .................................................................................................................... 7

Go Continue application 7

Break Stop application 7

Step Into Step into function call 7

Step Over Step over function call 7

Set Breakpoint Set breakpoint on current line 8

Delete Breakpoint Delete breakpoint on current line 8


Add Watch Add variable to watch window 8

Delete Watch Delete variable from watch window 8

Restart Target Do a target restart 8

Start TRACE32 Start display driver 9

Connect Connect to TRACE32 9

Disconnect Disconnect TRACE32 9

Synchronize Synchronize editor and PC 9

Get Selection Load source of TRACE32 selection 10

About trace32.dll Information about 'trace32.dll' 10

Working with the Codewright extensions ............................................................................. 11

Known Bugs ............................................................................................................................ 12

Integration for EasyCase

Integration for EasyCase ........................................................................... (int_easycase.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3



Installation ............................................................................................................................... 5


Menu Commands .................................................................................................................... 7

EasyCODE V6.x Menu 7

EasyCODE V7.x Menu 10

Working with the EasyCODE Integration .............................................................................. 13

Known Bugs ............................................................................................................................ 13

Integration for eXDI2 on Windows CE Platform Builder

Integration for eXDI2 on Windows CE Platform Builder ................................ (int_exdi2.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2

Concept of hardware-assisted debugging ............................................................................ 3

How hardware-assisted debugging modifies eXDI Architecture? ...................................... 4

Driver installation and configuration ..................................................................................... 6

Getting necessary files ........................................................................................................... 9

Creating OS Design ................................................................................................................. 10

Downloading Windows CE image to target and booting system ....................................... 15

Adding example application to Windows CE image ............................................................ 18

Debugging Windows CE ......................................................................................................... 21


Loading EXE/DLL modules symbols in TRACE32 21

Preparing Windows CE image 22

Driver configuration 22

Debugging session 23

Debugging hardware bring-up ............................................................................................... 29

Hardware-assisted debugging and KITL ............................................................................... 31

Using TRACE32 FDX for KITL Kernel Transport .................................................................. 32

FDX Overview 33

Architecture of KITL over FDX 33

Enabling KITL over FDX 34

Download service .................................................................................................................... 37

Debugging timings .................................................................................................................. 38

Memory caching ...................................................................................................................... 38


Integration with LabView

Integration with LabView .............................................................................. (int_labview.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 3

Installation and Configuration VIs for TRACE32 .................................................................. 4

Virtual Instruments for TRACE32 Description ...................................................................... 7

Trace32_Init.vi 7

Trace32_Terminate.vi 10

Trace32_AddBreakpoint.vi 11

Trace32_ClrBreakpoint.vi 13

Trace32_ControlBreakpoint.vi 15

Trace32_MemoryRead.vi 17

Trace32_MemoryWrite.vi 20

Trace32_ReadCpuRegister.vi 22

Trace32_WriteCpuRegister.vi 23

Trace32_ReadVariable.vi 25

Trace32_WriteVariable.vi 27

Trace32_ReadVariableFloat.vi 28

Trace32_WriteVariableFloat.vi 30

Trace32_ReadVariableDouble.vi 32

Trace32_WriteVariableDouble.vi 33

Trace32_GetState.vi 35

Trace32_GetSymbol.vi 36

Trace32_GetSymbolFromAddress.vi 38

Trace32_GetAddressFromFile.vi 40


Trace32_GetSourceFileName.vi 41

Trace32_PracticeCmd.vi 43

Trace32_PracticeScript.vi 45

Trace32_PracticeGetState.vi 47

Trace32_RunControl.vi 48

Trace32_System.vi 50

Trace32_Quit.vi 53

Additional Controls for TRACE32 .......................................................................................... 55

Trace32_RunCmd.ctl 55

Trace32_SystemCmd.ctl 55

Trace32_OperationBreakpoint.ctl 56

Trace32_State.ctl 57

Trace32_Error.ctl 57

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................... 59

Integration with OSE Illuminator

Integration with OSE Illuminator ......................................................................... (int_ose.pdf) 1

Requirements .......................................................................................................................... 3



Restrictions to the functionality of OSE Illuminator ............................................................ 4

Installation ............................................................................................................................... 5


Menu Commands (WINDOWS) ............................................................................................... 6

Connect to Illuminator 6

Disconnect to Illuminator 6

Configuration 6

Commands (UNIX) ................................................................................................................... 7

Working with the OSE Illuminator extension ........................................................................ 8


Known Bugs ............................................................................................................................ 8

Integration for Rhapsody in C/C++

Integration for Rhapsody in C/C++ ...................................................(int_rhapsody_cpp.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2

Architecture of Driver ............................................................................................................. 3

Driver Installation .................................................................................................................... 4


First Run of Integration Driver ............................................................................................... 5

Preparing Rhapsody Environment ........................................................................................ 7

Preparing TRACE32 ................................................................................................................ 8

Rhapsody Helpers Configuration .......................................................................................... 10

Rebuilding OXF LangCpp libraries for eCos, GCC and PPC .............................................. 13

Rebuilding OXF LangC Libraries for OSE, DIAB and PPC .................................................. 15

Rebuilding OXF LangC Libraries for eCos, GCC and PPC .................................................. 16

Preparing C/C++ Application for Animation ......................................................................... 24

Integration Features ................................................................................................................ 27

Locating Source in Rhapsody 28

Go and Break in TRACE32 33

Integration for Rhapsody in MicroC

Integration for Rhapsody in MicroC .................................................. (int_rhapsody_mc.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Installation ............................................................................................................................... 4

Command Line Parameters .................................................................................................... 5


Working with the TRACE32 GBA Driver ................................................................................ 6

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 7

Integration for Simulink

Integration for Simulink ...............................................................................(int_simulink.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 3

Installation ............................................................................................................................... 4


License Requirements 4

Installing the TRACE32 Integration for Simulink 5

Updating the TRACE32 Integration for Simulink 5

Deinstallation ........................................................................................................................... 5

TRACE32 PIL ........................................................................................................................... 6

Harness for Back-to-Back Testing 6

Back-to-Back Testing 8


Interface Configuration 10

Start TRACE32 PIL .................................................................................................................. 12

Configure the PIL Simulation Mode ....................................................................................... 13

Select an Extension (PIL) 13

Create a Harness (PIL) 14

Processor-In-the-Loop (PIL) 16

TRACE32 XIL ........................................................................................................................... 18

Build Process 18

Configuration of Models 18

Code Coverage Measurement 19

Code Execution Profiling 20

Stack Profiling 20


Frequently Asked Questions 23

Known Issues 24

Help Us Help You - Export TRACE32 Information 25

Integration for Tornado I, agentless

Integration for Tornado I, agentless ............................................................ (int_tornado.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Installation ............................................................................................................................... 4

Installation of the Backend on Windows NT 4


Simple Example ....................................................................................................................... 5

Working with the TRACE32 Back-end ................................................................................... 6

Known Problems and Bugs .................................................................................................... 6

Integration for Tornado I, WDB-agent

Integration for Tornado I, WDB-agent ............................................. (int_tornado_agent.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Installation ............................................................................................................................... 4

Installation of Target Resident wdb Debug Agent 4

Installation of the Back-end on Windows 4



Simple Example ....................................................................................................................... 5

Working with the TRACE32 Back-end ................................................................................... 6

Known Problems and Bugs .................................................................................................... 6

Integration for Visual Basic Interface

Integration for Visual Basic Interface .................................................... (int_visualbasic.pdf) 1


Release Information ................................................................................................................ 3

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 4

Restrictions in Demo Mode 4

Interfaces 5

Operation of the VBI Requests 6

Building an Application with VBI ........................................................................................... 7

VBI Files 7

Connecting VBI and Application 8


Preparing TRACE32 Device Driver 9

Configuring VBI 9

Troubleshooting 10

Generic VBI Functions ............................................................................................................ 12

T32SetDLLDebug Configure debug information output 12

T32Config Configure Driver 13

T32Init Initialize Driver and Connect 14

T32Exit Close Connection 14

T32Attach Attach TRACE32 device 15

T32Nop Send empty message 16

T32Ping Send ping message 16

T32Stop Stop PRACTICE script 17

T32Cmd Execute PRACTICE command 17

T32EvalGet Get evaluation result 18

T32GetMessage Get message line contents 19

ICD/ICE VBI Functions ............................................................................................................ 20

T32GetState Get state of debugger 20

T32GetCpuInfo Get information about used CPU 21

T32GetRam Get memory mapping 22

T32ResetCPU Prepare for emulation 23

T32ReadMemory Read target memory 24

T32WriteMemory Write to target memory 25


T32WriteMemoryPipe Write to target memory pipelined 26

T32ReadRegister Read CPU registers 27

T32WriteRegister Write CPU registers 28

T32ReadPP Read program pointer 29

T32ReadBreakpoint Read breakpoints 30

T32WriteBreakpoint Write breakpoints 31

T32Step Single step 32

T32StepMode Single step with mode control 33

T32Go Start realtime 34

T32Break Stop realtime 34

T32GetSymbol Get symbol information 35

T32GetSource Get source filename and line 36

T32GetSelectedSource Get source filename and line of selection 37

T32AnaStatusGet Get state of state analyzer 38

T32AnaRecordGet Get one record of state analyzer 39

Functions for using the API with Multiple Debuggers ......................................................... 41

T32SetChannel Set Channel to TRACE32 Instance 41

T32ExitAllChannels Cleanup all channels 42

Version Control ....................................................................................................................... 43

Integration for Xilinx ISE

Integration for Xilinx ISE ....................................................................................... (int_ise.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 2

Getting Started ........................................................................................................................ 3

Usage on 64-bit Machines ...................................................................................................... 4

Configuring TRACE32 ............................................................................................................. 5

Configuring Xilinx ISE 11 and ISE 12 .................................................................................... 6

Configuring Xilinx ISE 13 and ISE 14 .................................................................................... 7

Using Xilinx iMPACT via the TRACE32 Debug Interface ..................................................... 8

Using Xilinx ChipScope via the TRACE32 Debug Interface ................................................ 9

Compatibility ............................................................................................................................ 10


Contacting Support ................................................................................................................. 13

Integration for Xilinx Vivado

Integration for Xilinx Vivado ........................................................................... (int_vivado.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 3


Restrictions 3


Setting up the XVCD Bridge ................................................................................................... 5

Installation 5

Configuration 7

Starting the XVCD Bridge ....................................................................................................... 10

Starting the Bridge with Automatic Start of hw_server 10

Starting the Bridge with Manual Start of hw_server 12

Connecting to Vivado 14


Closing the XVCD Bridge ....................................................................................................... 16

Integration for X-Tools and X32

Integration for X-Tools and X32 ......................................................................(int_xtools.pdf) 1

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2



Installation ............................................................................................................................... 3


Menu Commands .................................................................................................................... 5

Set Breakpoint Set breakpoint on current line 5

Delete Breakpoint Delete breakpoint on current line 5

List of all Breakpoints Lists the breakpoints 5

Go Continue application 5

Break Stop application 5

Go until Cursor Continue application until this line 6

Step Over Step over function call 6

Step Into Step into function call 6

Watch Variable Add variable to watch window 6

Working with the X-TOOLS extensions ................................................................................. 7

Known Problems ..................................................................................................................... 8

TRACE32 Instruction Set Simulators

API for TRACE32 Instruction Set Simulator

API for TRACE32 Instruction Set Simulator ........................................... (simulator_api.pdf) 1


Overview .................................................................................................................................. 2

Peripheral Simulation Model .................................................................................................. 6

Standard function 6

Registers 10

Timers 13

Stall 14

Ports 15

Terminals 17

Communication 18

Files 18

Deprecated functions 20

Practical script commands ..................................................................................................... 21

Peripheral model example ...................................................................................................... 25

Environment 25

Source code listing 28

Initialization scripts 37

Simulator for 68K/ColdFire

Simulator for 68K/ColdFire .......................................................................(simulator_68k.pdf) 1

TRACE32 Simulator License .................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start of the Simulator ................................................................................................... 5

Peripheral Simulation ............................................................................................................. 7


FAQ 8

68K and HC16 specific Implementations .............................................................................. 9

Memory Classes 9

68K and HC16 specific SYStem Commands ......................................................................... 10


SYStem.CPU Select CPU type 10


SYStem.LOCK Lock and tristate the debug port 11

SYStem.MemAccess Real-time memory access (non-intrusive) 11

SYStem.Mode Establish the communication with the simulator 12

SYStem.Option BASE Select peripheral base address 12


SYStem.RESetOut CPU reset command for 68K simulator 14

SYStem.RESetOut Assert nRESET/nSRST on JTAG connector 14






Support ..................................................................................................................................... 18

Available Tools 18

Compilers 22

Target Operating Systems 68K 25

Target Operating Systems ColdFire 25

3rd Party Tool Integrations 68K 26

3rd Party Tool Integrations ColdFire 27

Products ................................................................................................................................... 28



Simulator for ARC

Simulator for ARC ..................................................................................... (simulator_arc.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 3

Supported ARC Cores 3

Brief Overview of Documents for New Users 4

Demo and Start-up Scripts 5

TRACE32 License .................................................................................................................... 6


FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 7

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................... 8

Configure the Debugger to Use the ARCINT Interface ........................................................ 12

Use T32Start 12

Modify an Existing Configuration File 13

Create a New Configuration File 13

ARCINT specific SYStem Commands ................................................................................... 14

SYStem.LIBrary Set path to debug driver of simulator 14

SYStem.PROPertieS Control properties of the used simulator (usually nSIM) 15

SYStem.PROPertieS.ADD Add a property to configure the simulator 15

SYStem.PROPertieS.Delete Remove a property to configure the simulator 15

SYStem.PROPertieS.List Show all property sets to configure the simulator 16

SYStem.PROPertieS.Modify Change property set to configure simulator 16

Access Classes ....................................................................................................................... 17

CPU specific SYStem Commands ......................................................................................... 18





SYStem.Mode Select target reset mode 21

SYStem.Option Set a target specific option 22

SYStem.Option AHBHPROT Select AHB-AP HPROT bits 22

SYStem.Option AXIACEEnable ACE enable flag of the AXI-AP 22

SYStem.Option AXICACHEFLAGS Select AXI-AP CACHE bits 23

SYStem.Option AXIHPROT Select AXI-AP HPROT bits 24

SYStem.Option DAPDBGPWRUPREQ Force debug power in DAP 24

SYStem.Option DAPREMAP Rearrange DAP memory map 25

SYStem.Option DAPSYSPWRUPREQ Force system power in DAP 25

SYStem.Option DAPNOIRCHECK No DAP instruction register check 25

SYStem.Option DEBUGPORTOptions Options for debug port handling 26

SYStem.Option detectOTrace Disable auto-detection of on-chip trace 26

SYStem.Option Endianness Set the target endianness 27

SYStem.Option HotBreakPoints Set breakp. when CPU is running 27



SYStem.Option LimmBreakPoints Software breakpoints with extra NOPs 28


SYStem.Option OVERLAY Enable overlay support 30

SYStem.Option RegNames Enable trivial names for core registers 30

SYStem.Option TIMEOUT Define maximum time for core response 31

SYStem.state Show SYStem settings window 31

On-chip Breakpoints/Actionpoints ........................................................................................ 32

Using On-chip Breakpoints 32

Breakpoints in a ROM Area 32

Limitations 33

TrOnchip.CONVert Allow extension of address range of breakpoint 34

TrOnchip.VarCONVert Convert breakpoints on scalar variables 36

TrOnchip.OnchipBP Number of on-chip breakpoints used by debugger 37

TrOnchip.RESet Set on-chip trigger to default state 38

TrOnchip.state Display on-chip trigger window 38





Support ..................................................................................................................................... 42

Available Tools 42

Compilers 42

Target Operating Systems 42

3rd Party Tool Integrations 43

Products ................................................................................................................................... 44




Simulator for ARM and XSCALE

Simulator for ARM and XSCALE ............................................................. (simulator_arm.pdf) 1





FAQ 8

Memory Classes 9

Virtual Terminal 10

Semihosting 10

Coprocessors 11

ARM specific SYStem Commands ......................................................................................... 12

SYStem.CPU Select the used CPU 12




SYStem.Option Alignment Enable alignment exceptions 14



SYStem.Option DUALPORT Implicitly use run-time memory access 15



SYStem.Option ZoneSPACES Enable symbol management for ARM zones 18






CPU specific SMMU Commands ............................................................................................ 28

SMMU Hardware system MMU (SMMU) 28

SMMU.ADD Define a new hardware system MMU 32

SMMU.Clear Delete an SMMU 33

SMMU.Register Peripheral registers of an SMMU 34

SMMU.Register.ContextBank Display registers of context bank 35

SMMU.Register.Global Display global registers of SMMU 36

SMMU.Register.StreamMapRegGrp Display registers of an SMRG 37

SMMU.RESet Delete all SMMU definitions 38

SMMU.SSDtable Display security state determination table 39


SMMU.StreamMapRegGrp Access to stream map table entries 41

SMMU.StreamMapRegGrp.ContextReg Display context bank registers 42

SMMU.StreamMapRegGrp.Dump Page-wise display of SMMU page table 44

SMMU.StreamMapRegGrp.List List the page table entries 46

SMMU.StreamMapTable Display a stream map table 47

Support ..................................................................................................................................... 54

Available Tools 54

Compilers 73



Products ................................................................................................................................... 78



Simulator for C166/ST10

Simulator for C166/ST10 .........................................................................(simulator_c166.pdf) 1





FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 7

General SYStem Settings and Restrictions .......................................................................... 8


SYStem.CONFIG.DAP Describe the target configuration 8



SYStem.Down Disables monitor 9



SYStem.Option DUALPORT Run-time memory access for all windows 10



SYStem.Option SGT Segmentation 11

Special Functions 12

Memory Classes ...................................................................................................................... 13

Support ..................................................................................................................................... 14

Available Tools 14

Compilers 19




Products ................................................................................................................................... 22



Simulator for H8/300, H8/300H and H8S

Simulator for H8/300, H8/300H and H8S ................................................... (simulator_h8.pdf) 1





FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 8

Basics ....................................................................................................................................... 9

Specific SYStem Commands ................................................................................................. 10







SYStem.Option Advanced Advanced addressing mode 12

SYStem.Option EXR EXR mode setting 13



Memory Classes ...................................................................................................................... 14

Support ..................................................................................................................................... 15

Available Tools 15

Compilers 20



Products ................................................................................................................................... 23



Simulator for HC08/MSC08

Simulator for HC08/MSC08 .................................................................... (simulator_hc08.pdf) 1






FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 7






Memory Classes ...................................................................................................................... 10

Support ..................................................................................................................................... 11

Available Tools 11

Compilers 13


3rd Party Tool Integration 14

Products ................................................................................................................................... 15



Simulator for HC12/MCS12

Simulator for HC12/MCS12 .................................................................... (simulator_hc12.pdf) 1





FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 8






SYStem.Option BASE Base address of internal registers 10


Memory Classes ...................................................................................................................... 12

Banked Applications ............................................................................................................... 13

Background and Compatibility Information 13

SYStem.Option PAGING Banked applications 13

SYStem.Option ROMHM ROM in second half of map 13

SYStem.Option TRANS Transparent mode 14


Using the MMU for HC12DA/DG/DT128 16

SYStem.Option MEMEXP Memory expansion 16

SYStem.Option ROMTST FLASH EEPROM test mode 17

Using the MMU for HC12A4/F8 17

Support ..................................................................................................................................... 23

Available Tools 23

Compilers 26



Products ................................................................................................................................... 29



Simulator for Intel® x86/x64

Simulator for Intel® x86/x64 .....................................................................(simulator_x86.pdf) 1




x86 Specific Implementations ................................................................................................ 8

Access Classes 8

Memory Model 19

Segmentation 20


FAQ 22

Emulation Modes ..................................................................................................................... 23








SYStem.Option REL Relocation register 26

SYStem.Option MEMoryMODEL Define memory model 26



Support ..................................................................................................................................... 32

Available Tools 32

Compilers 35




Products ................................................................................................................................... 37



Simulator for MIPS

Simulator for MIPS ................................................................................. (simulator_mips.pdf) 1





FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 8

Memory Classes ...................................................................................................................... 9

Belated Trace Analysis ........................................................................................................... 10

MIPS specific SYStem Commands ........................................................................................ 11







SYStem.Mode Establish the communication with the target 14

SYStem.Option Address32 Use 32-bit addresses 14


SYStem.Option Endianness Define endianness of target memory 16

SYStem.Option IMASKASM Disable interrupts while ASM single stepping 16


SYStem.RESetOut CPU reset command for MIPS simulator 16






Support ..................................................................................................................................... 21

Available Tools 21

Compilers 26




Products ................................................................................................................................... 28



Simulator for NIOS-II

Simulator for NIOS-II ............................................................................... (simulator_nios.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 3


Start the Prepared Demo ........................................................................................................ 4

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................... 6

General Restrictions ............................................................................................................... 8

General System Commands ................................................................................................... 9







SYStem.Option DCFLUSH Flush data cache before Step or Go 12

SYStem.Option Endianness Select endianness of core 12

SYStem.Option EXCADDR Define exception address 12

SYStem.Option FEXCADDR Define fast TLB miss exception address 12

SYStem.Option ICFLUSH Invalidate instruction cache before go/step 13

SYStem.Option IMASKASM Mask interrupts during assembler step 13

SYStem.Option IMASKHLL Mask interrupts during HLL step 13

SYStem.Option IVRCode Define code for interrupt vector instruction 14


SYStem.Option MULDIV Define if mul and div instructions are supported 15

SYStem.Option SIMMMU Define properties of simulated MMU 16





Memory Classes ...................................................................................................................... 20

Overview 20


FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 21

Support ..................................................................................................................................... 22

Available Tools 22


Compilers 22



Products ................................................................................................................................... 24



Simulator for PowerPC

Simulator for PowerPC ............................................................................ (simulator_ppc.pdf) 1





FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 7

Memory Classes ...................................................................................................................... 8

General SYStem Commands .................................................................................................. 9





SYStem.Option DisMode Simulator operation mode 11





SYStem.Option.NOTRAP Use alternative software breakpoint instruction 13






Support ..................................................................................................................................... 19

Available Tools 19

Compilers 19



Products ................................................................................................................................... 23




Simulator for SuperH

Simulator for SuperH ................................................................................. (simulator_sh.pdf) 1





FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 8















General Settings and Restrictions ......................................................................................... 17

Memory Classes ...................................................................................................................... 18

Support ..................................................................................................................................... 19

Available Tools 19

Compilers 21



Products ................................................................................................................................... 24



Simulator for TriCore

Simulator for TriCore .......................................................................... (simulator_tricore.pdf) 1



Example Scripts ...................................................................................................................... 5


Quick Start ............................................................................................................................... 6

1. Select the Device Prompt B: for the ICD Debugger 6

2. Select the CPU Type to load the CPU specific Settings 6

3. Enter Debug Mode 6

4. Load your Application Program 6

5. Write a Start-up Script 7

OCDS-L1 Debugger ................................................................................................................. 8

Troubleshooting 8

Memory Classes 9

Breakpoints 10

Trace ......................................................................................................................................... 11

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 12

CPU specific Trace Commands ............................................................................................. 13

Analyzer.Mode PCP Select PCP trace 13

SYStem.Option DataTrace Enable data tracing 13

SYStem.Option INTSTART Start address of interrupt routines 13

SYStem.Option INTUSE Number of implemented interrupts 13

SYStem.Option MCDSKeyHigh Key (high part) for unlocking MCDS 13

SYStem.OptionMCDSKeyLow Key (low part) for unlocking MCDS 13

SYStem.Option TRAPSTART Start address of trap vectors 13


SYStem.BdmClock Define JTAG frequency 14


SYStem.CONFIG.DAP.BreakPINS Define mapping of break pins 14

SYStem.CONFIG.DAP.DAPENable Enable DAP mode on PORST 14

SYStem.CONFIG.DAP.USERn Configure and set USER pins 14

SYStem.CONFIG.Interface Set debug cable interface mode 14


SYStem.CpuAccess Run-time CPU access (intrusive) 15

SYStem.JtagClock Set the JTAG frequency 16




SYStem.Option CPU specific commands 19

SYStem.Option DCFREEZE Do not invalidate cache 19

SYStem.Option DIAG Diagnosis function 19


SYStem.Option ETK Debugging together with ETK from ETAS 19

SYStem.Option HeartBeat Bug fix to avoid FPI bus conflict 20

SYStem.Option ICFLUSH Flush instruction cache at “Go” or “Step” 20




SYStem.Option PERSTOP Enable global peripheral suspend 20

SYStem.Option SOFTLONG Set 32 bit software breakpoints 20

SYStem.Option STEPSOFT Step with software breakpoints 20

SYStem.Option TB1766FIX Bug fix for some TC1766 TriBoards 20

SYStem.Option TC1796FIX Bug fix for disabling the watchdog 21

SYStem.Option TC19XXFIX Bug fix required for some TC19XX derivatives 21


SYStem.Option WATCHDOGFIX Disables the watchdog on SYStem.Up 21

SYStem.state Open SYStem.state window 21

CPU specific TrOnchip Commands ....................................................................................... 22

TrOnchip.BreakBusN.BreakIN Configure break pin of BreakBus N 22

TrOnchip.BreakBusN.BreakOUT Configure break pin of BreakBus N 22

TrOnchip.BreakIN.<target> Connect break target to BreakBus 22

TrOnchip.BreakOUT.<source> Connect break source to BreakBus 22

TrOnchip.CONVert Not relevant for the TRICORE architecture 22

TrOnchip.CountX Event X counter value 22

TrOnchip.CountY Event Y counter value 22

TrOnchip.EXTernal Configure TriCore break on BreakBus event 23

TrOnchip.RESet Reset settings for the on-chip trigger unit 23

TrOnchip.SusSWitch Enable or disable suspend switch 23

TrOnchip.SusSWitch.FORCE Force generation of suspend signal 23

TrOnchip.SusSWitch.Mode Set suspend switch mode 23

TrOnchip.SusTarget Connect special targets to the suspend bus 23

TrOnchip.TCompress Trace data compression 23

TrOnchip.TDelay Trace trigger delay (obsolete) 23

TrOnchip.TExtMode Mode for external trigger input 24

TrOnchip.TExtPol Polarity of external trigger input 24

TrOnchip.TMode Trace mode (obsolete) 24

TrOnchip.TR0 Specify trigger event 0 24


TrOnchip.state Show on-chip trigger window 24

TrOnchip.X Select trigger source X 24

TrOnchip.Y Select trigger source Y 24

Support ..................................................................................................................................... 25

Available Tools 25

Compilers 28



Products ................................................................................................................................... 30




Simulator for Z80+

Simulator for Z80+ .....................................................................................(simulator_z80.pdf) 1





FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 7

Emulation Modes ..................................................................................................................... 8





Using the MMU for Z180 ......................................................................................................... 10

Memory Classes ...................................................................................................................... 12

Support ..................................................................................................................................... 13

Available Tools 13

Compilers 14

Realtime Operation System 14


Products ................................................................................................................................... 16



ICD In-Circuit Debugger

ICD Debugger User's Guide

ICD Debugger User's Guide ...................................................................(debugger_user.pdf) 1

Warning .................................................................................................................................... 4

Basics ....................................................................................................................................... 5

Restrictions .............................................................................................................................. 5

Debugger Licenses ................................................................................................................. 6

Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 8

Configuration Overview 8

ICD Configuration for JTAG/BDM Debugger 10

ICD Configuration for ROM Monitor 11


Expanded Configurations 13

Installation ............................................................................................................................... 14


Command Line Arguments for Starting TRACE32 15

PODBUS Interface Card 20

Parallel PODBUS Converter 21

Serial Line Configuration 22

Using Multiple Devices on one PODBUS 22


Multiprocessor Debugging 53

Program Start and End 54

Installation as TRACE32-ICE Extension ................................................................................ 55


Working with the ICD Debug System .................................................................................... 58

Available Device Prompts 58

ICD Commands and Procedures ........................................................................................... 59

Mapping the EPROM Simulator 60

Break 62

eXception 63

RESet 65

SYStem 66

Trigger 69

Trigger.Out (BDM only) 69

Trace Methods ......................................................................................................................... 70

ART - Advanced Register Trace 71

SNOOPer 74

Software Trace ......................................................................................................................... 84

The Trace Format 86

Operation Modes 87

Software Trace Configuration 89

Display the Software Trace 97

Software Trace as a Flow Trace for the SH4 98

Software Trace as a Flow Trace for the MPC860 105

ICD Add-Ons

EPROM/FLASH Simulator

EPROM/FLASH Simulator .................................................................(eprom_simulator.pdf) 1

Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 4

Basics 4


Warning 4

Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 5


Mapping ................................................................................................................................. 7



Mapper Commands 11

Data Access .......................................................................................................................... 12

Break and Exception Control .............................................................................................. 13

Break 13

Count ..................................................................................................................................... 14

Counter 14

Counter Commands 15

eXception .............................................................................................................................. 16

eXception.ICEINTPOL Polarity of ICEINT line 16

eXception.NMIBREAK Break through NMI 17

eXception.NMIDTR Break through DTR line 17

eXception.NMIPOL Polarity selection of NMI signal 17

eXception.NMIRTS Break through RTS line 17

eXception.RESet Default settings 17

eXception.RESetDTR Reset through DTR line 18

eXception.RESetPOL Polarity of RESET signal 18

eXception.RESetRTS Reset through RTS line 18

eXception.view Show exception settings 18

RESET ................................................................................................................................... 19

RESet Initialize simulator 19

SYStem Commands ............................................................................................................. 20

SYStem.Down Deactivates simulator 20

SYStem.Mode Selects operation mode 20

SYStem.Up Activates simulator 21

SYStem.state Shows operation mode 21

Store Settings ....................................................................................................................... 22




Adapters ................................................................................................................................ 25

Adapter Configuration 25

Pinout Adapters 29

ESICON Adapter Function 38

Dimensions 43


Products 43


TPU Debugger

TPU Debugger .......................................................................................................... (tpu.pdf) 1

TPU Basics ............................................................................................................................ 3

Entering TEST-Mode 4

TPU.BASE Base address 4

TPU.SCAN Scanning TPU 4

TPU.view View TPU channels 5

TPU.Register.ALL Register operation mode 5

TPU.Register.NEWSTEP New debugging mode 6

TPU.Register.view Register display 7

TPU.Register.Set Register modification 8

TPU.Dump Memory display 8

TPU.ListEntry Table display 9

TPU.List View microcode 9

TPU.Break Break TPU 10

TPU.Go Start TPU 10

TPU.SELect Select TPU for debugging 11

TPU.Step Single step TPU 11

TPU.RESet Disable TPU debugger 11

Processor Architecture Manuals

78K

78K0R/RL78 Debugger ....................................................................... (debugger_78k.pdf) 1

Brief Overview of Documents for New Users ................................................................. 3

Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4

General Notes/Target Design Requirements/Recommendations ................................. 5

General 5

Target Design Requirements 5

Limitations 5

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 6

Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................ 8

Communication between Debugger and Processor can not be established 8

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 9

78K0R/RL78 Specific Implementations ........................................................................... 11

Breakpoints 11


Runtime Measurement 13

Memory Classes 13

General SYStem Commands ............................................................................................ 14





SYStem.DebugClock Set debug clock frequency 17





78K0R/RL78 specific SYStem Commands ...................................................................... 20


SYStem.Option.KEYCODE Define 10 byte on-chip security ID 20

SYStem.Option.ResetMASK Disable internal reset 20

SYStem.Option.SerialFreeze Stops serial transmissions during break 21

SYStem.Option.TimerFreeze Stops all internal timers during break 21

Debug Connection ............................................................................................................ 22

Support ............................................................................................................................... 23

Available Tools 23

Compilers 39



Products ............................................................................................................................. 41



Andes

Andes Debugger ............................................................................. (debugger_andes.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start of the JTAG Debugger .................................................................................. 5



FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 8

AndesCore Specific Implementations ............................................................................. 9

Registers 9

Breakpoints 9



Standby Mode 13

Memory Classes 14

Interruption Handling in Hardware 15

AndesCore specific SYStem Commands ........................................................................ 22








SYStem.Option ArchVersion Configure version of architecture 31

SYStem.Option ArchMcu Configure MCU architecture 31

SYStem.Option ArchRdreg Configure reduced register set 32

SYStem.Option DIMBR Define base address of debug instruction memory 32




SYStem.Option SCRATCH Define address for dummy reads 34


SYStem.state Display SYStem window 35

AndesCore Specific TrOnchip Commands ..................................................................... 36

TrOnchip.ContextID Enable context ID comparison 36

TrOnchip.CONVert Extend the breakpoint range 36

TrOnchip.RESet Reset on-chip trigger settings 37

TrOnchip.StepVector Halt on exception entry when single-stepping 37

TrOnchip.VarCONVert Convert variable breakpoints 37


CPU specific MMU Commands ........................................................................................ 39




JTAG Connection .............................................................................................................. 42

Support ............................................................................................................................... 43

Available Tools 43

Compilers 43



Products ............................................................................................................................. 45




APEX

APEX Debugger ................................................................................ (debugger_apex.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4



SYStem.Up Errors 8

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 9

APEX Specific Implementations ...................................................................................... 11

Breakpoints 11


Memory Classes 13

Bus Width Mapping 14

CPU specific SYStem Commands ................................................................................... 15







SYStem.MemAccess Run-time memory access(non-intrusive) 57







SYStem.Option EnReset Allow the debugger to drive nRESET/nSRST 60



SYStem.Option MEMoryMODEL Select view of memory classes 62

SYStem.Option MEMORYHPROT Select memory-AP HPROT bits 63

SYStem.Option ResBreak Halt the core after reset 63

SYStem.Option TRST Allow debugger to drive TRST 64

SYStem.Option WaitReset Wait with JTAG activities after deasserting reset 64



APEX Vector Registers ..................................................................................................... 66


VPU Vector registers 66

VPU.Init Initialize vector registers 66

VPU.Set Modify vector registers 66

VPU.view Display vector register window 67

APEX Specific TrOnchip Commands .............................................................................. 68



TrOnchip.CONVert Adjust range breakpoint in on-chip resource 68

Target Adaption ................................................................................................................. 69

Interface Standards JTAG, Serial Wire Debug, cJTAG 69

Pinout 69

Support ............................................................................................................................... 70

Available Tools 70

Compilers 70


Products ............................................................................................................................. 72



APS

APS Debugger .................................................................................... (debugger_aps.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 5


FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 8

General SYStem Settings ................................................................................................. 9





SYStem.JtagClock Define JTAG clock 15




SYStem.Option.IMASKASM Disable interrupts while single stepping 17

SYStem.Option.IMASKHLL Disable interrupts while HLL single stepping 18

SYStem.Option IntelSOC Core is part of Intel® SoC 18

SYStem.Option.MonType Selects monitor type 19


SYStem.Option.MonBase Register base address 20

Breakpoints ........................................................................................................................ 22

Software breakpoints 22

On-chip breakpoints for instructions 22

Onchip Trace ..................................................................................................................... 23

Onchip.Mode Type of trace records 23

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 24

JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 25

JTAG Connector for ARM-like Designs 25

JTAG Connector for Atom-like Designs 26

Support ............................................................................................................................... 27

Available Tools 27

Compilers 27

Realtime Operating System 28


Products ............................................................................................................................. 30



ARC

ARC Debugger ..................................................................................... (debugger_arc.pdf) 1

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 4

Supported ARC Cores 4



Warning .............................................................................................................................. 7


SYStem.Up Errors 8

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 9

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 14

Access Classes ................................................................................................................. 18




SYStem.CONFIG.MULTITAP Select type of JTAG multi-TAP network 32



SYStem.JtagClock Select clock for JTAG communication 35





SYStem.Option Set a target specific option 40










SYStem.Option detectOTrace Disable auto-detection of on-chip trace 45

SYStem.Option Endianness Set the target endianness 45

SYStem.Option EnReset Allow the debugger to drive nRESET (nSRST) 45

SYStem.Option HotBreakPoints Set breakp. when CPU is running 46




SYStem.Option LimmBreakPoints Software breakpoints with extra NOPs 47



SYStem.Option RegNames Enable trivial names for core registers 49

SYStem.Option PowerDetection Choose method to detect the target power 50

SYStem.Option ResetDetection Choose method to detect a target reset 50

SYStem.Option TIMEOUT Define maximum time for core response 51

SYStem.POWER Control target power 52

SYStem.state Show SYStem settings window 52

On-chip Breakpoints/Actionpoints .................................................................................. 53

Using On-chip Breakpoints 53

Breakpoints in a ROM Area 53

Limitations 54



TrOnchip.OnchipBP Number of on-chip breakpoints used by debugger 58








CPU specific JTAG.CONFIG Commands ........................................................................ 63

JTAG.CONFIG Electrical characteristics of MIPI-60 debug signals 63

JTAG.CONFIG.DRiVer Set slew rate of JTAG signals 63

JTAG.CONFIG.Voltage.HooKTHreshold Set hook threshold voltages 64

JTAG.CONFIG.Voltage.THreshold Set JTAG threshold voltages 64

JTAG.CONFIG.Voltage.REFerence Voltage level of signals send to target 65

Connector Type and Pinout ............................................................................................. 66

Normal 20-Pin Connector 66

MIPI10 / MIPI20 / MIPI34 Connector 68

Converged MIPI60-Cv2 Connector 68

Legacy MIPI60-C Connector 68

XDP Connector 68

Support ............................................................................................................................... 69

Available Tools 69

Compilers 70



Products ............................................................................................................................. 72



ARM/CORTEX/XSCALE

ARM Debugger ...................................................................................(debugger_arm.pdf) 1

Warning .............................................................................................................................. 8

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 9






FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 15

ARM 15

Trace Extensions ............................................................................................................... 18

Symmetric Multiprocessing ............................................................................................. 19

ARM Specific Implementations ........................................................................................ 20

Breakpoints 20

Trigger 30

Virtual Terminal 31

Semihosting 32



Coprocessors 36

Access Classes 38

TrustZone Technology 46

Large Physical Address Extension (LPAE) 49

Virtualization Extension, Hypervisor 50

big.LITTLE 51

ARM specific SYStem Commands ................................................................................... 53

SYStem.CLOCK Inform debugger about core clock 53










SYStem.Option ABORTFIX Do not access memory area from 0x0 to 0x1f 103


SYStem.Option AMBA Select AMBA bus mode 103

SYStem.Option ASYNCBREAKFIX Asynchronous break bugfix 104




SYStem.Option BUGFIX Breakpoint bug fix 105

SYStem.Option BUGFIXV4 Asynch. break bug fix for ARM7TDMI-S REV4 106


SYStem.Option BOOTMODE Define boot mode 107

SYStem.Option CINV Invalidate the cache after memory modification 108

SYStem.Option CFLUSH FLUSH the cache before step/go 108

SYStem.Option CacheParam Define external cache 108

SYStem.Option DACR Debugger ignores DACR access permission settings 109


SYStem.Option DAP2DBGPWRUPREQ Keep forcing debug power in DAP2 110


SYStem.Option DAP2SYSPWRUPREQ Force system power in DAP2 111



SYStem.Option DBGACK DBGACK active on debugger memory accesses 113

SYStem.Option DBGNOPWRDWN DSCR bit 9 will be set in debug mode 113

SYStem.Option DBGUNLOCK Unlock debug register via OSLAR 113

SYStem.Option DCDIRTY Bugfix for erroneously cleared dirty bits 114


SYStem.Option DCFREEZE Disable data cache linefill in debug mode 114


SYStem.Option DIAG Activate more log messages 115


SYStem.Option DynVector Dynamic trap vector interpretation 117


SYStem.Option ETBFIXMarvell Read out on-chip trace data 117

SYStem.Option ETMFIX Shift data of ETM scan chain by one 118

SYStem.Option ETMFIXWO Bugfix for write-only ETM register 118

SYStem.Option ETMFIX4 Use only every fourth ETM data package 118

SYStem.Option EXEC EXEC signal can be used by bustrace 118

SYStem.Option EXTBYPASS Switch off the fake TAP mechanism 119

SYStem.Option FASTBREAKDETECTION Fast core halt detection 119

SYStem.Option HRCWOVerRide Enable override mechanism 119

SYStem.Option ICEBreakerETMFIXMarvell Lock on-chip breakpoints 120

SYStem.Option ICEPICK Enable/disable assertions and wait-in-reset 120

SYStem.Option ICEPICKONLY Only ICEPick registers accessible 121



SYStem.Option INTDIS Disable all interrupts 122

SYStem.Option IRQBREAKFIX Break bugfix by using IRQ 122

SYStem.Option KEYCODE Define key code to unsecure processor 122

SYStem.Option L2Cache L2 cache used 123

SYStem.Option L2CacheBase Define base address of L2 cache register 123

SYStem.Option LOCKRES Go to 'Test-Logic Reset' when locked 123



SYStem.Option MemStatusCheck Check status bits during memory access 125


SYStem.Option MonitorHoldoffTime Delay between monitor accesses 126

SYStem.Option MPU Debugger ignores MPU access permission settings 127

SYStem.Option MultiplesFIX No multiple loads/stores 127

SYStem.Option NODATA No data connected to the trace 127

SYStem.Option NOIRCHECK No JTAG instruction register check 128

SYStem.Option NoPRCRReset Do not cause reset by PRCR 128

SYStem.Option NoRunCheck No check of the running state 128

SYStem.Option NoSecureFix Do not switch to secure mode 129


SYStem.Option PALLADIUM Extend debugger timeout 130

SYStem.Option PC Define address for dummy fetches 130

SYStem.Option PROTECTION Sends an unsecure sequence to the core 130

SYStem.Option PWRCHECK Check power and clock 131

SYStem.Option PWRCHECKFIX Check power and clock 131


SYStem.Option PWRDWN Allow power-down mode 131

SYStem.Option PWRDWNRecover Mode to handle special power recovery 132

SYStem.Option PWRDWNRecoverTimeOut Timeout for power recovery 132

SYStem.Option PWROVR Specifies power override bit 132



SYStem.Option RESetREGister Generic software reset 134

SYStem.Option RESTARTFIX Wait after core restart 135

SYStem.Option RisingTDO Target outputs TDO on rising edge 135

SYStem.Option ShowError Show data abort errors 135

SYStem.Option SOFTLONG Use 32-bit access to set breakpoint 136

SYStem.Option SOFTQUAD Use 64-bit access to set breakpoint 136

SYStem.Option SOFTWORD Use 16-bit access to set breakpoint 136

SYStem.Option SPLIT Access memory depending on CPSR 136

SYStem.Option StandByTraceDelaytime Trace activation after reset 137

SYStem.Option STEPSOFT Use software breakpoints for ASM stepping 137

SYStem.Option SYSPWRUPREQ Force system power 137

SYStem.Option TIDBGEN Activate initialization for TI derivatives 138

SYStem.Option TIETMFIX Bug fix for customer specific ASIC 138

SYStem.Option TIDEMUXFIX Bug fix for customer specific ASIC 138

SYStem.Option TraceStrobe Deprecated command 139





SYStem.Option ZYNQJTAGINDEPENDENT Configure JTAG cascading 146



ARM Specific Benchmarking Commands ....................................................................... 148

BMC.EXPORT Export benchmarking events from event bus 148

BMC.MODE Define the operating mode of the benchmark counter 149

BMC.<counter>.EVENT Configure the performance monitor 150

BMC.PRESCALER Prescale the measured cycles 154

BMC.<counter>.RATIO Set two counters in relation 154

BMC.TARA Calibrate the benchmark counter 155

ARM Specific TrOnchip Commands ................................................................................ 156

TrOnchip.A Programming the ICE breaker module 156

TrOnchip.A.Value Define data selector 156

TrOnchip.A.Size Define access size for data selector 156

TrOnchip.A.CYcle Define access type 157

TrOnchip.A.Address Define address selector 158

TrOnchip.A.Trans Define access mode 158

TrOnchip.A.Extern Define the use of EXTERN lines 159


TrOnchip.AddressMask Define an address mask 159

TrOnchip.ASID Extend on-chip breakpoint/trace filter by ASID 159



TrOnchip.Mode Configure unit A and B 162


TrOnchip.Set Set bits in the vector catch register 163

TrOnchip.TEnable Define address selector for bus trace 164

TrOnchip.TCYcle Define cycle type for bus trace 165







CPU specific SMMU Commands ...................................................................................... 174















Target Adaption ................................................................................................................. 200

Probe Cables 200


Connector Type and Pinout 200

Support ............................................................................................................................... 202

Available Tools 202

Compilers 240


UEFIs 242


Products ............................................................................................................................. 244




ARM and XSCALE Monitor ...................................................................(monitor_arm.pdf) 1


Quick Start of the Serial ROM-Monitor ............................................................................ 4

Quick Start of the ESI ROM-Monitor ................................................................................ 6


FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 8

Basics ................................................................................................................................. 9

Monitor Features 9

Monitor Source Files 9

Hardware Breakpoints 9

Address Layout 10

Interrupt Table 10

Interrupt Priority 10

Configuration 10






SYStem.PORT Set serial port settings 12




SYStem.RESetOut Reset target without reset of debug port 15





CPU specific TrOnchip Commands ................................................................................. 20




TrOnchip.VarCONVert Adjust complex breakpoint in on-chip resource 21

General Settings and Restrictions ................................................................................... 22

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 22

ARM specific Implementations ........................................................................................ 23

Breakpoints 23

Coprocessors 27


Support ............................................................................................................................... 28

Available Tools 28

Compilers 49



Products ............................................................................................................................. 54



ARMv8-A/-R Debugger .................................................................(debugger_armv8a.pdf) 1

Warning .............................................................................................................................. 7

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 8





Communication between Debugger and Processor cannot be established 14

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 15

Cortex-A/R (ARMv8, 32/64-bit) 15

Trace Extensions 17

Quick Start for Multicore Debugging ............................................................................... 19

SMP Debugging - Quick Start 20

AMP Debugging - Quick Start 23

ARM Specific Implementations ........................................................................................ 26

AArch Mode Support 26

Breakpoints 29

Trigger 37

Virtual Terminal 38

Semihosting 39


System Registers (AArch64 Mode) 45

Coprocessors (AArch32 Mode) 47

Access Classes 50

Debug Field 58

TrustZone Technology 59

Large Physical Address Extension (LPAE) 63

Virtualization Extension, Hypervisor 64

big.LITTLE 65













SYStem.Option Address32 Define address format display 112





SYStem.Option BreakOS Allow break during OS-unlock 115


SYStem.Option CLTAPKEY Set key values for CLTAP operation 116


SYStem.Option DAP2DBGPWRUPREQ Force debug power in DAP2 118





SYStem.Option DBGSPR Use debugger view for SPR access 120

SYStem.Option DBGUNLOCK Unlock debug register via OSLAR 121

SYStem.Option DCacheMaintenance Data cache maintenance strategy 121






SYStem.Option eXclusiveMONitor Support for exclusive monitors 124

SYStem.Option HRCWOVerRide Enable override mechanism 124

SYStem.Option ICacheMaintenance I-Cache maintenance strategy 125






SYStem.Option MemStatusCheck Check status bits during memory access 128


SYStem.Option NOMA Use alternative memory access 129

SYStem.Option NoPRCRReset Disable warm reset via PRCR 129

SYStem.Option OSUnlockCatch Use the 'OS Unlock Catch' debug event 130




SYStem.Option PWRDWN Allow power-down mode 131

SYStem.Option PAN Overwrite CPSR.PAN setting 131

SYStem.Option PWRREQ Request core power 132






SYStem.Option SLaVeSOFTRESet Allow soft reset of slave cores 136

SYStem.Option SMPMultipleCall Send start event to each SMP core 136


SYStem.Option SOFTQUAD Use 64-bit access to set breakpoint 136



SYStem.Option TURBO Disable cache maintenance during memory access 137






SYStem.Option ZYNQJTAGINDEPENDENT Configure JTAG cascading 145

ARM specific Benchmarking Commands ....................................................................... 146

BMC.<counter>.CountEL<x> Select exception level events to be counted 146

ARM specific TrOnchip Commands ................................................................................ 148




TrOnchip.RESERVE Exclude break- or watchpoint from debugger usage 151





Cache Analysis and Maintenance .................................................................................... 157





TRACE32 Support by CPU Type 172

CPU specific SMMU Commands ...................................................................................... 173
















Target Adaption ................................................................................................................. 199

Probe Cables 199



Support ............................................................................................................................... 201

Available Tools 201

Compilers 203


UEFIs 203


Products ............................................................................................................................. 205



Cortex-M Debugger .................................................................... (debugger_cortexm.pdf) 1

History ................................................................................................................................ 5

Warning .............................................................................................................................. 6

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 7



Products for Debugging and Tracing Cortex-M Cores .................................................. 10

PowerDebug and Debug Cable 10

µTrace (with CombiProbe MIPI34 Whisker) 11

PowerDebug and CombiProbe (with CombiProbe MIPI34 Whisker) 12

PowerDebug and PowerTrace (X-License) 13





FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 17

Trace Extensions ............................................................................................................... 18

Cortex-M Specific Implementations ................................................................................ 19

Breakpoints 19

Trigger 24

Virtual Terminal 24

Semihosting 24


Micro Trace Buffer (MTB) for Cortex-M0+ 26

Access Classes 27

Cortex-M specific Onchip Commands ............................................................................ 35

Onchip.Mode RAMPRIV SRAM privilege access 35

Onchip.Mode SFRWPRIV Special function register write access 35

Onchip.Mode TSTARTEN Enable TSTART signal 35

Onchip.Mode TSTOPEN Enable TSTOP signal 35

Onchip.TBADDRESS Base address of the trace buffer 36

Cortex-M specific SYStem Commands ........................................................................... 37

















SYStem.Option CORTEXMAHB AHB-AP type of the Cortex-M 83


SYStem.Option DAP2DBGPWRUPREQ Keep forcing debug power in DAP2 84








SYStem.Option DISableSOFTRESet Disable software reset 87













SYStem.Option PWRDWNRecover Mode to handle special power recovery 93




SYStem.Option SELECTDAP Select Cortex-M DAP 96





SYStem.Option SYSRESETREQ Allow system reset via the AIRC register 97


SYStem.Option VECTRESET Allow local reset via the AIRC register 98


SYStem.Option WakeUpACKnowledge Set acknowledge after wakeup 99


SYStem.RESetOut Performs a reset 105


ARM Specific Benchmarking Commands ....................................................................... 106

BMC.Trace Activate BMC trace 106





TrOnchip.RESERVE Reserve on-chip breakpoint comparators 109




JTAG Connection .............................................................................................................. 113

Support ............................................................................................................................... 114


Compilers 114



Products ............................................................................................................................. 117



uTrace for Cortex-M User's Guide .......................................... (microtrace_cortexm.pdf) 1

History ................................................................................................................................ 3

TRACE32 Products for Cortex-M ..................................................................................... 3

µTrace (with CombiProbe MIPI34 Whisker) 4

PowerDebug and CombiProbe (with CombiProbe MIPI34 Whisker) 5

PowerDebug and Debug Cable 6

PowerDebug and PowerTrace (X-License) 7

Basics ................................................................................................................................. 8

Keywords 8

CoreSight Components 8

Trace Display 9

Overview of Cortex-M CoreSight Components .............................................................. 10

Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM) Overview 10

Data Watchpoint and Trace (DWT) Unit Overview 11

Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) Overview 12

Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) Overview 12

Embedded Trace Buffer 12

Connectors ........................................................................................................................ 13

TPIU Connectors 13

SWO Connectors 14

Using the ETM ................................................................................................................... 16

Using the DWT ................................................................................................................... 18

PCSampler 19

Interrupt Trace 21

Tracing Data Accesses 23

Cycle Accurate Trace 28

Merging ETM and DWT Data ............................................................................................ 29

Performance Analysis with the DWT Counters .............................................................. 30

Serial Wire Debug Port (SWDP) and Serial Wire Viewer (SWV) .................................... 32

Software Trace with the ITM ............................................................................................. 34

Custom Trace DLLs 36

On-the-fly Transfer of ITM and ETM Data ........................................................................ 38

Extending the Recording Size 39


Feeding Your Own Applications with Trace Data 40

Real-Time Profiling with the ETM 41

ARM-ETM Trace ................................................................................. (trace_arm_etm.pdf) 1

History ................................................................................................................................ 5

Installation ......................................................................................................................... 5


Recommendation for Starting the Software 5

Recommendation for Power Down 6


Utilization of the ETM ........................................................................................................ 21

Startup Script 21


Programmer’s Model of the ETM 29

ETM Commands ................................................................................................................ 32

ETM Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM) 32

ETM.AbsoluteTimestamp Absolute cyclecount pakets 33

ETM.ATBTrigger Use ATB to transfer trace trigger to trace sink 33

ETM.AUXCTLR Set ETMv4 implementation-specific auxiliary control register 36

ETM.BBC Branch address broadcast 36

ETM.BBCExclude Exclude address ranges from branch-broadcasting 37

ETM.BBCInclude Enable branch-broadcasting for dedicated address ranges 37

ETM.CLEAR Clear sequencer settings 38

ETM.CLOCK Set core clock frequency for timing measurements 38

ETM.CORE Select core for ETM 39

ETM.CPRT Monitor coprocessor register transfers 39

ETM.COND Conditional non-branch instructions 40

ETM.ContextID Select the width of the 'ContextID' register 40


ETM.CycleCountThreshold Set granularity for cycle accurate timing info 42

ETM.DataSuppress Suppress data flow to prevent FIFO overflow 42

ETM.DataTrace Configure data-trace 43

ETM.DataTracePrestore Show program trace cycle for data trace cycle 45

ETM.DataViewExclude Suppress data trace for specified address range 46

ETM.DataViewInclude Restrict broadcast of data accesses to range 47

ETM.DBGRQ Debug request control 48

ETM.FifoFullExclude No activation of FIFOFULL in range 48

ETM.FifoFullInclude FIFOFULL only in range 49

ETM.FifoLevel Define FIFO level for FIFOFULL 49

ETM.FunnelHoldTime Define minimum funnel hold time 49

ETM.HalfRate Halfrate mode 50

ETM.LPOVERRIDE Prohibit lower power mode 50

ETM.INSTP0 Load and store instructions 50


ETM.MapDecode Memory map decode control 51

ETM.NoOverflow Enable ETMv4 feature to prevent target FiFo overflows 51



ETM.PortClock Baud rate of serial trace 52

ETM.PortDisable Force trace-port enable signal to zero 53

ETM.PortDisableOnchip Disable ETM trace port when ETB is used 54

ETM.PortFilter Specify utilization of trace memory 54


ETM.PortRoute Set up trace hardware 56


ETM.PowerUpRequest Power-up request for the ETM by the debugger 57

ETM.ProcID Define 'ProcID' size 57

ETM.PseudoDataTrace Enable pseudo data trace detection 57

ETM.QE Enable Q elements 58

ETM.QTraceExclude Prohibit Q trace elements in given address range 59

ETM.QTraceInclude Allow Q trace elements in given address range 59

ETM.RefClock Enable STP reference clock 60

ETM.Register Display the ETM registers 61


ETM.ReserveContextID Reserve special values used with context ID 62

ETM.ReturnStack Enable return stack tracing mode 62

ETM.Set Precise control of ETM trigger events 63

ETM.SmartTrace Configure smart trace 71

ETM.STALL Stall processor to prevent FIFO overflow 74

ETM.state Display ETM settings 75

ETM.StoppingBreakPoints Use ETM comparators for breakpoints 76

ETM.SyncPeriod Set synchronization frequency 79

ETM.TDelay Define trigger delay 79

ETM.TImeMode Improve ETM/PTM timestamp information 80

ETM.TimeStampCLOCK Specify frequency of the global timestamp 85

ETM.TimeStamps Control for global timestamp packets 85

ETM.TimeStampsTrace Specify data trace correlation method (ETMv4) 86

ETM.Trace Control generation of trace information 86

ETM.TraceERRor Force ETM to emit all system error exceptions 87


ETM.TraceID Change the default ID for an ETM trace source 89

ETM.TraceInclude Restrict program trace to specified address range 90

ETM.TraceNoPCREL No data trace for accesses relative to program counter 90

ETM.TraceNoSPREL No data trace for accesses relative to stack pointer 91

ETM.TracePriority Define priority of ETM 91

ETM.TraceRESet Forces the ETM to emit all core resets 91

ETM.TRCIDR Define TRCIDR register values for simulator 92


ETM.VMID Virtual machine ID tracing 92

Keywords for the Trace Display ....................................................................................... 93

Examples for Trace Controlling 94

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 97

Diagnosis ........................................................................................................................... 100

Error Diagnosis 100

Diagnosis Check List 105

ARM-ETM (LA-7921, LA-7990) 122

ARM-ETM AUTOFOCUS (LA-7991/LA-7992) 123

ARM-ETM HSSTP (LA-7988) 131

Support Request 132

Recommendations for Target Board Design 133

Technical Data ................................................................................................................... 135

Operation Voltage 135

Operation Frequency 135

Dimensions 154

Adapters 165

Connector Layout 166

Support ............................................................................................................................... 172

Available Tools 172

Compilers 192



Products ............................................................................................................................. 196



ARM-ETM Training ........................................................................(training_arm_etm.pdf) 1

ETM Setup .......................................................................................................................... 5

ETM Versions 5

Main Setup Windows 6

ETMv1 8

ETMv3 15

PTM (aka. PFT) 26

FLOWERROR 37

Displaying the Trace Contents ......................................................................................... 40

Source for the Recorded Trace Information 40

Sources of Information for the Trace Display 42

Influencing Factors on the Trace Information 43

States of the Trace 56

The AutoInit Command 57


Basic Display Commands 58

Display Items 62

Find a Specific Record 69

Belated Trace Analysis 71

Trace-based Debugging (CTS) ......................................................................................... 77

Forward and Backward Debugging 78

CTS Technique 83

Belated Trace-based Debugging 85

HLL Analysis of the Trace Contents 86

Trace Control by Filter and Trigger ................................................................................. 90

Context 90

Filters and Trigger by Using the Break.Set Dialog 94

OS-Aware Tracing ............................................................................................................. 113

OS (No Dynamic Memory Management) 113

OS+MMU (Dynamic Memory Management) 123

Specific Write Access vs. Context ID Packet 132

Task Statistics 133

Context ID Comparator 135

Function Run-Times Analysis .......................................................................................... 137

Software under Analysis (no OS, OS or OS+MMU) 137

Flat vs. Nesting Analysis 137

Flat Analysis 142

Nesting Analysis 165

Trace-based Code Coverage ............................................................................................ 184

Coverage Types 184

Optimum ETM Configuration (No OS or OS) 185

Optimum ETM Configuration (OS+MMU) 185

Streaming Code Coverage 186

Incremental Code Coverage 192

Documented Code Coverage 198

ARM-ETM Programming Dialog ...........................................(trace_arm_etm_dialog.pdf) 1

Initialization ........................................................................................................................ 2

Initialization of the ETM 2

Programming ..................................................................................................................... 3

How to Start 3

Elements in the Dialog Box 3

Definitions 12

Examples 20

RAM Trace Port ........................................................................................... (trace_rtp.pdf) 1

Overview ............................................................................................................................ 2


FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 3

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 5

Commands ......................................................................................................................... 7

RTP Ram trace port (RTP) 7

RTP.CLEAR Clear tracebuffer 7

RTP.DirectDataMode tbd. 8

RTP.DirectDataMode.Mode Direct data mode read/write 8

RTP.DirectDataMode.Width Trace width in bits 8

RTP.HaltOnOverflow Halt system on RTP FIFO overflow 9

RTP.Mode Selects the trace mode 9

RTP.OFF Disables the RTP module 9

RTP.ON Activates the RTP module 10

RTP.PortSize Size of RTP data port 10

RTP.Register Display the RTP register 10

RTP.PortClock Configure RTPCLK 11

RTP.RESet Resets RTP settings 11

RTP.state Display RTP setup 12

RTP.TraceMode Trace mode 13

RTP.TraceMode.RAM<x>.SECTion<y> Configures a trace region 13

RTP.TraceMode.TraceExclude Invert all trace regions 14

Products ............................................................................................................................. 15



ARM Application Notes ........................................................................................................

ARM JTAG Interface Specifications ............................................... (app_arm_jtag.pdf) 1

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 2

Mechanical Connector ................................................................................................... 3

Signals ............................................................................................................................. 4

DC Electrical Characteristics ........................................................................................ 8

AC Timing Characteristics ............................................................................................ 10

Debug Cable Driver/Receiver ........................................................................................ 11

Output Circuitry 11

Input Circuitry 11

Target System Design Consideration .......................................................................... 12

Electrical 12

Example for Interface on Target Board 13

Layout Considerations 13

Reset Considerations .................................................................................................... 14

Adaptive Clocking (Return Test Clock RTCK) ............................................................. 16


Hot Plug-in ...................................................................................................................... 17

Alternative Connector Types ........................................................................................ 18

Mictor-38 18

Half Size 20

TI-14 21

ARM-14 22

TI-20 Compact 23

MIPI-10/20/34, ARM-10/20 24

Debug Cable Hardware Versions .................................................................................. 32

Setup of the Debugger for a CoreSight System ...................(app_arm_coresight.pdf) 1

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 3

Example of a CoreSight System ................................................................................... 4

Using this Application Note .......................................................................................... 6

Your Chip is Available in the SYStem.CPU List 6

Your Chip is NOT Available in the SYStem.CPU List 6

Set up the Debugger Yourselves for Debugging 6

Set up the Debugger Yourselves for Tracing 8

Declare Multiple CoreSight Modules of the same Type 8

Configuration Example 9

Required Tool Hardware and Licenses 9

How to use the CoreSight Modules 11

Discover Available CoreSight Components ................................................................ 12

Debug Access Port (DAP) ............................................................................................. 14

Multiple Test Access Ports in the JTAG Chain 14

Serial Wire Debug Port (SW-DP) 16

Alternative Way to Access Memory 18

Real-time Memory Access 19

Core Debug Register Access 20

JTAG Access Port (JTAG-AP) 21

Cross Trigger Interface (CTI), Cross Trigger Matrix (CTM) ....................................... 22

Performance Monitor Unit (PMU), BenchMark Counter (BMC) ................................. 24

Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM), Program Trace Macrocell (PTM) ....................... 25

AMBA AHB Trace Macrocell (HTM) .............................................................................. 26

Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM), System Trace Macrocell (STM) ................. 27

Funnel (CSTF), AMBA Trace Bus (ATB), Replicator ................................................. 28

Embedded Trace Buffer (ETB, TMC used as ETB) ...................................................... 29

Embedded Trace FIFO (TMC used as ETF) .................................................................. 30

Embedded Trace Router (TMC used as ETR) .............................................................. 31


Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) .................................................................................... 32

Serial Wire Viewer (SWV), Serial Wire Output (SWO) ................................................ 34

High Speed Serial Trace Port (HSSTP) ......................................................................... 36

Debugging Embedded Cores in Xilinx FPGAs [Zynq] .............. (app_xilinx_zynq.pdf) 1

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 2

Physical Connection Requirements ............................................................................. 4

Requirements for Parallel Trace 4

Requirements for Serial HSSTP Trace 7

Zynq-7000 Devices ......................................................................................................... 8

Exporting the Zynq-7000 Trace Interface via FixedIO/MIO 9

Exporting the Zynq-7000 Trace Interface via FPGA Fabric/PL: Using a clock divider 11

Exporting the Zynq-7000 Trace Interface via FPGA Fabric/PL: Using DDR I/O registers 14

Performing a Debugger-Based Boot on the Zynq-7000 18

UltraScale+ Devices ....................................................................................................... 19

Exporting the UltraScale+ Trace Interface via FixedIO/MIO 20

Exporting the UltraScale+ Trace Interface via FPGA Fabric/PL 22

Exporting the UltraScale+ Trace Interface via HSSTP (up to 6.25 Gbps) 25

Exporting the UltraScale+ Trace Interface via HSSTP (10 Gbps) 31

Exporting the UltraScale+ Trace Interface via PCIe 37

Using the Example Design for the ZCU102 38

Performing a Debugger-Based Boot on the Zynq UltraScale+ 38

ARM Application Note for MXC Chips ............................................(app_arm_mxc.pdf) 1

NEXUS Preprocessors ................................................................................................... 2

Basic NEXUS Handling .................................................................................................. 4

Settings of the SYStem Window 4

Trigger Settings 9

Further NEXUS Trace Analysis ..................................................................................... 11

Display of the T-Bit in the Trace.List Window 11

OS Kernel related Trace Analysis 12

Benchmark Counter Analysis using DPU Counters 14

AVR32

AVR32 Debugger and NEXUS Trace .............................................. (debugger_avr32.pdf) 1


Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 5

Debugger 5

Debugger and NEXUS Trace 6

Warning .............................................................................................................................. 7


Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 8


Special Nexus Trace Troubleshooting 11

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 11

Debugger 11

NEXUS 12

Trace Extension ................................................................................................................. 16










SYStem.Option.IMASKASM Disable interrupts while single stepping 25

SYStem.Option.IMASKHLL Disable interrupts while HLL single stepping 26

SYStem.Option.MPU Disable MPU during memory access 26

SYStem.Option.CACHE Enable memory caching 26

SYStem.Option AUTO Auto JTAG setting 27

SYStem.EraseChip Erases the Flash and the EEprom 27






TrOnchip EVTI Allow the EVTI signal to stop the program execution 29

TrOnchip EVTO Output sync signals on EVT0 30

CPU specific Nexus Commands ...................................................................................... 31

NEXUS.BTM Branch trace mode 31

NEXUS.DDR Use the DDR transmission 31

NEXUS.DTM Data trace mode 31

NEXUS.OTM Ownership trace messages 32

NEXUS.PinConfig Override the nexus port pin mapping 32

NEXUS.PortMode Change the nexus port clock frequency 32

NEXUS.Spen<messagetype> Avoid message overrun 33

NEXUS.SQA Synchronize trace by using full address 33

NEXUS.WTM Watch trace messages 33

Breakpoints ........................................................................................................................ 34




On-chip breakpoints for data 34

Example for Breakpoints 34

Filter and Trigger for the NEXUS Trace ........................................................................... 36

Filter and Trigger provided by the Processor (Simple Trigger Unit - STU) 36

Trigger 37


Other Useful Trace Commands 38

The Memory Classes ......................................................................................................... 39

Programming the On-chip FLASH of the AVR32 ............................................................ 40

Special Hints, Restrictions, and Known Problems ........................................................ 41

Hints: 41

Restrictions: 41

Known Problems: 41

Connectors ........................................................................................................................ 42

Debug Connector 42

NEXUS Connector 43

Support ............................................................................................................................... 47

Available Tools 47

Compilers 48

Realtime Operating System 48


Products ............................................................................................................................. 50



AVR8

AVR8 Debugger ................................................................................. (debugger_avr8.pdf) 1


Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 4

Debugger 4

Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 6


FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 9

Debugger 9













SYStem.Option CACHE Enable memory caching 18

SYStem.FuseBits Overwrite the fuse bits 18

SYStem.LockBits Overwrite the lock bits 19

SYStem.EraseChip Erases the Flash and the EEprom 19

SYStem.REFresh Refresh the SYStem.state window 19





Breakpoints ........................................................................................................................ 21



On-chip breakpoints for data 21

The Memory Classes ......................................................................................................... 22

Programming the On-chip FLASH of the megaAVR ...................................................... 23

Special Hints, Restrictions, and Known Problems ........................................................ 24

Restrictions: 24

Known Problems: 24

Connectors ........................................................................................................................ 25

Debug Connector 25

Support ............................................................................................................................... 26

Available Tools 26

Compilers 28


Products ............................................................................................................................. 30



Beyond

Beyond Debugger and Trace ......................................................(debugger_beyond.pdf) 1



Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4

Limitations ......................................................................................................................... 5




FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 9

Beyond Specific Implementations ................................................................................... 10

Breakpoints 10


Memory Classes 14

Beyond specific SYStem Commands .............................................................................. 15


SYStem.CONFIG.DebugProtocol Implemented debug protocol of the CPU 18

SYStem.CONFIG.MemAccessModule Select memory access module 18







SYStem.Option DBGRQ Assert DBGRQ line while reset 23

SYStem.Option.FLOWTRACE Debug support while FLOWTRACE 24



SYStem.Option.LittleEnd CPU endianness for memory access 25

SYStem.Option LPMDebug Polling for low-power-mode 25


SYStem.Option.ResetDURation Reset assertion time 26








Beyond Specific TrOnchip Commands ........................................................................... 31



TrOnchip.StepVector Halt on exception entry when single-stepping 31




TrOnchip.Set Trigger on exception 33

Beyond Specific TERM Commands ................................................................................. 35

TERM.Method.BufferQUICK Intrusive buffer based virtual terminal 35

JTAG Connection .............................................................................................................. 36

Trace Connection .............................................................................................................. 37

Support ............................................................................................................................... 38

Available Tools 38

Compilers 38



Products ............................................................................................................................. 40



Blackfin

Blackfin Debugger .......................................................................(debugger_blackfin.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 3


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4

Application Note ................................................................................................................ 5

Location of Debug Connector 5

Quick Start JTAG ............................................................................................................... 6


SYStem.Up Errors 8

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 8

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 9

System Overview 9

General System Settings .................................................................................................. 10



SYStem.CPU CPU type selection 15



SYStem.JtagClock JTAG clock selection 16




SYStem.Mode System mode selection 19

SYStem.Option IMASKASM Interrupt disable 19

SYStem.Option IMASKHLL Interrupt disable 19

Breakpoints ........................................................................................................................ 20

Software Breakpoints 20

On-chip Breakpoints 20

Breakpoint in ROM 20


Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 22

JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 23

Support ............................................................................................................................... 24

Available Tools 24

Compilers 24



Products ............................................................................................................................. 27



C166 Family

XC2000/XC16x/C166CBC Debugger ........................................... (debugger_166cbc.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 5

ICD/AICD 5


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 6

Monitor Routine ................................................................................................................. 7

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 9

Quick Start for Tracing with MCDS On-chip Trace 11

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 12



SYStem.CPU Select the CPU 13


SYStem.JtagClock Define the JTAG frequency 15








SYStem.CONFIG.DAP Define mapping for DAP pins 24

SYStem.CONFIG.DAP.BreakPIN Define mapping of break pins 24

SYStem.CONFIG.DAP.DAPENable Enable DAP mode on PORST 24

SYStem.CONFIG.DAP.USERn Configure and set USER pins 25

SYStem.CONFIG.DEBUGPORTTYPE Set debug cable interface mode 25


SYStem.Option IDLEFIX Periodically activate/deactivate JTAG connection 26



SYStem.Option MonBase Define start address of debug monitor 27

SYStem.Option PERSTOP Enable global peripheral suspend signal 27

SYStem.Option PERSTOPFIX Break CPU via ONCHIP break register 27

SYStem.Option BRKOUT Activates BRKOUT signal 28

SYStem.Option WATCHDOG Disable or serve watchdog 28

SYStem.Option TRACEENABLE Disable traceport 28

SYStem.Option DebugLevel Debug level 28

SYStem.Option BootModeIndex BootModeIndex 30

SYStem.Option ICFLUSH Flush instruction cache 31

SYStem.Option IDLEDEBUG Debug in IDLE state 31

SYStem.Option WaitReset Delay between PORST and JTAG shifts 31

MCDS Onchip Trace .......................................................................................................... 32

MCDS Onchip Trace Features 32

Supported Features 32

Trace Control 32

Simple Trace Control 32

BenchMarkCounter ........................................................................................................... 36

BMC.CNTx.EVENT Configure the performance monitor 36

Useful Features ................................................................................................................. 37

Breakpoints ........................................................................................................................ 38

Software Breakpoints on Instructions 38


On-chip Breakpoints in FLASH/ROM 38


TrOnchip Commands ........................................................................................................ 41




TrOnchip.TEnable Set filter for the trace 42

TrOnchip.TOFF Switch the sampling to the trace to OFF 42

TrOnchip.TON Switch the sampling to the trace to “ON” 42


TrOnchip.TTrigger Set a trigger for the trace 42


TrOnchip.Address Define address selector 43

TrOnchip.CYcle Define access type 43

TrOnchip.Data Define data selector 44

TrOnchip.NoMatch Define match or nomatch comparison 44

TrOnchip.TaskID Define task ID comparison 44

Connectors ........................................................................................................................ 45

JTAG Connector 45

DAP Connector 46


SYStem.Up Errors 47

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 48

Technical Data ................................................................................................................... 51


Support ............................................................................................................................... 52

Available Tools 52

Compilers 55



Products ............................................................................................................................. 58



XC16x Application Notes .....................................................................................................

Application Note Debug Cable C166 ........................................... (c166_app_ocds.pdf) 1

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 3

Debug Cables ................................................................................................................. 4

OCDS Debug Cables 4

Debug Interface Description ......................................................................................... 10

JTAG Interface 10

DAP Interface 13

Configuring PowerView ................................................................................................. 15

Selecting the Interface Mode 15

Enabling the DAP Interface on the Chip 15

DAP User Pins 16

Adapters, Converters and Extensions ......................................................................... 18

Adapter 16-pin 100 mil to 50 mil 18

Converter 16-pin JTAG to DAP for TriCore/XC2000/XC800 19

Recommended Connectors ........................................................................................... 20


Standard 2x8 Connector 20

Half-size 2x8 Connector 20


Half-size 2x5 Connector with Keying Pin 7 22

C166 Monitor ........................................................................................ (monitor_c166.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 5

Quick Start of the C166 ESI-ROM Monitor ...................................................................... 6

Quick Start of the C166 Serial Monitor ............................................................................ 8


FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 10

Basics ................................................................................................................................. 12

Monitor Features 12

Monitor Files 12

Address Layout 13

Vector Table 14

Configuration 14

General SYStem Settings and Restrictions .................................................................... 15





SYStem.Option BrkVector Breakpoint trap 17

SYStem.Option ResVector Resetvector trap 17

SYStem.Option BusType Bus mode 18

SYStem.Option CS Chip selects 18

SYStem.Option ADDRSELx BUSCON settings 18




SYStem.Option BOOTSTRAP Bootstrap logic 20

SYStem.BOOTLDR2 Bootloader file 20

SYStem.MONITOR Monitor file 20

SYStem.PORT Set communication parameters 20


General Restrictions 21

TrOnchip ............................................................................................................................ 22










Memory Classes 25

Support ............................................................................................................................... 26

Available Tools 26

Compilers 30



Products ............................................................................................................................. 32



C166 Family Trace .................................................................................... (trace_c166.pdf) 1

Installation ......................................................................................................................... 3

Packing List 3

TRACE32 Software and Hardware Installation 3

Configuration and Target Adaption 4

Function ............................................................................................................................. 6

Quick Start 6

Trace Structure 9

Commands ......................................................................................................................... 17

MAP.MONITOR 17

PER.view 17

SYStem.Option 18

TrOnchip 18

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 19

Technical Data ................................................................................................................... 20



Dimensions 21

Adapter 25

Support ............................................................................................................................... 26

Available Tools 26

Compilers 27



Products ............................................................................................................................. 29




CEVA-Oak/Teak/TeakLite

CEVA-Oak/Teak/TeakLite Debugger ................................................. (debugger_oak.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 5


FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 7










SYStem.Option BackPC Keep core running except for debugger access 47

SYStem.Option BASE Setup MAILBOX or MMIO base address 47



SYStem.Option MonBase Set up monitor base address 48


SYStem.Option RomMon Disable download of monitor routine 49



TrOnchip.Set.BKRE Trigger on block repeat loop 50

TrOnchip.Set.BRE Trigger on jump 50

TrOnchip.Set.EXTRE Trigger on external register read 50

TrOnchip.Set.EXTWE Trigger on external register write 51

TrOnchip.Set.ILLE Trigger on illegal instruction access 51

TrOnchip.Set.INTE Trigger on interrupt 51

TrOnchip.Set.TBFE Trigger on trace buffer full 51

TrOnchip.state Display “Trigger-Onchip” dialog 51


JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 53

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 54


Support ............................................................................................................................... 55

Available Tools 55

Compilers OAK 56

Compilers TEAK 56

Compilers TEAKLite 56



Products ............................................................................................................................. 58



CEVA-X

CEVA-X Debugger .......................................................................... (debugger_cevax.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 5


FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 7











SYStem.Option BackPC Keep core running except for debugger access 49

SYStem.Option BASE Setup MAILBOX or MMIO base address 49



SYStem.Option MonBase Setup monitor base address 50

SYStem.VCU.INSTances Number of available VCUs 50

SYStem.VCU.MLD MLD available or not 50







TrOnchip.Set.BKRE Trigger on block repeat loop 53

TrOnchip.Set.BRE Trigger on jump 53

TrOnchip.Set.EXTRE Trigger on external register read 53

TrOnchip.Set.EXTWE Trigger on external register write 53

TrOnchip.Set.ILLE Trigger on illegal instruction access 54

TrOnchip.Set.INTE Trigger on interrupt 54

TrOnchip.Set.TBFE Trigger on trace buffer full 54

TrOnchip.state Display “Trigger-Onchip” dialog 54

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 55

JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 56

Support ............................................................................................................................... 57

Available Tools 57

Compilers 57



Products ............................................................................................................................. 59



CPU32 and ColdFire

CPU32/ColdFire Debugger and Trace .............................................. (debugger_68k.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 6

Quick Start of the BDM Debugger ................................................................................... 7

Quick Start of the ROM Monitor ....................................................................................... 9

Restrictions ........................................................................................................................ 12


FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 14

FAQ 68K 14

FAQ ColdFire 17

ROM Monitor ...................................................................................................................... 18

Monitor Features 18

Monitor Files 18

Address Layout 19

Vector Table 20

Configuration 21

Break without Hardware Interrupt 21

CPU specific Implementations ......................................................................................... 22


Hardware Breakpoint for MC68360 22

Memory Classes 23


SYStem.BdmClock Select BDM-clock 24








SYStem.Option BASE Select peripheral base address 33

SYStem.Option CLKDet Resync after every clock change 33





SYStem.Option SLOWRESET Slow reset enable 35

SYStem.Option PST Detect HALT condition of the CPU 36

SYStem.Option PSTCLKTERM Termination of the PSTCLK pin 36

SYStem.Option ResetAction Debugger behavior when RESET is detected 36

SYStem.Option StandbyAction Debugger behavior when power is restored 37


Trace specific Commands ................................................................................................ 38

SYStem.Option BTB Change the width of the address information 38

SYStem.Option DDC Configure the tracing of data accesses 38

SYStem.Option TSYNC Send the PC to the trace port 38


TrOnchip.ALIGN Enable breakpoint alignment 39

TrOnchip.CONVert Enable expansion of address range 39



TrOnchip.SIZE Enable break on SIZE lines 41









BDM Connector 68K .......................................................................................................... 47


BDM and Trace Connector ColdFire ................................................................................ 47

BDM Connectors for ColdFire V1, V2, V3, V4 and ColdFire+ 47

Technical Data BDM 68K .................................................................................................. 50


Technical Data BDM ColdFire .......................................................................................... 51


Technical Data Trace ColdFire 51



Support ............................................................................................................................... 54

Available Tools 68K 54

Available Tools ColdFire 55

Compilers 68K 58

Compilers ColdFire 59

Compilers HC16 60

Target Operating Systems 68K 60

Target Operating Systems ColdFire 61

3rd Party Tool Integrations 68K 61

3rd Party Tool Integrations ColdFire 62

Products ............................................................................................................................. 64



DSP56K

DSP56K Debugger .......................................................................... (debugger_56000.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 6


SYStem.Up Errors 9

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 10

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 13

On-chip Flash Programming and Debugging on 56F8xxx Derivatives 13











SYStem.Option COP Enable WATCHDOG 25

SYStem.Option DE Enable DE line 25



SYStem.Option SoftBreakFix Enables ”SoftBreakFix” patch 26



FPU ..................................................................................................................................... 31


TrOnchip.state Opens configure panel 32

TrOnchip.A Trigger cycle 32

TrOnchip.AANDB Triggers if event occurs on unit A and unit B 33

TrOnchip.AAFTERB Triggers if event occurs first on unit A and then on unit B 33

TrOnchip.AORB Triggers if event occurs on unit A or unit B 33

TrOnchip.B Trigger cycle 33

TrOnchip.BAFTERA Triggers if event occurs first on unit B and then on unit A 34

TrOnchip.CONVert Automatically convert range to single address 34

TrOnchip.Count Delay counter 34

TrOnchip.DMA Trigger on DMA access 34

TrOnchip.Mode Defines used triggers 35

TrOnchip.OFF Disable on-chip trigger unit 35

TrOnchip.RESet Resets settings 35

Floating Point Formats ..................................................................................................... 36

Integer Access Keywords ................................................................................................. 36

ONCE Connector (56002/56100) ....................................................................................... 37

JTAG Connector (56300, 56800, 56800E) ........................................................................ 38

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 40

Support ............................................................................................................................... 41

Available Tools 41

Compilers DSP56000 43

Compilers DSP56300 43

Compilers DSP56800/DSP56800E 43



Products ............................................................................................................................. 45




eTPU

eTPU Debugger and Trace ...............................................................(debugger_etpu.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 4


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5

Target Design Requirement/Recommendations ............................................................ 6

General 6

Quick Start eTPU Debugger ............................................................................................. 7


FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 9

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 12

System Overview 12

eTPU Debugger Specific Implementations ..................................................................... 14

eTPU operating modes 14

Debugging the eTPU 14

Breakpoints and Watchpoints 15

Memory Classes 16

Address Spaces and Addressing Modes 16




SYStem.CPU Select the CPU type 17


SYStem.JtagClock Select the debug clock frequency 18



SYStem.Mode Select operation mode 20

SYStem.Option ByteWise Use byte addressing for eTPU memory space 21



SYStem.Option FreezeCLKS Freeze eTPU clocks if eTPU halted 22

SYStem.Option FreezePINS Freeze pins if eTPU is halted 22

NEXUS specific SYStem Settings .................................................................................... 23

NEXUS.BTM Control for branch trace messages 23

NEXUS.CHAN Enable CHAN register write trace messages 23

NEXUS.CLIENT<x>.MODE Set data trace mode of nexus client 23

NEXUS.CLIENT<x>.SELECT Select a nexus client for data tracing 24

NEXUS.DTM Control for data trace messages 24


NEXUS.OFF Switch the NEXUS trace port off 24

NEXUS.ON Switch the NEXUS trace port on 24

NEXUS.OTM Enable ownership trace messages 25

NEXUS.PortMode Define MCKO frequency 25

NEXUS.PortSize Define the width of MDO 25

NEXUS.PTCE Program trace enable per channel 26

NEXUS.Register Display NEXUS trace control registers 26

NEXUS.RESet Reset NEXUS trace port settings 26

NEXUS.STALL Stall the program execution 26

NEXUS.state Display NEXUS port configuration window 27


TrOnchip.BusTrigger Trigger bus on debug event 28

TrOnchip.CBI Halt on client breakpoint input 28

TrOnchip.CBT Select client breakpoint timing condition 29


TrOnchip.EVTI Use EVTI signal to stop the program execution 30

TrOnchip.EXTernal External signals 30

TrOnchip.HTWIN Halt on twin engine breakpoint 30


TrOnchip.SCM Select channels for that breakpoints are effective 31

TrOnchip.Set Break on debug event 31




TrOnchip.TraceTrigger Trigger trace on debug event 33



Complex Trigger Unit ........................................................................................................ 35

Usage 35

Complex Trigger Examples for eTPU 36

Keywords for the Complex Trigger Unit 37

JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 38

Mechanical Description 38

Support ............................................................................................................................... 39

Compilers 39



Products ............................................................................................................................. 42




GTM

GTM Debugger and Trace ..................................................................(debugger_gtm.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 5

GTM Debugger and Trace ................................................................................................. 6

Warning .............................................................................................................................. 7


General 8

For MPC57xx 8

Quick Start GTM Debugger .............................................................................................. 9

AURIX Architecture - Quick Start 10

MPC57xx/SPC58xx Architecture - Quick Start 11

RH850 Architecture - Quick Start 12


FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 13

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 14

System Overview 14

GTM Operating Modes 14

Debugging the GTM 14

Breakpoints and Watchpoints 15

Access Classes 16

Address Spaces and Addressing Modes 16






SYStem.CONFIG MCSModule Select the MCS module 19

SYStem.CONFIG PortSHaRing Control sharing of debug port with other tool 19



SYStem.JtagClock Select the debug clock frequency 21





NEXUS Commands ........................................................................................................... 24

NEXUS.ARU Control for ARU trace messages 24

NEXUS.ARUAccessX ARU debugging address 24

NEXUS.FTM Control for fetch trace messages 24


NEXUS.FTCE Fetch trace enable per channel 25

NEXUS.DPLL DPLL data trace messages 25

NEXUS.DPLLMemory RAM module selection 26

NEXUS.DTM Control for data trace messages 26

NEXUS.DTCE Data trace enable per channel 27




NEXUS.RefClock Enable Aurora reference clock 28

NEXUS.PortMode Set NEXUS trace port frequency 28

NEXUS.PortSize Set trace port width 29

NEXUS.state Display Nexus configuration window 29

NEXUS.TimeStamps Control for timestamp trace messages 29

General TrOnchip Commands ......................................................................................... 30





TriCore specific TrOnchip Commands ............................................................................ 32

TrOnchip.ARU ARU settings 32

TrOnchip.ARU.ACCESS ARU debugging address 32

TrOnchip.MCS MCS setting 33

TrOnchip.MCS Channel Select the MCS channel 33

TrOnchip.MCS Module Select the MCS module 33

TrOnchip.OTGBx OTGB0 and OTGB1 settings 34

TrOnchip.OTGBx SELect Select trace source 34

TrOnchip.OTGBx LowBMType Select IOS module for low byte 35

TrOnchip.OTGBx HighBMType Select IOS module for high byte 36

TrOnchip.OTGBx LowBMInst Low byte module instance 36

TrOnchip.OTGBx HighBMInst High byte module instance 36

TrOnchip.OTGBx.SENsitivNeg Bit sensitive trace selection 37

TrOnchip.OTGBx.SENsitivPos Bit sensitive trace selection 37

TrOnchip.OTGB2 OTGB2 setting 38

TrOnchip.OTGB2 SELect Select trace source 38

PowerPC specific TrOnchip Commands ......................................................................... 39

TrOnchip.ARUx Address ARU address compare 39

TrOnchip.ARUx DataHigh ARU data low value compare 39

TrOnchip.ARUx DataLow ARU data low value compare 39

TrOnchip.ARUx HALT ARU access halt enable 40

TrOnchip.ARUx Watchpoint ARU access watchpoint enable 40

TrOnchip.ATOMWPCx ATOM watchpoint settings 41

TrOnchip.ATOMWPCx Channel ATOM channel selection 41


TrOnchip.ATOMWPCx HALT ATOM halt enable 41

TrOnchip.ATOMWPCx Module ATOM sub-module selection 41

TrOnchip.ATOMWPCx TIMING ATOM watchpoint enable 42

TrOnchip.ATOMWPCx Transition ATOM channel slope selection 42

TrOnchip.ATOMWPCx Watchpoint ATOM watchpoint enable 42

TrOnchip.DPLLWPC1 DPLL watchpoint settings 43

TrOnchip.DPLLWPC1 Event DPLL source selection 43

TrOnchip.DPLLWPC1 HALT DPLL TASI/SASI halt enable 43

TrOnchip.DPLLWPC1 Transition DPLL TASI/SASI slope selection 43

TrOnchip.DPLLWPC1 Watchpoint DPLL TASI/SASI watchpoint enable 43

TrOnchip.DPLLWPC2 DPLL RAM watchpoint settings 44

TrOnchip.DPLLWPC2 Address DPLL RAM address compare 44

TrOnchip.DPLLWPC2 ACCESS DPLL RAM read/write control 44

TrOnchip.DPLLWPC2 Data DPLL RAM data compare 44

TrOnchip.DPLLWPC2 HALT DPLL RAM access halt enable 44

TrOnchip.DPLLWPC2 Module DPLL RAM module selection 45

TrOnchip.DPLLWPC2 Watchpoint DPLL RAM access watchpoint enable 45

TrOnchip.EVTOx Select EVTOx output 45

TrOnchip.SPEx SPEx 46

TrOnchip.SPEx DIR SPEx DIR watchpoint settings 46

TrOnchip.SPEx DIR HALT SPEx DIR halt enable 46

TrOnchip.SPEx DIR TIMING SPEx DIR watchpoint enable 46

TrOnchip.SPEx DIR Transition SPEx DIR slope selection 46

TrOnchip.SPEx DIR Watchpoint SPEx DIR watchpoint enable 47

TrOnchip.SPEx NIPD SPEx NIPD watchpoint settings 48

TrOnchip.SPEx NIPD HALT SPEx NIPD halt enable 48

TrOnchip.SPEx NIPD TIMING SPEx NIPD watchpoint enable 48

TrOnchip.SPEx NIPD Transition SPEx NIPD slope selection 48

TrOnchip.SPEx NIPD Watchpoint SPEx NIPD watchpoint enable 49

TrOnchip.TBU TBU watchpoint settings 50

TrOnchip.TBUx Data TBU data value compare 50

TrOnchip.TBUx HALT TBU access halt enable 50

TrOnchip.TBUx Watchpoint TBU access watchpoint enable 50

TrOnchip.TBU0 SELect TBU0 type selection 51

TrOnchip.TIMWPC TIM watchpoint settings 52

TrOnchip.TIMWPCx Channel TIM channel selection 52

TrOnchip.TIMWPCx HALT TIM halt enable 52

TrOnchip.TIMWPCx Module TIM sub-module selection 52

TrOnchip.TIMWPCx TIMING TIM watchpoint enable 53

TrOnchip.TIMWPCx Transition TIM channel slope selection 53

TrOnchip.TIMWPCx Watchpoint TIM watchpoint enable 53

TrOnchip.TOMWPC TOM watchpoint settings 54

TrOnchip.TOMWPCx Channel TOM channel selection 54


TrOnchip.TOMWPCx HALT TOM halt enable 54

TrOnchip.TOMWPCx Module TOM sub-module selection 54

TrOnchip.TOMWPCx TIMING TOM watchpoint enable 55

TrOnchip.TOMWPCx Transition TOM channel slope selection 55

TrOnchip.TOMWPCx Watchpoint TOM watchpoint enable 55

TrOnchip.WPCE Breakpoint enable per channel 56

JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 57


Support ............................................................................................................................... 58

Compilers 58

Products ............................................................................................................................. 58

H8S

H8S/23x9 Debugger ............................................................................ (debugger_h8s.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 3


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4



Reset Line 5

Enable JTAG Mode 5

Quick Start JTAG ............................................................................................................... 6


SYStem.Up Errors 8

FAQ 9

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 10

System Overview 10

System Commands ........................................................................................................... 11




SYStem.Option Advanced Advanced addressing mode 12

SYStem.Option BrkVector Break vector setting 12

SYStem.Option IMASKASM Interrupt disable on ASM 13

SYStem.Option IMASKHLL Interrupt disable on HLL 13

SYStem.Option KEYCODE Keycode 13




Multicore Debugging ......................................................................................................... 15

SYStem.LOCK JTAG lock 15



Breakpoints ........................................................................................................................ 21








TrOnchip.DMA Trigger on DMA cycle 23

TrOnchip.DTC Trigger on DTC cycle 24

TrOnchip.SIZE Trigger on byte, word, long memory accesses 24


TrOnchip.SEQ Sequential breakpoints 25

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 26

Trace ................................................................................................................................... 27

FIFO Trace 27

Runtime Measurement ...................................................................................................... 28

JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 29

Support ............................................................................................................................... 30

Available Tools 30

Compilers 31



Products ............................................................................................................................. 33



H8S and H8/300H Monitor ....................................................................... (monitor_h8.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5




FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 10

FAQ for Monitor 10


FAQ for Monitor H8 10

Basics ................................................................................................................................. 11

Monitor Features 11


Monitor Files 12

Address Layout 13

Vector Table 14

Interrupt Control Mode of H8S 14

Configuration 15

Specific SYStem Commands ........................................................................................... 16





SYStem.Option Advanced Advanced 18






Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 21

Support ............................................................................................................................... 22

Available Tools 22

Compilers 23



Products ............................................................................................................................. 25



Hexagon

Hexagon Debugger ....................................................................(debugger_hexagon.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 6

Quick Start of the ICD Debugger for Hexagon ............................................................... 7

1. Hexagon Conceptual Basics 7

2. Prepare the Start 8

3. Select the Device Prompt for the ICD Debugger 8

4. Select the Clock for the JTAG Communication 8


5. Configure the Debugger According to the Needs of the Application 9


7. Load the Application 9

8. View the Source Code 9

9. Write a Start-up Script 10

Debugger Basics ............................................................................................................... 11

Memory Classes 11

Stack Display 11

Hexagon Security 11

Virtual Hardware Threads 12


Restrictions 14


SYStem.Up Errors 15

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 16




SYStem.CONFIG MSA Enable translation by system MMU 55









SYStem.Option BUGFIX Workaround for single-stepping an RTE instruction 61


SYStem.Option CLADE Enable debugger support for CLADE 62

SYStem.Option CLADEDICT Loade CLADE dictionary from file 62

SYStem.Option CLADEPARAM Define the CLADE address parameters 62

SYStem.Option CLADEREAD Use hardware for reading compressed RAM 63

SYStem.Option ICFLUSH Flush instruction cache at “Go” or “Step” 63



SYStem.Option ISDBSoftBreakFix Workaround for prefetch issue 65

SYStem.Option PC PC parking position 65


SYStem.Option REVision Define default value for REV register 66

SYStem.Option SRST Reset via SRST line 66

SYStem.StuffInstruction Execute stuff instruction 67


SYStem.Option TCMBase Base address of the TCM 67

SYStem.Option TLBINV Invalidate TLB while MMU is off 67





MMU.MAP Translations from ELF file memory load map 70

MMU.MAP.dump Display addresses from ELF file memory load map 70

MMU.MAP.SCAN Load MMU table from ELF file 70


MMU.Set Write to MMU on processor 72

MMU.TLB Scan or dump MMU TLB entries 72

MMU.VTLB Scan or dump VTLB entries 72

CPU specific BenchMarkCounter Commands ................................................................ 73

BMC.COUNTER<n> Specify event count 74

BMC.CyclePeriod Specify export rate 74

BMC.OFF Disable benchmark counters 75

BMC.ON Enable benchmark counters 75

BMC.SELect Select counter for statistic analysis 75

BMC.SPDM Specify profiler control 77

BMC.SPLIT Specify export rate 77



TrOnchip.ContextID Extend on-chip breakpoint/trace filter by TID 78

TrOnchip.CONVert Adjust on-chip breakpoint to resources 79

TrOnchip.RESet Reset “TrOnchip” settings 79

TrOnchip.StepException Single stepping of exceptions and interrupts 80


JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 81

Mechanical Description of the 20-pin Debug Cable 81

Electrical Description of the 20-pin Debug Cable 82

Support ............................................................................................................................... 83

Available Tools 83

Compilers 83



Products ............................................................................................................................. 86



Hexagon-ETM Trace .................................................................. (trace_hexagon_etm.pdf) 1

Controlling the ETM .......................................................................................................... 3


ETM.state/Breakpoints 4

Commands ......................................................................................................................... 11

ETM.BBC Broadcast all branches 11

ETM.CLEAR Clear trace and sequencer settings 11

ETM.ContextID Provide TID in synchronisation packages 12


ETM.DataTrace Define broadcast of load/store address tracing 14

ETM.DISableClockOff Compress trace information 15

ETM.FillPort Compress trace information 16

ETM.GlobalSyncs GSYNC control 17

ETM.GSyncPeriod Specify GSYNC period 17

ETM.IgnoreSyncOverflow Handle ignore synch-overflow bit 18

ETM.LoopTrace Control for loop back branch packets 18





ETM.Register Display the ETM register 20


ETM.Set Set ETM registers 22

ETM.STALL Stall control 31

ETM.SychPeriod Specify ISYNC period 32

ETM.TestBusTrace TestBus tracing control 32

ETM.TestBusTraceMUX Select bus for ‘TestBus’ tracing 33

ETM.TestBusTracePeriod Specify test bus sampling time 33

ETM.Trace Broadcasting of instruction flow 33

ETM.TraceASID Broadcast instruction trace of specified ASID 33

ETM.TraceFilter tbd. 34

ETM.TraceID Set ETM trace ID manually 34

ETM.TracePriority Define priority of ETM messages 34

ETM.TraceTID Broadcast instruction trace of specified software thread 34

ETM.TraceTNUM Broadcast instruction trace of specified hardware thread 35

ETM.state Display ETM setup 35

Keyword for the Trace Display ......................................................................................... 36

Trace Commands for SMP Debugging ............................................................................ 37

Benchmark Counters ........................................................................................................ 41

BMC.Counter<n> Configure benchmark counter 46

BMC.CyclePeriod Specify period for benchmark counter broadcasting 46

BMC.List tbd. 47

BMC.ListNesting tbd. 47

BMC.OFF Deactivate benchmark counters 47

BMC.ON Activate the benchmark counters 47


BMC.RESet Reset benchmark counter setup 47

BMC.SELect Select counter for statistical analysis 48

BMC.state Display benchmark counter setup 48

BMC.STATistic.sYmbol Flat function statistic for benchmark counter 49

IPU

IPU Debugger ....................................................................................... (debugger_ipu.pdf) 1

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 4


Demo and Start-up Script 4

Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5



SYStem.Up Errors 9

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 10

IPU Specific Implementations .......................................................................................... 11

IPUS and IPUV Core Debugging in Heterogeneous SMP System 11

IPU Specific Peripheral Files 12

Breakpoints 13

Memory Access Classes 14












IPU Specific TrOnchip Commands .................................................................................. 36

TrOnchip.FINISH Set 'Break on Finish' on-chip breakpoint 36

TrOnchip.POS Set on-chip trigger for total pixel position 36

TrOnchip.XPOS Set on-chip trigger for horizontal pixel position 36

TrOnchip.YPOS Set on-chip trigger for vertical pixel position 37



Support ............................................................................................................................... 38


Compilers 38

Products ............................................................................................................................. 38

M32R

M32R Debugger and Trace ..............................................................(debugger_m32r.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 4


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 6


SYStem.Up Errors 9

Memory Access Errors 9

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 10

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 12





SYStem.CpuAccess Select CPU access mode 14



SYStem.MemAccess Select memory access mode 16


SYStem.Option Display SYStem window 16

SYStem.Option DBI Enables program break via debug interrupt 17



SYStem.Option KEYCODE Code protection 18

SYStem.Option TriState Allow debugger to drive JTAG and reset 19


Trace specific Commands ................................................................................................ 20

SYStem.Option BTM Enables program trace messages 20

SYStem.Option DTM Enables data trace messages 20

SYStem.Option STALL Trace message overrun control 20

SYStem.Option TRCLK Trace output clock ratio 21

SYStem.Option TRDATA Trace port width 21

TrOnchip ............................................................................................................................ 22

TrOnchip.CONVert Automatically converts range to single address 22

TrOnchip.RESet Resets all TO settings 23



TrOnchip.state Opens configuration panel 23

Security Levels of the M32R Family ................................................................................ 24

Security Level 24

Flash Erase if Device is secured 25

General Restrictions and Hints 26

Floating Point Formats 27

Integer Access Keywords 27

JTAG Connection .............................................................................................................. 28



Mechanical Description of the 20-pin Trace Connector 29

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 31

Support ............................................................................................................................... 32

Available Tools 32

Compilers 32



Products ............................................................................................................................. 34



M8051EW

M8051EW Debugger ................................................................. (debugger_m8051ew.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 4


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 6


SYStem.Up Errors 8

KEIL OMF-51 and OMF2 9

Breakpoints 10

Debugging with Low Target Frequencies 12

Mapping Memory 13

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 13

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 14












SYStem.Mode Establish communication with the target 23




SYStem.Option PATCHBP Use patch unit for on-chip breakpoints 26

SYStem.Option PRDELAY Set delay time after RESET 26

SYStem.Option ResBreak Request break after reset 27

SYStem.Option TRAPEN Enable TRAP_EN flag in EOR 27

Memory Classes 28

SYMbol Commands ........................................................................................................... 29

Special Function Register (SFR) symbols 29






JTAG Connectors .............................................................................................................. 33

Target Board Connectors 33

LAUTERBACH Adapters 37

Support ............................................................................................................................... 39

Available Tools 39

Compilers 39



Products ............................................................................................................................. 41



8051XC

R8051XC Debugger ..................................................................... (debugger_r8051xc.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 4



Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 6


SYStem.Up Errors 8

KEIL OMF-51 and OMF2 9

Debugging with Low Target Frequencies 9

Mapping Memory 10

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 10

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 11


SYStem Open system window 12












SYStem.Option PRDELAY Set delay time after RESET 24

Memory Classes 24

SYMbol Commands ........................................................................................................... 25

Special Function Register (SFR) symbols 25






JTAG Connectors .............................................................................................................. 29

LAUTERBACH Adapters 29

Support ............................................................................................................................... 30

Available Tools 30

Compilers 30



Products ............................................................................................................................. 32




MAC71xx/72xx

MAC71xx/72xx NEXUS Debugger and Trace ........................................ (nexus_mac.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5



Communication Between Debugger and Processor cannot be established 8

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 9

Trace Extension ................................................................................................................. 14

ARM specific Implementations ........................................................................................ 15

Breakpoints 15

Trigger 19

Virtual Terminal 19

Semihosting 19


Coprocessors 20

Memory Classes 21

Programming the On-chip FLASH of the MAC71/72xx .................................................. 22









SYStem.Option ABORTFIX Do not access 0x0-0x1f 29

SYStem.Option BUGFIX Breakpoint bug fix for ARM7TDMI-S REV2 29

SYStem.Option BigEndian Define byte order (endianess) 30


SYStem.Option DBGACK DBGACK active on debugger memory accesses 30





SYStem.Option NOIRCHECK No JTAG instruction register check 32

SYStem.Option PC Define address for dummy fetches 32



SYStem.Option ShowError Show data abort errors 33



SYStem.Option SPLIT Access memory depending on CPSR 34









TrOnchip.A.Value Define data selector 38

TrOnchip.A.Size Define access size for data selector 38

TrOnchip.A.CYcle Define access type 39


TrOnchip.A.Trans Define access mode 40

TrOnchip.A.Extern Define the use of EXTERN lines 40

TrOnchip.TEnable Define address selector for bus trace 40

TrOnchip.TCYcle Define cycle type for bus trace 41



Nexus specific SYStem Commands ................................................................................ 43

SYStem.Option BTM Control for branch trace messages 43

SYStem.Option ThumbBTM Control for branch trace messages 43

SYStem.Option DTM Control for data trace messages 44

SYStem.Option MCKO Define MCKO frequency 44

SYStem.Option NEXUS Define trace port width (number of MDO) 44

SYStem.Option OTM Control for ownership trace messages 45

SYStem.Option STALL Stall the program execution 45

SYStem.Option UBA Specify user base address 45

SYStem.Option VECTORS Specify vector table address 45

SYStem.Option WTM Control for watchpoint messages 46

Filter and Trigger for the NEXUS Trace ........................................................................... 47

Filter and Trigger provided by the Processor 47

Nexus specific TrOnchip Commands .............................................................................. 48

TrOnchip.EVTI Allow the EVTI signal to stop the program execution 48

TrOnchip.EXTernal Generate a trigger for the trace on high pulse on INx 49

CPU specific Trigger Commands .................................................................................... 50

TrBus Commands 50




JTAG Connection .............................................................................................................. 51





Technical Data ................................................................................................................... 54

Pinout MICTOR 54

Mechanical Dimension 55

Adapter 55



Support ............................................................................................................................... 57

Available Tools 57

Compilers 58


Realtime Operation Systems 59

Products ............................................................................................................................. 62



MCS08

MCS08 Debugger .............................................................................. (debugger_hc08.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5


SYStem.Up Errors 6

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 6

Quick Start of the ICD Debugger for HC9S08 ................................................................. 7



3. Select the Clock for the BDM Communication 8


5. Map the EPROM Simulator if Available (optional) 8

6. Tell the Debugger Where it should use On-chip Breakpoints (optional) 8


8. Load the Program 9

9. Initialize Program Counter and Stackpointer 10




Restrictions 12

SYStem.BdmClock Select clock for BDM communication 12









Hardware Breakpoints ...................................................................................................... 19

Program Breakpoints 19

Read and Write Breakpoints 19

Data Breakpoints 20



TrOnchip.Mode Select trace and trigger mode 22


TrOnchip.state Open the control window for the on-chip trigger resources 23

TrOnchip.RESet Reset the on-chip trigger resources 23

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 24

FLASH EEPROM Management ......................................................................................... 25

Secure and Unsecure ........................................................................................................ 26

BDM Connector ICD-MCS08 ............................................................................................. 27

Support ............................................................................................................................... 28

Available Tools 28

Compilers 30



Products ............................................................................................................................. 32



MCS12

MCS12 Debugger .............................................................................. (debugger_hc12.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 6



SYStem.Up Errors 7

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 7

Quick Start of the ICD Debugger for HC12 ..................................................................... 8



3. Select the Clock for the BDM Communication 9

4. Configure the Debugger according to the Needs of the Application 9

5. Map the EPROM Simulator if Available (optional) 10

6. Tell the Debugger Where it should use On-chip Breakpoints (optional) 10






Restrictions 14

SYStem.BdmClock Select clock for BDM communication 15







SYStem.Option CLKSW Force BDM to work on CPU bus frequency 19

SYStem.Option DUALPORT All memory accesses are done hidden 20

SYStem.Option GLOBAL Memory accesses are done global 20

SYStem.Option SOFTWORD Breakpoints are set by word access 20

SYStem.Option VFP Voltage for FLASH programming 21

SYStem.Option WATCHDOG COP support 22

Hardware Breakpoints ...................................................................................................... 23



Data Breakpoints 24




TrOnchip.Mode Select trace and trigger mode 26



TrOnchip.XBreakt Enable crossbreak between S12 core and XGATE 27

TrOnchip.RESERVE Deprive debugger of address comparator use 27

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 28


Debugging with active PLL .............................................................................................. 29

Debugging with active Watchdog .................................................................................... 30

FLASH EEPROM Management ......................................................................................... 31

FLASH EEPROM on S12X Derivatives 31

EEPROM Management ...................................................................................................... 32

Banked Applications ......................................................................................................... 34

Background and Compatibility Information ................................................................... 34

SYStem.Option PAGING Banked applications 34



Local and Global Memory Map on S12X Targets 38

Using the MMU for HC12DA/DG/DT128 39

SYStem.Option MEMEXP Memory expansion 40

SYStem.Option ROMTST FLASH EEPROM test mode 40

Using the MMU for HC12A4/F8 41

BDM Connector ................................................................................................................. 45

BDM Connector ICD - MCS12, ICD-S12X 45

BDM Connector ICD - HC12 45

Support ............................................................................................................................... 47

Available Tools 47

Compilers 49



Products ............................................................................................................................. 51



MicroBlaze

MicroBlaze Debugger and Trace ...........................................(debugger_microblaze.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 5


MicroBlaze debug and trace features supported by TRACE32 .................................... 6

ESD Protection .................................................................................................................. 7

Quick Start of the Debugger ............................................................................................. 8

Quick-Start of the Real-Time Trace ................................................................................. 10

Compiling Software with Debug Information ................................................................. 12

Designs with little-endian MicroBlaze and AXI bus ....................................................... 12



SYStem.Up Errors 13

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 14

Displaying MicroBlaze Core Configuration .................................................................... 21


Memory Accesses Causing Bus Errors 22

Breakpoints 23

Data.LOAD.Elf /CYgdrive Translate Cygwin path to OS path 24

SYStem.Option.BrkHandler Control writing of software break handler 25

SYStem.Option.BrkVector Configures an alternative breakvector 25

SYStem.Option IMASKASM Interrupt disable on ASM 26

SYStem.Option IMASKHLL Interrupt disable on HLL 26


SYStem.Option.ResetMode Select the reset mode 27

TERM.Method MDMUART Terminal configuration 28

Memory Classes 29

Register Names 29




SYStem.JtagClock Selects the frequency for the debug interface 32















Real-Time Trace ................................................................................................................. 44

SYStem.Option.DTM Control data trace messages 44

SYStem.Option.QUICKSTOP Control trace of software breakpoints 44

SYStem.Option.UserBSCAN Set default user bscan port 45

Configuring your FPGA .................................................................................................... 46


JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 47


Support ............................................................................................................................... 48

Available Tools 48

Compilers 48



Products ............................................................................................................................. 50



Application Notes for MicroBlaze .......................................................................................

Connecting to MicroBlaze Targets for Debug and Trace ..........(app_microblaze.pdf) 1

Connecting the TRACE32 Debugger to the Target ..................................................... 2

Selecting a MicroBlaze Core in the Target ................................................................... 3

Pre-Calculated Multicore Settings for Common Eval Boards .................................... 4

Detecting multicore settings ......................................................................................... 5

Manually Calculating Multicore Settings for Microblaze Cores (one or more FPGAs) 6

Example: Calculating Microblaze Multicore Settings for ML310 ............................... 8

Modifying Xilinx ML605 for Direct JTAG Access ............................... (app_ml605.pdf) 1

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 2

Requirements ................................................................................................................. 2

Description of the Modification ..................................................................................... 3

Testing the Modified ML605 Board ............................................................................... 5

Using ML605 without USB-JTAG Bridge ...................................................................... 6

Pinout of the JTAG to Xilinx ML605 Adaptor ............................................................... 7

Miscellaneous Information ............................................................................................ 8

MIPS

MIPS Debugger and Trace ............................................................... (debugger_mips.pdf) 1


WARNING ........................................................................................................................... 5

Quick Start of the EJTAG Debugger ................................................................................ 6


SYStem.Up Errors 7

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 8



Breakpoints 9

Trigger 11


Register 11

Memory Classes 12

SPR Memory Overlay 13

MIPS specific SYStem Commands .................................................................................. 15









SYStem.Option Address32 Use 32-bit addresses 32

SYStem.Option DCFREEZE Freeze data cache 32

SYStem.Option DCREAD Use DCACHE for data read 33


SYStem.Option Endianness Define endianness of target memory 34

SYStem.Option EnReset Control target system reset 34

SYStem.Option EnTRST Control TAP reset 34

SYStem.Option HoldReset Set system reset hold time 35

SYStem.Option FlowTrace Define operating mode of RISC TRACE 35

SYStem.Option FREEZE Freeze system timer in stop mode 35

SYStem.Option ICFLUSH Flush of instruction cache during step and go 36

SYStem.Option ICREAD Use ICACHE for program read 36



SYStem.Option KEYCODE Define key code to unsecure processor 37

SYStem.Option MCBreaksynch Select break synchronization method 37


SYStem.Option MonBase Base address for monitor download routine 39

SYStem.Option PROTECTION Sends an unsecure sequence to the core 39


SYStem.Option STEPONCHIP Use onchip breakpoints for ASM stepping 40


SYStem.Option TURBO Enable fast download 41

SYStem.Option UnProtect Unprotect memory addresses 41

SYStem.Option WaitReset Set system reset wait time 41

On-chip Breakpoints ......................................................................................................... 42

TrOnchip.AddressMask Define an address mask 42




TrOnchip.CORERESET Halt at reset vector after core reset 43


TrOnchip.StepVector Halt on exception vector during step 43


TrOnchip.UseWatch Use watchpoints 44



Trigger Commands ........................................................................................................... 45

Trigger.Set External trigger input enable 45

Trigger.Out External trigger output enable 45






MMU.Set Set MMU registers 52

MMU.TLB.Set Set MMU registers 52

MMU.TLBSET Set MMU registers 52

TCB ..................................................................................................................................... 53

TCB Control 53


Using JTAG for FPGA configuration 55

JTAG.LOADBIT Configure FPGA with BIT file 55

EJTAG Connector ............................................................................................................. 56

Mechanical Description of the 14-pin EJTAG Connector 56

Electrical Description of the 14-pin EJTAG Connector 57

Mechanical Description of the 24-pin EJTAG Connector 58

Electrical Description of the 24-pin EJTAG Connector 59

Recommended JTAG Circuit on Target 60

Technical Data Debugger ................................................................................................. 61


Mechanical Dimensions 61

Trace ................................................................................................................................... 63

Technical Data Trace ........................................................................................................ 64




Support ............................................................................................................................... 67


Available Tools 67

Compilers 72

Target Operating Systems 32-Bit 73



Products ............................................................................................................................. 75



MMDSP

MMDSP Debugger ........................................................................(debugger_mmdsp.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 3


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 5


SYStem.Up Errors 7

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 7

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 8

System Overview 8


Breakpoints 9

Memory Classes 12







SYStem.DictionaryReset Reset dictionary memory STN8810V 20





SYStem.Option 8810compatible Set the compatibility mode 8810 23

SYStem.Option.DCUMode Select the “DCU” mode 23

SYStem.Option DIAG System diagnosis command 23

SYStem.Option EnReset Control activation of the reset line 24




SYStem.Option ICFLUSH Flush instruction cache (ST8810A) 25

SYStem.Option NMF Retrieves the value of pThis 25

SYStem.Option OP9compatible Compatibility mode OP9 25

SYStem.RESet Reset the system settings 26

SYStem.Softreset Soft reset of the core 26

CPU specific Commands .................................................................................................. 27


Register.RESet Soft reset 27

SNoop.PC Enable PC snooping 28






JTAG Connection .............................................................................................................. 31



Operation Voltage ............................................................................................................. 33

Support ............................................................................................................................... 34

Available Tools 34

Compilers 34



Products ............................................................................................................................. 36



MMDSP NEXUS Debugger and Trace ...............................................(nexus_mmdsp.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 4


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 6


SYStem.Up Errors 8

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 8

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 9

System Overview 9



General 10

FAQ regarding Hardware Design 10



Breakpoints 11

Trigger 14

Memory Classes 14

State Analyzer .................................................................................................................... 16

Keywords for the Complex Trigger Unit 16







SYStem.DictionaryReset Reset dictionary memory STN8810V 23





SYStem.Option DIAG System diagnosis command 26



SYStem.Option ICFLUSH Flush instruction cache (ST8810A) 28

SYStem.Option OP9compatible Compatibility mode OP9 28

SYStem.RESet Reset the system settings 28

SYStem.Softreset Soft reset of the core 28

NEXUS specific SYStem Commands .............................................................................. 29

SYStem.Option BTM Branch trace messages 29

SYStem.Option DTM Data trace messages 29

CPU specific Commands .................................................................................................. 30


Register.RESet Soft reset 30

SNoop.PC Enable PC snooping 31





NEXUS Connector ............................................................................................................. 33


Technical Data ................................................................................................................... 34


Dimensions 34

Adapter 34



Support ............................................................................................................................... 36

Available Tools 36

Compilers 36



Products ............................................................................................................................. 38



MMDSP Application Note ....................................................................................................

Debugging NMF Applications with TRACE32 ...................................(app_mmdsp.pdf) 1

Terminology and Syntax ................................................................................................ 3

Programs 3

Components 3

Naming Syntax in TRACE32 .......................................................................................... 4

NMF Execution Engine (EE) 4

TRACE32 Features for NMF .......................................................................................... 5

Autoloading and Unloading of Component Symbols 5

Managing of Components via sYmbol.AutoLOAD.List window 6

Inspection of Variables in Arbitrary, also Inactive COMPONENTS ........................... 7

Explicitly Specifying a Component Instance 7

Auto-Determination of a Component Instance 8

Component Specific and Deferred Breakpoints 8

Basic Commands and Configuration ........................................................................... 10

Autoload Script 11

Helper Functions 12

Relocation of Sections 12

Rarely Used Commands 13

Various notes 14

MSP430

MSP430 Debugger ....................................................................... (debugger_msp430.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4

General Notes/Target Design Requirements/Recommendations 4


General ............................................................................................................................... 5

Target Design Requirements 5

Limitations 5

Contacting Support ........................................................................................................... 6

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 7



FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 11

MSP430 Specific Implementations .................................................................................. 13

Breakpoints 13

Cycle Counter 16


Memory Classes 17

State Storage 17

Trigger Sequencer 17







SYStem.JtagClock Set jtag clock frequency 21




SYStem.Option Configure debugger behavior 24

SYStem.Option IMASKASM Disable interrupts for assembler single steps 24

SYStem.Option IMASKHLL Disable interrupts for HLL single steps 24

SYStem.Option LPMX5 Enable LPMx5 support 24


SYStem.Option TCKTOTEST Configure clock output pins 25

MSP430 Specific TrOnchip Commands .......................................................................... 26




Low Power Mode debugging ............................................................................................ 27

Avoid loss of device 27

Supported Low Power Modes 27

Debug Connection ............................................................................................................ 29

Support ............................................................................................................................... 30


Available Tools 30

Compilers 41



Products ............................................................................................................................. 43



M-Core

M-Core Debugger ...........................................................................(debugger_mcore.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 4


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5

Quick Start JTAG/ONCE ................................................................................................... 6

Breakpoints ........................................................................................................................ 8



Breakpoint in ROM 9



SYStem.Up Errors 10


FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 11

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 14

System Overview 14


Memory Classes 15

Memory Coherency 15

General SYStem Settings for the Debugger ................................................................... 16

SYStem.BdmClock Define JTAG clock 16

SYStem.CONFIG 16



SYStem.CPU Selects the CPU 22


SYStem.JtagClock Sets JTAG clock frequency 23





SYStem.Option DE Stop CPU via debug enable line 26

SYStem.Option DUALPORT Update all memory displays during runtime 26



SYStem.Option PC Not supported command 27

SYStem.Option TRST Use TRST line to reset the TAP controller 27

Trigger On-chip Commands ............................................................................................. 28

TrOnchip.CYcle Define access type 28



TrOnchip.EXTernal Generate a trigger for trace on high pulse on in0 or in1 30





JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 33

Technical Data ................................................................................................................... 34


Support ............................................................................................................................... 35

Available Tools 35

Compilers 35



Products ............................................................................................................................. 37



NIOS

NIOS II Debugger and Trace ............................................................. (debugger_nios.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 6


SYStem.Up Errors 7

Trace Errors 7

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 8

Quick Start of the ICD Debugger for Nios II .................................................................... 11



3. Configure your FPGA with a Nios II Core (optional) 11


4. Select the Clock for the JTAG Communication 12


6. Tell the Debugger where it should use On-chip Breakpoints (optional) 12






Restrictions 15

SYStem.CONFIG Configure multi-core debugger 16

SYStem.CONFIG.CORE Select core in FPGA 19

SYStem.CONFIG.state Show multi-core settings 21







SYStem.Option BTM Enable/disable branch trace 24

SYStem.Option CFGCLK Set clock frequency for configuration 24

SYStem.Option DCFLUSH Flush data cache before “Go” 24

SYStem.Option DBGALL Enable/disable debug mode for all cores 25

SYStem.Option LocalRESet Assert a local JTAG reset at SYStem.Up 25

SYStem.Option DTM Select kind of data trace 26

SYStem.Option Endianness Select endianness of core 26

SYStem.Option FSS Enable/disable FS2 compatibility mode 27

SYStem.Option ICFLUSH Flush instruction cache before “Go” 27




SYStem.Option TOFF Enable/disable tracetrigger input 29

SYStem.Option SYNC Specify frequency of SYNC messages 29


JTAG.LOADRBF Configure FPGA with RBF file 30

JTAG Uart Support ............................................................................................................ 32

On-chip Breakpoints ......................................................................................................... 33



Data Breakpoints 34

Trace Control Breakpoints 34











Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 40

BDM Connector ICD-NIOS II ............................................................................................. 41

NIOS II Trace Connector ................................................................................................... 42

Support ............................................................................................................................... 44

Available Tools 44

Compilers 44



Products ............................................................................................................................. 47



NIOS II Application Note ......................................................................................................

NIOS II Instantiating the Off-chip Trace Logic ....................................... (app_nios.pdf) 1

Disable Automatic PLL Instantiation ............................................................................ 3

Using Extra Registers for Better Timing ...................................................................... 4

Multiplexing Trace Outputs of Multiple CPUs ............................................................. 5

PPC400/PPC440

PPC400/PPC440 Debugger and Trace ........................................ (debugger_ppc400.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 6


General 7

Quick Start JTAG ............................................................................................................... 8


SYStem.Up Errors 10

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 11

PPC400 11

PPC440 15

RISC Trace 23


Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 24

System Overview 24

ICD Trace Extension for PPC400 (ICT) ............................................................................ 25

General Fact for PPC403 RiscTrace Use 25

Debugging and Trace Mode 25

What does the PPC403 Trace Mode provide? 25

Used Options for RiscTrace 26



Breakpoints 27

Memory Classes 30


SYStem.BdmClock Set JTAG clock frequency 31










SYStem.Option CLOCKX2 Selects the clock for the real-time trace 40

SYStem.Option DCFREEZE Freeze contents of cache while debugging 40

SYStem.Option DCREAD Read from data cache 41

SYStem.Option DMALOW Switch DMA to low priority 41

SYStem.Option FREEZERUN Stop timer in user mode 41

SYStem.Option FREEZEBDM Stop timer in debug mode 41

SYStem.Option FLOWTRACE Prepare CPU for real-time trace 42

SYStem.Option FOLDING Execute more instructions per cycle 42


SYStem.Option ICFLUSH Invalidate instruction cache 44

SYStem.Option ICREAD Read from instruction cache 44


SYStem.Option NoJtagHalt Disable HALT line 45

SYStem.Option NOTRAP Use alternative instruction to enter debug mode 46


SYStem.Option ResetMode Selects the reset mode 47

SYStem.Option TURBO Skip additional checks/waits 47




TrOnchip.state Setup window 49


TrOnchip.DISable Disable NEXUS trace register control 50

TrOnchip.ENable Use CPU internal trigger logic 50


TrOnchip.Set Trigger sources 51



TrOnchip.TON Switch the sampling to the trace to ’ON’ 52



TrOnchip.SYNCHRONOUS Switches mode for data breakpoints 52






MMU.Set.TLB Create a TLB entry on the TARGET 58

Debug Connector .............................................................................................................. 62


Trace Connectors .............................................................................................................. 63

Mictor Connector 38 pin (Version B) for PPC440 63


Connector 20 pin (Version A) for PPC405 (obsolete) 64


Connector 20 pin (Version A) for PPC403 65

Support ............................................................................................................................... 66

Available Tools 66

Compilers 68



Products ............................................................................................................................. 71



Application Note for PPC400/PPC440 ................................................................................

Debugging Embedded Cores in Xilinx FPGAs [PPC4xx] .....(app_xilinx_ppc400.pdf) 1

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 2

TRACE32 Software Requirements 2

Related Documents 3

Supported TRACE32 JTAG Cables ............................................................................... 4


Physical Connection of the TRACE32 Debugger ........................................................ 5

JTAG Connection via 16-pin PPC Connector 5

JTAG Connection via Configuration JTAG (Xilinx 14 pin connector) 5

Connecting JTAG and Trace Preprocessor 6

Trace Connections via Expansion Headers 6

Supported JTAG Topologies 6

Setting the SYStem.CPU option .................................................................................... 8

Multicore Settings for Xilinx FPGAs ............................................................................. 9

1st Topology: Separate JTAG Interfaces for FPGA and each PPC Core 11

2nd Topology: Separate FPGA JTAG/ joint PPC JTAG for all PPC Cores 12

3rd Topology: Joint JTAG Interface for the FPGA and all PPC400/PPC440 Cores 14

Design Considerations for Debugging and Tracing ................................................... 16

Debugging Embedded PPC405 Cores 16

Tracing Embedded PPC405 Cores 16

Debugging Embedded PPC440 Cores 17

Tracing Embedded PPC440 Cores using TRACE32 17

Frequently Asked Questions ......................................................................................... 18

Virtex2Pro, Virtex4FX, Virtex5FXT: TRACE32 does not display ISOCM memories 18

Flow errors tracing PPC cores on Xilinx ML310 eval board 18

Electrical Interface 18

MPC500/PQ

MPC5xx/8xx Debugger and Trace ..................................................... (debugger_ppc.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 6

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 7


General 9

RESET Configuration 10

BDM Termination 11


Troubleshooting 13

FAQ 14

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 27

Breakpoints ........................................................................................................................ 29



On-chip Breakpoints on InstructionsROM or FLASH 29

On-chip Breakpoints on Read or Write Accesses 30



Simultaneous FLASH Programming for MPC555 31

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 32

Memory Coherency MPC8xx 32

Trace Extension ................................................................................................................. 33

MPC555/MPC553 Pin Multiplexing 33

Troubleshooting MPC500/MPC800 RISC Trace 34

Used Options for RiscTrace 34


SYStem.BdmClock Define the BDM clock speed 35







SYStem.LOADVOC Load vocabulary for code compression 38

SYStem.Option BRKNOMSK Allow program stop in a non-recoverable state 38

SYStem.Option CCOMP Enable code compression 39

SYStem.Option CLEARBE Clear MSR[BE] on step/go 39

SYStem.Option CSxxx CS setting for program flow trace 39

SYStem.Option DCREAD Use DCACHE for data read 40

SYStem.Option FAILSAVE Special error handling for debug port 41

SYStem.Option FreezePin Use alternative signal on the BDM connector 41

SYStem.Option IBUS Configure the show cycles for the I-BUS 42

SYStem.Option ICFLUSH Flush branch target cache before program start 42

SYStem.Option ICREAD Use ICACHE for program read 43





SYStem.Option NODATA The external data bus is not connected to trace 45

SYStem.Option NOTRAP Use alternative instruction to enter debug mode 45


SYStem.Option PPCLittleEnd Control for PPC little endian 46

SYStem.Option SCRATCH Scratch for FPU access 47

SYStem.Option SIUMCR SIUMCR setting for the trace 47

SYStem.Option SLOWLOAD Alternative data load algorithm 47

SYStem.Option SLOWRESET Activate SLOWRESET 47

SYStem.Option WATCHDOG Enable software watchdog after SYStem.Up 48


CPU specific MMU commands ......................................................................................... 49






MMU.TLBSCAN Load MMU TLB entries 52




TrOnchip.ENable Enable NEXUS trace register control 54

TrOnchip.G/H Define data selector 54

TrOnchip.IWx.Count Event counter for I-Bus watchpoint 55

TrOnchip.IWx.Ibus Instructions address for I-Bus watchpoint 56

TrOnchip.IWx.Watch Activate I-Bus watchpoint pin 56

TrOnchip.LW0.Count Event counter for L-Bus watchpoint 57

TrOnchip.LW0.CYcle Cycle type for L-Bus watchpoint 58

TrOnchip.LW0.Data Data selector for L-Bus watchpoint 58

TrOnchip.LW0.Ibus Instructions address for L-Bus watchpoint 58

TrOnchip.LW0.Lbus Data address for the L-Bus watchpoint 59

TrOnchip.LW0.Watch Activate L-Bus watchpoint pin 60

TrOnchip.RESet Reset on-chip trigger unit 60

TrOnchip.Set Stop program execution at specified exception 60




TrOnchip.TON Switch the sampling to the trace to ON 61


TrOnchip.VarCONVert Adjust HLL breakpoint in on-chip resource 62



BDM Connector ................................................................................................................. 65

10 pin BDM Connector MPC500/MPC800 65

Support ............................................................................................................................... 66

Available Tools 66

Compilers 67



Products ............................................................................................................................. 70




PQII, MPC5200, MPC603/7xx, MPC74xx

PPC600 Family Debugger ............................................................ (debugger_ppc600.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 5


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 6

Signal Level 6

ESD Protection 6


General 7

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 8


Problems with Memory Access 11

FAQ 12

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 27

System Overview 27

PowerPC 600 Family Specific Implementations ............................................................. 28

Breakpoints 28

Access Classes 34

Cache 35

Little Endian Operation 37

General System Commands ............................................................................................. 38

SYStem.BdmClock Set JTAG frequency 38









CPU specific System Commands .................................................................................... 48

SYStem.Option BASE Set base address for on-chip peripherals 48

SYStem.Option BUS32 Use 32-Bit data-bus mode 49

SYStem.Option CONFIG Select RCW configuration 49



SYStem.Option FREEZE Freeze timebase when core halted 51


SYStem.Option HRCWOVerRide Override HRCW on SYStem.Up 52






SYStem.Option IP Set MSR_IP value for breakpoints / SYStem.Up 54

SYStem.Option.LittleEnd True little endian mode 54

SYStem.Option.MemProtect Enable memory access safeguard 54

SYStem.Option.MemSpeed Configure memory access timing 55


SYStem.Option.NoDebugStop Disable JTAG stop on debug events 56

SYStem.Option.NOTRAP Use alternative software breakpoint instruction 57


SYStem.Option PARITY Generate parity on memory access 58

SYStem.Option.PINTDebug Program interrupt debugging 59

SYStem.Option.PPCLittleEnd PPC little endian mode 59

SYStem.Option.PTE Evaluate PTE table for address translation 60

SYStem.Option RESetBehavior Set behavior when target reset detected 60

SYStem.Option ResetMode Select reset mode for SYStem.Up 61

SYStem.Option.SLOWRESET Relaxed reset timing 61

SYStem.Option.STEPSOFT Use alternative method for ASM single step 62

SYStem.Option WATCHDOG Leave software watchdog enabled 63





MMU.Set Write MMU TLB entries to CPU 67


BMC.FREEZE Freeze counters while core halted 68

BMC.<counter>.SIZE No function 68


TrOnchip.DISable Disable debug register control 69

TrOnchip.ENable Enable debug register control 69









Mechanical Description .................................................................................................... 72

JTAG/COP Connector PPC603e/700/MPC8200 72


Technical Data ................................................................................................................... 73


Support ............................................................................................................................... 74

Available Tools 74

Compilers 76



Products ............................................................................................................................. 80



PQII Trace ...........................................................................................(trace_mpc82xx.pdf) 1

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 3

Overview 3

Installation ......................................................................................................................... 4

Configuration MPC8260 4

Configuration MPC8240 8

Application Note 9

Function 10

Architecture of Trigger Unit 10

Keywords for Trigger Unit 11

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 13

Technical Data ................................................................................................................... 13



Connectors 13

Dimensions 27

Support ............................................................................................................................... 28

Available Tools 28

Compilers 28



Products ............................................................................................................................. 32



PQIII

PQIII Debugger .............................................................................(debugger_ppcpq3.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 4



Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5


General 6

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 7


SYStem.Up Errors 8

FAQ 10

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 15

System Overview 15

PowerPC MPC85XX/QorIQ specific Implementations .................................................... 16

Breakpoints 16

Access Classes 20

Cache 21

Debugging Information 24

Programming Flash on MPC85XX / QorIQ P10XX/P20XX, PSC93XX 26

On-chip Trace on MPC85XX/QorIQ 26


SYStem.BdmClock Set BDM clock frequency 28



SYStem.CPU Select the target processor 33






SYStem.Option.CINTDebug Enable debugging of critical interrupts 37

SYStem.Option CoreStandBy On-the-fly breakpoint setup 37

SYStem.Option DCFREEZE Data cache state frozen while core halted 37



SYStem.Option FREEZE Freeze system timers on debug events 39


SYStem.Option ICFLUSH Invalidate instruction cache before go and step 39







SYStem.Option PERSTOP Stop on-chip peripherals in debug mode 43


SYStem.Option SLOWRESET Relaxed reset timing 43

SYStem.Option STEPSOFT Use alternative method for ASM single step 43





MMU.Set Set an MMU TLB entry 48




BMC.SnoopSet Assign event counter to TRACE32 ‘SnooperTrace’ 49




TrOnchip.Set Enable special on-chip breakpoints 53


TrOnchip.state View on-chip trigger setup window 55

MPC85XX/QorIQ Specific On-chip Trace Settings ......................................................... 56

Onchip.Mode.IFSel Select interface to be traced 56

JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 57


Support ............................................................................................................................... 57

Available Tools 57

Compilers 59



Products ............................................................................................................................. 62



PWRficient

PWRficient Debugger ......................................................................... (debugger_pwr.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 3


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5


General 6

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 7



SYStem.Up Errors 8

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 10

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 11

System Overview 11

PWRficient PA6T Specific Implementations ................................................................... 12

Breakpoints 12

Memory Classes 14

Cache 15


Programming the On-chip FLASH 17

On-chip Trace 18



















MMU.TLB.SCAN Loads MMU TLB entries 29

MMU.TLB.Set Set an MMU TLB entry 30



TrOnchip.EVTEN Enable EVTI and EVTO pins 31


TrOnchip.Set Enable on-chip trigger facilities 32



JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 35


Support ............................................................................................................................... 36

Available Tools 36

Compilers 36



Products ............................................................................................................................. 40



QORIQ

QorIQ Debugger and NEXUS Trace ......................................... (debugger_ppcqoriq.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 5


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 6

Target Design Recommendations ................................................................................... 7

General 7

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 8


SYStem.Up Errors 9

FAQ 11

Configuration - System Overview .................................................................................... 12

System Overview: JTAG Connector Usage 13

System Overview: Aurora Connector Usage 14

PowerPC QorIQ specific Implementations ..................................................................... 15

Breakpoints 15

Access Classes 19

Cache 21


Trace Information 35


SYStem.BdmClock Set debug clock frequency 41















SYStem.Option.HRCWOVerRide Override RCW during SYStem.Up 53

























Nexus and Trace specific commands ............................................................................. 68

DDRTrace.List List DDR trace contents 68

DQMTrace.List List DQM trace contents 68

NEXUS.BTM Enable program trace messaging 69

NEXUS.CoreENable Core specific trace configuration 69

NEXUS.DDRConfig.ADDRessfilter Filter Nexus DDR messages 70

NEXUS.DDRConfig.Controller Configure Nexus DDR message type 70

NEXUS.DQM Enable data acquisition messaging 71

NEXUS.OCeaNport.Mode Configure Nexus OCeaN message type 71

NEXUS.OCeaNport<index>.TraceSELect Select Nexus OCeaN trace type 72

NEXUS.OFF Switch the Nexus trace port off 72

NEXUS.ON Switch the Nexus trace port on 73


NEXUS.OTM Enable ownership trace messaging 73

NEXUS.PortMode Set Nexus trace port frequency 74


NEXUS.POTD Disable periodic ownership trace 75

NEXUS.PTCM Enable program trace correlation messages 75

NEXUS.PTFGS Program trace mark 75

NEXUS.PTFPMM Program trace mark 76

NEXUS.PTFPR Program trace mark 76

NEXUS.PTMARK Program trace mark 76


NEXUS.RESet Reset Nexus trace port settings 77

NEXUS.SerDesCFG Enable SerDes PLL control register manipulation 77

NEXUS.SerDesCFG.FRATE Select frequency of SerDes PLL VCO 78

NEXUS.SerDesCFG.REFCLK Select frequency of SerDes reference clock 78

NEXUS.Spen<messagetype> Enable message suppression 79

NEXUS.STALL Stall the program execution when FIFO level is reached 79

NEXUS.state Display Nexus port configuration window 80

NEXUS.SupprTHReshold Set fill level for message suppression 80

NEXUS.TimeStamps Append target timestamps to Nexus messages 81

NEXUS.WTM Enable watchpoint messaging 81

OCeaNTrace.List List OCeaN trace contents 82

Trace.List List program and data trace contents 83

Onchip specific commands .............................................................................................. 84

Onchip.TBARange Configure on-chip trace base address range 84

Filters and Triggers for the Nexus Trace ........................................................................ 85

JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 87


Support ............................................................................................................................... 90

Available Tools 90

Compilers 91




Products ............................................................................................................................. 95



Qorivva MPC5xxx/SPC5xx

Qorivva MPC5xxx/SPC5xx Debugger and NEXUS Trace ...... (debugger_mpc5500.pdf) 1

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 8


Available Tools 8



ESD Protection Considerations 14


Debug Cable / Nexus Adapter Versions and Detection 15



General (ICD Debugger) 17

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 18

Run Program from On-chip SRAM 18

Run Program from FLASH 20

Connect to Running Program (hot plug-in) 21

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 22

FAQ (ICD Debugger) 22

FAQ (NEXUS Debugger) 26

Debugging .......................................................................................................................... 35

Breakpoints 35

Memory Access 40

Cache Debugging Support 43

Support for Peripheral Modules 46

Debugging and Tracing Through Reset 48


Watchdog Timer Support 53

Censorship Unlock 55

Troubleshooting Debug 57

Tracing ............................................................................................................................... 59

e200 PCFIFO On-chip Trace 59

MPC57XX/SPC57X/SPC58X NEXUS On-chip Trace (trace-to-memory) 59

External Trace Ports (Parallel NEXUS/Aurora NEXUS) 60

Tracing the Program Flow 62

Tracing of Data (read/write) Transactions 63

Trace Filtering and Triggering with Debug Events 63

Tracing Peripheral Modules / Bus Masters 67

Trace Filtering and Triggering Features Provided by TRACE32 68

Troubleshooting Trace 69

FLASH Programming Support ......................................................................................... 70

FLASH Programming Scripts 70

Requirements due to FLASH ECC Protection 72

Programming the RCHW or Boot Header 73

Programming the Shadow Row 73


Programming Serial Boot Password and Censorship Word 75

TEST / UTEST / OTP FLASH Programming 76

Brownout Depletion Recovery 78

Troubleshooting FLASH 78

Command Reference: SYStem Commands .................................................................... 80





SYStem.CONFIG.EXTWDTDIS Disable external watchdog 87


SYStem.CPU Select the target processor 88





Command Reference: SYStem.Option Commands ....................................................... 92

SYStem.Option CoreStandBy On-the-fly breakpoint and trace setup 92



SYStem.Option DISableResetEscalation Control reset escalation disabling 93

SYStem.Option DISableShortSequence Short reset sequence handling 93

SYStem.Option DisMode Disassembler operation mode 94



SYStem.Option HoldReset Set reset hold time 96






SYStem.Option KEYCODE Inhibit censorship protection 98

SYStem.Option LPMDebug Enable low power mode debug handshake 99


SYStem.Option NexusMemoryCoherency Coherent NEXUS mem-access 101


SYStem.Option.NoJtagRdy Do not evaluate JTAG_RDY signal 102

SYStem.Option NOTRAP Use brkpt instruction for software breakpoints 103


SYStem.Option PC Set fetch address debug actions 104


SYStem.Option ResBreak Halt the core while reset asserted 105

SYStem.Option ResetDetection Configure reset detection method 106


SYStem.Option ResetMode Select reset mode for SYStem.Up 107



SYStem.Option TDOSELect Select TDO source of lock step core pair 108

SYStem.Option VECTORS Specify interrupt vector table address 108

SYStem.Option WaitReset Set reset wait time 110

SYStem.Option WATCHDOG Debug with software watchdog timer 111

Command Reference: MMU Commands ......................................................................... 113





Command Reference: BenchMarkCounter ..................................................................... 117

BMC.<counter>.ATOB Enable event triggered counter start and stop 117

BMC.<counter>.FREEZE Freeze counter in certain core states 120



Command Reference: TrOnchip ...................................................................................... 124


TrOnchip.EDBRAC0 Assign debug events to target software 125

TrOnchip.EVTEN Enable EVTI and EVTO pins 126



TrOnchip.VarCONVert Set single address breakpoint for scalar 128


Command Reference: Onchip .......................................................................................... 130

Onchip.TBARange Set on-chip trace buffer address range 130

Command Reference: NEXUS .......................................................................................... 131

NEXUS.BTM Enable program trace messaging 131

NEXUS.CLIENT<x>.BUSSEL Set NXMC target RAM 131



NEXUS.CLIENT3.SPTACQMASTER Trace individual SPT masters 132

NEXUS.CoreENable Enable core tracing for dedicated cores in SMP 132

NEXUS.DDR Enable NEXUS double data rate mode 133

NEXUS.DMADTM Enable DMA data trace messaging 133

NEXUS.DTM Enable data trace messaging 134

NEXUS.DTMARK Data trace mark 134

NEXUS.DQM Enable data acquisition messaging 135

NEXUS.FRAYDTM Enable FlexRay data trace messaging 135

NEXUS.HTM Enable branch history messaging 135




NEXUS.OTM Enable ownership trace messaging 137

NEXUS.PCRCONFIG Configure NEXUS PCR for tracing 137

NEXUS.PINCR Define DCI PINCR register value 138



NEXUS.POTD Periodic ownership trace disable 139

NEXUS.PTCM Enable program trace correlation messages 140

NEXUS.PTMARK Program trace mark 140


NEXUS.Register Display NEXUS trace control registers 141


NEXUS.SmartTrace Enable smart trace analysis 141

NEXUS.Spen<messagetype> Enable message suppression 142

NEXUS.STALL Stall the program execution when FIFO full 142


NEXUS.SupprTHReshold Set fill level for message suppression 143

NEXUS.TimeStamps Enable on-chip timestamp generation 143

NEXUS.WTM Enable watchpoint messaging 144


TrOnchip.Alpha Set special breakpoint function 145

TrOnchip.Beta Set special breakpoint function 145

TrOnchip.Charly Set special breakpoint function 146

TrOnchip.Delta Set special breakpoint function 146


TrOnchip.Echo Set special breakpoint function 146

TrOnchip.ENable Enable NEXUS trace register control 147

TrOnchip.EVTI Allow the EVTI signal to stop the program execution 147

TrOnchip.EVTO Use EVTO signal for runtime measurement 147

TrOnchip.EXTernal Enable trace trigger input of NEXUS adapter 148

TrOnchip.Out0 Select OUT0 pin signal source 148

TrOnchip.Out1 Select OUT1 pin signal source 149

TrOnchip.TOOLIO2 Select TOOLIO2 pin signal source 150

TrOnchip.TRaceControl Trace control with special debug events 151

Debug and Trace Connectors .......................................................................................... 152

14-pin JTAG/OnCE Connector (JTAG) 152

AUTO26 Connector (JTAG) 152

10-pin ECU14 Connector (with converter LA-3843) 153

38-pin Mictor Connector (NEXUS parallel) 153

50-pin SAMTEC ERF8 Connector (NEXUS parallel) 154

51-pin GlenAir / ROBUST Connector (NEXUS parallel) 155

34-pin SAMTEC ERF8 Connector (Aurora NEXUS) 156


Mechanical Dimensions .................................................................................................... 157

Technical Data ................................................................................................................... 166



Support ............................................................................................................................... 167

Available Tools 167

Compilers 171



Products ............................................................................................................................. 174



Application Note for Nexus MPC5xxx ................................................................................

Complex Trigger Unit for Nexus MPC5xxx .............................(app_ctu_mpc5xxx.pdf) 1

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 2

Overview ......................................................................................................................... 2

CTU Programming Examples ........................................................................................ 4

Data Trace Message based events 4

Example: Trace trigger on data value 5

Example: Program break on data value 5

Watchpoint hit message based events 6

Example: Runtime measurement with markers 8

Example: Program break based function runtime 11

Using external signals with the CTU 12

Example: Record single message on rising edge of trigger input 13

Example: Program break based on pulse interval of IN input 14

Appendix: Complex Trigger Unit Keyword Reference ................................................ 15

RH850

RH850 Debugger and Trace ...........................................................(debugger_rh850.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 6

Available Tools 6


Related Documents 8



Warning .............................................................................................................................. 10

Useful Tips ......................................................................................................................... 11


Application Starts Running at SYStem.Up 11

Greenhills Compiler 12

Stop Timers and Peripherals during application-break 12


Reset Line 12

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 13

System Overview 13

Single Core Debugging - Quick Start .............................................................................. 14

Debug from Reset 14

Connect to Running Program (Hot Plug-In) 16


SYStem.Up Errors 17

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 18

Debugging .......................................................................................................................... 20

RH850 Debug Interface Modes 20

Breakpoints 23

Access Classes 25

Support for Peripheral Modules 28



FLASH Programming Support ......................................................................................... 33

Tracing ............................................................................................................................... 35

SFT Trace via LPD4 35

NEXUS On-chip Trace 35

External Trace Ports (Parallel NEXUS/Aurora NEXUS) 35

Tracing the Program Flow 35

Tracing of Data (read/write) Transactions 36

Trace Filtering and Triggering with Debug Events 38

Tracing Peripheral Modules / Bus Masters 42

SFT Software Trace ........................................................................................................... 43

SFT Software Trace to On-chip Trace 43

SFT Software Trace via LPD4 debug port 44

Command Reference: SYStem Commands .................................................................... 45

SYStem.BAUDRATE Baudrate setting 45






SYStem.CORECLOCK Core clock frequency 52






SYStem.MemAccess Memory access selection 54


SYStem.OSCCLOCK Oscillator clock frequency 55


Command Reference: SYStem.Option Commands ....................................................... 57

SYStem.Option FLMD0 FLMD0 pin default level 57

SYStem.Option ICUS ICU-S enable 57




SYStem.Option OPBT Option-byte setting 59

SYStem.Option OPBT8 Option-byte setting 59

SYStem.Option PERSTOP Disable CPU peripherals if stopped 59

SYStem.Option RDYLINE RDY pin available 60

Command Reference: System.Option (Exception Lines Enable) ................................. 61

SYStem.Option CPINT CPINT line enable 61

SYStem.Option REQest Request line enable 61

SYStem.Option RESET Reset line enable 61

SYStem.Option STOP Stop line enable 62

SYStem.Option WAIT Wait line enable 62

Command Reference: BenchMarkCounter ..................................................................... 63

BMC.<counter>.ATOB Enable event triggered counter start and stop 64

BMC.<counter>.EVENT Configure the performance monitor 65

BMC.<counter>.TRIGMODE BMC trigger mode 67

BMC.<counter>.TRIGVAL BMC trigger value 67

Command Reference: TrOnchip ...................................................................................... 68







Command Reference: NEXUS .......................................................................................... 71

NEXUS.BTM Program trace messaging enable 71

NEXUS.CoreENable Core specific trace configuration 71



NEXUS.DTM Data trace messaging enable 72







NEXUS.SFT Software trace messaging enable 74

NEXUS.SUSpend Stall the program execution when FIFO full 74

NEXUS.SYNC Sync trace messaging enable 74


NEXUS.TimeStamps On-chip timestamp generation enable 75


TrOnchip.Alpha Set special breakpoint function 76

TrOnchip.Beta Set special breakpoint function 77

TrOnchip.Charly Set special breakpoint function 77

TrOnchip.Delta Set special breakpoint function 78

TrOnchip.Echo Set special breakpoint function 78

Debug Connector .............................................................................................................. 79

Debug Connector 14 pin 100mil 79

Debug Connector AUTO26 80

Trace Connectors .............................................................................................................. 81

Parallel NEXUS Connector (Debug and Trace) 81

Aurora NEXUS SAMTEC 34-pin (Debug and Trace) 82

Aurora NEXUS SAMTEC 40-pin (Trace only) 83

Support ............................................................................................................................... 84

Available Tools 84

Compilers 91



Products ............................................................................................................................. 93



RISC-V

RISC-V Debugger ............................................................................. (debugger_riscv.pdf) 1

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 4


Demo and Start-up Script 4

Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5




SYStem.Up Errors 9

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 10

RISC-V Specific Implementations 11

Breakpoints 12

Access Classes 14










SYStem.Option Address32 Define address format display 25



Target Adaption ................................................................................................................. 27


Support ............................................................................................................................... 29

Available Tools 29

Compilers 29

Products ............................................................................................................................. 30



RX Debugger

RX Debugger .......................................................................................... (debugger_rx.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 3


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4



Reset Line 5

Enable Debug Mode 6

Enable AUD Trace lines 6

Quick Start JTAG ............................................................................................................... 7



SYStem.Up Errors 9

Trace Errors 10

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 11

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 12

System Overview 12















Breakpoints ........................................................................................................................ 23










Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 27

Trace ................................................................................................................................... 28

AUD-Trace 28

SYStem.Option AUDBT AUD branch trace enable 29

SYStem.Option AUDDT AUD data trace enable 29

SYStem.Option AUDRTT AUD real time trace enable 29

SYStem.Option AUDClock AUD clock select 29

On-chip Trace 30

Onchip.Mode.ProgramTrace Program flow trace enable 30

Onchip.Mode.DataTrace Data trace enable 30

On-chip Performance Analysis ........................................................................................ 31



JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 33

AUD Trace Connector ....................................................................................................... 34

Support ............................................................................................................................... 35

Available Tools 35

Compilers 35



Products ............................................................................................................................. 37



StarCore

StarCore Debugger and Trace .................................................. (debugger_starcore.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 5


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 6

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 7


SYStem.Up Errors 10


NEXUS Flow Errors and FIFO Overflow Messages 12

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 14

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 15


SYStem.Clock Setup core clock 16









System Options 25

SYStem.Option BASE Sets the SUI base address 25

SYStem.Option DCFLUSH Data cache flush before step/run 25

SYStem.Option DTM Enables data trace messages 25



SYStem.Option EnTrst Allow debugger to drive TRST 26

SYStem.Option HalfRate Enable Nexus DDR mode 26

SYStem.Option ICFLUSH Instruction cache flush before step/run 27



SYStem.Option IPLDI Sets interrupt mask strategy 28

SYStem.Option LittleEnd Switches between endian modes 28

SYStem.Option MCKO Nexus output clock ratio 28

SYStem.Option MPU MPU disabled 29

SYStem.Option Nexus Nexus port width 29

SYStem.Option OCEBASE Base address for OnCE registers 29

SYStem.Option OCECORE OnCE selection 30

SYStem.Option OVC Trace message overrun control 30

SYStem.Option PTM Enables program trace messages 30

SYStem.Option SAMPLE Adjust NEXUS sample point 31

SYStem.Option SLOWPOLL Change timing of JTAG during runtime 31

SYStem.Option SLOWRESET Expand reset time for additional reset module 31

SYStem.Option VBA Set up VBA value for analysis 32

SYStem.Option WaitReset Halt the core after reset 33

SYStem.Option WATCHDOG Enable WATCHDOG 34

SYStem.Option WEN Enables watchpoint trace messages 34





TrOnchip ............................................................................................................................ 40

TrOnchip Control of on-chip resources 43

TrOnchip.CONVert Automatically convert range to single address 44

TrOnchip.REGister Shows custom on-chip trigger registers 44


TrOnchip.VarCONVert Automatically convert range to single address 44

TrOnchip.state Opens configure panel 45

On-chip Trace .................................................................................................................... 46

Onchip.Mode Select mode to control trace buffer and contents 46

Onchip.VTBA Set the destination address of the onchip trace 47

General Restrictions ......................................................................................................... 48

Floating Point Formats ..................................................................................................... 49

Integer Access Keywords ................................................................................................. 49

File I/O Support .................................................................................................................. 50

Metrowerks MSLIO Support 50


JTAG Connection .............................................................................................................. 51



JTAG Connector 14-pin 53

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 55

Support ............................................................................................................................... 56

Available Tools 56

Compilers 57



Products ............................................................................................................................. 58



StarCore Application Note ...................................................................................................

StarCore Application Note for MXC Chips ............................. (starcore_mxc_app.pdf) 1

NEXUS Preprocessors ................................................................................................... 2

Basic NEXUS Handling .................................................................................................. 3

Settings of the SYStem Window 3

Trigger Settings 8

Further NEXUS Trace Analysis ..................................................................................... 10

Display of the T-Bit in the Trace.List Window 10

OS Kernel related Trace Analysis 11

Benchmark Counter Analysis using DPU Counters 13

SuperH

SH2, SH3 and SH4 Debugger ............................................................ (debugger_sh4.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 5


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 6



Reset Line 7

Enable JTAG Mode SH2 8

Enable JTAG Mode SH3 8

SH7710/12 Solution Engine 8

Enable AUD Trace lines of SH7760 8

Memory Mapping of SH7615/ SH7616 BusControlRegisters 8

Enable 8-bit AUD Trace Interface of SH4-202 9


Quick Start JTAG ............................................................................................................... 10


SYStem.Up Errors 12

Trace Errors 13

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 14

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 15

System Overview 15











SYStem.Option EnReset Allow the debugger to drive nRESET 25




SYStem.Option JtagWait JTAG wait enable 26

SYStem.Option KEYCODE Keycode SH7144/45 27



SYStem.Option SLOWRESET Slow reset enable 28

SYStem.Option SOFTLONG Use LONG access for softbreak patching 29

SYStem.Option SOFTSLOT Prevent softbreak in slot-instruction 29




SYStem.Option VBR Vector base address (SH3/4 only) 30


Breakpoints ........................................................................................................................ 31



On-chip Breakpoints SH7047, SH7144, SH7145 32

On-chip Breakpoints SH72513 32





BMC.<counter>.ATOB Advise counter to count within AB-range 34




TrOnchip.IOB I/O breakpoints (SH4, ST40) 38

TrOnchip.LDTLB LDTLB breakpoints 38

TrOnchip.A.IBUS I-bus breakpoints (SH2A) 39


TrOnchip.RPE Reset sequential trigger on reset point 39

TrOnchip.SEQ Sequential breakpoints (SH4, ST40) 40







Memory Classes and Cache Handling ............................................................................ 45

Memory Classes (SH2) 45

Memory Classes (SH3, SH4, ST40) 45

Cache Handling(SH3, SH4, ST40) 46

SYStem Commands .......................................................................................................... 47

SYStem.Option ICFLUSH Cache invalidation option 47

SYStem.Option DCFREEZE Freeze data cache contents 47

SYStem.Option DCCOPYBACK Cache copy back 47

SYStem.Option ICREAD Cache read option 47

SYStem.Option DCREAD Cache read option 48

Trace ................................................................................................................................... 49

FIFO Trace (SH2A, SH3, SH4, ST40) 49

SYStem.Option FIFO FIFO trace configuration 49

LOGGER Trace (SH4, ST40, SH7705) 50

AUD-Trace (SH2A, SH4, ST40) 51

SYStem.Option AUDBT AUD branch trace enable 52

SYStem.Option AUDDT AUD data trace enable 52



SYStem.Option AUD8 AUD 8-bit enable 53

AUD-Trace (SH3) 54



On-chip Trace SH2A 55

Onchip.Mode.MBusTrace Mbus trace enable 55

Onchip.Mode.IBusTrace Ibus trace enable 56


Onchip.Mode.ProgramTrace Program flow trace enable 56

Onchip.Mode.DataReadTrace Data read trace enable 56

Onchip.Mode.DataWriteTrace Data write trace enable 57

On-chip Performance Analysis (SH4, ST40) ................................................................... 58

TrOnchip.PMCTRx Performance counter configuration 58


JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 61

AUD Trace Connector ....................................................................................................... 62

Support ............................................................................................................................... 63

Available Tools 63

Compilers 65



Products ............................................................................................................................. 68



SH2 Monitor ............................................................................................. (monitor_sh.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5




FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 10

Basics ................................................................................................................................. 11

Monitor Features 11


Monitor Files 11

Address Layout 12

Vector Table 12

Interrupt Priority 13

Configuration 13

Specific System Commands ............................................................................................ 14










SYStem.Option SOFTLONG Use LONG access for softbreak patching 17

SYStem.Option SOFTSLOT Prevent softbreak in slot-instruction 18














Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 27

Support ............................................................................................................................... 28

Available Tools 28

Compilers 28



Products ............................................................................................................................. 31



TI DSPs

TMS320C2X Debugger ................................................................... (debugger_c2000.pdf) 1


Converter from GEL to PRACTICE .................................................................................. 3

Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4

DSP specific Implementations ......................................................................................... 5

Trigger 5

Memory Classes 5

DSP specific SYStem Commands ................................................................................... 6



















JTAG Connection .............................................................................................................. 53



Mechanical Description of the TI Connector 55

Electrical Description of the TI Connector 55

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 56


Support ............................................................................................................................... 59

Available Tools 59

Compilers 60



Products ............................................................................................................................. 63






Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4


Trigger 5

Memory Classes 5















SYStem.Option ICEPICKONLY Only ICEPick registers accessible 49


SYStem.Option TargetServer Use target server from TI 50

SYStem.Option TURBO Use DMA for write accesses 50

SYStem.RESetOut Reset the DSP 50

SYStem.Option CToolsDecoder Use TI’s trace decoder software 51

SYStem.Option CToolsNoSync CToolsNoSync 51



BMC.<counter>.EVENT Assign event to counter 53




C55X specific TrOnchip Commands ............................................................................... 55

TrOnchip.ATOB Activate on-chip breakpoints in AB-range 55

TrOnchip.BMCTR Configure the benchmark counter 55

TrOnchip.CLOCK Set the clock for the benchmark counter 59

TrOnchip.PROfile Display the benchmark data 59



JTAG Connection .............................................................................................................. 60






FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 64


Support ............................................................................................................................... 66

Available Tools 66

Compilers 66




Products ............................................................................................................................. 69






Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4


Trigger 5

Memory Classes 5
















C64x+ specific SYStem Commands ................................................................................ 51


SYStem.Option TargetServer Use target server from Texas Instruments 51

SYStem.Option TURBO Use DMA for write accesses 51








JTAG Connection .............................................................................................................. 55





Electrical Description of the TI Connector 57

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 58


Support ............................................................................................................................... 60

Available Tools 60

Compilers 63



Products ............................................................................................................................. 65



TriCore

TriCore Debugger and Trace ........................................................ (debugger_tricore.pdf) 1


Safety Precautions ............................................................................................................ 8

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 9

Available Tools 9


Configuration 11

Related Documents 12


OCDS Levels 13

Debugging .......................................................................................................................... 14

Single-Core Debugging (AUDO) 15

Multicore Debugging (AURIX) 17

Access Classes 24

Breakpoints 25

Single Stepping 27

Flash 28

Onchip Triggers (TrOnchip Window) 30

BenchMarkCounter 31

Watchpins 35

Cache Access 39

Debugging while Sharing the Debug Port with a 3rd Party Tool 41

Debugging an Application with the Memory Protection Unit Enabled 43

Debugging through Resets and Power Cycles 45

Internal Break Bus (JTAG) 49


Troubleshooting 50

FAQ 52

Tracing ............................................................................................................................... 60

On-chip Trace (OCDS-L3) 60

Command Reference ........................................................................................................ 67

Analyzer.Mode PCP Select PCP trace 67

About the BMC Commands 67

BMC.state Display BMC configuration window 67

BMC.CLOCK Provide core clock for cycle counter 69

BMC.<counter>.ATOB Control A-to-B mode 69

About the SYStem.CONFIG Commands 70




SYStem.CONFIG BreakPIN Define mapping of break pins 76

SYStem.CONFIG DAP Configure DAP interface 77

SYStem.CONFIG DAP.BreakPIN Define mapping of break pins 77

SYStem.CONFIG DAP.DAPENable Enable DAP mode on PORST 77

SYStem.CONFIG DAP.USERn Configure and set USER pins 78

SYStem.CONFIG.DEBUGPORT Select target interface 79


SYStem.CONFIG DXCPL Configure DXCPL 80

SYStem.CONFIG DXCPL.Timing Configure SPD timing for DXCPL 80










SYStem.Option BREAKFIX Enable workaround for asynchronous breaking 86




SYStem.Option DataTrace Enable data tracing 87

SYStem.Option ETK Debugging together with ETK from ETAS 88

SYStem.Option HeartBeat Bug fix to avoid FPI bus conflict 88

SYStem.Option ICFLUSH Flush instruction cache at 'Go' or 'Step' 89



SYStem.Option INTSTART Start address of interrupt routines 90


SYStem.Option INTUSE Number of implemented interrupts 90

SYStem.Option JTAGENSEQ Use JTAG initialization sequence 90

SYStem.Option KEYCODE Set debug interface password 91

SYStem.Option LBIST LBIST gap handling 91

SYStem.Option OCDSELOW Set OCDS line to low 92

SYStem.Option OVC Enable OVERLAY memory access 93

SYStem.Option PERSTOP Enable global peripheral suspend 93

SYStem.Option PMILBFIX Enable PMI line buffer invalidation workaround 93

SYStem.Option PostResetDELAY Delay after RESET is released 95

SYStem.Option ReadOnly Block all write accesses 95

SYStem.Option RESetBehavior Set behavior when a reset occurs 96

SYStem.Option ResetDetection Set how hard resets are detected 96

SYStem.Option RESetTMS State of TMS line at reset 97

SYStem.Option SOFTLONG Set 32 bit software breakpoints 97

SYStem.Option STEPONCHIP Step with onchip breakpoints 97

SYStem.Option STEPSOFT Step with software breakpoints 98


SYStem.Option TC1796FIX Bug fix for disabling the watchdog 99

SYStem.Option TC19XXFIX Bug fix required for some TC19XX derivatives 99

SYStem.Option TRAPSTART Start address of trap vectors 100

SYStem.Option WATCHDOGFIX Disables the watchdog on SYStem.Up 100

SYStem.Option WDTSUS Link the watchdog timer to the suspend bus 100

SYStem.RESetOut In-target reset 101


CPU specific TrOnchip Commands 102

TrOnchip.BreakBusN.BreakIN Configure break pin of 'BreakBus N' 102

TrOnchip.BreakBusN.BreakOUT Configure break pin of 'BreakBus N' 102

TrOnchip.BreakIN.<target> Connect break <target> to BreakBus 103

TrOnchip.BreakOUT.<source> Connect break <source> to BreakBus 103


TrOnchip.CountX Event X counter value 105

TrOnchip.CountY Event Y counter value 105

TrOnchip.EXTernal Configure TriCore break on BreakBus event 106


TrOnchip.SoftWare Configure 'TriCore' break on debug instruction 106

TrOnchip.SusSWitch Enable or disable suspend switch 107

TrOnchip.SusSWitch.FORCE Force generation of suspend signal 107

TrOnchip.SusSWitch.Mode Set suspend switch mode 107

TrOnchip.SusTarget Connect special targets to the suspend bus 108

TrOnchip.SYNCHRONOUS Switches mode for data breakpoints 108


TrOnchip.TDelay Trace trigger delay (obsolete) 109

TrOnchip.TExtMode Mode for external trigger input 109


TrOnchip.TExtPol Polarity of external trigger input 109

TrOnchip.TMode Trace mode (obsolete) 109



TrOnchip.state Show on-chip trigger window 111

TrOnchip.X Select trigger source X 112

TrOnchip.Y Select trigger source Y 112

Technical Data ................................................................................................................... 113

JTAG Connector 113

Trace Connector 115

AMP 40 Connector 115

ERF8 22-pin Power.org Connector 116

Samtec 60 Connector 116

Technical Data for Debugger 118

Technical Data for Trace 119

Support 122

Products 128

Appendix ............................................................................................................................ 132

Parallel Off-chip Trace - OCDS-L2 Flow Trace (Analyzer) 132

MCDS User's Guide ..................................................................................(mcds_user.pdf) 1

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 5

Intended Audience 5

How to read this Document 5

Related Documents 6

Background Information ................................................................................................... 7

Trace Source 7

Trace Sink 8

Trace Filter and Trigger 8

The Emulation Device Concept 9

TRACE32 Support for Emulation Devices ...................................................................... 11

Feature Overview 11

Target Interface 11

MCDS Licensing 12

MCDS Basic Features ....................................................................................................... 14

MCDS Concept 14

MCDS Configuration 16

Trace Control 21

Basic Trace Usage 23

Trace Decoding 41

MCDS Unlocking 48

MCDS Special Features .................................................................................................... 49


Benchmark Counters 49

Trace Through Resets and Power Cycles 51

Special Trace Sources via OTGM 53

miniMCDS 67

OCTL Complex Trigger Programming ............................................................................. 69

OCTL Features 69

OCTL Example: Bus Trigger 69

Clock System ..................................................................................................................... 71

EEC Clock System 71

MCDS Clock System 75

MCDS Clock Configuration 78

Emulation Memory ............................................................................................................ 81

Background Information 81

EMEM Partitioning 82

AGBT High-speed Serial Trace ........................................................................................ 89

Background Information 89

Xilinx Aurora 90

Requirements 90

AGBT Configuration 94

Trace Streaming 94

Limitations and Restrictions 95

Advanced Emulation Device Access ............................................................................... 97

EEC Access 97

Guarded MCDS Programming 99

Example Scripts 102

Known Issues and Application Hints .............................................................................. 103

Missing Instructions 103

Invalid Program Trace at the Beginning of the Trace Recording 103

No Trace Content Displayed 103

FIFOFULL error 104

Concurrent Usage of Different Trace Methods 104

PCP Channel ID 105

Glossary ............................................................................................................................. 106

Infineon Glossary 106

Lauterbach Glossary 107

TriCore Application Notes ...................................................................................................

Application Note Debug Cable TriCore ....................................(tricore_app_ocds.pdf) 1

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 3

Debug Protocols ............................................................................................................. 4

JTAG 4


DAP 5

Connector Standards and Signals ................................................................................ 7

Description of Signals 7

OCDS-L1 Connector 9

Automotive Debug Connector 10

CAN D-Sub Connector 11

Custom Connectors 11

Trace Connectors 13

Debug Cables ................................................................................................................. 14

OCDS Debug Cables 16

Debug Interface Configuration ...................................................................................... 23

Connecting using JTAG 23

Connecting using DAP over Dedicated Pins 24

Connecting using DXCPL/DXCM with DXCPL Box 25

Sharing the Debug Port between TRACE32 and 3rd-Party Tool 27

DAP User Pins 27

Break Pins 28

Controlling an External Watchdog 29




Converter DXCPL Box for TriCore 32

Converter 16-pin JTAG to BOSCH MEDC17 for TriCore 33

Converter AUTO26/ OnCE14-PPC/ JTAG16-TC to ECU14 33

Converter JTAG16-TriCore to AUTO26 34

Converter AUTO26 to JTAG16-TriCore 34

Converter Samtec 60 to AMP 40 35

Converter 16-pin OCDS-L1 to Samtec 60 for TriCore 35

Converter 16-pin OCDS-L1/ 40-pin HSSTP to ERF8 for TriCore 36

Flex Extension for SAMTEC 60-pin QTH-QSH series 37

Flex Extension for SAMTEC 60-pin QTH-QSH series 37

Cable 26-pin for Debug Cable Automotive 38










TFM 2x5 Connector 44


AMP 40 Connector 44

ERF8 22-pin Power.org Connector 45

Samtec 60 Connector 45

TriCore On-Chip FLASH Programming ....................................(tricore_app_flash.pdf) 1

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 2

Test Strategy ................................................................................................................... 2

Flash Erase 2

Flash Programming 3

Flash Content Verification 4

Test Setup ....................................................................................................................... 5

CPU Setup ....................................................................................................................... 5

Test Cases ...................................................................................................................... 5

Test Results .................................................................................................................... 7

Hints ................................................................................................................................ 8

TriCore Monitor ................................................................................ (monitor_tricore.pdf) 1


General Note ...................................................................................................................... 5

Quick Start of the TriCore Serial Monitor ........................................................................ 6


FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 7

Basics ................................................................................................................................. 8

Monitor Features 8

Monitor Files 8

Exceptions 9

Configuration 9




SYStem.Down Disables monitor 11





TrOnchip ............................................................................................................................ 14








Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 16

Support ............................................................................................................................... 17

Available Tools 17

Compilers 17



Products ............................................................................................................................. 19



PCP Debugger Reference .................................................................. (debugger_pcp.pdf) 1

Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5

General Notes .................................................................................................................... 6


PCP Debugger Implementations 7

Example Scripts 8

Related Documents 8

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 9

Quick Start for OCDS-L1 Debugger 9

Quick Start for Tracing with OCDS-L2 Trace (Analyzer) 12

Quick Start for Tracing with OCDS-L3 Trace (On-chip Trace) 14

OCDS-L1 Debugger ........................................................................................................... 15

Troubleshooting 15

Memory Classes 16

Breakpoints 17

OCDS Trace ....................................................................................................................... 18

OCDS-L2 Flow Trace (Analyzer) 18

OCDS-L3 On-chip Trace 20

Simple Trace Control ........................................................................................................ 21

Coupling of PCP and Host-core Debugger ..................................................................... 22

Modify TRACE32 configuration files 22

Start PowerView instances 22

Synchronous Break 22

Synchronous Step or Go 24

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 26

Commands ......................................................................................................................... 30













SYStem.Option BreakSignal Generate break signal 41

SYStem.Option CodeBASE PCODE base address 41

SYStem.Option CodeSIZE PCP PRAM size 41

SYStem.Option CPUREQ CPU request address 42

SYStem.Option DAC Disable all channels on break 42

SYStem.Option DIAG Diagnosis function 42


SYStem.Option PramBASE PRAM base address 43

SYStem.Option PermanentBP Enable breakpoints when single stepping 43

SYStem.Option PSIZE PCP PRAM size 44

SYStem.Option RegBASE PCP configuration register base address 45

SYStem.Option SessKEYHIGH Key for unlocking on-chip trace memory 45

SYStem.Option SessKEYLOW Key for unlocking on-chip trace memory 45


CPU specific TriggerOnchip Commands ........................................................................ 47

Internal Break Bus (JTAG) 47

Trace Break Signals (OCDS-L2) 47

TrOnchip.BreakIN Connect break target PCP to BreakBus 48

TrOnchip.BreakOUT Connect break source PCP to BreakBus 48

TrOnchip.CONVert Not relevant for the PCP architecture 48


TrOnchip.SusTarget Connect PCP to the suspend bus 49



JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 51

Trace Connector ................................................................................................................ 51

Support ............................................................................................................................... 52

Available Tools 52

Compilers 52



Products ............................................................................................................................. 54




Debugging via Infineon DAS Server ................................................... (backend_das.pdf) 1

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 2

Related Documents 2


System Architecture ......................................................................................................... 4

PowerView System Configurations ................................................................................. 5

System Initialization via the TRACE32 PowerView GUI ................................................. 8

System Initialization via the TRACE32 Command Line ................................................. 10

Keep the graphical user interface responsive ................................................................ 12

Timing Adaption ................................................................................................................ 13

Command Reference ........................................................................................................ 14

SYStem.InfineonDAS Configure the InfineonDAS debug port 14

SYStem.InfineonDAS.CBSBUSNAME Bus access transactor 14

SYStem.InfineonDAS.CBSINSTRNAME Cerberus instruction transactor 14

SYStem.InfineonDAS.CONNECT Connect to DAS server 15

SYStem.InfineonDAS.DISCONNECT Disconnect from the server 15

SYStem.InfineonDAS.EXPLore Explore server interactively 16

SYStem.InfineonDAS.InfineonDAPNAME DAP transactor 17

SYStem.InfineonDAS.MODELNAME Select port instance 17

SYStem.InfineonDAS.SERVERCONFIG Configure server options 18

V850

V850 Debugger and Trace ............................................................... (debugger_v850.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 4


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5



Reset Line 6

FLMD0 Line 7

Mask-Options of V850/Fx3, Cargate 8

Quick Start JTAG ............................................................................................................... 9


SYStem.Up Errors 12

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 12


Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 13

System Overview 13









SYStem.MemAccess Memory access selection 21





SYStem.Option PERSTOP Disable cpu peripherals if stopped 23

Exception Lines Enable .................................................................................................... 24

SYStem.Option RESET Reset line enable 24

SYStem.Option STOP Stop line enable 24

SYStem.Option WAIT Wait line enable 24

SYStem.Option REQest Request line enable 25

SYStem.Option NMI0 NMI0 line enable 25



SYStem.Option CPINT CPINT line enable 26

Trace System Settings ...................................................................................................... 27

SYStem.Option BTM Branch trace message 27

SYStem.Option DTM Data trace message 28


SYStem.Option OPWIDTH Trace interface width 29

SYStem.Option STALL Trace STALL mode 30

SYStem.Option TCMODE Trace clock mode 30

Breakpoints ........................................................................................................................ 31







TrOnchip.RCU ROM-Correction breakpoints 34


TrOnchip.Set Alignment Alignment error breakpoints 34


TrOnchip.Set MissAlign Alignment error breakpoints 35





Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 37

DataFlash: Memory Class 37

Trace ................................................................................................................................... 38

NBD Interface ..................................................................................................................... 39


JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 41

Connector 20 pin 100mil /NWire 41

Trace Connector ................................................................................................................ 42

Connector MICTOR/N-Wire and Trace 42

Connector KEL/N-Wire and Trace 43

NBD Connector .................................................................................................................. 44

Support ............................................................................................................................... 45

Available Tools 45

Compilers 55



Products ............................................................................................................................. 57



x86

Intel® x86/x64 Debugger .................................................................... (debugger_x86.pdf) 1


Welcome Dialog 7

Help Menu 8

Further Documents 9

Warning .............................................................................................................................. 11

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 12


FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 15

x86 Specific Implementations .......................................................................................... 17

Tool Identification 17


Onchip Breakpoints 17

Breakpoints after Reset/Power Cycle 18

Access Classes 19

Memory Model 30

Segmentation 31

Platform Controller Hub (PCH) 32

Slave Core Debugging 34

CPU specific JTAG.CONFIG Commands ........................................................................ 37

JTAG.CONFIG Electrical characteristics of MIPI-60 debug signals 37

JTAG.CONFIG.DRiVer Set slew rate of JTAG signals 37

JTAG.CONFIG.PowerDownTriState Automatically tristate outputs 38

JTAG.CONFIG.TDOEdge Select TCK edge 38

JTAG.CONFIG.Voltage.HooKTHreshold Set hook threshold voltages 38

JTAG.CONFIG.Voltage.REFerence Set reference voltage source 39

JTAG.CONFIG.Voltage.THreshold Set JTAG threshold voltages 39

CPU specific SYStem.DETECT Commands .................................................................... 40

SYStem.DETECT CLTapchain Show SOC IDs of SOC slave cores 40

SYStem.DETECT CORES Detect core/thread number 40

SYStem.DETECT HyperThreads Detect hyper thread status 40

SYStem.DETECT TARGET Full automatic board setup 41

SYStem.DETECT TOPOlogy Detect board topology 42

SYStem Settings ................................................................................................................ 43



SYStem.CONFIG PCH Select the target PCH 46

SYStem.CORESTATES Core states overview 47

SYStem.CPU Select the target CPU/SOC 48






SYStem.Option Address32 Use 32 bit address display only 51

SYStem.Option BIGREALmode Enable Big Real mode handling 52

SYStem.Option BranchSTEP Enables branch stepping 52

SYStem.Option BreakDELAY Set max. break delay 53

SYStem.Option C0Hold Hold CPU in C0 state 53

SYStem.Option IGnoreDEbugReDirections Ignore debug redirections 53

SYStem.Option IGnoreSOC Ignore SoC TAP chain structure 54

SYStem.Option IGnoreSWBPReDirections Ignore SW BP redirections 54




SYStem.Option InstrSUBmitFOrcePHYSicalPRDY Use physical PRDY 55

SYStem.Option InstrSUBmitIGnorePHYSicalPRDY Ignore physical PRDY 55

SYStem.Option InstrSUBmitTimeout Timeout for instruction submission 55

SYStem.Option IntelSOC Slave core is part of Intel® SoC 56

SYStem.Option JTAGDirectCPU JTAG directly to CPU TAPs 56

SYStem.Option JTAGOnly Use only JTAG signals 57


SYStem.Option MEMoryMODEL Define memory model 58


SYStem.Option MultiCoreWhiskers Server board whisker setup 62

SYStem.Option NoDualcoreModule Disable dualcore module support 62

SYStem.Option NoHyperThread Disable HyperThreading support 62

SYStem.Option NoReBoot Disable watchdog causing reboot 63

SYStem.Option OSWakeupTIME Set the OS wake up time 63

SYStem.Option PreserveDRX Preserve DRx resources 63

SYStem.Option PreserveLBR Preserve LBR resources 64

SYStem.Option ProbeModeNOSaveRestore No save/restore 64

SYStem.Option ProbeModeONDEmand On demand save/restore 64

SYStem.Option PWRCycleTime Set power cycle time 65

SYStem.Option PWROFFTime Set power off assertion time 65

SYStem.Option PWRONTime Set power on assertion time 65

SYStem.Option PWRONWaitTime Set power on time 65

SYStem.Option ReArmBreakPoints Rearm breakpoints on reset 66

SYStem.Option RESetDELAY Set reset delay 66

SYStem.Option RESetDetection Select reset detection source 66

SYStem.Option RESetMode Select reset method 67

SYStem.Option RESetTIME Set reset assertion time 67

SYStem.Option RESetWaitTIME Set reset input wait time 68

SYStem.Option S0Hold Hold SoC in S0 state 68

SYStem.Option SOFTLONG Use 32-bit access to set SW breakpoint 68

SYStem.Option STandBYAttach In standby mode, only attach to target 69

SYStem.Option STandBYAttachDELAY Delay after standby 69

SYStem.Option STepINToEXC Step into interrupt or exception handler 69

SYStem.Option TOPOlogy Select server board topology 70

SYStem.Option WatchDogWaitTIME Set the reset watch dog time 70

SYStem.Option WHISKER Select a whisker 70


SYStem.POWER Control target power 74

SYStem.StuffInstruction Submit instruction to CPU in probe mode 74

SYStem.StuffInstructionRead Submit instruction and read 74

Command Groups for Special Registers ........................................................................ 75




MMU.GDT Display GDT descriptor table 77

MMU.IDT Display IDT descriptor table 77

MMU.LDT Display LDT descriptor table 77



MMU.Set Set MMU register 80

MMU.view Display all segment and descriptor registers 80

Onchip Triggers ................................................................................................................. 81

TrOnchip.CONVert Adjust range breakpoint in onchip registers 81

TrOnchip.PrintList Print possible onchip triggers 81

TrOnchip.RESet Reset settings to defaults 81

TrOnchip.Set Break on event 82

TrOnchip.Set BootStall Enter bootstall 82

TrOnchip.Set C6Exit Break on C6 exit 83

TrOnchip.Set ColdRESet Break on cold reset 84

TrOnchip.Set CpuBootStall Enter CPU bootstall 84

TrOnchip.Set ENCLU Break on ENCLU event 84

TrOnchip.Set GeneralDetect Break on general detect 85

TrOnchip.Set INIT Break on init 85

TrOnchip.Set MachineCheck Break on machine check 85

TrOnchip.Set RESet Break on target reset 85

TrOnchip.Set ShutDown Break on shutdown 86

TrOnchip.Set SMMENtry Break on SMM entry 86

TrOnchip.Set SMMEXit Break on SMM exit 86

TrOnchip.Set SMMINto Step into SMM when single stepping 86

TrOnchip.Set TraceHub Enter/leave trace hub break 87

TrOnchip.Set VMENtry Break on VM entry 87

TrOnchip.Set VMEXit Break on VM exit 88


CPU specific Events for the ON and GLOBALON Command ....................................... 91

CPU specific BenchmarkCounter Commands ............................................................... 92

BMC.<counter> Select BMC event to count 92

BMC.<counter>.COUNT Select count mode for BMC 92

CPU Specific Onchip Trace Commands ......................................................................... 93

Onchip.Buffer Configure onchip trace source 93

CPU Specific Functions .................................................................................................... 95

SYStem.CoreStates.APIC() 95

SYStem.CoreStates.HYPER() 95

SYStem.CoreStates.MODE() 95

SYStem.CoreStates.PHYS() 96

SYStem.CoreStates.PRIOR() 96

SYStem.CoreStates.SMM() 96


SYStem.CoreStates.VMX() 96

SYStem.Option.MEMoryMODEL() 97

SYStem.ReadPDRH() 97

SYStem.ReadPDRL() 97

TrOnchip.IsAvailable() 97

TrOnchip.IsSet() 98

VMX() 98

VMX.Guest() 98

SYStem Trace Settings ..................................................................................................... 99

Connectors ........................................................................................................................ 100

JTAG Connector 100

MIPI34 Connector 101

MIPI60-C Connector 102

MIPI60-Cv2 Connector 104

MIPI60-Q Connector 106

Support ............................................................................................................................... 108

Available Tools 108

Compilers 108

Operating Systems (32-bit) 109

Operating Systems (64-bit) 109

UEFIs (32-bit) 109

UEFIs (64-bit) 110


Products ............................................................................................................................. 112



Tools for Intel® x86/x64 ....................................................................(tools_intel_x86.pdf) 1

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 2

Legend ................................................................................................................................ 2

TRACE32 QuadProbe ........................................................................................................ 3

QuadProbe and PowerDebug Module USB 3.0 4

QuadProbe and PowerDebug PRO 11

Extra ................................................................................................................................... 18

Extra (USB-2-CABLE) 18

Extras (TRIGGER-CONNECTOR) 19

Intel® Application Note for Server Setup .......................................(app_x86_server.pdf) 1

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 2

Prerequisites 2


Related Documents 2



Server Board Topologies .................................................................................................. 4

Probe Whiskers ................................................................................................................. 7

Standard Setup .................................................................................................................. 8

Manual Setup ..................................................................................................................... 9

Special Cases .................................................................................................................... 10

Intel® Processor Trace ....................................................................... (trace_intel_pt.pdf) 1

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 2

Selective Tracing (optional) 2

Tracing to Memory 3

Memory buffer size 4

Example Script .................................................................................................................. 5

CPU specific IPT Commands ........................................................................................... 6

IPT Intel® Processor Trace (IPT) 6

IPT.CompressReturn Compression of near return addresses 6

IPT.CR3 Filtering by CR3 6

IPT.CycleAccurate Enable cycle accurate tracing 7

IPT.EXPORTBASE IPT output region 7

IPT.LessPackets Do not create IPT packets on certain circumstances 7

IPT.MiniTimeCounter Enable 'MiniTimeCounter' packets 8

IPT.OFF Switch IPT off 8

IPT.ON Switch IPT on 8

IPT.PacketCount Synchronization period 8

IPT.RESet Reset IPT settings 9

IPT.state Display IPT settings 10

IPT.SuperTimeSync Enable 'SuperTimeSync' packets 10

IPT.TraceCORE Trace selected cores only 11

IPT.TraceID Assign STP ID(s) to core(s) 11

IPT.TraceOS Filtering by current privilege level 0 12

IPT.TraceUSER Filtering by current privilege levels 1-3 12

Connectors ........................................................................................................................ 13

Intel® MIPI60 Connector 13

MIPI60-P Connector 14

Intel® Trace Hub .................................................................................. (trace_intel_th.pdf) 1

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 2

Installation / Update 2

Example Script 3

Trace Port Configuration .................................................................................................. 4

Select Trace Port 4


STM.PortClock PTI clock frequency 4

Displaying Trace Results .................................................................................................. 5

Save and Load Trace Files ............................................................................................... 6

CPU specific ITH Commands ........................................................................................... 7

ITH Intel® Trace Hub (ITH) 7

ITH.FlushCache Flush ITH cache content to memory 7

ITH.Init Initialize the ITH framework 7

ITH.Master.<type>.state Show config window for trace sources 8

ITH.Master.<type>.<instance> Enable or disable trace source 8

ITH.OFF Disables tracing 8

ITH.ON Enables tracing 9

ITH.RESet Reset ITH settings 9

ITH.SessionFile Target-specific settings 9

ITH.state Display ITH configuration 9

Connectors ........................................................................................................................ 10

Intel® MIPI60 Connector 10

MIPI60-P Connector 11

x186

x186 Monitor ........................................................................................ (monitor_x186.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start 186 ESI-ROM Monitor .................................................................................... 5


FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 8

Basics ................................................................................................................................. 10

Monitor Features 10

Monitor Files 10

Address Layout 10

Vector Table 11

Emulation Modes ............................................................................................................... 12







SYStem.Option NIBBLE Set global nibble flags 15







TrOnchip.state Opens configuration panel 17

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 18

Support ............................................................................................................................... 19

Available Tools 19

Compilers 19



Products ............................................................................................................................. 21



x196

x196 Monitor .......................................................................................... (monitor_196.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4

Note .................................................................................................................................... 4

Quick Start of the 80196 ROM Monitor ............................................................................ 5


FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 7

Basics ................................................................................................................................. 8

Monitor Features 8

Monitor Files 8

Address Layout 9

Vector Table 9

Configuration 10




On-chip Hardware Breakpoint (196EA only) ................................................................... 12

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 13

Support ............................................................................................................................... 14

Available Tools 14


Compilers 15



Products ............................................................................................................................. 17



x386 and x486

x386 and x486 Monitor ........................................................................ (monitor_x386.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5

Quick Start 386 ESI-ROM Monitor .................................................................................... 6


FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 8

Basics ................................................................................................................................. 10

Monitor Features 10

Monitor Files 10

Address Layout 11

Vector Table 12













Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 21

Support ............................................................................................................................... 22

Available Tools 22

Compilers (Protected Mode) 22

Compilers (Real Mode) 23




Products ............................................................................................................................. 26



XA51

XA51 Monitor ....................................................................................... (monitor_xa51.pdf) 1


WARNING ........................................................................................................................... 4

Quick Start of the 51XA ROM Monitor ............................................................................. 5


FAQ 7

Basics ................................................................................................................................. 8

Monitor Features 8

Monitor Files 8

Address Layout 8

Vector Table 9

Configuration 9




Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 11

Support ............................................................................................................................... 12

Available Tools 12

Compilers 12


Debuggers 12

Products ............................................................................................................................. 13



XC800

XC800 Debugger ............................................................................. (debugger_xc800.pdf) 1

General Note ...................................................................................................................... 3


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 5



SYStem.Up Errors 7

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 8

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 10


SYStem Open system window 11







System Options ................................................................................................................. 15



SYStem.Option TRAPEN Change the TRAP_EN bit 16







OCDS1 Connector ............................................................................................................. 20

Memory Classes 22

Support ............................................................................................................................... 23

Available Tools 23

Compilers 24



Products ............................................................................................................................. 26



XC800 Application Notes .....................................................................................................

Application Note Debug Cable XC800 ....................................... (xc800_app_ocds.pdf) 1

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 3

Debug Cables ................................................................................................................. 4

OCDS Debug Cables 4

Debug Interface Description ......................................................................................... 10

JTAG Interface 10

DAP Interface 13


Configuring PowerView ................................................................................................. 15

Selecting the Interface Mode 15

Enabling the DAP Interface on the Chip 15

DAP User Pins 16









XTENSA

XTENSA Debugger ........................................................................ (debugger_xtensa.pdf) 1


Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5



SYStem.Up Errors 9

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 10

XTENSA Specific Implementations ................................................................................. 11

Breakpoints 11


Memory Classes 14

















SYStem.Option Endianness Specify the byte ordering 59




SYStem.Option PWROVR Specifies power override bit 60


SYStem.Option SPILLLOC Temporary memory 60

SYStem.Option WinRegOption Windowed register option 61

SYStem.TIE TIE library files 62

SYStem.TIE.ADDtiedll Add library file 62

SYStem.TIE.ADDALL Add all library files 62

SYStem.TIE.ADPerdll Add library for per file generation 63

SYStem.TIE.CMList Internal use only 63

SYStem.TIE.DELete Remove all library files 63

SYStem.TIE.DEPerdll Remove all library files for per file 63

SYStem.TIE.DISable Unload and disable TIE instruction 64

SYStem.TIE.ENAble Load and enable TIE instructions 64

SYStem.TIE.GENper Generate peripheral file 65

SYStem.TIE.GETArchOPTions Detect architectural options from libraries 65

SYStem.TIE.LIBpath Specify path for library tools 65

SYStem.TIE.REGlist Internal use only 65

CPU specific TERM.METHOD Command ........................................................................ 66

TERM.METHOD Define communication protocol 66




JTAG Connection .............................................................................................................. 68



Support ............................................................................................................................... 69

Available Tools 69

Compilers 70



Products ............................................................................................................................. 72



Z80

Z80 Monitor .............................................................................................(monitor_z80.pdf) 1



Warning .............................................................................................................................. 5

Quick Start of the Z80 ROM Monitor ................................................................................ 6


FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 8

Basics ................................................................................................................................. 9

Monitor Features 9

Monitor Files 9

Address Layout 10

Configuration 11

Emulation Modes ............................................................................................................... 12







Using the MMU for Z180 ................................................................................................... 14

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 16

Support ............................................................................................................................... 17

Available Tools 17

Compilers 17



Products ............................................................................................................................. 20



ZSP

ZSP Debugger ..................................................................................... (debugger_zsp.pdf) 1


ESD Protection .................................................................................................................. 6

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 7

Quick Start JTAG ............................................................................................................... 12


System Up Errors 14

Configuration 16


Hardware and Software Debug Modes 18





Memory Access ................................................................................................................. 23

Memory Addressing (ZSP400) 23

Memory Addressing (ZSP500) 24


SYStem.CPU Selects the processor type 25

SYStem.CpuAccess CPU access mode 25

SYStem.JtagClock Selects the frequency for the debug interface 26

SYStem.MemAccess Memory access mode 27

SYStem.Mode Selects target reset mode 28


SYStem.Option EnReset Allow the debugger to drive nRESET (ZSP400) 33

SYStem.Option HardwareDebug Select debug mode (ZSP5xx) 34

SYStem.Option IBOOT Configure IBOOT board signal (ZSP5xx) 35



SYStem.Option.ADIAFTERBREAKIN Handling of external breakpoints 35

SYStem.Option.BREAKOUTAFTERSWBREAK Creating a break-out signal 37

SYStem.Option MEMDEU Memory access via DEU (ZSP5xx) 38

SYStem.Option RisingTDO TDO sampled on rising TCK edge (LSI402ZX) 38

SYStem.Option SLOWRESET Slow reset 38

SYStem.Option SVTADDR Configure SVTADDR (ZSP500) 39

Multicore Debugging ......................................................................................................... 40

SYStem.LOCK Lock debug port (ZSP400) 40

Design Decisions and Limitations (ZSP5xx) .................................................................. 41

Disassembler 41

Timer0, Timer1 Registers 41

Single Stepping over RETI Fails 41

Software Breakpoints in CEXE Blocks 41

On-chip Breakpoints (ZSP500 Hardware Erratum) 42

Software Debug Mode and Hardware Debug Mode 42

Simulator Interface for ZSP5xx Cores ............................................................................. 43

Limitations of the Simulators 43

File I/O with Simulator Targets 43

Performance Measurements with Simulator Interface 44

JTAG Connector ................................................................................................................ 45

Mechanical Description of 20-pin Debug Cable for ZSP400/ZSP500 45


Mechanical Description of JTAG Connector for ZSP400 (obsolete) 45

Technical Data ................................................................................................................... 46



Operating Frequency 46

Support ............................................................................................................................... 47

Probes 47

Available Tools 47

Compilers ZSP400 47

Compilers ZSP500 47



Products ............................................................................................................................. 50



ICE In-Circuit Emulator

ICE User's Guide

ICE User's Guide ................................................................................................ (ice_user.pdf) 1

Concept .................................................................................................................................... 5

Modules 5

ECU Functional Units 12

Probes and Connectors 17

Input Probe Assignments 18

STROBE Probe Assignments 19

Outputs Emulator Chassis 21

Basic Emulator Concept ......................................................................................................... 22

Modularity 22

Buffered Probes 22

3 Memories 23

Dual-Port Technology 23

State Display ............................................................................................................................ 24

Memory Oriented Softkeys ..................................................................................................... 25

Emulation System ................................................................................................................... 26

Activation 26

System Errors 28

Clock Select 28


Time-Out 29

Special Setup 29

Mapper ...................................................................................................................................... 30

Basic Function 30

Setup 31

Banking 34

Program and Data Memory ..................................................................................................... 37

Function 37

Dual-port Access 38

Access Procedures 38

Memory Classes 39

Basic Display and Change 40

Assembler Structures 46

Data Modification 47

Peripheral I/O 47

Symbolic Display and Change 48

Load and Store 52

Find and Compare 56

Symbol Management .............................................................................................................. 57

Database Structure 57

Symbol Display 58

Search for Symbol 59

Symbol Macros 61

Load Source HLL 61

Loading Assembler Source 62

Special Options 62

HLL Structures ........................................................................................................................ 63

Accessing Variables 63

Displaying Variables 69

Variable Based Softkeys 76

Register and Peripherals ........................................................................................................ 77

Realtime Emulation ................................................................................................................. 80

Preparations 80

Single Step on Assembler Level 81

Single Step on HLL 82

Cycle Step 83

Realtime Emulation 84

Complex Emulation Control (ASM) 85

Complex Emulation Control (HLL) 86

Configurable Emulation Menu 87

Execution Time Measurement ................................................................................................ 88


Function 88

Breakpoint Memory ................................................................................................................. 90

Function 90

Breakpoint Types 91

Set and Delete Breakpoints 92

Display Breakpoints 94

Temporary breakpoints 95

Mouse 96

Execution Breakpoints 96

Data Breakpoints 97

Trigger System ........................................................................................................................ 98

Function 98

State Display 100

Trigger Setup 101

Trigger Sources 102

Examples 102

Event Trigger System ............................................................................................................. 103

Function 103

Event Trigger Modes 104

Setup 108

Examples 109

External Trigger Input ............................................................................................................. 110

Function 110

Setup 111

Examples 112

Spot System ............................................................................................................................. 114

Function 114

Setup 115

Examples 115

Exception Control ................................................................................................................... 116

Function 116

Setup 117

Examples 118

FLAG System ........................................................................................................................... 119

Function 119

FLAG Control 120

Display Functions 121

Frequency Generator .............................................................................................................. 124

Function 124

Setup 125


Universal Counter ................................................................................................................... 126

Function 126

Glitch Detection 127

Setup 128

Examples 129

Pulse Generator ....................................................................................................................... 130

Function 130

Setup 131

Examples 131

Refresh Generator ................................................................................................................... 132

Function 132

Setup 133

Examples 133

Master-Slave Synchronisation ............................................................................................... 134

Function 134

Setup 135

Examples 135

Index (local) ............................................................................................................................. 136

ICE Analyzer System

ICE/FIRE Analyzer User's Guide

ICE/FIRE Analyzer User's Guide ...........................................................(analyzer_user.pdf) 1

Analyzer Types ..................................................................................................................... 3

SA120 3

HA120 4

HAC 5

ECC8 6

Functional Units ................................................................................................................... 7

Trace Memory 7

Time Stamp Unit 10

Performance Analyzer 10

Trigger Unit 10

External Trigger Inputs 10

Trigger Output 12

Analyzer Control ................................................................................................................... 13

Basic Trace Control 13

Operation Modes 14

Automatic Trace Control 15

Special Operation Modes 16


Hypertrace Operation Modes 16

Display Trace ........................................................................................................................ 17

Display Commands 17

Search and Compare 19

Real-Time Displays 20

Saving Trace Buffers 21

Using the Trigger Unit 22

Prestore Mode 23

Statistic Analysis .................................................................................................................. 24

Time Charts ........................................................................................................................... 28

Coverage Analysis ............................................................................................................... 30

Performance Analysis .......................................................................................................... 31

Analyzer Structure 31

Commands 32

Display Results 34

Manual Address Selection 34

ICE Analyzer Programming

ICE/FIRE Analyzer Trigger Unit Programming Guide ..................... (analyzer_prog.pdf) 1

Analyzer Programming ..................................................................................................... 4

Program Structure ............................................................................................................. 5

Sample Trigger Program 6

Declarations ....................................................................................................................... 7

Address Selectors 7

Data Selectors 7

Data Latch 8

External Trigger 8

Event Counters 9

Flags 10

Hardware Message Event 10

Ownership Trace Message Event 11

Time Counters 11

Declaration Table 12

Global Instructions ............................................................................................................ 14

Local Instructions ............................................................................................................. 15

Output Command Tables .................................................................................................. 16

Events ................................................................................................................................. 19

Address Selectors 19


Counter Events 20

Data Latch Events 20

Data Selectors 21

External Clocked Counter Events 21

External Trigger Events 21

Flags 21

Hardware Message Events 22

Ownership Trace Message Events 22

Time Events 22

Other Events 22

Input Event Table 23

Conditions .......................................................................................................................... 26

Levels ................................................................................................................................. 28

GOTO 28

CONTinue 28

Programming Examples ................................................................................................... 29

Selective Recording 29

HLL Lines Trace 30

Stopping the Analyzer 31

Stopping the User Program 32

Exception Generator 33

Spot Point Execution 33

Stimulating Output Lines 34

Using the Internal Trigger Bus 35

Using Markers 35

Time Counters 36

Event Counters 38

Using Flags 40

Switching Trigger Levels 41

Declaration Reference ...................................................................................................... 42

ADDRESS Address selectors 42

DATA Data selectors 44

DLATCH Data latch 48

EVENTCOUNTER Event counter 49

EXTERNCOUNTER External counter 52

FLAGS Flags 52

HWME Hardware message events 53

OTME Ownership trace message events 54

TIMECOUNTER Time counter 55

TRIG External triggers 58

Instruction Reference ....................................................................................................... 60

Aux Auxiliary trigger 60


BREAK Analyzer stop 61

Bus Bus trigger 62

CONTinue Sequential level switching 63

Counter Counter control 64

Flag Flag control 68

GOTO Level switching 69

Latch Data latch 71

Mark Recording markers 72

Out Output control 72

Perf Performance analyzer control 74

Sample Recording control 74

Trigger Trigger control 77

Trigger Programming Language Syntax ......................................................................... 79

Analyzer Programming Extensions HAC ........................................................................ 82

Trigger Unit 82

Trigger Unit Constructions 83

Input Events 88

Output Events 90

Logical Levels 90

ICE/FIRE Analyzer Programming Dialog ........................................(analyzer_dialog.pdf) 1

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 2

How to Start 2

Programming ..................................................................................................................... 3


Definitions 9

Examples 18

ICE Performance Analyzer User's Guide

ICE Performance Analyzer User's Guide ..................................... (performance_user.pdf) 1



Commands 3

Display Results 5


ICE Port Analyzer User's Guide

ICE Port Analyzer User's Guide ...................................................................... (port_user.pdf) 1

Basic Function ......................................................................................................................... 2

Port Analyzer State Display .................................................................................................... 5


Run in Slave Mode .................................................................................................................. 6

Run in Timing Mode ................................................................................................................ 7

Display Information ................................................................................................................. 9

Store and Reload 10

Analyze Traced Data 11

ICE Memory Modules

ICE Memory Modules .................................................................. (ice_memory_modules.pdf) 1

SDIL Module ............................................................................................................................. 2

SRAM Module .......................................................................................................................... 3

DRAM Module 1/4 MByte ....................................................................................................... 8

DRAM Module 4/16 MByte ..................................................................................................... 10

ICE Target Guides

ICE Emulator for 68000

ICE Emulator for 68000 .................................................................................(ice_68000.pdf) 1

Warning ................................................................................................................................. 3

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 4


Hang-Up 5

Dual-Port Errors 6

Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 7

General Settings and Restrictions ...................................................................................... 9

Restrictions 9

SYStem.Clock Clock generation 10

SYStem.Mode Select emulation modes 10

SYStem.Line CPU signals 11

SYStem.RESetOut RESET peripherals 11

SYStem.Option V33 Voltage sense 11

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 12

State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 13

Keywords for the Trigger Unit 13

Keywords for the Display 15

Dequeueing 15

Emulation Frequency ........................................................................................................... 16

Support .................................................................................................................................. 17


Compilers 17



ICE Emulator for MC68000 and MC6830X

ICE Emulator for MC68000 and MC6830X ...................................................(ice_68300.pdf) 1

Warning ................................................................................................................................. 5

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 6


Hang-Up 10

Dualport Errors 11

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 12

Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 15

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 16

Emulation Method “68302 Dual-Chip” 16

Emulation Method “Single-Chip” 16

Emulation Method “Hybrid-Solution” 17

Target Power Sense 17

Emulation Modes 18


Dualport Modes 20

DMA Modes 21

General SYStem Settings and Restrictions ....................................................................... 22


SYStem.Line BusSize Bus width 22

SYStem.Line BusReq Bus request when stopped 22

SYStem.Line WDOG WDOG line 23

SYStem.Option MOBAR Module controller base address register 23

SYStem.Option BAR Base address register 23

SYStem.Option BrkVector Break vector 23

SYStem.Option BreakWin Break window 24

SYStem.Option FAST High-speed emulation 24

SYStem.Option FCode Ignore function codes 24

SYStem.Option Freeze FREEZE control 25

SYStem.Option TestClock Clockfail detection 26

SYStem.Option TrReset Tristate bus 26

SYStem.Option TrHalt Tristate bus 26

SYStem.Option V33 Powerfail detection 26

SYStem.Option FreezeExtern Target freeze enable 27

SYStem.Option TraceBank Bank trace enable 27


Special Settings 68302 Dual -chip and Restrictions ......................................................... 28

Restrictions 68302 Dual-chip 28

SYStem.RESetOut Reset target CPU 29

SYStem.Option BR0/OR0 CS0 line replacement 29

SYStem.Option BAR/BARI BAR registers 30

SYStem.Option IntChange Interrupt translation 32

Clock Generation 33

ONCE Mode Handling 34

Special Settings 68302 Single Chip and Restrictions ....................................................... 37

Restrictions 68302 Single Chip 37

SYStem.Option MonBase Monitor relocation 37

SYStem.Option Dedicated Interrupt controller mode 38


Special Settings 68356 ......................................................................................................... 39

SYStem.Line DRESET Reset configuration 39

SYStem.Line MODCK Clock mode selection 39

SYStem.Option MODCKx Clock mode selection 39

SYStem.Option CS Clock mode selection 40

SYStem.Option VCO/100 32KHz support 40

Special Settings 68PM302, 68LC302 .................................................................................. 41

SYStem.Option BRx/NOCSBASE A20..23 address creation 41

SYStem.Option DTACK DTACK configuration 41

SYStem.Option MODCLK Clock mode selection 42

SYStem.Option VCCSYN Clock mode selection 42

SYStem.Option ONCE ON-Circuit emulation (68PM302 only) 42

SYStem.Option PCEN PCMCIA (68PM302 only) 42

SYStem.Option ResetExt Reset configuration 43

SYStem.Option VCO/100 32KHz support 43

Special Settings 68EN302 .................................................................................................... 44


SYStem.Option MBCTL DRAM control 44

SYStem.Option BUSW Bus width selection 44

Special Settings GSC38393 and Restrictions .................................................................... 45

Restrictions GSC38939 45

SYStem.Option WSEL Reset configuration 45

SYStem.Option BUSW0 Reset configuration 45

SYStem.Option CKSL Clock selection 45

Special Settings 68328 and Restrictions ........................................................................... 46

Restrictions 68328 46

SYStem.Option BBUSW Boot bus width 47

SYStem.Option MOCLK Clock selection 47


SYStem.Option PORTB Port B enable 47

SYStem.Option PRBASE Port replacement base address 48



SYStem.Option AMODE Address mode 49

SYStem.Option ONCE On-circuit emulation 49

SYStem.Option XTAL Oscillator replacement 49

68306 Clock Generation 50



SYStem.Option DISWT Watchdog disable 51

SYStem.Option DRAM DRAM mode 51

68307 Clock Generation 52

Exception Control ................................................................................................................ 53

RESET Line 54

HALT Line 56

BERR Line 57

BUSREQ Line 58

VPA Line 58

Interrupt Control 59

Interrupt Stimulation 60

Trap Trigger 60

Monitor Extensions .............................................................................................................. 61

Mapping ................................................................................................................................. 62


MAP.OPFetch Code area mapping 62

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 63

State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 64



Dequeueing 67

Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 68

Default Keywords for the Port Analyzer 68

68306 Keywords for the Port Analyzer 70

68307 Keywords for the Port Analyzer 71

Default Connector for Additional Trace Channels 73

Single Chip 68302 Connector for Additional Trace Channels 74

Compilers .............................................................................................................................. 75

3rd Party Tool Integrations .................................................................................................. 77

Realtime Operation Systems ............................................................................................... 78



Emulation Module ................................................................................................................ 80

Module Overview 80


Operation Voltage ................................................................................................................ 83

Physical Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 84

Adaption ................................................................................................................................ 111

ICE Emulator for MC68020/30

ICE Emulator for MC68020/30 ......................................................................(ice_68020.pdf) 1

Warning ................................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 4


Hang-Up 5

Dualport Errors 6

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 7

Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 12

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 12

Emulation Modes 13


SYStem.Mode Select emulation modes 15




SYStem.Option TestClock Clock test 17

SYStem.Option TestPower Power test 17


Reset 19

Halt 21

Berr 22

BR 22



Mapping ................................................................................................................................. 24

FPU ........................................................................................................................................ 25

SYStem.Option FPU Activate emulator based FPU 25

MMU ....................................................................................................................................... 27


MMU.view Display MMU registers 27

MMU.Set Modify MMU registers 27


MMU.SCAN Scan MMU tables 29

Cache ..................................................................................................................................... 30

SYStem.Option CACHE Enable cache 30

Wait Cycles ........................................................................................................................... 31

Breakpoint System ............................................................................................................... 32


Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 34

State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 36



Dequeueing 39

Compilers .............................................................................................................................. 40

Debugger Support ................................................................................................................ 42

RTOS Support ....................................................................................................................... 43


Emulation Modules .............................................................................................................. 45

Module Overview 45



Physical Dimensions 68020/30 Module 46

ICE Emulator for MC68040/60

ICE Emulator for MC68040/60 ......................................................................(ice_68040.pdf) 1

WARNING .............................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 5


Hang-Up 6

Dual-port Errors 7

FAQ 7

Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 8

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 9

Emulation Modes 10


Dualport Access 12





Schematics 14

eXception.Enable Enable exception 15

eXception.Trigger Trigger on exception 17

eXception.Pulse Stimulate exception 19

Specific System Settings ..................................................................................................... 21

SYStem.Option BreakWin tbd. 21

SYStem.Option FAST tbd. 21

SYStem.Option FCode tbd. 22

SYStem.Option IdleAddr tbd. 22

SYStem.Option MAPBURST tbd. 22

SYStem.Option MAPCACHE tbd. 23

SYStem.Option NatAck tbd. 23

Mapping ................................................................................................................................. 24

FPU ........................................................................................................................................ 26

MMU ....................................................................................................................................... 27

SYStem.Option MMU MMU control 27

MMU.view Display MMU registers 27

MMU.Set Modify MMU registers 27


MMU.SCAN Scan MMU tables 29

Cache ..................................................................................................................................... 30

SYStem.Option CACHE Cache control 30

SYStem.Option Wait Wait cycles 30

SYStem.Option BrkVector Breakpoint Vector 30


Taskselective Symbols ........................................................................................................ 32

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 33

State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 34



Dequeuing 37

Compiler ................................................................................................................................ 38

Debugger Support ................................................................................................................ 40

RTOS Support ....................................................................................................................... 41




Module Overview 43




Adapter .................................................................................................................................. 51

Adaptation for the QFP240 51

ICE Emulator for MC6833X

ICE Emulator for MC6833X ...........................................................................(ice_68330.pdf) 1

WARNING .............................................................................................................................. 6

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 7

General Information 7

Best-case Setting 8

Worst-Case Setting 11


Hang-Up 15

Dualport Errors 16

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 17

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 19

Configuration: Address Recovery A19..A31 ...................................................................... 20

Address Recovery by Register Contents 20

SYStem.Option CSBARx Chipselect base address 21

SYStem.Option CSPARx Chip select pin assignment register 21

SYStem.Option PEPAR Port E pin assignment register 21

Address Recovery by PLD Logic 22

Software Based Address Recovery 26

Chip Select Replacement by PLD logic 27

Configuration: Control Lines Recovery ............................................................................. 29

Function Codes have alternate Pin Function 29

Port-E Control Lines Recovery for SCIM Modules 29

Port-E Control Lines Recovery for SIM Modules 30

SYStem.Line AS/DS/SIZ Port replacement 32

SYStem.Option PRBASE Peripheral address 32

Configuration: DIP-Switches ............................................................................................... 33



Emulation Modes 36


SYStem.Access Dualport modes 37

SYStem.Option BASE Peripheral address 37

SYStem.BdmClock BDM clock speed 38

SYStem.Clock Clock modes 38

SYStem.CPU CPU operating mode: 68HC16Y1/68396 only 39

SYStem.Line ADDR Address mask 39

SYStem.Line BKPT External BKPT input 39

SYStem.Option DMA modes 40

SYStem.Option DSACK DSACK mode 40

SYStem.Option FastTerm Fast termination cycles 41

SYStem.Option FCode FCODE pins 41

SYStem.Option LIMITDP Dualport access limitation 41

SYStem.Line/Option MODCLK PLL mode 42

SYStem.Line/Option VCCSYN PLL mode 42


SYStem.Option RamWait Wait state for memory 43

SYStem.Option ResetMode, ResetExt Reset vector 43

SYStem.Option ShowBreak/ShowTrace Show cycles 43

SYStem.Option ShowBERR Show buserror cycles 44

SYStem.Option Size SIZE pins 44

SYStem.Option STBY Standby voltage 44

SYStem.Option TEST TEST mode 44

SYStem.Option TestClock Clock error check 45

SYStem.Option TraceWait Wait state for memory 45

SYStem.Option VFPEx Flash programming voltage 45

SYStem.Option WDELAY Write strobe delay 45

SYStem.RESetOut Peripheral reset 46

SYStem.TimeDebug Timeout for debug-interface 46

Special Settings 68HC16T3/Z1 ............................................................................................ 47

Special Settings 68HC16X1 ................................................................................................. 47

Special Settings 68HC16Y1 ................................................................................................. 47



SYStem.Option PreMap Premapper function 48

Special Settings 68331/332/334/335/336/339/376 ............................................................... 49

SYStem.CPU CPU modes 49

DIP Switches 68336/376 49


Special Settings 68340/341 .................................................................................................. 51

Restrictions 68340/341 51

SYStem.Option PreMap Premapper function 51


SYStem.Option TRANS DMA modes 51

SYStem.Option TRANSRD DMA modes 52


SYStem.Line/Option EPEB0 Flash program enable 53

SYStem.Option VPP Flash programming voltage 53

SYStem.Line/Option FASTREF PLL mode 54


SYStem.Line/Option FASTREF PLL mode 55


eXception.Enable Exception control 56

Reset Line 57

HALT Line 59

BERR Line 60

BR Line 61

IRQ Lines (6833x,68HC16) 62

Mapping ................................................................................................................................. 63


MAP.Onchipp Onchip peripherals 63

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 64

State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 65



Dequeueing 70

Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 71

Keywords for the Port Analyzer 68332 71


Keywords for the Port Analyzer 68HC16Z1 73

Keywords for the Port Analyzer 68HC16Y1 75

Keywords for the Port Analyzer 68HC16T3 76

Additional Trace Channels (MC68340) 77

Support .................................................................................................................................. 78

Compilers 78





Module Overview 83


Operating Voltage ................................................................................................................ 86



Adapter .................................................................................................................................. 98

ICE Emulator for Motorola 68360/349

ICE Emulator for Motorola 68360/349 ..........................................................(ice_68360.pdf) 1

WARNING .............................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 5


Hang-Up 6

Dualport Errors 7

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 8

Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 11

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 12

Emulation Modes 13

SYStem.Mode Emulation modes 14




SYStem.Option DSACK DTACK mode 17

SYStem.Option Show cycles 17

SYStem.Option Show buserror cycles 17

SYStem.Option DMA modes 18

SYStem.Option Reset configuration 18

SYStem.Option MODCKx PLL mode 19

SYStem.Option Memory access timing 19


SYStem.Option STBY Standby voltage 22


SYStem.Line BKPT External BKPT input 22

SYStem.Line ADDR Address mask 22


SYStem.TimeDebug Timeout for debug interface 23

SYStem.BdmClock BDM clock speed 23

SYStem.Option Address lines 24



eXception.Enable Exception control 25

RESET 26

RESETS 27


HALT Line 28

BERR Line 29

BR Line 29

Mapping ................................................................................................................................. 30

MAP.BUS Bus width mapping 30

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 31

State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 32



Dynamic Data Selector 34

Dequeueing 35

Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 36


Compilers .............................................................................................................................. 37





Module Overview 42



Adapter .................................................................................................................................. 47

ICE Emulator for 68HC05 and 68HC08

ICE Emulator for 68HC05 and 68HC08 ..........................................................(ice_hc08.pdf) 1

Warning ................................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 4


Hang-Up 5

Dual-Port Errors 5

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 6

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 9

Emulation Modes 9


SYStem.Access Dualport access 11

Code Sequencer 12




SYStem.Option V33 Power option 13

SYStem.Option TraceAll Trace option 14

SYStem.Option PerReset Reset target 14

SYStem.Option FAST Speed 14

SYStem.Option TestClock Clock sense 14

SYStem.Option MapEEPROM Mapping 15

SYStem.Option MapGAP Mapping 15

SYStem.Option CANE CAN enable 15

SYStem.Option COMMON Size of common area. 15

SYStem.Option MAPEEPROM Enable EEPROM memory areas 16

SYStem.Option MAPGAP Enable GAP memory areas 16

SYStem.Option MOR Mask option register setting 16

SYStem.Option WDT Watchdog enable 16


RESET 17


Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 19

State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 20



Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 22

Keywords for the Port Analyzer 22

Additional Trace Channels 23

Compilers .............................................................................................................................. 24




Overview 27



Adapter .................................................................................................................................. 37

ICE Emulator for 68HC11

ICE Emulator for 68HC11 ................................................................................(ice_hc11.pdf) 1

WARNING .............................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 5



Hang-Up 6

Dualport Errors 6

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 7

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 11

Emulation Modes 11

CPU Modes 13


SYStem.Access Dualport Modes 15

Code Sequencer 16



SYStem.Option Trace Trace options 19

SYStem.Option PerReset Reset target 19

SYStem.Option TestClock Clock sense 19

SYStem.Option BASE RAM and register mapping 20

SYStem.Option PLL PLL mode 20

SYStem.Option RWMC Memory strobe mode 20


SYStem.Line EC Strobe control 21


RESET Control 22

eXception.Activate Force exception 23




EEPROM Management ......................................................................................................... 27

Banked Target Systems ....................................................................................................... 28

Internal 29

External 29

Memory Access Routines 31

MMU ....................................................................................................................................... 32

Using the MMU for 68HC11K 32

SYStem.Option MMU MMU usage 32

Using the MMU for 68HC11C 35

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 38

State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 39



Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 41




Compilers .............................................................................................................................. 43





Module Overview 47




Adapter .................................................................................................................................. 57

ICE Emulator for MELPS 7700

ICE Emulator for MELPS 7700 ..................................................................... (ice_melps.pdf) 1

WARNING .............................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 5


FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 9

Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 11

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 12

Emulation Modes 12






SYStem Settings ................................................................................................................... 20

SYStem.Option BreakWin Break window select 20


SYStem.Option RamWait Emulator wait insertion 21

SYStem.Option V33 3.3 V targets 21

SYStem.Option DISWD Disable internal watch dog 22

SYStem.Option PMRS Processor mode register sense 22

SYStem.Option TRACEP3 Port 3 trace 23

MAP.OPFetch Define program area 23

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 24


State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 25


CPU specific Data Selectors 26


Dequeueing 26

Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 27


Compilers .............................................................................................................................. 28





Module Overview 32




Adapter .................................................................................................................................. 41

ICE Emulator for C166/ST10

ICE Emulator for C166/ST10 ........................................................................(ice_c166.pdf) 1

Warning .............................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 6

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 10


Hang-Up Conditions 12

Dualport Errors 12

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 13

Basics ................................................................................................................................. 17

Emulation Modes 18

Dualport Modes 19


Restrictions 20

SYStem.BOOTLDR Define the boot loader program 20



SYStem.Option E2 Select “bondout” type 21



SYStem.Option ONCEReset On-circuit emulation reset 22

SYStem.Option V33 Target voltage sense level 22



SYStem.Option MuxMode Bus MUX mode 23

SYStem.Option resetmode Start-up modes 24

SYStem.Option Trace Trace modes 25

SYStem.Option <freeze> Freeze modes 26

SYStem.Option lines Lines 27

SYStem.Option wait Wait system 28



SYStem.Option EmuBreak Breakpoint interrupt 29



SYStem.Option CLOCK PLL selects 31

SYStem.Option ROMSIZE ROM size 32

SYStem.Option MODE MODE 32


MAP.OPFetch Code area mapping 33

Exception Control ............................................................................................................. 34

Schematics 34

eXception.state Exception control 35





Bus System ........................................................................................................................ 39

Banking .............................................................................................................................. 40

Bondout Features .............................................................................................................. 41

Internal Breakpoints 42

Execution Breakpoints 44

ROM Data Breakpoints 44

Analyzer Functions 45

Special Functions .............................................................................................................. 51

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 51

State Analyzer .................................................................................................................... 52



Bondout Information Display 56

Dequeueing 57


Port Analyzer ..................................................................................................................... 58

Keywords for the Port Analyzer 80C166 58

Keywords for the Port Analyzer C161/C163/C165/C167/VECON 58

Keywords for the Port Analyzer PMB2800 58

Compilers ........................................................................................................................... 60

3rd Party Tool Integrations ............................................................................................... 61

Realtime Operation Systems ............................................................................................ 62

Emulation Frequency ........................................................................................................ 63

NOP/DENIED Mode 63

GAP Mode 63

Emulation Modules ........................................................................................................... 64

Module Overview 64



Adapter ............................................................................................................................... 84

C166/ST10 Application Note ................................................................................................

Update C167-E2 to C167-E3 ................................................................ (app_ice166.pdf) 1

Changes .......................................................................................................................... 2

Bottom View Bondout Module 3

Bottom View Bondout Socket 4

ICE Emulator for the 80186 and 80196

ICE Emulator for the 80186 and 80196 ..........................................................(ice_x186.pdf) 1

WArning ................................................................................................................................ 6

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 7


Hang-Up 11

Dual-Port Errors 12

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 13

Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 14

DIP-Switch Setting of 8086/8088/V20/V30 14

DIP-Switch Setting of 80186(EA)/80188(EA)/80C186(XL)/80C188(XL) 15

DIP-Switch Setting of 80186EB/80188EB/80186EC/80188EC, V40/V50 16

DIP-Switch Setting of 186EM/ES/ER/ED/188EM/ES/ER 17

DIP-Switch Setting of 186CC/CH/CU 18

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 19

Emulation Modes 19


Dual-Port Access 21






SYStem.Option RamWait Wait states 23

SYStem.Option REFresh Trace refresh cycles 24


SYStem.Option SPLIT Access control on splitted memory 24

SYStem.Option TestClock Clock fail detection 24

SYStem.Option V33 3.3 V power fail detection 25

Continue with CPU specific Special Settings and Restrictions 25

Special Settings 8086/8088/V20/V30 ................................................................................... 26

SYStem.Option FPU Floating-point unit 26

SYStem.Option MAX MIN/MAX mode 27

Special Settings 80186/80188 .............................................................................................. 28


SYStem.Option MAX MIN/MAX mode 28

Special Settings C186(XL)/C188(XL)/EA and Restrictions ............................................... 29

Restrictions 80C186(XL)/80C188(XL)/80C186EA/80C188EA 29

SYStem.Option Enhanced Enhanced mode 29


Special Settings 80186EB/80188EB/80186EC/80188EC .................................................... 30


Special Settings 186EM, 188EM and Restrictions ............................................................. 31

Restrictions 186EM, 188EM 31


SYStem.Line ADDR Shared address pins 32

SYStem.Line SRDY SRDY pin 32

Special Settings 186ES, 188ES, 186ED and Restrictions ................................................. 33

Restrictions 186ES, 188ES, 186ED 33




Mapping 34


Special Settings 186ER/188ER and Restrictions .............................................................. 36

Restrictions 186ER/188ER 36





SYStem.Option CLKSEL Clock select 37

SYStem.Option IMDIS Internal memory disable 37

SYStem.Option SREN Show read enable 37

Special Settings 186CC/CU/CH and Restrictions .............................................................. 38

Restrictions 186CC/CU/CH 38


SYStem.Line ARDY ARDY pin 39

SYStem.Option CLKSEL Clock select 39

Special Settings V40/V50 and Restrictions ........................................................................ 40

Restrictions V40/V50 40


Reset 42

NMI 43

HOLD 44

DMA Modes 44

SYStem.Line HOLD Enable HOLD line (emulation stopped) 44

Interrupt and Timer Control 45


INT0 48

Trap Trigger 50

Refresh Operation ................................................................................................................ 51

FPU ........................................................................................................................................ 51

I/O Connector for Coprocessor (8086/8087) 52

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 53

Segmentation ........................................................................................................................ 55


Memory and I/O Access Routines 58


State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 60



Dequeueing 66

Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 67

Keywords for the Port Analyzer (8086/8088/V20/V30) 67

Keywords for the Port Analyzer (80(C)186(XL)/80(C)188(XL)/EA) 68

Keywords for the Port Analyzer (80186EB/80188EB) 69

Keywords for the Port Analyzer (80186EC/80188EC) 70

Keywords for the Port Analyzer (18xEM/18xES/18xER/186ED) 71

Keywords for the Port Analyzer (V40/V50) 73


Input Connector for free Channels (8086/8088/80186/80188) 74

Input Connector for free Channels (80186EB/80188EB) 74

Input Connector for free Channels (18xEM/18xES/18xER/186ED/CC) 75

Compilers .............................................................................................................................. 76





Module Overview 80




Adapter .................................................................................................................................. 93

ICE Emulator for INTEL 196K Family

ICE Emulator for INTEL 196K Family .............................................................(ice_196k.pdf) 1

WARNING .............................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 5


Hang-Up 9

Dual-Port Errors 10

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 11

Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 12

DIP-Switch Setting of 80C196KB/KC/KD/194/198 12

DIP-Switch Setting of 80C196EN 14

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 15

Emulation Modes 15


Dual-Port Access 17



SYStem.Line ALE ALE line 19

SYStem.Option FAST Fast mode 19

SYStem.Option PLLEN Enable PLL 19


SYStem.Option CCR Configuration register 20

SYStem.Option HOLD HOLD protocol 20


SYStem.Option MicroCon Microcontroller mode 20


SYStem.Option RamWait Wait states 21




Special Restrictions 196KD ................................................................................................. 22

Special Settings 196EN ........................................................................................................ 23

SYStem.Option WDT Watchdog timer 23

SYStem.Line.ADDR NT 24-bit addressing 23

SYStem.Option HighAddr NT 24-bit addressing 24


Schematics 25




Mapping ................................................................................................................................. 30


Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 31


Internal 33

External 33


State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 35



Dequeueing 35

Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 36

Keywords for the Port Analyzer (196KB, KC, KD) 36

Keywords for the Port Analyzer (196EN) 36

Input Connector for free Channels 37

Compilers .............................................................................................................................. 38




Module Overview 41



Adapter .................................................................................................................................. 53


ICE Emulator for 386/486

ICE Emulator for 386/486 .................................................................................(ice_i386.pdf) 1

WARNING .............................................................................................................................. 6

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 7


Hang-Up 12

Dualport Errors 13

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 14

Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 17

DIP-Switch Setting of 386SX/CX 17

DIP-Switch Setting of 486 18

Cableset 19

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 20

Emulation Modes 20


Dualport Access 22




SYStem.Option FAST High speed mode 24

SYStem.Option FASTA High speed mode A 24


SYStem.Option PreMap Address lines 25

SYStem.Option SYNCH Synchronization mode 26




Special Settings 386EX (no SMMC) and Restrictions ....................................................... 28

Restrictions 386EX (no SMMC) 28

SYStem.Option BreakNMI Break with 2nd NMI 30

SYStem.Option Protected Real mode/protected mode 31

SYStem.Option Prot16 Protected mode: 16 bit/32 bit code 32

SYStem.Option IDT Interrupt descriptor table base 33

Special Settings 386EX (SMMC) and Restrictions ............................................................ 34

Restrictions 386EX (SMMC) 34

SYStem.Option BOOT Real mode boot segment 35





Special Settings 386SX, 386CX, 386DX and 486 (no SMMC) and Restrictions .............. 40

Restrictions 386SX, 386CX, 386DX and 486 (no SMMC) 40





Special Settings 486 (SMMC) and Restrictions ................................................................. 46

Restrictions 486 (SMMC) 46

SYStem.Option BOOT Real mode boot segment 47




SYStem.Option CACHE Disable cache 50

SYStem.Option BURST Disable burst 51


Specific System Settings ..................................................................................................... 53


Schematics 55

DMA Modes 57

SYStem.Line HOLD Enable HOLD line (emulation stopped) 57






Mapping ................................................................................................................................. 63

MAP.PRE Premapper 63

MAP.BUS Buswidth mapping 64

MAP.NoCache] No cache mapping 64

FPU ........................................................................................................................................ 65

MMU ....................................................................................................................................... 66

MMU.DUMP Dump descriptor tables 66

MMU.SCAN Scan descriptor tables 67

MMU.PDUMP Dump page tables 67

MMU.PSCAN Scan page tables 67

Special Functions ................................................................................................................. 68

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 69

Overview 69

Real Mode Addressing 71

Protected Mode Addressing 71


State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 72



Dequeueing 75

Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 76

Keywords for the Portanalyzer (386EX) 76

Input Connector for free Channels (386EX) 77

Compiler ................................................................................................................................ 78

Compiler Support Real Mode 78

Compiler Support Protected Mode 79

3rd Party Tool Integration .................................................................................................... 80




Module Overview 83




Adapter .................................................................................................................................. 93

ICE Emulator for 8051

ICE Emulator for 8051 .........................................................................................(ice_51.pdf) 1

WARNING .............................................................................................................................. 3

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 4


FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 8

Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 12

8051 12

80152 13

C515C 13

C505C 14

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 15

Emulation Modes 15







Special I/O-Register Module M582 18

Special I/O-Register Module MCL580 21

Special I/O-register Module 517E 22

Internal Memory 23

SYStem.Line Bus configuration 24


SYStem.Option DUMMY DUMMY cycles 25

SYStem.Options ................................................................................................................... 26

SYStem.Option IOSTOP Stop peripherals 26

SYStem.Option DMA DMA operation 27








Internal 32

External 33


Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 37

State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 38



Dequeueing 40

Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 41



Support .................................................................................................................................. 45

Compilers 45

3rd Party Tool integrations 45




Module Overview 49



Adapter .................................................................................................................................. 79


ICE Emulator for 90CL301

ICE Emulator for 90CL301 ............................................................................(ice_90301.pdf) 1

Warning ................................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 5


Hang-Up 6

Dualport Errors 7

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 8

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 9

Oscillator Replacement 9

Emulation Modes 10

Dualport Modes 11



SYStem.Option TestClock Clock fault detection 12

SYStem.Option PDE Chip select modes 12

SYStem.Option FCODE Function codes 13

SYStem.Option ONCE On-Circuit emulation 13

SYStem.Option A23 Address line A23 13

SYStem.Option V33 Operation voltage 13

SYStem.Option RD 8051 RD line active 13

SYStem.Option WR 8051 WR line active 14

SYStem.Option BUS8 Program bus size 14

SYStem.Option BUSDYN Dynamic bus sizing 14

System.Option MonBase Monitor relocation 14

MAP.BUS8 Bus size setup 15


RESET 17

HALT 18

RESETIN 19

BR 19

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 20

State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 22



Dequeueing 23

Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 24


Compilers .............................................................................................................................. 25






Module Overview 30




Adapter .................................................................................................................................. 33

Connector 34

ICE Emulator for Hitachi H8/300 and H8/500

ICE Emulator for Hitachi H8/300 and H8/500 ....................................................(ice_h8.pdf) 1

WARNING .............................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 5


Dual-Port Errors 8

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 9

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 10

Emulation Modes 10


SYStem.CPU Processors type 11

SYStem.CPU Operation mode 12

Emulation Method 12

Configuration 13

System.Access Dual-port access 13

General System Settings and Restrictions ........................................................................ 14

Restrictions 14

MAP.OPFetch Define program area 14

SYStem.Option Processor options 15


RES- Line 16

NMI- Line 16

STBY- Line 17

BREQ- Line 17

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 18

Banked Target Systems (H8/300) ........................................................................................ 19


Internal 19

External 20

Memory and IO Access Routines 21

State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 22


CPU specific Data Selectors 23


Dequeueing 23

Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 24

Keywords for the Port Analyzer (H8/300) 24

Keywords for the Port Analyzer (H8/300H) 24


Keywords for the Port Analyzer (H8/500) 25

Compilers .............................................................................................................................. 26

Compilers H8_300 26

Compilers H8_300H 26

Compilers H8_500 26

Compilers H8s 27


RTOS Support ....................................................................................................................... 29



Module Overview 33




Adapter .................................................................................................................................. 52

ICE Emulator for PowerPC

ICE Emulator for PowerPC ....................................................................... (ice_mpc8xx.pdf) 1

WARNING .............................................................................................................................. 5

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 6


Hang-Up 7

Dualport Errors 7

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 8

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 9


SYStem.Mode 10


Dualport Modes 11

Mapping and CS Setting of the MPC505, PPC403 12

Mapping and CS setting of the MPC860/821 12

Jumper Settings of the MPC860/821 Probe 14

Adaption to different Clock Sources of the MPC860/821 Probe 15

Layout of the MPC860/821 Probe 16



SYStem.Option PreMap Address lines 20

SYStem.Option PreMapMod Premapper mode 20


SYStem.Option BreakMask Break mask 22

SYStem.Option FREEZE Timer freeze modes 22

SYStem.Option VSYNC Synch trace signals 23

SYStem.Option CFLUSH Instruction cache flush 23


SYStem.Option BASE Peripheral base address 24

SYStem.Option RESETCONF Reset configuration 24

SYStem.Option IBUS IBUS control 24

SYStem.Option ICFLUSH Internal instruction cache flush 24

SYStem.Option ICREAD Instruction cache read 25

SYStem.Option DCREAD Date cache read 25

SYStem.Option WATCHDOG Disable watchdog 25

SYStem.Option BRKNOMSK tbd. 25

SYStem.Option FlowTrace tbd. 26

SYStem.Option ResetExt tbd. 26

SYStem.Option ResetMode tbd. 26

SYStem.Option SCRATCH tbd. 27

SYStem.Option TURBO tbd. 27

SYStem.Option Wait System wait states 27


Schematics 28




Mapping ................................................................................................................................. 35

MAP.BUS Bus width mapping 35

CPU specific MMU commands ............................................................................................ 36


MMU.TLBSCAN Load MMU TLB entries 36


Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 37

State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 38



Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 39



Compilers .............................................................................................................................. 43


Realtime operation Systems ............................................................................................... 45


Module Overview 47




Adapter .................................................................................................................................. 57

ICE Emulator for Z80 and Z180

ICE Emulator for Z80 and Z180 ........................................................................ (ice_z80.pdf) 1

WARNING .............................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 5


Hang-Up 8

Dual-Port Errors 8

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 9

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 11

Peripherals Window 11

Z80182 Emulation hints 11

Probe Configuration 12

Emulation Modes 17


SYStem.CPU MCU operation modes 18

SYStem.Access Dual-port access 19


Restrictions 20

SYStem.Line BusReq Bus access control 20

SYStem.Option REFresh Trace option 21


SYStem.Option Wait options 21

SYStem.Option OMCR OMCR register 21

SYStem.Option DOut Bus control for daisy chain 22

SYStem.Option IO8 Size of I/O space 22



Schematics 24





eXception.Vector Define vector 29

MAP.DMA DMA area 30


Using the MMU for Banked Target Systems ...................................................................... 32

SYStem.BankFile Select banking file 32

SYStem.Bank Select bank mode 33

Internal Bank 33

External Bank 34

Extended 35

Parameters for Banking Program 36

Memory and IO Access Routines 37

Using the MMU for Z180 37

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 40

State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 42



Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 46

Keywords for the Port Analyzer (Z180,84C15) 46

Keywords for the Port Analyzer (Z181) 47

Additional Trace Channels .................................................................................................. 49

Compilers .............................................................................................................................. 53

3rd Party Tool Integration .................................................................................................... 54




Module Overview 57




Adapter .................................................................................................................................. 70

Timing Analyzer

Timing Analyzer User's Guide

Timing Analyzer User's Guide ......................................................................(time_user.pdf) 1


Timing Analyzer (TA32) 4

Pattern Generator (PATT16) 5

Serial Line Tester (SLT) 6

Input/Output Probes 7

Input Probe Assignments .................................................................................................... 8

Output Probe Assignments ................................................................................................. 9

General Functions ................................................................................................................ 10

Timing Analyzer .................................................................................................................... 11

Function 11



Operation Modes 14


Using the Trigger Delay 15

Trace Modes 15

Display Trace ........................................................................................................................ 16

Display Commands 16





Pattern Generator ................................................................................................................. 21

Function 21

System Control 22

Clock Generator 23

Trigger System 23

Pattern Storage 24

Pattern Display 27

Load and Store 28

Serial Line Tester ................................................................................................................. 29

Function 29

Set-up 30


Timing Analyzer Reference Guide

Timing Analyzer Reference Guide ..................................................................(time_ref.pdf) 1

Commands ............................................................................................................................ 4

Analyzer.Arm Arm analyzer 4

Analyzer.AutoArm Automatic arming 4

Analyzer.AutoInit Automatic initialization 5

Analyzer.AutoTEST Continuous measurement 5

Analyzer.ComClk Communication clock select 6

Analyzer.ExtClk Synchronous clock select 6

Analyzer.Find Find entry 7

Analyzer.GOTO Jump to entry 8

Analyzer.Init Initialization 8

Analyzer.List Display trace buffer 9

Analyzer.LOAD Load reference buffer 13

Analyzer.Mode Configuration 13

Analyzer.OFF Switch off 14

Analyzer.Program Program trigger unit 15

Analyzer.REF Set reference point 16

Analyzer.ReProgram Program trigger unit 16

Analyzer.RESet Reset analyzer 16

Analyzer.SAVE Save trace buffer 17

Analyzer.state Display state 18

Analyzer.SYnch Synchronous channel mode 19

Analyzer.TDelay Set trigger delay 19

Analyzer.TEST Init and arm 20

Analyzer.Timing Waveform of trace buffer 20

Analyzer.TRansient Transient channel mode 22

Serial Line Tester ................................................................................................................. 23

ComA.Arm Arm SLT 23

ComA.BaudRate Baud rate 23

ComA.BITS Transfer bits 24

ComA.CLOSE Close file transfer 24

ComA.Connect Connection 25

ComA.Dump.Mode Display data mode 26

ComA.Dump.RESet Reset trace buffer 26

ComA.Dump.SIZE Define buffer size 26

ComA.Dump.view Display data 27

ComA.Init Initialization 27

ComA.Mode Mode enable output 28

ComA.OFF Switch off 28

ComA.PARity Parity bits 29

ComA.READ Transfer file 29


ComA.RESet Reset SLT 29

ComA.SAMple Analyzer sample 30

ComA.Send Transfer data 30

ComA.state Display state 31

ComA.StopBits Stop bits 32

ComA.TERM.RESet Reset terminal parameters 32

ComA.TERM.SIZE Define terminal size 32

ComA.TERM.view Display virtual terminal 33

ComA.TMode Transfer mode 33

ComA.WRITE Transfer to file 34

Names .................................................................................................................................... 35

NAME.list Display logical names 35

NAME.Polarity Setup polarity handling 36

NAME.RESet Reset logical names 37

NAME.Set Change logical names 37

Pattern Generator ................................................................................................................. 38

Pattern.Arm Arm analyzer 38

Pattern.CEnable Pattern clock control 38

Pattern.CMode Pattern clock select 39

Pattern.GOTO Jump to entry 39

Pattern.Init Initialization 40

Pattern.List Display pattern memory 40

Pattern.LOAD Load reference buffer 44

Pattern.OFF Disable pattern generator 44

Pattern.Program Program pattern generator 45

Pattern.REF Set reference point 46

Pattern.ReProgram Program pattern generator 47

Pattern.RESet Reset patttern generator 47

Pattern.SAVE Save trace buffer 47

Pattern.state Display state 48

Pattern.Step Single step function 49

Pattern.TEST Run pattern generator 49

Pattern.TIMESCALE Define raster 50

Pattern.Timing Display pattern memory 50

Pattern.TLatch Trigger latch 53

Pattern.TMode Trigger mode 53

Pattern.TSelect Trigger input select 54

RESet ..................................................................................................................................... 55

RESet General reset function 55

STOre ..................................................................................................................................... 56

STOre Save set-up 56


Timing Analyzer Trigger Unit Programming Guide

Timing Analyzer Trigger Unit Programming Guide ................................... (time_prog.pdf) 1

Analyzer Programming ........................................................................................................ 3

Program Structure ................................................................................................................ 4


Declarations .......................................................................................................................... 6

Data Selectors 6

Event Counters 7

Flags 8

Time Counters 8

Global Instructions ............................................................................................................... 9

Local Instructions ................................................................................................................ 10

Output command table 11

Events .................................................................................................................................... 12

Counter Events 12

Data Selectors 12

Flags 13

Time Events 13

Other Events 13

Conditions ............................................................................................................................. 14

Levels .................................................................................................................................... 16

CONTinue 16

GOTO 16

TRIGGER, BREAK 17

Programming Examples ...................................................................................................... 18





Time and Event Counters 22

Using Flags 23


Declaration Reference ......................................................................................................... 25



FLAGS Flags 28


Instruction Reference .......................................................................................................... 32



Bus Bus trigger 32







Trigger Analyzer stop 40

TA32 Programming Language Syntax ............................................................................... 41

FIRE In-Circuit Emulator

FIRE User's Guide

FIRE User's Guide ..............................................................................................(fire_user.pdf) 1

Concept .................................................................................................................................... 3

Modules 3

Basic Emulator Concept ......................................................................................................... 14

Modularity 14

Buffered Probes 14

Memories 15

Dual-Port Technology 15

Emulator Functions ................................................................................................................. 16

Mapper 16

Breakpoint System 21

Trigger System 26

Analyzer 28


Flag System 34

Execution Time Measurement 35

Exception Control 37

Frequency Generator 38

Universal Counter 39

Pulse Generator 41

Getting Started ........................................................................................................................ 42

Index (local) ............................................................................................................................. 43


ICE Analyzer System

ICE/FIRE Analyzer User's Guide

ICE/FIRE Analyzer User's Guide ...........................................................(analyzer_user.pdf) 1

Analyzer Types ..................................................................................................................... 3

SA120 3

HA120 4

HAC 5

ECC8 6


Trace Memory 7

Time Stamp Unit 10


Trigger Unit 10

External Trigger Inputs 10

Trigger Output 12



Operation Modes 14


Special Operation Modes 16

Hypertrace Operation Modes 16

Display Trace ........................................................................................................................ 17

Display Commands 17





Prestore Mode 23

Statistic Analysis .................................................................................................................. 24

Time Charts ........................................................................................................................... 28

Coverage Analysis ............................................................................................................... 30



Commands 32

Display Results 34



FIRE Analyzer Programming

ICE/FIRE Analyzer Trigger Unit Programming Guide ..................... (analyzer_prog.pdf) 1

Analyzer Programming ..................................................................................................... 4

Program Structure ............................................................................................................. 5


Declarations ....................................................................................................................... 7

Address Selectors 7

Data Selectors 7

Data Latch 8

External Trigger 8

Event Counters 9

Flags 10

Hardware Message Event 10

Ownership Trace Message Event 11

Time Counters 11

Declaration Table 12

Global Instructions ............................................................................................................ 14

Local Instructions ............................................................................................................. 15

Output Command Tables .................................................................................................. 16

Events ................................................................................................................................. 19

Address Selectors 19

Counter Events 20

Data Latch Events 20

Data Selectors 21

External Clocked Counter Events 21

External Trigger Events 21

Flags 21

Hardware Message Events 22

Ownership Trace Message Events 22

Time Events 22

Other Events 22

Input Event Table 23

Conditions .......................................................................................................................... 26

Levels ................................................................................................................................. 28

GOTO 28

CONTinue 28

Programming Examples ................................................................................................... 29


HLL Lines Trace 30



Stopping the User Program 32

Exception Generator 33

Spot Point Execution 33



Using Markers 35

Time Counters 36

Event Counters 38

Using Flags 40


Declaration Reference ...................................................................................................... 42

ADDRESS Address selectors 42


DLATCH Data latch 48


EXTERNCOUNTER External counter 52

FLAGS Flags 52

HWME Hardware message events 53

OTME Ownership trace message events 54


TRIG External triggers 58

Instruction Reference ....................................................................................................... 60

Aux Auxiliary trigger 60


Bus Bus trigger 62





Latch Data latch 71

Mark Recording markers 72


Perf Performance analyzer control 74



Trigger Programming Language Syntax ......................................................................... 79

Analyzer Programming Extensions HAC ........................................................................ 82

Trigger Unit 82

Trigger Unit Constructions 83

Input Events 88

Output Events 90


Logical Levels 90

ICE/FIRE Analyzer Programming Dialog ........................................(analyzer_dialog.pdf) 1

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 2

How to Start 2

Programming ..................................................................................................................... 3


Definitions 9

Examples 18

FIRE Port Analyzer User´s Guide

FIRE Port Analyzer User´s Guide ...............................................................(fireport_user.pdf) 1

Basic Function ......................................................................................................................... 3

Inputs 6

Port Analyzer State Display .................................................................................................... 8

Run in Slave Mode .................................................................................................................. 9

Run in Timing Mode ................................................................................................................ 10

Trigger System ........................................................................................................................ 12

Function 12

Trigger Channel Selector 13

Trigger Word 13

Trigger Combiner 14

Trigger PreDelay 14

Trigger Filter 14

Trigger Counter 15

Trigger Delay 15

Trigger Out 15

Trigger Setting 16

Asynchronous Trigger ............................................................................................................ 17

Asynchronous Trigger Setting 20

Counter ..................................................................................................................................... 22

Signal Selection 22

Display Information ................................................................................................................. 23

Store and Reload 24

Analyze Traced Data 24

Products ................................................................................................................................... 27




FIRE Target Guides

FIRE Emulator for HC12/MCS12

FIRE Emulator for HC12/MCS12 .................................................................... (fire_hc12.pdf) 1

Warning ................................................................................................................................. 4

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 5


Hang-up 8

Dual-Port Errors 8

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 9

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 10

Emulation Modes .................................................................................................................. 11


CPU Type and Mode ............................................................................................................. 12

SYStem.Access Define method for dual-port access 12

SYStem.CPU CPU select 13

General System Settings and Restrictions ........................................................................ 14

Restrictions 14

SYStem.LOCK Multicore applications 14

SYStem.Option Trace options 15

SYStem.Option PerRest Reset target 15

SYStem.Option VDDPLL Enable PLL 15

SYStem.Option WATCHDOG Debugging with active COP (WATCHDOG) 16

HCS12 On-chip Debug Module ........................................................................................... 17

Onchip.Mode Storage behavior 17

Onchip.Mode Capture behavior 18

Onchip.view Open control panel to configure on-chip trace 18

CPU specific TrOnchip Commands .................................................................................... 19



TrOnchip.Mode Complex trigger configuration 20

TrOnchip.RESet Set to default values 20

TrOnchip.view Show control panel 20

CPU specific Trigger Commands ....................................................................................... 21

Trigger.Set 21


RESET Control 22






Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 27


State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 28



Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 30

Port Signals HC12DX128 30

Port Signals MCS12DP 30

Port Signals MCS12X 31

Technical Data ...................................................................................................................... 32


Adaptions 49

Adapters 52



Support .................................................................................................................................. 65

Probes 65

Available Tools 70

Compilers 72



Products ................................................................................................................................ 74



FIRE Emulator for C166 Family

FIRE Emulator for C166 Family .................................................................. (fire_c166.pdf) 1

Warning .............................................................................................................................. 6

Quick Start ......................................................................................................................... 7

Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 11

Emulation Module ST10R201 11

Adapter C165/C167/ST10 12

Adapter C161RI/PI 14

Adapter C161CI,CS,JI,JC,SI 15

Adapter F276 17

Adapter F252 19


Adapter XCORE 20


Hang-up Conditions 21

Dualport Errors 21

FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 22

Basics ................................................................................................................................. 23

Overview 24

Trigger Module 25

Bondout Module 26

CPU Module 27

Emulation Modes 27

SYStem.CpuAccess CPU access modes 28

SYStem.MemAccess Dualport access 30


SYStem.TimeReq Sets dualport update interval 31


SYStem.BOOTLDR Define the boot loader program 32









SYStem.Option WriteLimit Write strobe limitation 36

SYStem.Option ExtBus External bus 36

SYStem.Option Start-up modes 37

SYStem.Option Trace modes 38

SYStem.Option <disable> Freeze modes 39

SYStem.Option <control> Startup settings 40

SYStem.Option <subsystem> XPER modes 41


SYStem.Option MuxMode Multiplexed mode 43



SYStem.Option Clock PLL selects 44

SYStem.Option ROMSIZE ROM size 45

Exception Control ............................................................................................................. 46

Schematics 46







XPER Mapping and Shadowing ....................................................................................... 51

Shadow Memory 51

XBUS Mapping 51

Bondout Trace ................................................................................................................... 52

Analyzer Modes 52

Bondout Trigger and Break System ................................................................................ 53

Bondout Breakpoints 53

Bondout Trigger System 54

Code Flag System ............................................................................................................. 57

Code Coverage 57

Flag Mapping 57

C1 Analysis 58

Data Access Flags ............................................................................................................. 60

Flag Operation 60

Flag Mapping 60

Bondout Based Dualport Systems .................................................................................. 61

Bondout Shadow Memory 61

Injected Access 61

On-chip Trigger System .................................................................................................... 62

TrOnchip Trigger onchip 62

Special Functions .............................................................................................................. 63

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................ 64

State Analyzer .................................................................................................................... 65

General 80166 Keywords for the Trigger Unit 65

Bondout CPU Keywords for the Trigger Unit 65



Port Analyzer ..................................................................................................................... 67

Port Signals C161PI/C161RI 67

Port Signals C161SI/C161CI/C161JC/C161CS 67

Port Signals C161V/C161K/C161O 68

Port Signals C163 68

Port Signals C164CI 69

Port Signals C164CM/C164SM/C164SV 69

Port Signals C164CR 70

Port Signals C165 70

Port Signals C167/F16X/F26X 71


Port Signals ST10F25X 71

Port Signals ST10F276/ST10F286 72

Port Signals ST10F280/ST10F29X 72

Port Signals XCORE 73

Technical Data ................................................................................................................... 75


Adaptions 84

Adapters 88



Support ............................................................................................................................... 99

Probes 99

Available Tools 102

Compilers 104



Products ............................................................................................................................. 106



FIRE Emulator for C166S V2 Family

FIRE Emulator for C166S V2 Family ........................................................... (fire_xc166.pdf) 1

Warning ................................................................................................................................. 5

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 6

Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 10

Adapter XC161CJ/XC164CS 10


Hang-Up Conditions 12

Dualport Errors 12

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 13

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 14

Overview 15

Trigger Module 16

Bondout Module 17

CPU Module 19

Emulation Modes 19

SYStem.Mode Operation modes 20


SYStem.CpuAccess Run-time memory access 22


SYStem.TimeReq Sets dualport update intervall 23




SYStem.Option MonLevel Monitor level 25

SYStem.Option InjLevel Injection level 26








SYStem.Option CS_Register CS programming 28

SYStem.Option WriteLimit Write strobe limitation 29

SYStem.Option Start-up modes 29

SYStem.Option Trace modes 30

SYStem.Option Freeze modes 30

SYStem.Option Watchdog settings 31

SYStem.Option LoadCS Startup settings 31

SYStem.Option Overlay Overlay flash settings 31

SYStem.Option Start Start modes 32





Register Access ................................................................................................................... 34


Schematics 35






Shadowing ............................................................................................................................ 40

Shadow Memory 40

Fast Emulation Memory ....................................................................................................... 41

Function 41

Bondout Trace ...................................................................................................................... 42

Analyzer Modes 42

Bondout Trigger and Break System ................................................................................... 43


Bondout Breakpoints 43

Bondout Trigger System 44

Code Flag System ................................................................................................................ 47

Code Coverage 47

Flag Mapping 47

Data Access Flags ................................................................................................................ 48

Flag Operation 48

Flag Mapping 48

Bondout Based Dualport Systems ..................................................................................... 49

Bondout Shadow Memory 49

Injected Access 49

On-chip Trigger System ....................................................................................................... 50

Special Functions ................................................................................................................. 51

Breakpoints ........................................................................................................................... 52

Breakpoint Realization Modes 52

Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 53

State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 54

General 80166 Keywords for the Trigger Unit 54

Bondout CPU Keywords for the Trigger Unit 54



Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 56

Port Signals XC161CJ 56

Port Signals XC164CM 56

Port Signals XC164CS 57

Technical Data ...................................................................................................................... 58


Adaptions 60

Adapters 61



Support .................................................................................................................................. 64

Probes 64

Available Tools 64

Compilers 65


3rd party Tool Integrations 66

Products ................................................................................................................................ 68




FIRE Emulator for C166 Cell-Based-Core

FIRE Emulator for C166 Cell-Based-Core ................................................ (fire_166cbc.pdf) 1

WARNING .............................................................................................................................. 5

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 5


Hang-Up 9

Dualport Errors 10

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 10

Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 11

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 12

Emulation Method 12

Emulation Modes 12

SYStem.MemAccess Dualport access 13

SYStem.CpuAccess Dualport access 14



SYStem.CPU Processor type 16

SYStem.Option MODE Operation mode 17

SYStem.Option BusType Operation mode 18




SYStem.Option CS_Register CS programming 20

SYStem.Option EarlyWrite Write operation mode 20

SYStem.Option WriteLimit Write operation mode 21

SYStem.Option PERSTOP Peripheral freeze 21

SYStem.Option DUALPORT Dualport mode 21



SYStem.Option MonBase Monitor base 22

SYStem.JtagClock Jtag clock 22




SYStem.Option BOOTSTRAP Bootstrap mode 23

SYStem.Option ResetExt Reset mode 24

SYStem.Option Startup settings 25



SYStem.Option WRC WRL/WRH mode 25

On-chip Trigger-Unit ............................................................................................................ 26

General Description 26

Specific TrOnchip Commands ............................................................................................ 28

TrOnchip.view View window 28

TrOnchip.RESet Reset settings 28

TrOnchip.CONVert Convert breakpoints 28

TrOnchip.Address Select address selector 28

TrOnchip.CYcle Select bus cycle 29

TrOnchip.Data Set data selector value 29

TrOnchip.TaskID Set task selector value 29

Trigger Commands .............................................................................................................. 30




Schematics 31

Reset 31






Breakpoints ........................................................................................................................... 34


Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 36

Overview 36

State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 37


Keywords for the Analyzer Trigger Unit 37

Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 38

Port Signals EGOLD 38

Port Signals EGOLDP 39

Port Signals UTAH 40

Technical Data ...................................................................................................................... 41


Adaptions 43

Adapters 44



Support .................................................................................................................................. 47


Probes 47

Available Tools 47

Compilers 47



Products ................................................................................................................................ 50



FIRE Emulator for H8S and H8/300H

FIRE Emulator for H8S and H8/300H .............................................................. (fire_h8s.pdf) 1

WARNING .............................................................................................................................. 5

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 6


Hang-up 10

Dualport Errors 10

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 11

Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 12

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 13

Emulation Method 13

Emulation Modes 13

Dualport Access 14




SYStem.Option RAME Onchip RAM enable 17




Special Settings and Restrictions H8S/224x/23xx/265x ................................................... 18

Restrictions for H8S/224x/23xx/265x 18



SYStem.Option EAE External address enable 19

SYStem.Option TPU Control of timer pulse unit 20

SYStem.Option T8 Control of 8-bit timer unit 20

Special Settings and Restrictions H8S/21xx ..................................................................... 21

Restrictions for H8S/21xx 21




Special Settings and Restrictions H8S/222x/223x/262x/263x .......................................... 23

Restrictions for H8S/222x/223x/262x/263x 23



SYStem.Option SUBCLK Subclock enable 24

SYStem.Option TPU Control of timer pulse unit 24

SYStem.Option T8 Control of 8-bit timer unit 25


Reset 26

Hardware Standby 27

NMI 28

Exceptions during Break Mode 29

Breakpoints ........................................................................................................................... 30


Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 32

Overview 32

State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 33

Restrictions 33


Keywords for the Emulator Trigger Unit 34

Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 35

Port Signals H8_30XX 35

Port Signals H8S_212X 35



Port Signals H8S_222X/H8S_223X 36




Port Signals H8S_235X/H8S_265X 38


Port Signals H8S_2636 39


Technical Data ...................................................................................................................... 40


Adaptions 48

Adapters 52



Support .................................................................................................................................. 65


Probes 65

Available Tools 69

Compilers 72



Products ................................................................................................................................ 74



FIRE Emulator for SH2

FIRE Emulator for SH2 ..................................................................................... (fire_sh2.pdf) 1

Warning ................................................................................................................................. 5

Quick Start ............................................................................................................................ 6


Hang-Up 10

Dualport Errors 10

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 11

Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 13

Basics .................................................................................................................................... 14

Emulation Method 14

Emulation Modes 14

Dualport Access 15









Special Settings SH701x/704x and Restrictions ............................................................... 21

Restrictions for SH701x/704x 21

SYStem.Option PLL Onchip PLL 21

SYStem.Option MTU Control of multifunction timer pulse unit 21

SYStem.Option CMT Control of compare match timer unit 22

Special Settings SH7050/51 and Restrictions ................................................................... 23

Restrictions for SH7050/51 23

SYStem.Option PLL Onchip PLL 23

SYStem.Option ATU Control of advanced timer unit 23


Special Settings SH7055 and Restrictions ........................................................................ 24

Restrictions for SH7055 24

SYStem.Option ATU Control of advanced timer unit 24

SYStem.Option CMT Control of compare match timer unit 25

On-chip Trigger Unit ............................................................................................................ 26

General Description 26

Specific TrOnchip Commands ............................................................................................ 29

TrOnchip.view View window 29

TrOnchip.RESet Reset settings 29

TrOnchip.CONVert Convert breakpoints 29

TrOnchip.A.Watch Enable hardware output 30

TrOnchip.A.Break Stop emulation 30

TrOnchip.A.CYcle Select bus cycle type 31

TrOnchip.A.Type Select bus master type 32

TrOnchip.A.Size Select operand size 32

TrOnchip.A.Value Set data selector value 33

TrOnchip.SEQ Select sequential mode 33

TrOnchip.RPE Enable reset pointer 34

TrOnchip.A.Count Set repeat counter value 34


Reset 35

Manual Reset (SH701x/704x) 36

Hardware Standby (SH705x) 37

NMI 38

Exceptions during Break Mode 39

Breakpoints ........................................................................................................................... 40


Memory Classes ................................................................................................................... 42

Overview 42

State Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 43


Keywords for the Emulator Trigger Unit 44

Port Analyzer ........................................................................................................................ 45

Port Signals SH7011 45

Port Signals SH7014 46

Port Signals SH7016/SH7017 47

Port Signals SH7040/SH7042/SH7044 49

Port Signals SH7041/SH7043/SH7045 50

Port Signals SH7050/SH7051 52

Technical Data ...................................................................................................................... 55



Adaptions 61

Adapters 61



Support .................................................................................................................................. 64

Probes 64

Available Tools 64

Compiler Support 65



Products ................................................................................................................................ 67



CombiProbe

CombiProbe User's Guide

CombiProbe User's Guide ..................................................................(combiprobe_user.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 2

Keywords 3

Technical Details of the CombiProbe 3

Debug ....................................................................................................................................... 4

Trace ......................................................................................................................................... 4

PIPE Mode ................................................................................................................................ 5

Trace Sinks in PIPE Mode 5

Quick Start for Serial Wire ...................................................................................................... 8

Quick Start for CoreSight Traces with TPIU and Formatter ................................................ 10

Quick-Start for XTI, SDTI and STP Traces (OMAP Chips) ................................................... 13

Connector ................................................................................................................................ 14

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 15

Products ................................................................................................................................... 16



CombiProbe for Cortex-M User's Guide

CombiProbe for Cortex-M User's Guide ..................................... (combiprobe_cortexm.pdf) 1


Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 3

Keywords 4

Technical Details of the CombiProbe 4

Overview of Cortex-M CoreSight Components .................................................................... 5

Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM) Overview 6

Data Watchpoint and Trace (DWT) Unit Overview 6

Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) Overview 7

Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) Overview 7

Tool Support for the Cortex-M3 ............................................................................................. 8

20-Pin Debug and Trace Connector 8

Serial Wire Debug Port (SWDP) 9

Lauterbach’s CombiProbe 10

Using the ETM ......................................................................................................................... 12

Using the DWT ......................................................................................................................... 14

PCSampler 15

Interrupt Trace 17

Tracing Data Accesses 19

Cycle Accurate Trace 24

Merging ETM and DWT Data .................................................................................................. 25

Performance Analysis with the DWT Counters .................................................................... 26

Serial Wire Debug Port (SWDP) and Serial Wire Viewer (SWV) .......................................... 28

Software Trace with the ITM ................................................................................................... 30

Custom Trace DLLs 32

On-the-fly Transfer of ITM and ETM Data .............................................................................. 34

Extending the Recording Size 35

Feeding Your Own Applications with Trace Data 36

Real-Time Profiling with the ETM 37

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 38

Products ................................................................................................................................... 39



PowerProbe

PowerProbe User's Guide

PowerProbe User's Guide ..................................................................(powerprobe_user.pdf) 1

Functional Units ...................................................................................................................... 3


Timing Analyzer 4

SOC Interface (Optional) 5

Pattern Generator (Optional) 5

Pulse Generator 5

Input/Output Lines 6

Input Connector Assignments ............................................................................................... 7

General Functions ................................................................................................................... 8

Initialisation 8

Signal Names 8

POD threshold levels and signal display 9

Timing Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 10

Function 10

Analyzer Control ...................................................................................................................... 12


Operation Modes 13


Using the Trigger Delay and Predelay 14

SOC Trace 15

Display Trace ........................................................................................................................... 16

Display Commands 16

Tracking 19




Simple Trigger ......................................................................................................................... 22

Function 23

Trigger Channel Selector 23

Trigger Word 24

Trigger Combiner 25

Trigger PreDelay 25

Trigger Filter 25

Trigger Counter 25

Trigger Delay 26

Trigger Out 26

Trigger Setting 26

Complex Trigger ...................................................................................................................... 27


Asynchronous Trigger Setting 31

Pattern Generator .................................................................................................................... 33

Function 33


System Control 34

Clock Generator 35

Trigger System 35

Pattern Storage 36

Pattern Display 39

Counter ..................................................................................................................................... 41

Signal Selection 41


Function 42

Display Window 43

Setup 44

Pulse Generator ....................................................................................................................... 45

Function 45

Setup 46

Examples 46

PowerProbe/Port Analyzer Reference Guide

PowerProbe/Port Analyzer Reference Guide .......................................(powerprobe_ref.pdf) 1

Timing/State Analyzer ............................................................................................................. 4

Probe.Arm Arm the “PowerProbe” 4

Probe.ASYNC Asynchronous trigger system 4

Probe.ASYNC.Clock Defines clock mask 4

Probe.ASYNC.ClockPOL Defines data polarity 4

Probe.ASYNC.Data Defines data mask 5

Probe.ASYNC.DataPOL Defines data polarity 5

Probe.ASYNC.Mode Defines data polarity 5

Probe.ASYNC.state State display 6

Probe.ASYNC.Time Time setting for pulse width trigger 6

Probe.AutoArm Automatic arming 7

Probe.AutoInit Clear trace storage before recording 7

Probe.Break Stop trace 7

Probe.Chart Time charts 7

Probe.Chart.DIStance Event delays 8

Probe.Chart.DistriB Distribution display 8

Probe.Chart.Draw Graphical data display 9

Probe.Chart.DURation Event pair delays 10

Probe.Chart.Rate Event frequency 11

Probe.ComPare Compare trace buffer 12

Probe.CSELect Select signal for counter 12

Probe.DISable Switch 'PowerProbe' off 13

Probe.EXPORT Generate VHDL wait file 13


Probe.FILE Load trace file 13

Probe.Find Find entry 14

Probe.FindChange Find entry 15

Probe.Get Display input level 16

Probe.GOTO Jump to entry 17

Probe.Init Initialization 17

Probe.List Display trace buffer 18

Probe.LOAD Load reference buffer 22

Probe.Mode Configuration 23

Probe.OFF Disarm the “PowerProbe” 24

Probe.Program Program trigger unit 25

Probe.Rate Select sampling rate 26

Probe.REF Set reference point 27

Probe.ReProgram Program trigger unit 27

Probe.RESet Reset “PowerProbe” 27

Probe.SAVE Save configuration and trace contents 28

Probe.SELect Select SOC signal for trace 28

Probe.SelfArm Continuous measurement 28

Probe.SIZE Select buffer size 29

Probe.SnapShot Init and arm 29

Probe.state Display state 30

Probe.STATistic.Measure Analyse the performance of a single signal 31

Probe.SyncClock Define synchronous clock 31

Probe.TCount Set trigger counter 32

Probe.TDelay Define trigger delay 33

Probe.Timing Display trace contents as timing diagram 35

Probe.TOut Enable trigger output line 36

Probe.TPreDelay Pre-trigger delay 36

Probe.TRIGGER Manual trigger 37

Probe.TSELect Select trigger source 37

Probe.TSYNC Select trigger line and mode 38

Probe.TView Display trigger settings 40

Probe.TWidth Set trigger filter 41

Probe.View Display single record 42

Probe.XTrack Inter-device tracking 43

Counter ..................................................................................................................................... 44





Pattern.GOTO Jump to entry 46


Pattern.List Display pattern memory 47




Pattern.REF Set reference point 52


Pattern.RESet Reset pattern generator 53




Pattern.Timing Display pattern memory 56



Pattern.TSELect Trigger input select 59

POD ........................................................................................................................................... 60

POD.Level Input state 60

POD.RESet Input level reset 61

POD.state Input state 61

PORT ........................................................................................................................................ 62

PORT.PROfileChart tbd. 62

PORT.SLAVE Select slave mode 62

PORT.TMode Select trigger mode 62

PORT.ZERO tbd. 62

PULSE ...................................................................................................................................... 63

Function 63

PULSE.BusA Trigger on “BusA” line 63


PULSE.Pulse Programming 65



PULSE.state State display 67


RESet ........................................................................................................................................ 68

RESet General reset command 68

PowerProbe Trigger Unit Programming Guide

PowerProbe Trigger Unit Programming Guide ............................... (powerprobe_prog.pdf) 1

PowerProbe Programming ..................................................................................................... 3

Program Structure ................................................................................................................... 4


Declarations ............................................................................................................................. 6

Data Selectors 6


Event Counters 7

Flags 7

Time Counters 7

Synchronous Counters 8

Global Instructions .................................................................................................................. 9

Local Instructions ................................................................................................................... 10

Output Command Table 11

Events ....................................................................................................................................... 12

Counter Events 12

Data Selectors 12

Flags 13

Time Events 13

Other Events 13

Conditions ................................................................................................................................ 14

Levels ....................................................................................................................................... 16

CONTinue 16

GOTO 16

TRIGGER, BREAK 17

Programming Examples ......................................................................................................... 18


Stopping the PowerProbe 20




Using Flags 23


Declaration Reference ............................................................................................................ 25

SELECTOR Data selectors 25


EXTERNSYNCCOUNTER Synchronous counter 28

FLAGS Flags 29


Instruction Reference ............................................................................................................. 32

BREAK PowerProbe stop 32

Bus Bus trigger 32









PowerProbe Programming Language Syntax ...................................................................... 43

IProbe

IProbe User's Guide

IProbe User's Guide ..................................................................................... (iprobe_user.pdf) 1

General Overview .................................................................................................................... 3

IProbe Features ....................................................................................................................... 4

Functional Overview 5

Timing Probe Features 6

Analog Probe Features 8

IProbe Input Connector Location .......................................................................................... 10

Timing Trace Setup and Configuration ................................................................................. 11

POD threshold levels and signal display 12

Signal Names 12

General IProbe Functions ....................................................................................................... 18

IProbe Trace Control 18

Operation Modes 21


Using the Trigger 22

Trace Display ........................................................................................................................... 23

Signal Naming 23

The IProbe.List Command 24

The IProbe.Timing Command 26

The IProbe.GET Command 28

The IProbe.View Command 29

The IProbe.DRAW Command 30

Tracking ................................................................................................................................... 32




Simple Trigger ......................................................................................................................... 38

Simple Trigger for Timing Mode 38

Simple Trigger for Analog Mode 46

Universal Counter Signal Selection 46

Protocol Analysis .................................................................................................................... 48

Timing Mode Restrictions 50


Analog Probe ........................................................................................................................... 51

Simple Trigger for Analog Mode 51

Voltage Measurement 51

Current Measurement 52

Power Measurement 54

Energy Analysis 56

Analog Trace Time Coverage Calculation 59

Analog Trace Setup and Configuration ................................................................................. 15

PowerIntegrator

PowerIntegrator User's Guide

PowerIntegrator User's Guide .....................................................(powerintegrator_user.pdf) 1

Functional Units ...................................................................................................................... 3

PowerIntegrator 4

Support Package 5

Input/Output Lines 5

ITRIGGER OUT Connector 6

Probe Connector Assignments .............................................................................................. 7

Mictor Probe 7

Mictor Difference Probe 8

Standard Probe 8

SAMTEC Probe 9

General Functions ................................................................................................................... 10

Initialization .............................................................................................................................. 10

Signal Names 10

POD Threshold Levels and Signal Display 11

Sampling Modes 12

Sampling Mode Configurations 13

Sampling Clock Configuration 14

Analyzer Function ................................................................................................................... 15

Analyzer Control ...................................................................................................................... 16


Operation Modes 18


Analyzer Display ...................................................................................................................... 19

Display Commands 19



Tracking 25



Simple Trigger ......................................................................................................................... 27

Function 27

Trigger Word 28

Trigger Combiner 28

Trigger PreDelay 29

Trigger Filter 29

Trigger Counter 29

Trigger Delay 29

Trigger Outputs 30

Trigger Setting 30

Using the Trigger Delay and Predelay 31

Complex Trigger ...................................................................................................................... 32


Function 33

Signal Selection 34

Setup 35

PowerIntegrator Programming Guide

PowerIntegrator Programming Guide ....................................... (powerintegrator_prog.pdf) 1

PowerIntegrator ....................................................................................................................... 3

Program Structure ................................................................................................................... 4


Declarations ............................................................................................................................. 6

Data Selectors 6

Event Counters 7

Flags 8

Time Counters 8

Global Instructions .................................................................................................................. 9

Local Instructions ................................................................................................................... 10

Output Command table 11

Events ....................................................................................................................................... 12

Counter Events 12

Data Selectors 13

Flags 13

Time Events 13

Other Events 14


Conditions ................................................................................................................................ 15

Levels ....................................................................................................................................... 17

CONTinue 17

GOTO 17

TRIGGER, BREAK 18

Programming Examples ......................................................................................................... 19


Stopping the PowerIntegrator 22




Using Flags 25


Declaration Reference ............................................................................................................ 26

SELECTOR Data selectors 26


EXTERNSYNCCOUNTER Synchronous counter 29

FLAGS Flags 30


Instruction Reference ............................................................................................................. 33

BREAK Trace stop 33

Bus Bus trigger 33








PowerIntegrator Programming Language Syntax ................................................................ 43

PowerIntegrator Application Notes

PowerIntegrator State Trace Application Note

PowerIntegrator State Trace Application Note ..............(powerintegrator_app_state.pdf) 1

State Recording .................................................................................................................... 2

State recording by use of 250 MHz Mode 3

State recording by use of STATE-MODE 5

State recording by use of STATEPLL-MODE 7


PowerIntegrator Trace DisConfig Application Note

PowerIntegrator Trace DisConfig Application Note ..........(powerintegrator_app_dc.pdf) 1

General Function .................................................................................................................. 2

<trace>.DisConfig Commands ............................................................................................ 2

How to use Trace.DisConfig ................................................................................................ 3

Signal Group Definition 3

Transient Definition 3

DataCycle Definition 4

AddressCycle Definition 5

Address Calculation 5

Trace Display Definition 5

Example for a MC68332 like Bus 7

Example for a SDRAM bus (MPC8280) 9

PowerIntegrator Setup Application Note

PowerIntegrator Setup Application Note ..................... (powerintegrator_app_setup.pdf) 1

General .................................................................................................................................. 2

Pin / Name Assignment ....................................................................................................... 3

Integrator Hardware Setup .................................................................................................. 4

Threshold Level 4

Type of Recording 6

Filtering ................................................................................................................................. 9

State Mode 9

Transient Detection 9

SupportPackage 10

Selective Trace 10

Analysis ................................................................................................................................. 11

Protocol Analysis 11

Disassembly for Bustrace 12

DigRF Protocol Analyzer

DigRF Protocol Analyzer .............................................................................. (digrf_app.pdf) 1

General Function .................................................................................................................. 2

Probes 4

Target Connector 5

How to use the PROTOanalyzer .......................................................................................... 6

Features 6


<trace>.List LIST display 7

<trace>.Chart CHART display 9

<trace>.STATistic Statistic visualization 9

<trace>.DRAW Draw I/T Q/T graphs 10

Menu ...................................................................................................................................... 11

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................ 12

Protocol Analyzer

Protocol Analyzer Application Note

Protocol Analyzer Application Note ......................................................... (protocol_app.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 2

A short Introduction to DLLs ................................................................................................. 3

Overview .................................................................................................................................. 5

PROTO_Init .............................................................................................................................. 6

Process Callback Functions .................................................................................................. 11

Display Callback Function ...................................................................................................... 15

Draw Callback Function .......................................................................................................... 17

FlexRay Protocol Analyzer

FlexRay Protocol Analyzer ...........................................................................(flexray_app.pdf) 1

General Function ..................................................................................................................... 2

Features 2

How to use the PROTOanalyzer ............................................................................................. 3

<trace>.List LIST display 4

<trace>.Chart CHART display 5

<trace>.STATistic Statistic visualisation 6

Fibex Implementation 6

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 8

LIN Bus Protocol Analyzer

LIN Bus Protocol Analyzer ............................................................................(linbus_app.pdf) 1

General Function ..................................................................................................................... 2

Features 3

How to use the PROTOanalyzer ............................................................................................. 4


<trace>.List List display 5

Explanation of LIST Display 8

<trace>.Chart Chart display 11

<trace>.STATistic Statistic visualization 11

Overview over Restrictions .................................................................................................... 12

Restrictions of Configuration Services 12

Restriction of LDF Parser 13

FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 14

EPROM/FLASH Simulator

EPROM/FLASH Simulator .......................................................................(eprom_simulator.pdf) 1

Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 4

Basics 4

Warning 4

Configuration .............................................................................................................................. 5


Mapping ....................................................................................................................................... 7



Mapper Commands 11

Data Access ................................................................................................................................ 12

Break and Exception Control .................................................................................................... 13

Break 13

Count ........................................................................................................................................... 14

Counter 14

Counter Commands 15

eXception .................................................................................................................................... 16

eXception.ICEINTPOL Polarity of ICEINT line 16

eXception.NMIBREAK Break through NMI 17

eXception.NMIDTR Break through DTR line 17

eXception.NMIPOL Polarity selection of NMI signal 17

eXception.NMIRTS Break through RTS line 17

eXception.RESet Default settings 17

eXception.RESetDTR Reset through DTR line 18

eXception.RESetPOL Polarity of RESET signal 18

eXception.RESetRTS Reset through RTS line 18

eXception.view Show exception settings 18

RESET ......................................................................................................................................... 19


RESet Initialize simulator 19

SYStem Commands ................................................................................................................... 20

SYStem.Down Deactivates simulator 20

SYStem.Mode Selects operation mode 20

SYStem.Up Activates simulator 21

SYStem.state Shows operation mode 21

Store Settings ............................................................................................................................. 22




Adapters ...................................................................................................................................... 25

Adapter Configuration 25

Pinout Adapters 29

ESICON Adapter Function 38

Dimensions 43

Products 43


Stimuli Generator

Stimuli Generator User's Guide

Stimuli Generator User's Guide ........................................................................(stg_user.pdf) 1

Stimuli-Generator .................................................................................................................... 2

Basics 2

Digital Port Function 3

Digital Commands 6

Analogous Port Functions 6

Analogous Commands 6

State line .................................................................................................................................. 7


Function 8

System Control 9

Clock Generator 10

Trigger System 10

Pattern Storage 11

Stimuli Generator Reference Guide

Stimuli Generator Reference Guide .....................................................................(stg_ref.pdf) 1


AutoSTOre ............................................................................................................................... 3

AutoSTOre Store setups automatically 3

Con ........................................................................................................................................... 5

CON Enable connection tester 5

Count ........................................................................................................................................ 6

Level Display 7

Counter Functions 8

Count.AutoInit Automatic counter reset 8

Count.Gate Gate time 9

Count.GO Start measurement 9

Count.Init Reset counter 10

Count.Mode Mode selection 10

Count.OUT Switch counter input signal to BNC 12

Count.PROfile Graphic counter display 12

Count.RESet Reset command 14

Count.Select Select input source 14

Count.state State display 15

Get ............................................................................................................................................ 16

Get Show input levels 16

IN ............................................................................................................................................... 17

IN.Mode Define input mode 17

IN.PROfile Graphic input level display 18

IN.RESet Reset analog input unit 18

IN.view Show analog input values 19

Mode ......................................................................................................................................... 20

Mode Select input/output 20

NAME ........................................................................................................................................ 21

NAME.RESet Remove pod names 21

NAME.Set Define pod names 21

NAME.view Show pod names 22

OUT ........................................................................................................................................... 23

OUT.RESet Reset analog output unit 23

OUT.Set Define output voltage 23

OUT.view Show analog output values 24










Pattern.RESet Reset patttern generator 29






Pattern.TSelect Trigger input select 33

PULSE ...................................................................................................................................... 34


PULSE.Pulse Pulse programming 35


PULSE.SELect Select output line 36


PULSE.view View setup 38


RESet ........................................................................................................................................ 39

Set ............................................................................................................................................. 40

STORE ...................................................................................................................................... 41

STOre Store setups 41

Misc

Error Messages

Error Messages ........................................................................................................ (error.pdf) 1

General Error Messages ......................................................................................................... 2

General Command Parameter Parser .................................................................................... 16

Debugger and In-Circuit Emulator ......................................................................................... 45

Error Messages Related to the Peripheral View (PER) 45

Error Messages Related to FLASH Programming 47

Error Messages Related to Co-Processor Debugging 50

Error Messages Related to HiPerLoad 51

Error Messages Related to FDX 52

Error Messages Related to Terminal Function 53

Error Messages Related to RTOS Support 54

Error Messages Related to Differential Download 55

Error Messages Related to Breakpoints 56

Error Messages Related to Debugging 59

Error Messages Related to Debug Hardware and Software 69


Error Messages Related to Analyzer/Trace 72

Error Messages Related to MCDS 74

Error Messages Related to Trace Testfocus/Autofocus 75

Error Messages Related to ICE/FIRE Emulators 78

HLL Expression Parser ........................................................................................................... 80

Mapper Unit .............................................................................................................................. 83

Inline Assembler ...................................................................................................................... 96

Analyzer Trigger Unit Programming ...................................................................................... 102

Performance Analyzer ............................................................................................................ 151

Timing Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 152

Timing Analyzer Trigger Unit Programming ......................................................................... 155

Programmer ............................................................................................................................. 180

Stimuli Generator .................................................................................................................... 183

API for Remote Control and JTAG Access

API for Remote Control and JTAG Access ..................................................(api_remote.pdf) 1

Licensing Terms ...................................................................................................................... 5

Basic Concepts ....................................................................................................................... 6

Release Information 6

Compatibility 6

Introduction 7

Restrictions in Demo Mode 7

Interfaces 8

Operation of API Requests 9

Conventions for Target Memory Access 9

Building an Application with API ........................................................................................... 13

API Files 13

Connecting API and Application 13

Logging the API Calls 14


Preparing TRACE32 Software 15

Configuring the API 15

API Functions .......................................................................................................................... 16

Error Codes 16

Generic API Functions 16

Functions for using the API with Multiple Debuggers 34

ICD/ICE API Functions 37

ICD Direct Access API Functions 103


API Object Handling ................................................................................................................ 159

Buffer Object 160

Address Object 162

Bundle Object 167

Register Object 169

RegisterSet Object 174

Breakpoint Object 176

Symbol Object 180

Document Revision Information ............................................................................................ 182

Controlling TRACE32 via Python 3

Controlling TRACE32 via Python 3 ............................................................. (app_python.pdf) 1

About this Manual ................................................................................................................... 2

Environment ............................................................................................................................ 2


Establish and Release the Communication to the Debug Device ...................................... 4

TRACE32 already Started 4

Start TRACE32 7

Run a PRACTICE Script .......................................................................................................... 9

Result as a Message 9

Result via EVAL Command 12

TRACE32 Functions ................................................................................................................ 13

Monitor a Variable ................................................................................................................... 14

API for Auxiliary Processing Unit

API for Auxiliary Processing Unit ...................................................................... (api_apu.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 3

Release Information 3

Features 4

Requirements 4

Files 5

Conventions 5

Programmer’s Guide ............................................................................................................... 6

Basic Concept 6

Callback Functions 7

Access to Main Core Debugger 8

Generic Configuration 8

Output Functions 8

Interface Functions 8


APU Callback Structures 9

APU Context 9

APU Library .............................................................................................................................. 10

APU API Files 10

Building the Library 10

Loading the Library 11

Writing a new Library 11

Symbol Information 13

APU Commands ...................................................................................................................... 14

APU Library Functions ........................................................................................................... 15

APU Entry Functions 15

Generic Configuration Functions 16

Callback Register Functions 20

Memory and Target Access Functions 27

APU Callback Structures ........................................................................................................ 30

Breakpoint Callback Structure 30

Global Callback Structure 31

Disassembler Callback Structure 32

Assembler Callback Structure 34

GetState Callback Structure 36

Memory Callback Structure 37

Parameter Callback Structure 38

Translate Callback Structure 39

Version Control ....................................................................................................................... 40

Command List

Command List .............................................................................................(commandlist.pdf) 1

Parameters ............................................................................................................................... 3

Operators 3

Arithmetic Rules and Operator Precedence 6

Functions 7

Operation System Commands ............................................................................................... 28

PRACTICE Commands ........................................................................................................... 34

General Emulator/Debugger/Trace Commands ................................................................... 37

A 37

B 40

C 43

D 49

E 53

F 58


G 63

H 65

I 68

J 74

K 75

L 76

M 82

N 88

O 89

P 92

Q 98

R 98

S 100

T 113

U 126

V 126

W 128

X 128

Y 129

Z 129

PowerProbe ............................................................................................................................. 130

PowerIntegrator ....................................................................................................................... 133


TRACE32 Training

Debugger Training

Debugger Basics - Training

Debugger Basics - Training .............................................................. (training_debugger.pdf) 1

History ...................................................................................................................................... 4

System Concept ...................................................................................................................... 5


On-chip Debug Interface plus On-chip Trace Buffer 9


NEXUS Interface 12

Starting a TRACE32 PowerView Instance ............................................................................. 13

Basic TRACE32 PowerView Parameters 13

Application Properties (Windows only) 20

Configuration via T32Start (Windows only) 21

About TRACE32 22

Establish your Debug Session ............................................................................................... 24

TRACE32 PowerView .............................................................................................................. 25

TRACE32 PowerView Components 25

Registers .................................................................................................................................. 39

Core Registers 39

Special Function Register 42

Memory Display and Modification ......................................................................................... 48

The Data.dump Window 49

The List Window 66

Breakpoints .............................................................................................................................. 69

Breakpoint Implementations 69

Breakpoint Types 89

Breakpoint Handling ............................................................................................................... 94

Breakpoint Setting at Run-time 94

Real-time Breakpoints vs. Intrusive Breakpoints 95

Break.Set Dialog Box 97

Advanced Breakpoints 117

Display a List of all Set Breakpoints 142

Delete Breakpoints 143

Enable/Disable Breakpoints 143


Store Breakpoint Settings 144

Debugging ................................................................................................................................ 145

Debugging of Optimized Code 145

Basic Debug Control 148

Sample-based Profiling .......................................................................................................... 160

Program Counter Sampling 160

TASK Sampling 167

Debugger Basics - SMP Training

Debugger Basics - SMP Training ............................................(training_debugger_smp.pdf) 1

History ...................................................................................................................................... 4

System Concept ...................................................................................................................... 5


On-chip Debug Interface plus On-chip Trace Buffer 10


NEXUS Interface 13





About TRACE32 23


TRACE32 PowerView .............................................................................................................. 26

SMP Concept 26


Basic Debugging (SMP) .......................................................................................................... 44

Go/Break 44

Single Stepping on Assembler Level 46

Single Stepping on High-Level Language Level 48

Registers .................................................................................................................................. 50

Core Registers 50




The List Window 80

Breakpoints .............................................................................................................................. 83


Breakpoint Types 103











Debugging ................................................................................................................................ 155



Advanced Debugging Topics

Training JTAG Interface

Training JTAG Interface ........................................................................... (training_jtag.pdf) 1

History ................................................................................................................................... 2

Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 2

Related Documents 2

Debugging a JTAG Session 3

JTAG Basics ......................................................................................................................... 5

Main Concept 6

JTAG Implementation .......................................................................................................... 13

Single TAP Controller 13

Multiple TAP Controllers 14

Custom JTAG Access .......................................................................................................... 26

Overview 27

Remote API 29

Command Line Control 39

Training ARM-ETM

ARM-ETM Training

ARM-ETM Training ..............................................................................(training_arm_etm.pdf) 1

ETM Setup ................................................................................................................................ 5

ETM Versions 5

Main Setup Windows 6

ETMv1 8


ETMv3 15

PTM (aka. PFT) 26

FLOWERROR 37

Displaying the Trace Contents ............................................................................................... 40







Display Items 62



Trace-based Debugging (CTS) ............................................................................................... 77


CTS Technique 83

Belated Trace-based Debugging 85


Trace Control by Filter and Trigger ....................................................................................... 90

Context 90

Filters and Trigger by Using the Break.Set Dialog 94

OS-Aware Tracing ................................................................................................................... 113

OS (No Dynamic Memory Management) 113

OS+MMU (Dynamic Memory Management) 123

Specific Write Access vs. Context ID Packet 132

Task Statistics 133

Context ID Comparator 135

Function Run-Times Analysis ................................................................................................ 137



Flat Analysis 142


Trace-based Code Coverage .................................................................................................. 184

Coverage Types 184

Optimum ETM Configuration (No OS or OS) 185

Optimum ETM Configuration (OS+MMU) 185





Training AURIX

AURIX Trace Training

AURIX Trace Training .................................................................... (training_aurix_trace.pdf) 1

Basic Knowledge ..................................................................................................................... 6

Protocol Description 6


Trace Configuration within TRACE32 ................................................................................... 20

Onchip Trace Configuration 20

Off-chip Trace Configuration 33

Trace Sources and Their Messages 36

Message Display in TRACE32 42

FIFOFULL 52




TRACE32 Trace Configuration Window 56


Browsing through the Trace Buffer 81

Find a Specific Event 82

Post Mortem Trace Analysis (PowerTrace only) 83


Trace Control by Filter and Trigger - Overview .................................................................... 92

Marker 93

Filter 93

Trigger 93

Available Resources 93

Filter and Trigger - Single-Core and AMP ............................................................................. 94

WATCH Marker 94

TraceEnable Filter 97

TraceData Filter 111

TraceON/TraceOFF Filter 113

Trace Trigger (Onchip Trace Only) 117

Filter and Trigger - SMP Systems .......................................................................................... 123

WATCH Marker 123


TraceData Filter 143

TraceON/TraceOFF Filter 145

Trace Trigger (Onchip Trace Only) 149

OS-Aware Tracing - Single-Core and AMP ........................................................................... 156


Activate the TRACE32 OS-Awareness (Supported OS) 156

Exporting the Task Switches 158

Exporting Task Services 162

Exporting ISR2 (OSEK Interrupt Service Routines) 166

Exporting Task Switches and ISR2 170

Exporting Task Switches and all Instructions 172

Belated Trace Analysis (OS) 175

Enable an OS-aware Tracing (Not-Supported OS) 176

OS-Aware Tracing - SMP Systems ........................................................................................ 177

Activate the TRACE32 OS-Awareness (Supported OS) 177

Exporting the Task Switches 179

Exporting Task Services 186

Exporting ISR2 (OSEK Interrupt Service Routines) 192

Exporting Task Switches and ISR2 198

Exporting Task Switches and all Instructions 200


Function Run-Time Analysis - Basic Concept ...................................................................... 204

Software under Analysis (no OS or OS) 204


Flat Function-Runtime Analysis - Single-Core and AMP ..................................................... 209

Optimum MCDS Configuration (No OS) 209

Optimum MCDS Configuration (OS) 210

Function Timing Diagram (no TASK Information) 211

Function Timing Diagram (TASK information) 212

Numeric Analysis 215

Flat Function-Runtime Analysis for SMP .............................................................................. 217


Function Timing Diagram (no TASK Information) 219

Function Timing Diagram (TASK Information) 221

Numeric Analysis 223

Nesting Function Run-Time Analysis - Single ...................................................................... 226

Restrictions 226

Optimum MCDS Configuration (No OS) 227


Numerical Nesting Analysis for all Software 230

More Nesting Analysis Commands 242

Nesting Function Run-Time Analysis for SMP ..................................................................... 247


Numerical Nesting Analysis for OS 250

More Nesting Analysis Commands 260



Coverage Types 263

General SetUp 264




Training Hexagon-ETM

Hexagon-ETM Training

Hexagon-ETM Training .............................................................. (training_hexagon_etm.pdf) 1

Introduction Hexagon ETM ..................................................................................................... 4

Off-chip Trace Port 4

On-chip Trace 16

Specifying the Trace Method 23

FLOW ERROR 28

TARGET FIFO OVERFLOW 31

ETM Based Real-Time Breakpoints ....................................................................................... 34

Introduction 34

Breakpoint Usage 36

Saving the Breakpoint Settings as a PRACTICE Script 53


Fundamentals 54

Display Commands 56

Correlating Different Trace Displays 59

Correlating the Trace Display and the Source Code 60

Default Display Items 61

Additional Display Items 74

Formatting the Trace Display 77

Changing the DEFault Display 79

The AutoInit Option 80

Searching in the Trace 81


Function Run-Times Analysis ................................................................................................ 89


Flat Analysis 93


Cycle Statistic .......................................................................................................................... 127

Filtering via the ETM Configuration Window ........................................................................ 130

Hardware Thread Filter 131


Software Thread Filter 132

ASID Filter 132

Filtering/Triggering with Break.Set ........................................................................................ 133


TraceON/OFF Filter 143

TraceTrigger 147

Filtering/Triggering via the ETM.Set ...................................................................................... 155

The ETM Registers 156

Actions Based on Sequencer Level 158

Actions Based on Sequencer Level and Condition 162

Benchmark Counters .............................................................................................................. 166

Introduction 166

Standard Examples 168

Function Run-time Analysis - Cache Misses/Stalls 179

Summary: Trigger and Filter .................................................................................................. 182

Appendix A .............................................................................................................................. 183

The Calibration of the Recording Tool 183

Calibration Problems 185

Training Intel® x86/x64

Basic Debugging Intel® x86/x64

Basic Debugging Intel® x86/x64 .............................................. (training_debugger_x86.pdf) 1

Debug Configurations ............................................................................................................. 4

CombiProbe MIPI60-C 5

Debug Cable XDP60 8

On-Chip Core Trace 10

Off-Chip System/Core Trace 10





About TRACE32 18


Course of Action 21

Start-Up Script 29

TRACE32 PowerView .............................................................................................................. 32

SMP Concept 32



Further Documentation 51

Basic Debugging (SMP) .......................................................................................................... 52

Go/Break 52

Single Stepping on Assembler Level 54

Single Stepping on High-Level Language Level 55

Registers .................................................................................................................................. 57

Core Registers 57

Further Register Sets 60




The List Window 79

Breakpoints .............................................................................................................................. 82


Onchip Breakpoints for Intel® x86/x64 86

Breakpoint Types 87

Breakpoint Behavior ............................................................................................................... 92


Breakpoints after Reset/Power Cycle 93

Onchip Breakpoints Changed by Target Program 95









Debugging ................................................................................................................................ 135



Document your Results .......................................................................................................... 151

Settings 151

Quick Output 154

Advanced Output 156

Training Linux Debugging for Intel® x86/x64

Training Linux Debugging for Intel® x86/x64 ........................ (training_rtos_linux_x86.pdf) 1

Prolog ....................................................................................................................................... 4


Basic Terms on Embedded Linux .......................................................................................... 5






Setting up a Script for Linux-Aware Debugging .................................................................. 19

1.) Capture of Commands for a Script 19



Debugging the Linux Components by TRACE32 Linux Menu ............................................ 36




Epilog ....................................................................................................................................... 59

Intel® Processor Trace Training

Intel® Processor Trace Training ........................................................(training_ipt_trace.pdf) 1

Protocol Description ............................................................................................................... 5

Basic Trace Packets 5

OS-Aware Tracing 6

Time Information 7

Trace Configuration ................................................................................................................ 10

Off-chip Trace 10

SDRAM Trace 17

Trace Errors 21

TRACE32 Abstractions 26



Settings in the TRACE32 Trace Configuration Window 31




Display Items 50


Trace Control by Filters .......................................................................................................... 67

TraceEnable 68

TraceOFF 70

OS-Aware Tracing ................................................................................................................... 72

Process Switch Packets 72


Program Flow and Process Switches 74

Process Runtime Analysis 75

Find Process Switches in the Trace 78

OS-aware Filtering 80

Belated Analysis 85


Setup 87

Get Started 88


CTS Technique 92

Function Run-Time Analysis - Basic Concept ...................................................................... 93



Flat Function-Runtime Analysis ............................................................................................ 98

Function Time Chart 98

Function Run-time Statistic 102

Further Commands 103

Nesting Function Analysis OS ............................................................................................... 104

Survey 105

range Column 106

Default Results 109

Net Results 111

Interrupt Details 113

Time in Other Tasks 114

Tree Display 115

Structure your Trace Evaluation ............................................................................................ 116

GROUPs for OS-aware Tracing 116

GROUP Status ENable 117

GROUP Status ENable+Merge 118

GROUP Status Enable+HIDE 119

GROUP Creation 120

Training Nexus

Nexus Training

Nexus Training ........................................................................................ (training_nexus.pdf) 1

History ...................................................................................................................................... 6

Basic Knowledge ..................................................................................................................... 7

NEXUS Characteristics 7


Limited Bandwidth 8

Multicore Tracing 17


NEXUS Configuration by TRACE32 ....................................................................................... 21

Configuration of the Trace Interface 21

Configuration of the NEXUS Messages 32

NEXUS Trace Clients 43

Target FIFO Overflow 47

FlowErrors 52

Displaying the Trace Content ................................................................................................. 53


Settings in the Trace Configuration Window 54


Display Items 71

Time Synchronization between TRACE32 Instances (AMP) 76




Re-Run the Program 85

Re-Run the Program and Watch the Variables 90

CTS Technique 98

Filter and Trigger (Core) Overview ........................................................................................ 100

Resources 101

Filter and Trigger (Core) - Single Core .................................................................................. 105

Examples for TraceEnable on Instructions 105

Example for TraceEnable on Instruction Range 110

Examples for TraceEnable on Read/Write Accesses 113

Example for TraceData 118

Examples for TraceON/TraceOFF 120

Example for TraceTrigger 133

Example for TraceTrigger with a Trigger Delay 136

Example for BusTrigger 139

Example for BusCount (Watchpoint) 141

Filter and Trigger (Core) - SMP Debugging .......................................................................... 145

Examples for TraceEnable on Single Instruction 146

Examples for TraceEnable on Instruction Range 152

Examples for TraceEnable on Read/Write Accesses 155

Example for TraceData 160

Examples for TraceON/TraceOFF 162

Example for TraceTrigger 176

Example for TraceTrigger with a Trigger Delay 179


Example for BusTrigger 183

Example for BusCount (Watchpoint) 185

Filter and Trigger (Trace Clients) ........................................................................................... 189

Example for TraceEnableClient1 190

OS-Aware Tracing (ORTI File) ................................................................................................ 192

Activate the TRACE32 OS Awareness 192

Exporting Task Information (Overview) 194

OS-Aware Tracing - Single Core ............................................................................................ 195

Exporting all Types of Task Information (OTM) 195

Exporting all Types of Task Information and all Instructions (OTM) 204

Exporting Task Information (Write Access) 207

Exporting Task Switches and all Instructions (Write Access) 219


OS-Aware Tracing - SMP Systems ........................................................................................ 223

Exporting all Types of Task Information (OTM) 223

Exporting all Types of Task Information and all Instructions (OTM) 234

Exporting Task Information (Write Access) 237

Exporting Task Switches and all Instructions (Write Access) 256


Function Run-Times Analysis (Overview) ............................................................................ 260

Software under Analysis (no OS or OS) 260


Function Run-Times Analysis - Single .................................................................................. 265

Flat Analysis 265


Third-party Timing Tools 304

Function Run-Times Analysis - SMP Instance ..................................................................... 305

Flat Analysis 305


Third-party Timing Tools 333

Structure the Trace Evaluation .............................................................................................. 334

GROUP Creation 334

Working with GROUPs 338


Code Coverage Types 342

General Setup 343

Data Collection 344

Display the Code Coverage Results 355



Training HLL Debugging

Training HLL Debugging ................................................................................. (training_hll.pdf) 1

Load the Application Program .................................................................................................. 4

The Symbol Database ................................................................................................................ 21

Structure of the Internal Symbol Database 21

General Information on the Symbol Database 22

Symbol Browser 23

Details about a Selected Symbol 29

Searching in Source Files 31

Display Variables ........................................................................................................................ 33

Watch Window 33

View Window 35

Referenced Variables 36

Local Variables 37

Stack Frame 38

Special Display for Arrays 39

Linked Lists 42

Format Variable .......................................................................................................................... 44

Format a Variable using the Format Dialog Box 44

Format a Variable Using the Command Line 54

General SETUPs 55

Variable Monitoring .................................................................................................................... 56

Basics 56

Preparation 57

Format Option %E 59

Var.PROfile Command 61

Variable Logging ........................................................................................................................ 63

SNOOPer Trace 63

Var.LOG Command 83

Testing of Functions .................................................................................................................. 85

Training Script Language PRACTICE

Training Script Language PRACTICE ....................................................(training_practice.pdf) 1

History ......................................................................................................................................... 4

E-Learning ................................................................................................................................... 4

Ready-to-Run Scripts ................................................................................................................. 4

Introduction to Script Language PRACTICE ........................................................................... 5


Area of Use 5

Run a Script 6

Create a PRACTICE Script ......................................................................................................... 8

Convert TRACE32 Settings to a Script 8

Command LOG 13

Command History 14

Script Editor PEDIT 15

Syntax Highlighting 17

Debugging of PRACTICE Script ................................................................................................ 19

Debug Environment 20

Display the PRACTICE Stack 24

PRACTICE Language ................................................................................................................. 25

Program Elements 25

PRACTICE Flow Control ............................................................................................................ 27

Conditional Program Execution 27

Subroutine Calls 32

GOTO/JUMPTO 35

Script Calls 38

PRACTICE Macros 39

Script Examples ......................................................................................................................... 52

Run Through Program and Generate a Test Report 52

Check Contents of Addresses 58

Check Contents of Address Range 59

Check the Contents of Variables 62

Record Formatted Variables 63

Record Variable as CSV 64

Test Functions 66

Test Function with Parameter File 67

Parameter Passing ..................................................................................................................... 69

Pass Parameters to a PRACTICE Script or to a Subroutine 69

PARAMETERS/RETURNVALUES vs. ENTRY 77

Operating System Interaction ................................................................................................... 82

Operating System Detection 82

Printing Results 83

Accessing Environment Variables 85

Running a Command 86

File Manipulation 87

Time and Date Functions 91

I/O Commands ............................................................................................................................ 92

Output Command 92

Input Command 92


I/O via the AREA Window 94

Event Control via PRACTICE 96

Simple Dialogs ............................................................................................................................ 97

Dialog Programming .................................................................................................................. 100

Control Positioning 103

Control Properties 105

File Browsing 113

Icons 115

Dialog Example 116

PRACTICE in a Multi-Core Environment .................................................................................. 121

Communication via Intercom 122

Designing Robust PRACTICE Scripts ...................................................................................... 124

Path Functions and Path Prefixes 125

Host Operating System 127

Debug Hardware 128

Target CPU and Board 129

TRACE32 Version 130

TRACE32 Settings 131

Robust Error Handling 136

Argument Handling 138

Creating a Custom Command 139

Common Pitfalls 140

Training Menu

Training Menu .............................................................................................. (training_menu.pdf) 1

Customizing the TRACE32 PowerView GUI ............................................................................. 2

The Menu Programming Editor 4

Customizing the Main Menubar and the Accelerators 5

Customizing the Main Toolbar 11

Use of Ready-to-Run Menu Files 15

Training RTOS

Training Linux Debugging

Training Linux Debugging ............................................................... (training_rtos_linux.pdf) 1

Prolog ....................................................................................................................................... 4

Basic Terms on Embedded Linux .......................................................................................... 5







Setting up a script for Linux-aware debugging .................................................................... 19

1.) Capture of commands for a script 19



Debugging the Linux Components by TRACE32 Linux menu ............................................ 37




Linux Trace .............................................................................................................................. 56

Overview 56

Example 1: Context ID trace for ARM 56

Example 2: Using the LOGGER for task switch trace 57

Epilog ....................................................................................................................................... 61

Training Power Probe

Training Power Probe

Training Power Probe ................................................................................... (training_pp.pdf) 1

Basics ....................................................................................................................................... 2

The PowerProbe Configuration Window 2

The PowerProbe Connector 3

Standard Sampling Mode 4

Arm/Disarm the PowerProbe 5

Signal Names 6

Link the PowerProbe to the Application Debugging 9

Fifo/Stack Mode 9

Measurement Statistics 10

Postprocessing 11

Simple Trigger ......................................................................................................................... 13


Trigger Outputs ....................................................................................................................... 24

Protocol Analysis .................................................................................................................... 25


Track Option ............................................................................................................................ 27

Complex Trigger Introduction ................................................................................................ 29

Synchronous Recording ......................................................................................................... 33

Pulse Generator ....................................................................................................................... 36


Training ICE Emulator

Training ICE Basics

Training ICE Basics .......................................................................................(training_ice.pdf) 1

System Architecture TRACE32-ICE ....................................................................................... 4

Module Structure 4

Block Diagram of TRACE32 Hardware 8

TRACE32 Software 9

Setup the TRACE32 Software ................................................................................................ 10

The Properties Window (Windows only) 10

The Configuration File 12

Starting-up the Emulator ........................................................................................................ 17

System Settings 17

Mapper 21

Download the Program 28

Initialize the Registers 28

Start-Up File 29

TRACE32 GUI ........................................................................................................................... 32

Main Menu Bar and Accelerators 33

Main Tool Bar 34

Window Area 35

Command Line 38

Message Line 42

Softkeys 43

State Line 44

Registers .................................................................................................................................. 45

Display the CPU Registers 45

Modify the Contents of a CPU Register 47

Display the Special Function Registers 48

The PER Definition File 51

Modify a Special Function Register 52

Data and Program Memory ..................................................................................................... 54


Dualport Access 54

Display a Hex Dump 56

Modify Memory 66

Display a Source Listing 67

Changing Code Lines 69

Breakpoints .............................................................................................................................. 70

Implementation 70

Synchronous/Asynchronous Breakpoints 72

Permanent/Temporary Breakpoints 79

Breakpoint Handling 80

Breakpoint Control .................................................................................................................. 89

Emulator Main Trigger Unit 89

Spot System 93

Debugging ................................................................................................................................ 94


Flag Memory ............................................................................................................................ 97

Display Flag Information 98

Code Coverage 99

Checking Variables 100

Stack Depth Analysis 103


Print your Results 104

Save your Results to a File 106

Training ICE Analyzer

Training ICE Analyzer .................................................................. (training_ice_analyzer.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 4

Functional Units of the Analyzer 4

Probe Connectors 5

The Trace Buffer ..................................................................................................................... 9


Sampling Modes of the Trace 11

Trace Contents 13

Trace Configuration Window 22

Format the Trace Buffer 27

Correlate Trace List to Source 29

Browse through the Trace Buffer 30


Additional Commands to Display the Trace Buffer 33

Trigger Programming .............................................................................................................. 36


The Trigger Programming Window 36

First Examples for a Trigger Program 38

Structure of a Trigger Program 41

Programming 43

The Analyzer Programming Dialog Window ......................................................................... 64

How to Start 64

First Example 65

Sampling of Memory/Variable Accesses 72

Sample a Function 75

Stop the Program Execution 77

Statistic Functions .................................................................................................................. 85

Function Runtime Analysis 86

Statistic Distribution of a Single Event 94

Statistic Distribution between 2 Events 95

The Performance Analyzer ..................................................................................................... 97

Function Performance Analysis 97

Performance Scanning 100

Performance Analyzer Programs 102

Context Tracking System (CTS) ............................................................................................. 103

Trace Based Debugging 104


Background 110

Training FIRE Emulator

Training FIRE Basics

Training FIRE Basics ................................................................................... (training_fire.pdf) 1

System Architecture ............................................................................................................... 5

Host Interfaces 6

Starting-up the TRACE32-FIRE .............................................................................................. 8

System Settings 8

Mapper 15

Initialize the Special Function Registers 22

Download the Program 22

Initialize the Registers 22

Start-Up File 23

TRACE32 GUI ........................................................................................................................... 25

Main Menu Bar and Accelerators 26

Main Tool Bar 27


Window Area 28

Command Line 31

Message Line 35

Softkeys 36

State Line 37

Registers .................................................................................................................................. 38

Display the CPU Registers 38

Modify the Contents of a CPU Register 40

Display the Special Function Registers 41

The PER Definition File 44

Modify a Special Function Register 45

Data and Program Memory ..................................................................................................... 46

Run-time Memory Access 46

Display a Hex Dump 47

Modify Memory 57

Display a Source Listing 58

Changing Code Lines 60

Breakpoints .............................................................................................................................. 61

Implementation 61

Breakpoint Types 66

Auto Implementation of Breakpoints 69

How to use the different Breakpoint Implementations ........................................................ 70


Hardware Breakpoint/Address Selectors 70









Debugging ................................................................................................................................ 98


Flag Memory ............................................................................................................................ 101

Read Flag 101

Write Flag 103


Print your Results 105

Save your Results to a File 107


Training FIRE Analyzer

Training FIRE Analyzer ................................................................(training_fire_analyzer.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 4

Displaying the Trace ............................................................................................................... 6

Sampling Modes 8

Bus Trace Mode 9

Clock Trace Mode 10


Sampling Modes of the Trace 12

Trace Contents 14

Trace Configuration Window 19

Format the Trace Buffer 22

Correlate Trace Listing to Source 25

Browse through the Trace Buffer 26


Additional Commands to Display the Trace Buffer 29

Trigger Programming .............................................................................................................. 33

The Trigger Programming Window 34

First Examples for a Trigger Program 35

Structure of a Trigger Program 38

Programming 40

The Analyzer Programming Dialog Window ......................................................................... 57

How to Start 57

First Example 58

Sampling of Memory/Variable Accesses 65

Sample a Function 68

Stop the Program Execution 70

Statistic Functions .................................................................................................................. 78

Function Runtime Analysis 79

Statistic Distribution of a Single Event 87

Statistic Distribution between 2 Events 88

Performance Analysis ............................................................................................................. 90

Measurement Methods 90

Function Runtime 91

Context Tracking System (CTS) ............................................................................................. 92

Trace Based Debugging 93


Background 98


Training FIRE PortAnalyzer

Training FIRE PortAnalyzer ................................................................ (training_fire_port.pdf) 1

Basics ....................................................................................................................................... 2

Architecture 2

Inputs 3

Operation ................................................................................................................................. 6

Sampling Modes 6

Input Configuration 14

Display the Contents of the Port Analyzer Trace 18

Trigger System 20

Protocol Support 31

Training Simulator and Demo Software

Training Simulator and Demo Software ................................................................... (demo.pdf) 1

About the Demo .......................................................................................................................... 2

Starting the TRACE32 Simulator .............................................................................................. 2

User Interface - TRACE32 PowerView ...................................................................................... 3

Program Listing and Program Counter 3

TRACE32 Commands 4

TRACE32 Command Line and Softkeys 4

Single Stepping 5

Window Captions - What makes them special in TRACE32 6

Memory ........................................................................................................................................ 7

Displaying Memory 7

Modifying Memory 8

Debugging the Program 9

Displaying the Nesting of Functions 12

Breakpoints ................................................................................................................................. 13

Setting Software Breakpoints 13

Listing all Breakpoints 14

Setting a Program Breakpoint to Any Code Line within a Function 15

Setting a Spot Breakpoint 16

Adding a Watch on a Variable 17

Removing Breakpoints 17

HLL Variables ............................................................................................................................. 18

Displaying HLL Variables 18

Displaying HLL Variables of the Current Program Context 19

Using the Symbol Browser 19


Formatting HLL Variables 20

Modifying Variables 21

Mini Quiz - Check Your Learning Progress ............................................................................. 21


TRACE32 Installation

TRACE32 Installation Guide

TRACE32 Installation Guide .............................................................................(installation.pdf) 1

Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 6

Basic Concepts .......................................................................................................................... 7

TRACE32-ICD (In-Circuit Debugging) ....................................................................................... 8

Host-based Interfaces 8

Controller-based Interfaces 9

Minimal Manual Setup (no regular installation!) ..................................................................... 10

Prerequisites and Recommendations for the Minimal Manual Setup 11

Copy the Required Files (USB and Ethernet) 12

USB Configuration 13

Ethernet Configuration 16

Identify the Peripheral File 20

TRACE32-ICE (In-Circuit Emulation) ........................................................................................ 22

Legacy Host Interfaces 22

Parallel Interface (TRACE32-PAR) 22

Serial Interface (TRACE32-SER) 22

Fiber Optic (TRACE32-SER, TRACE32-NET) 22

SCSI Interface (TRACE32-SER, TRACE32-NET) 23

Host Interface Cards 23

Hardware Installation (TRACE32-ICE) ...................................................................................... 25

Remove Modules 25

Add Modules 25

System Memory (SCU/PODETH) 26

LEDs on TRACE32 Hardware Modules .................................................................................... 27

PowerTools 27

SCU32 33

SCU32-MPC 34

SCU32-MPC 100MBit 35

PODBUS Ethernet Controller 36

PODBUS Ethernet Controller/100 37

TRACE32-Interfaces ................................................................................................................... 38

TRACE32-USB 38

TRACE32-ETHERNET 40

TRACE32-PAR 42

TRACE32-SER 43


SASO 46

SYSTEM SOFTWARE ................................................................................................................. 47

Files and Directories 47

File config.t32 52

Software Installation .................................................................................................................. 65

Floating Licenses 66

MS-WINDOWS 67

PC_LINUX 77

SUN/SPARC 82

HP-9000 96

REMOTE Interfaces .................................................................................................................... 107

Example OS/9 together with PC 108

Example VAX/VMS and Workstation 109

InterCom Interface ...................................................................................................................... 110


FAQ .............................................................................................................................................. 115

Floating Licenses

Floating Licenses ......................................................................................(floatinglicenses.pdf) 1

Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 3

TRACE32 Floating License Overview 3

Licensing Terms Glossary 5

FAQ .............................................................................................................................................. 5

How To Install Floating Licenses - Overview .......................................................................... 6

How To Upgrade Floating Licenses 6

License Management Server 7

How RLM Floating Licenses work 8

License Server Setup ................................................................................................................. 9

How to get the RLM Host ID 9

How to Configure an RLM Server for Auto-Start 9

Floating License Transfer 12

License Client Setup .................................................................................................................. 13

Multiple RLM servers 16

Supported Operating Systems 17

Floating License Pools .............................................................................................................. 18

Software-Only License Types 19

License Pool Setup 20


Example Session 22

Caveats 23

LICENSE Function and Commands .......................................................................................... 24

Display a License List 24

Request a License from TRACE32 25

Get License State 26

PRACTICE script example 27

Citrix Application Note

Application Note Citrix

Application Note Citrix .....................................................................................(app_citrix.pdf) 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 2

Intended Audience 2

Related Documents 2

Terms Glossary 3


TRACE32 Configuration Examples ........................................................................................ 5

Standalone USB Configuration 5

Citrix USB Redirection 6

Citrix USB Virtual Channel Driver 7

Citrix Receiver Configuration ................................................................................................. 9

Windows/32bit Registry Settings 9

Windows/64bit Registry Settings 11

ICA Client 9.x - module.ini settings 13

Installer-based Configuration - Algorithm 14

TRACE32 Citrix Virtual Channel Installer (NSIS) 15

Miscellaneous Information ..................................................................................................... 18


TRACE32 Technical Support

Support Addresses

Support Addresses ................................................................................................ (support.pdf) 1

Addresses of Reps and Subsidaries ........................................................................................ 2

Release History

Release History ....................................................................................................... (release.pdf) 1

General Information ................................................................................................................... 4

Code 4

Release Information ................................................................................................................... 4

Software Release from 01-Sep-2017 5

Software Release from 01-Feb-2017 10







Software Release from 16-Aug-2013 31




Software Release from 04-Jun-2011 43

Software Release from 10-Nov-2010 46

Software Release from 01-Apr-2010 48

Software Release from 01-Dec-2009 52

Software Release from 07-Oct-2008 59


Software Release from 11-Jan-2007 69

Software Release from 15-Apr-2006 73



Software Release from 21-Jul-2004 96

Software Release from 10-Jan-2004 113

Software Release from 14-Jul-2003 126

Sorted by Commands 151

Sorted by Devices 322


Software Updates

Software Updates ................................................................................................... (updates.pdf) 1

About this Document ................................................................................................................. 2

How to install a software update .............................................................................................. 2

New subdirectory structure ....................................................................................................... 2

Do you have a valid Software License Key? ........................................................................... 3

The LICENSE Command 3

The Temporary License Key 3

Update of the Host Driver Software .......................................................................................... 4

USB Interface 4

PODBUS PARALLEL INTERFACE/ ISA Card 4

WINDOWS Host Based vs. WINDOWS Device Based Updates .............................................. 5


Conflicts with Regards to the Software Version 6

Conflicts with Regards to the Version of the Host Driver Software 6

Conflicts with Regards to the Version of the Executable and the other Files 6

Serial Numbers ........................................................................................................................... 7

TRACE32-ICD (Debugger) 8

TRACE32-ICD (ROM Monitors) 9

TRACE32-FIRE 12

TRACE32-ICE 13


TRACE32 Index

TRACE32 Index .............................................................................................................. (index.pdf) 1


TRACE32 Directory

TRACE32 Directory ................................................................................................. (directory.pdf) 1


TRACE32 Online Help TRACE32 Index TRACE32 Directory 1 · PDF fileTRACE32 Directory 1...

Documents

Transcript of TRACE32 Online Help TRACE32 Index TRACE32 Directory 1 · PDF fileTRACE32 Directory 1...